'..».^ 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2007 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/education1910law00newyrich 
 
Education Department Bulletin 
 
 Published fortnightly bj the University of the State of New York 
 
 Eatered as ssconJ-class matter June 24, 190S, at the PoJt Office at Albany, R. Y.. 
 under the act of July 16, 1894 
 
 ALBANY, N. Y. 
 
 FebrUx\ry t, i^^ 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 1910 
 
 AS AMENDED TO MAY i, 1912 
 
 AND 
 
 OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 
 AND EDUCATION 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Education law 3 
 
 Appendix A : 'Other laws relat- 
 ing to schools 262 
 
 Appendix B : Other laws relat- 
 ing to the University 307 
 
 Appendix C : Practice of profes- 
 sions 324 
 
 Index 401 
 
 STATE OF NEW YORK 
 
 EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 1912 
 
 D3r-Apr2-7ooo (7-14068) 
 
H" 
 
 STATE OF NEW YORK 
 
 EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Regents of the University 
 With years when terms expire 
 
 1913 Whitelay/ Reid M.A. LL.D. D.C.L. Chancellor New York 
 
 1917 St Clair McKelway M.A. LL.D. Vice Chan- 
 
 cellor Brooklyn 
 
 1919 Daniel Beach Ph.D. LL.D Watkins 
 
 19 1 4 Pliny T. Sexton LL.B. LL.D Palmyra 
 
 191 5 Albert Vander Veer M.D. M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. Albany 
 
 1922 Chester S. Lord M.A. LL.D New York 
 
 1918 William Nottingham M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. . . Syracuse 
 
 1920 Eugene A. Philbin LL.B. LL.D New York 
 
 1916 Lucius N. Littauer B.A Gloversville 
 
 192 1 Francis M. Carpenter Mount Kisco 
 
 1923 Abram I. Elkus LL.B New York 
 
 1924 Adelbert Moot Buffalo 
 
 Commissioner of Education 
 
 Andrew S. Draper LL.B. LL.D. 
 
 Assistant Commissioners 
 
 Augustus S. Downing M.A. Pd.D. LL.D. . . First Assistant 
 
 Charles F. Wheelock B.S. LL.D Second Assistant 
 
 Thomas E. Finegan M.A. Pd.D Third Assistant 
 
 Ditectnt of State Library 
 
 James L Wyer, Jr, M.L.S. 
 
 Director of Science and State Museum 
 
 John M. Clarke Ph.D. D.Sc. LL.D. 
 
 CMe's of Divisions 
 
 Administration, George M. Wiley M.A. 
 
 Attendance, Jame^ E>. Sullivan 
 
 Educational Extension, William rl. Eastman M.A. M L.S. 
 
 Examinations, .♦HA^uAi^ '.JtL' HdRNER. B.A. 
 
 History, James A.' Holden B'.AV ' ' ' 
 
 Inspections, Frank H. Wood M.A. 
 
 Law, Frank B. Gilbert B.A. 
 
 Library School, Frank K. Walter M.A. B.L.S. 
 
 Public Records, Thomas C. Quinn 
 
 School Libraries, Sherman Williams Pd.D. 
 
 Statistics, Hiram C. Case 
 
 \^i3ual Instruction, Alfred W. Abrams Ph.B. 
 
 Vocational Schools, Arthur D. Dean B.S. 
 
Education Depaft&ent Bulletin 
 
 Published fortnightly by the University of the State of New York 
 
 Botered as second-class matter June 24, 1908, at the Post Office at Albany, N. Y., xinder 
 
 the act of July 16, 1894 
 
 No. 512 ALBANY, N. Y. February i,_i9I2 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 
 
 AS AMENDED TO MAY i, 1912 
 
 [NoTis, — The Education Law of 1910 amends the entire Education Law of 1909 
 and is a substitute therefor. The amendments of 1910 and 1911 are inserted in 
 their proper places. At the end of the schedule of repeals of the Education Law a 
 table showing? where the sections of the Education Law of 1909 may be found in the 
 Education Law of 1910 is inserted.] 
 
 L. 1910, Chap. 140 — Al!^ ACT to amend the education law, 
 
 generally. 
 
 [In effect April 22, 1910] 
 
 The People of the State of New Yorh, represented in Senate 
 and Assembly, do enact as follows: 
 
 Section 1. Chapter twenty-one of the laws of nineteen hundred 
 and nine, entitled '^An act relating to education, constituting 
 chapter sixteen of the consolidated laws," is hereby amended to 
 read as follows: 
 
 CHAPTER 16 OF THE CONSOLIDATED LAWS 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 
 
 .\rticle 1. Short title and definitions (g§ 1, 2). 
 
 2. Education department (§§ 20-27). 
 
 3. University (§§ 40-69). 
 
 4. Commissioner of education (§§ 90-99). 
 
 5. School districts (§§ 120-154). 
 
 6. School neighborhoods (§§ 170-172). 
 
 7. District meetings (§§ 190-207). 
 
 8. School district officers; general provisions (§§ 220- 
 
 236). 
 
 9. District clerk, treasurer, collector (§§ 250-257). 
 
 10. Trustees (§§ 270-285). 
 
 11. Boards of education (§§ 300-328). 
 
 12. Town clerks (§§ 340, 341). 
 
 13. Supervisors (§§ 360-365). 
 
 14. District superiniendent of schools ; his election, powers 
 
 and duties (§§ 380-398). 
 
 15. Assessment and collection of taxes (§§ 410-440). 
 
 16. School buildings and sites (§§ 450-467). 
 
 17. School district bonds (§ 480). 
 
* > •• 
 
 • •0 
 
 4 * ' " 'kfeV VoEk' S^^ffi "education depaktaient 
 
 Article 18. School moneys (§§ 490-502). 
 
 19. Trusts for schools ; gospel and school lots (§§ 520^528). 
 
 20. Teachers and pupils (§§ 550-567). 
 
 21. Contract system (§§ 580-586). 
 
 22. General industrial schools, trade schools, and school 
 
 of agriculture, mechanic arts and home making 
 (§§ 600-607). 
 
 23. Compulsory education (§§ 620-636). 
 
 24. School census (§§ 650-654). 
 
 25. Text-books (§§ 670-673). 
 
 26. Physiology and hygiene (§§ 690, 691). 
 
 27. The flag (§§ 710-713). 
 
 28. Fire drills (§§ 730-733). 
 
 29. Arbor day (§§ 750-752). 
 
 30. Teachers' institute (§§ 770-775). 
 
 31. Training classes (§§ 790-794). 
 
 32. :N'ormal schools; state normal college (§§ 810-833). 
 
 33. Fines; penalties; forfeitures and costs (§§ 850-862). 
 
 34. Appeals or petitions to commissioner of education 
 
 (§§ 880-882). 
 36. Orphan schools (§§ 900-902). 
 
 36. Schools for colored children (§§ 920-922). 
 
 37. Indian schools (§§ 940-954). 
 
 38. Instruction of deaf mutes and of the blind (§§ 970- 
 
 980). 
 
 39. I^ew York state school for the blind (§§ 990-1012). 
 
 40. Cornell university (§§ 1030-1039). 
 
 41. State school of agriculture at Saint Lawrence uni- 
 
 versity (§§ 1050-1053). 
 
 42. State school of agriculture at Alfred university 
 
 (§§ 1070-1072). 
 42-A. State school of agriculture at Cobleskill (§§ 1075- 
 1078). 
 
 43. State school of agriculture at Morrisville (§§ 1090- 
 
 1093). 
 43-A. Retirement fund for teachers in state institution^ 
 
 (§§ 1095-1099). 
 43-B. State teachers' retirement fund for public school 
 
 teachers (§§ llOO-1109-b). 
 
 44. Libraries (§§ 1110-1141). 
 
 45. Court libraries (§§ 1160-1180). 
 
 46. Laws repealed : saving clause ; when to take effect 
 
 (§§ 1190-1192). 
 
EDUCATION LAW O 
 
 Article 44. Libraries (§§ 1110-1141). 
 
 45. Court libraries (,§§ 11160-1180). 
 
 46. Laws repealed; saving clause; when to take effect 
 
 (§§ 1190-1192). - - 
 
 ARTICLE 1 
 Short Title and Definitions 
 
 S^tion 1. Short title. 
 2. Definitions. 
 
 § 1. Short title. This chapter shall be known as the "Edu- 
 cation Law.'' 
 
 § 2. Definitions. As used in this chapter, the following 
 specified terms mean as here defined. 
 
 1. Academy. The term " academy " means an incorporated 
 institution for instruction in secondary education, and such high 
 schools, academic departments in union schools and similar unin- 
 corporated schools as are admitted by the regents to the university 
 as of academic grades. 
 
 2. College. The term " college " includes universities and 
 other institutions for higher education authorized to confer degrees. 
 
 3. University. The term ^' university " means the university 
 of the state of E'ew York. 
 
 4. Eegents. The term " regents " means board of regents of 
 the university of the state of New York. 
 
 5. Commissioner. The term " commissioner " means commis- 
 sioner of education. 
 
 6. School commissioner. The term " school commissioner " 
 means the local officer provided for in article fourteen. 
 
 7. Secondary education. The term " secondary education " 
 means instruction of academic grades, between the elementary 
 grades and the college or university. 
 
 8. Higher education. The term " higher education " means 
 education in advance of secondary education, and includes the 
 work of colleges, universities, professional and technical schools, 
 and educational work connected with libraries, museums, uni- 
 versity and educational extension courses and similar agencies. 
 
 9. Trustee. The term " trustees," when not used in reference 
 to a school district, includes directors, managers or other similar 
 members of the governing board of an educational institution. 
 
 10. Parental relation. The term " persons in parental rela- 
 tion " to a child includes the parents, guardians or other persons, 
 
b NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 whether one or more, lawfully having the care, custody or control 
 of such child. 
 
 11. Compulsory school ages. The term " child of compulsory 
 school age " means any child between seven and sixteen years of 
 age lawfully required to attend upon instruction. 
 
 12. School authorities. The term ^^ school authorities " means 
 the trustees, or board of education, or corresponding officers, 
 whether one or more, and by whatever name known, of a city, 
 or school district however created. 
 
 13. School officer. The term " school officer " means a clerk, 
 collector, or treasurer of any school district; a trustee or member 
 of a board of education or other body in control of the schools by 
 whatever name known in a union free school district or in a city ; 
 a superintendent of schools; a truant officer; a school commis- 
 sioner ; or other elective or appointive officer in a school district or 
 city whose duties generally relate to the administration of affairs 
 connected with the public school system. 
 
 14. Board of education. The term " board of education " shall 
 include by whatever name known the governing body charged with 
 the general control, management and responsibility of the schools 
 of a union free school district or of a city. 
 
 ARTICLE 2 
 Education Department 
 
 Section 20. Education department. 
 
 21. Divisions of department. 
 
 22. Assistant commissioners. 
 
 23. Other officers and employees. 
 
 24. Removals and suspensions. 
 
 25. Joint seal. 
 
 26. Reports to the legislature. 
 
 27. State education building. 
 
 § 20. Education department. The education depart 
 ment is hereby continued and shall be under the legislative di- 
 rection of the regents and the executive direction of the commis- 
 sioner of education, who is made, by section ninety-four of this 
 act, the chief executive officer of the state system of education 
 and of the regents. The said department is charged with the 
 general management and supervision of all public schools and all 
 of the educational work of the state, including the operations of 
 the university of the state of ^ew York. 
 
EDUCATIO:^ LAW 7 
 
 § 21. Divisions of department. By concurrent action of 
 the regents and the commissioner of education the department 
 may be divided into divisions. By like action new divisions may , 
 be created and existing divisions may be consolidated or abolished, 
 and the administrative work of the department assigned to the 
 several divisions. 
 
 § 22. Assistant commissioners. The commissioner of 
 education shall appoint, subject to the approval of the regents, 
 such assistant commissioners as he shall deem necessary for the 
 proper organization and general classification of the work of the 
 department, and assign to such assistant commissioners the work 
 which shall be under their respective supervision. 
 
 § 23. Other officers and employees. The commissioner 
 of education, subject to the approval of the regents, shall have 
 power, in conformity with their rules, to appoint all other needed 
 officers and employees and fix their titles, duties and salaries. 
 
 § 24. Removals and suspensions. With the approval of 
 the regents, the commissioner of education may, at his pleasure, 
 remove from office any assistant commissioner, or other appointive 
 officer or employee; and, when the regents are not in session, the 
 commissioner may, during his pleasure, suspend, without salary, 
 any such officer or employee, but not longer than till the adjourn- 
 ment of the succeeding meeting of the regents. 
 
 § 25. Joint seal. The regents of the university and the 
 commissioner of education shall together adopt, and may modify 
 at any time, a seal, which shall be used in common as the seal 
 of the education department and of the university; and copies 
 of all records thereof and of all acts, orders, decrees and decisions 
 made by the regents or by the commissioner of education, and of 
 their official papers, and of the drafts or machine copies of any 
 of the foregoing, may be authenticated under the sAid seal and 
 shall then be evidence equally with and in like manner as the 
 originals. 
 
 § 26. Reports to the legislature. The commissioner of 
 education shall annually prepare a report of the education depart- 
 ment, including the university, which shall be transmitted to the 
 legislature over the signatures of the chancellor of the university 
 and of the commissioner of education. At their pleasure, the re- 
 gents or the commissioner of education may make other reports 
 and communications to the legislature. Such portions of their 
 annual or other reports or communications as the commissioner 
 
8 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 or the regents shall desire for such use shall be printed by the 
 state printer as bulletins. 
 
 § 27. State education building. After the completion 
 of the state education building, it shall be occupied exclusively 
 by the education department, including the university, with the 
 state library, the state museum, and its other departments, to- 
 gether with such other work with w^hich the commissioner of edu- 
 cation and the regents have official relations, as they may, in their 
 discretion, provide for therein; and such building and the offices 
 of such department shall be maintained at state expense. 
 
 ARTICLE 3 
 University of the State of New York 
 
 Section 40. Corporate name and objects. 
 
 41. Regents. 
 
 42. Officers. 
 
 43. Meetings and absences. 
 
 44. Quorum. 
 
 45. Authority to take testimony. 
 
 46. Legislative power. 
 
 47. General examinations, credentials and degrees. 
 
 48. Academic examinations. 
 
 49. Admission and fees. 
 
 50. Registrations. 
 
 51. Supervision of professions. 
 
 52. Extension of educational facilities. 
 
 53. Departments and their government. 
 
 54. State museum ; how constituted. 
 
 55. Collections made by the staff. 
 
 56. Indian collection. 
 
 5Y. Institutions in the university, 
 
 58. Visitation and reports. 
 
 59. Charters. 
 
 60. Provisional charters. 
 
 61. Conditions of incorporation. 
 
 62. Change of name or charter. 
 
 63. Dissolution and rechartering. [Repealed by L. 1911, 
 
 ch. 860.] 
 63. Liquidation of educational institutions. [Inserted 
 by L. 1911, ch. 860.] 
 
EDUCATION LAW 9 
 
 Section 64. Dissolution of incorporated academy by stockholders. 
 
 65. Suspension of operations. 
 
 66. Prohibitions. 
 
 67. Unlawful acts in respect to examinations. 
 
 68. Powers of trustees of institutions. 
 
 69. Colleges may construct water- works and sewer sys- 
 
 tems. 
 
 § 40. Corporate name and objects. The corporation 
 created in the year seventeen hundred and eighty-four under the 
 name of the Regents of the university of the state of iN'ew York, 
 is hereby continued under the name of the university of the state 
 of 'New York. Its objects shall be to encourage and promote edu- 
 cation, to visit and inspect its several institutions and depart- 
 ments, to distribute to or expend or administer for them such 
 property and funds as the state may appropriate therefor or as 
 the university may own or hold in trust or otherwise, and to per- 
 form such other duties as may be intrusted to it. 
 
 § 41. Regents. The university shall be governed and all 
 its corporate powers exercised by a board of regents whose members 
 shall at all times be three more than the then existing judicial dis- 
 tricts of the state. The regents now in office and those hereafter 
 elected shall hold, in the order of their election, for such times that 
 the term of one regent will expire in each year on the first day of 
 April, and his successor shall be chosen in the second week of the 
 preceding February, on or before the fourteenth day of such month. 
 Such election shall be in the manner provided by law for the election 
 of senators in congress. All vacancies, either for full or unexpired 
 terms, shall be so filled that there shall always be in the member- 
 ship of the board of regents at least one resident of each of the 
 judicial districts. A vacancy in the office of regent for other 
 cause than expiration of term of service shall be filled for the un- 
 expired term by an election at the session of the legislature imme- 
 diately following such vacancy, unless the legislature is in session 
 when such vacancy occurs, in which case the vacancy shall be 
 filled by such legislature. There shall be no '^ ex-officio " members 
 of the board of regents. No person shall be at the same time a 
 regent of the university and a trustee, president, principal or any 
 other officer of an institution belonging to the university. 
 
 § 42. Officers. The elective officers of the university sha^^ 
 be a chancellor and a vice-chancellor who shall serve without 
 
1.0 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 salary, and siicli other officers as are deemed necessary hy 
 the regents, all of whom shall be chosen hy ballot by the regents 
 and shall hold office during their pleasure ; but no election, removal 
 or change of salary of an elective officer shall be made by less 
 than six votes in favor thereof. Each regent and each elective 
 officer shall, before entering on his duties, take and file with the 
 secretary of state the oath of office required of state officers. 
 
 The chancellor shall preside at all convocations and at all meet- 
 ings of the regents, and confer all degrees which they shall author- 
 ize. In his absence or inability to act, the vice-chancellor, or if he 
 be also absent, the senior regent present, shall perform all the du- 
 ties and have all the powers of the chancellor. 
 
 § 43. Meetings and absences. The regents may provide 
 for regular meetings, and the chancellor, or the commissioner of 
 education, or any five regents, may at any time call a special meet- 
 ing of the board of regents and fix the time and place therefor ; and 
 at least ten days' notice of every meeting shall be mailed to the 
 usual address of each regent. If any regent shall fail to attend 
 three consecutive meetings, without excuse accepted as satisfactory 
 by the regents, he may be deemed to have resigned and the regents 
 shall then report the vacancy to the legislature, which shall fill it. 
 
 § 44. Quorum. Seven regents attending shall be a quorum 
 for the transaction of business. 
 
 § 45. Authority to take testimony. The regents, any 
 committee thereof, the commissioner of education and any assist- 
 ant commissioner of education may take testimony or hear proofs 
 relating to their official duties, or in any matter which they may 
 lawfully investigate. 
 
 § 46. Legislative power. Subject and in conformity to 
 the constitution and laws of the state, the regents shall exercise 
 legislative functions concerning the educational system of the 
 state, determine its educational policies, and except as to the 
 judicial functions of the commissioner of education establish rules 
 for carrying into effect the laws and policies of the state, relating 
 to education, and the powers, duties and trusts conferred or 
 charged upon the university. But no enactment of the regents 
 shall modify in any degree the freedom of the governing body of 
 any seminary for the training of priests or clergymen to deter- 
 mine and regulate the entire course of religious, doctrinal or theo- 
 logical instruction to be given in such institution. ISTo rule by 
 which more than a majority vote shall be required for any speei- 
 
EDUCATION LAW 11 
 
 fied action by the regents shall be amended, suspended or repealed 
 by a smaller vote than that required for action thereunder. 
 
 § 47. General examinations, credentials and de- 
 grees. The regents may confer by diploma under theirseal 
 such honorary degrees as they may deem proper, and may estab- 
 lish examinations as to attainments in learning, and may award 
 and confer suitable certificates, diplomas and degrees on persons 
 who satisfactorily meet the requirements prescribed. 
 
 § 48. Academic examinations. The regents shall estab- 
 lish in the secondary institutions of the university, examinations 
 in studies furnishing a suitable standard of graduation there- 
 from and of admission to colleges, and certificates or diplomas 
 shall be conferred by the regents on students who satisfactorily 
 pass such examinations. 
 
 § 49. Admission and fees. Any person shall be admit- 
 ted to these examinations who shall conform to the rules and 
 pay the fees prescribed by the regents. 
 
 § 50. Registrations. The regents may register domestic 
 and foreign institutions in terms of 'New York standards, and fix 
 the value of degrees, diplomas and certificates issued by institu- 
 tions of other states or countries and presented for entrance to 
 schools, colleges and the professions in this state. 
 
 § 51. Supervision of professions. Conformably to law 
 the regents may supervise the entrance requirements to and the 
 licensing and practice of the professions of medicine, dentistry, 
 veterinary medicine, pharmacy and optometry, and also supervise 
 the certification of nurses and public accountants. 
 
 § 52. Extension of educational facilities. The re- 
 gents may extend to the people at large increased educational op- 
 portunities and facilities, stimulate interest therein, recommend 
 methods, designate suitable teachers and lecturers, conduct ex- 
 aminations and grant credentials, and otherwise organize, aid and 
 conduct such -work. And the regents, and with their approval the 
 commissioner of education, may buy, sell, exchange and receive 
 by will, or other gift, or on deposit, books, pictures, statuary or 
 other sculptured work, lantern slides, apparatus, maps, globes, 
 and any articles or collections pertaining to or useful in and to 
 any of the departments, divisions, schools, institutions, associa- 
 tions or other agencies, or work, under their supervision, or con- 
 trol, or encouragement, and may lend or deposit a^ny such articles 
 in their custody or control, when or where in their judgmen 
 
12 NFAY YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 compensating educational usefulness will result therefrom; and 
 may also, from time to time, enter into contracts desirable for 
 carrying into effect the foregoing provisions. 
 
 § 53. Departments and their government. The state 
 library and state museum shall be departments of the university, 
 and the regents may establish such other departments and di- 
 visions therein as they shall deem useful in the discharge of their 
 duties. 
 
 § 54. State museum; h.o'w constituted. All scientific 
 specimens and collections, works of art, objects of historic inter- 
 est and similar property appropriate to a general museum, if 
 owned by the state and not placed in other custody by a specific 
 law, shall constitute the state museum, and one of its officers shall 
 annually inspect all such property not kept in the state museum 
 rooms, and the annual report of the museum to the legislature 
 shall include summaries of such property, with its location, and 
 any needed recommendations as to its safety or usefulness. The 
 state museum shall include the work of the state geologist and 
 paleontologist, the state botanist and the state entomologist, who, 
 with their assistants, shall be included in the scientific staff of the 
 state museum. 
 
 § 55. Collections made by the staff. Any scientific 
 collection made by a member of the museum staff during his 
 term of office shall, unless otherwise authorized by resolution of 
 the regents, belong to the state and form part of the state museum. 
 
 § 56. Indian collection. There shall be made, as the 
 Indian section of the state museum, as complete a collection as 
 practicable of the historical, ethnographic and other records and 
 relics of the Indians of the state of New York, including imple- 
 ments or other articles pertaining to their domestic life, agricul- 
 ture, the chase, war, religion, burial and other rites or customs, 
 or otherwise connect<?d with the Indians of l^ew York. 
 
 § 57. Institutions in the university. The institu- 
 tions of the university shall include all secondary and higher 
 educational institutions which are now or may hereafter be in- 
 corporated in this state, and such other libraries, museums, in- 
 stitutions, schools, organizations and agencies for education as 
 may be admitted to or incorporated by the university. The 
 regents may exclude from such membership any institution fail 
 ing to comply with law or with any rule of the university. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 13 
 
 § 58. Visitation and reports. The regents, or the com- 
 missioner of education, or their representatives, may visit, exam- 
 ine into and inspect, any institution in the university and any 
 school or institution under the educational supervision of the 
 state, and may require, as often as desired, duly verified reports 
 therefrom giving such information and in such form as the regents 
 or the commissioner of education shall prescribe. For refusal or 
 continued neglect on the part of any institution in the university 
 to make any report required, or for violation of any law or any 
 rule of the university, the regents may suspend the charter or any 
 of the rights and privileges of such institution. 
 
 § 59. Charters. Under such name, with such number of 
 trustees or other managers, and with such powers, privileges and 
 duties, and subject to such limitations and restrictions in all 
 respects as the regents may prescribe in conformity to law, they 
 may, by an instrument under their seal and recorded in their 
 ofBce, incorporate any university, college, academy, library, mu- 
 seum, or other institution or association for the promotion of 
 science, literature, art, history or other department of knowledge, 
 or of education in any way, associations of teachers, students, 
 graduates of educational institutions, and other associations whose 
 approved purposes are, in whole or in part, of educational or cul- 
 tural value deemed worthy of recognition and encouragement by 
 the university. 'No institution or association which might be in- 
 corporated by the regents under this chapter shall, without their 
 consent, be incorporated under any other general law. 
 
 § 60. Provisional charters. On evidence satisfactory 
 to the regents that the conditions for an absolute charter will be 
 met within a prescribed time, they may grant a provisional 
 charter which shall be replaced by an absolute charter when the 
 conditions have been fully met ; otherwise, after the specified time, 
 on notice from the regents to this effect, the provisional charter 
 shall terminate and become void and shall be surrendered to the 
 regents. No such provisional charter shall give power to confer 
 degrees. 
 
 § 61. Conditions of incorporation. No institution shall 
 be given power to confer degrees in this state unless it shall have 
 resources of at least five hundred thousand dollars ; and no insti- 
 tution for higher education shall be incorporated without suitable 
 provision, approved by the regents, for educational equipment and 
 proper maintenance, ^o institution shall institute or have any 
 
14 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 faculty or department of education in any place or be given power 
 to confer any degree not specifically authorized by its charter; and 
 no corporation shall, under authority of any general act, extend 
 its business to include establishing or carrying on any educational 
 institution or work, without the consent of the board of regents. 
 
 § 62, Change of name or charter. 1. The regents 
 may, at any time, for sufficient cause by an instrument under their 
 seal and recorded in their office, change the name, or alter, sus- 
 pend or revoke the charter or incorporation of any in- 
 stitution which they might incorporate under section 
 fifty-nine, if subject to their visitation or chartered or 
 incorporated by the regents or under a general law; provided 
 that, unless on unanimous request of the trustees of the institu- 
 tion, no name shall be changed and no charter shall be altered, nor 
 shall any rights or privileges thereunder be suspended or repealed 
 by the regents, till they have mailed to the usual address of every 
 trustee of the institution concerned at least thirty days' notice 
 of a hearing when any objections to the proposed change will be 
 considered, and till ordered by a vote at a meeting of the regents 
 for which the notices have specified that action is to be taken on 
 the proposed change. 
 
 2. Any notice to a trustee whose address is not readily ascer- 
 tainable, may be mailed to him in care of the institution. 
 
 § 63. Dissolution and reehartering. [Repealed hy L. 
 1911, ch, 860.] 
 
 § 63. Liiquidation of educational institutions. 
 Whenever any educational corporation subject to the visitation of 
 the regents, chartered or incorporated by the regents or under a 
 general law, shall cease to act in its corporate capacity, or shall have 
 its charter revoked by the regents, it shall be lawful for the supreme 
 court of this state, upon the application of the majority of the 
 trustees thereof, in case said court shall deem it proper so to do, 
 to order and decree a dissolution of such educational corporation, 
 and for that purpose to order and direct a sale and conveyance 
 of any and all property belonging to such corporation, and after 
 providing for the ascertaining and payment of the debts of such 
 corporation, and the necessary costs and expenses of such sale and 
 proceedings for dissolution, so far as the proceeds of such sale 
 shall be sufficient to pay the same, such court may order and direct 
 any surplus of such proceeds remaining after payment of such 
 debts, costs and expenses, to be devoted and applied to any such 
 
EDUCATION LAW 15 
 
 educational, religious, benevolent, charitable or otber objects or 
 purposes as the said trustees may indicate by their petition and the 
 said court may approve. 
 
 Such application to said court shall be made by petition, Thily 
 verified by said trustees, which petition shall state the particular 
 reason or causes why such sale and dissolution are sought; the 
 situation, condition and estimated value of the property of said 
 corporation, and the particular object or purposes to which it is 
 proposed to devote any surplus of the proceeds of such property; 
 and such petition shall, in all cases, be accompanied with proof 
 that notice of the time and place of such intended application to 
 said court has been duly published once in each week for at least 
 four weeks successively, next preceding such application, in a 
 newspaper published in the county where such corporation is 
 located. 
 
 In case there shall be no trustees of such educational corporation 
 residing in the county in which such corporation is located, such 
 application may be made and such proceedings taken by the board 
 of regents of the university of the state of l^ew York. This 
 section shall not apply to the dissolution of an academy incorpo- 
 rated under the laws of this state and having a capital stock. 
 [Inserted hy L. 1911, ch. 860.] 
 
 § 64. Dissolution of incorporated academy by 
 stockholders. 1. Meeting to consider application for dis- 
 solution, when to be called. The trustees of any academy incorpo- 
 rated under the laws of this state and having a capital stock, may, 
 and upon the written application of any person owning or law- 
 fully holding one-third of the said capital stock, must call a 
 general meeting of the stockholders of the said academy, as here- 
 inafter provided, for the purpose of determining whether or not 
 such incorporated academy shall surrender its charter and be dis- 
 solved and its property distributed among the stockholders thereof. 
 
 2. ^N'otice thereof, how published. The notice for such general 
 meeting must state the object thereof and be subscribed by the 
 chairman or other acting presiding officer and the secretary or 
 acting secretary of the said corporation or board of t]*ustees; it 
 shall be published once a week for three successive weeks prior to 
 such meeting in a daily or weekly newspaper published in the 
 place where the said academy is located; or if there be no such 
 paper, then in a daily or weekly paper published within the 
 county, if there be one, or, if not, in an adjoining county to that 
 in which such academy is located. 
 
IG NEW YOBK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 3. Yote requisite for surrender of charter and dissolution. 
 Whenever, at a meeting of the stockholders called as hereinbefore 
 provided, any person or persons holding or qualified to vote upon 
 a majority of the capital stock of such incorporated academy shall 
 vote to surrender the charter thereof and to dissolve the corpora- 
 tion, the trustees of such academy, or a majority of them, must 
 make and sign a certificate of such action, cause the same to be 
 properly attested by the ofiicers of the corporation and file the 
 same, together with a copy of the published notice for the meet- 
 ing at which such action was taken, and due proof of the pub- 
 lication thereof, in the office of the board of regents of the univer- 
 sity of the state of ISTew York and thereupon, if the said proceed- 
 ings shall have been regularly conducted as above prescribed, the 
 charter of said corporation shall be deemed to be surrendered and 
 the said corporation dissolved. 
 
 4'. Powers of trustees of acadcDiies upon dissolution. Upon the 
 dissolution of such incorporated academy, as herein provided, 
 the trustees thereof shall forthwith become and be trustees of the 
 creditors and stockholders of the corporation dissolved. They 
 shall have full power to settle the affairs of the said corporation; 
 to collect and pay the outstanding debts; to sue for and recover 
 debts and property thereof by the name of the trustees of such 
 corporation; to sell and dispose of the property thereof, at public 
 or private sale, and to divide among the stockholders the moneys 
 or other property that shall remain after the payment of debt? 
 and necessary expenses. 
 
 5. IN^otice to creditors to present claims, how published. The 
 said trustees m-ay, after the dissolution of the said corporation, in- 
 sert in a newspaper published in the place where the said academy 
 is located, or if there be none such then in a newspaper published 
 within the county, if there be one, or, if not, in an adjoining 
 county, a notice once in each week for three successive months, 
 requiring all persons having claims against the said corporation 
 dissolved to present the same with proof thereof to the said 
 trustees, at the place designated in such notice, on or before a day 
 therein named which shall be not less than three months from the 
 first publication thereof. In case any action, shall be brought 
 upon any claim which shall not have been presented to the 
 said trustees within three months from the first publication of 
 such notice, the said trustees shall not be chargeable for any assets, 
 
EDUCATION LAW 17 
 
 moneys or proceeds of the said corporation dissolved, which they 
 may have paid in satisfaction of other claims against the said 
 corporation, or in making distribution to the stockholders thereof, 
 before the commencement of such action. - - 
 
 6. Surrender of stock scrip, upon distribution to shareholders. 
 Upon the distribution by the said trustees of assets or property, 
 or the proceeds thereof, of the dissolved corporation among its 
 stockholders the said trustees may require the certificates of owner- 
 ship of capital stock, if such have been issued, standing in the 
 name of any stockholder claiming a distributive share, or under 
 whom such share is claimed, to be surrendered for cancellation 
 by such stockholder or person claiming the said share; in the 
 event of the non-production of any such certificate, the said 
 trustees may require satisfactory proof of the loss thereof, or of 
 any other cause for such non-production, together with such se- 
 curity as they may prescribe, before payment of the distributive 
 share to which the person claiming upon such share of stock may 
 appear to be entitled. 
 
 7. E'otice of distribution, to absent and unknown shareholders. 
 In case the said trustees upon such distribution by them of assets 
 or property, or the proceeds thereof, of the dissolved corporation 
 among its stockholders, shall be unable to find any of the said 
 stockholders or the persons lawfully owning or entitled to any 
 portion of the said capital stock, they shall give notice in the 
 manner hereinabove provided for calling the general meeting 
 of stockholders, of such distribution, to the persons in whose 
 names such stock shall stand upon the books of the said corpora- 
 tion, requiring them to appear at a time and place designated, to 
 receive the portion of such assets or property to which they may 
 be entitled; in case of the failure of any such persons to so 
 appear, it shall be lawful for the said trustees to pay over and 
 deliver to the county treasurer of the county wherein such 
 academy was located, or to any trust company or other corpora- 
 tion located within such county and authorized to receive moneys 
 on deposit under order or judgment of a court of record, the pro- 
 portion of the assets, property or proceeds aforesaid which such 
 non-appearing stock bears to the whole stock; the said trustees 
 shall also deliver therewith a list of the persons entitled to receive 
 the same, together with the separate amounts to which they shall 
 be severally entitled. 
 
18 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 8. Liability of trustees, when to cease. Upon the payment and 
 discharge of the debts and obligations of the corporation dissolved, 
 as hereinbefore provided, and the distribution of its assets, prop- 
 erty and proceeds among the stockholders thereof, and due pro- 
 vision made, as hereinabove prescribed, for the interests of non- 
 appearing stockholders and such as can not be found, the said 
 trustees shall become and be relieved and discharged from fur- 
 ther duty, liability and responsibility by reason of their relation 
 to the said corporation, or towards the stockholders thereof. 
 
 9. Duties and liabilities of custodians. Any county treasurer, 
 trust company or other corporation to whom assets, property or 
 proceeds shall be delivered as herein provided, shall hold the same 
 in trust for the persons designated and entitled to receive it; and 
 upon receiving satisfactory proof of the right and title thereto, or 
 upon the order of any court of record competent to adjudicate 
 thereupon, shall pay over and deliver to any persons entitled to 
 receive the same the portion of such proceeds, property or assets 
 to which they shall be entitled. 
 
 § 65. Suspension of operations. If any institution 
 in the university shall discontinue its educational operations 
 without cause satisfactory to the regents, it shall surrender 
 its charter to them, subject, however, to restoration whenever ar- 
 rangements satisfactory to the regents are made for resuming its 
 work. 
 
 § 66. Prohibitions. 1. E"© individual, association or 
 corporation not holding university or college degree-conferring 
 powers by special charter from the legislature of this state or 
 from the regents, shall confer any degrees, or transact business 
 under or in any way assume the name university or college, till 
 written permission to use such name shall have been granted by 
 the regents under their seal. 
 
 2. No person shall buy, sell or fraudulently or illegally make or 
 alter, give, issue or obtain any diploma, certificate or other instru- 
 ment purporting to confer any literary, scientific, professional or 
 other degree, or to constitute any license, or to certify to the com- 
 pletion in whole or in part of any course of study in any univer- 
 sity, college, academy or other educational institution. 
 
 3. 'No diploma or degree shall be conferred in this state except 
 by a regularly organized institution of learning meeting all re- 
 quirements of law and of the university, nor shall any person 
 with intent to deceive, falsely represent himself to have received 
 
EDUCATION LAW 19 
 
 any such degree or credential, nor shall any person append to his 
 name any letters in the same form registered by the regents as 
 entitled to the protection accorded to university degrees, unless 
 he shall have received from a duly authorized institution the 
 degree or certificate for which the letters are registered. Counter- 
 feiting or falsely or without authority making or altering in a 
 material respect any snch credential issued under seal shall be a 
 felony ; any other violation of this section shall be a misdemeanor ; 
 and any person who aids or abets another, or advertises or offers 
 himself to violate the provisions of this section, shall be liable 
 to the same penalties. 
 
 § 67. Unlaxirful acts in respect to examinations. 
 
 A person who shall 
 
 1. Personate or attempt or offer to personate another person in 
 taking, or attempting or offering to take an examination held in 
 accordance with this chapter or with the rules of the university; 
 or 
 
 2. Take, or attempt or offer to take, such an examination in the 
 name of any other person; or 
 
 3. Procure any other person to falsely personate him or to take, 
 or attempt or offer to take, any such examination in his name; 
 or 
 
 4. Have in his possession question papers to be used in any such 
 examination, when not contained in their sealed wrappers, or 
 copies of such papers or questions, at any time prior to the date 
 set for such examination, unless duly authorized by the regents 
 or the com^missioner of education ; or 
 
 5. Sell or offer to sell question papers or any questions prepared 
 for use in any examination held in accordance with this chapter 
 or with the rules of the university; or 
 
 6. Use in any such examination any question papers or ques- 
 tions, or secure or prepare the answers to such questions prior 
 to the time set for the examination; or 
 
 7. Transmit to the state education department answers to ques- 
 tions used in any such examination which are prepared or written 
 outside of the period of examination, or alter any such answers 
 after such period is closed ; or 
 
 8. Otherwise secure or attempt to secure the record of having 
 passed such examination in violation of the university rules ; 
 is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be 
 punished for a first offense bv a fine of not less than fifty dollars 
 
20 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 or imprisonment for not less than thirty days, or by both such fine 
 and imprisonment, and for a second offense by a fine of not less 
 than two hundred and fifty dollars, or imprisonment for not less 
 than six months or by both such fine and imprisonment. 
 
 § 68. Poivers of trustees of institutions. The trus- 
 tees of every corporation created by the regents, unless otherwise 
 provided by law or by its charter, may: 
 
 1. I^umber and quorum. Fix the term of office and number of 
 trustees, which shall not exceed twenty-five, nor be less than five. 
 If any institution has more than five trustees, the body that elects, 
 by a two-thirds vote after notice of the proposed action in the 
 call for a meeting, may reduce the number to not less than five 
 by abolishing the office of any trustee which is vacant and filing 
 in the regents' office a certified copy of the action. A majority of 
 the whole number shall be a quorum. 
 
 2. Executive committee. Elect an executive committee of not 
 less than five, who, in intervals between meetings of the 
 trustees, may transact such business of the corporation as the 
 trustees may authorize, except to grant degrees or to make re- 
 movals from office. 
 
 3. Meetings and seniority. Meet on their own adjournment 
 or when required by their by-laws, and as often as they shall be 
 summoned by their chairman, or in his absence by the senior 
 trustee, on written request of three trustees. Seniority shall be 
 according to the order in which the trustees are named in the 
 charter or subsequently elected. Notice of the time and place of 
 every meeting shall be mailed not less than five nor more than 
 ten days before the meeting to the usual address of every trustee. 
 
 4. Vacancies and elections. Fill any vacancy occurring in the 
 office of any trustee by electing another for the unexpired term. 
 The office of any trustee shall become vacant on his death, resigna- 
 tion, refusal to act, removal from office, expiration of his term, 
 or any other cause specified in the charter. If any trustee shall 
 fail to attend three consecutive meetings without excuse 
 accepted as satisfactory by the trustees, he shall be deemed to 
 have resigned, and the vacancy shall be filled. Any 
 vacancy in the office of trustee continuing for more than one year, 
 or any vacancy reducing the number of trustees to less than two- 
 thirds of the- full number may be filled by the regents, l^o person 
 shall be ineligible as a trustee by reason of sex. 
 
 5. Property holding. Take and hold by gift, grant, devise 
 
EDUCATION LAW 21 
 
 or bequest in their own right or in trust for any purpose com- 
 prised in the objects of the corporation, such additional real and 
 personal property, beyond such as shall be authorized by their 
 charter or by special or general statute, as the regents shall au- 
 thorize within one year after the delivery of the instrument or 
 probate of the will, giving, granting, devising or bequeathing such 
 property, and such authority given by the regents shall make any 
 such gift, grant, devise or bequest operative and valid in law. 
 Any grant, devise or bequest shall be equally valid whether made 
 in the corporate name or to the trustees of a corporation, and 
 powers given to the trustees shall be powers of the corporation. 
 
 6. Control of property. Buy, sell, mortgage, let and otherwise 
 use and dispose of its property as they shall deem for the best 
 interests of the institution; and also to lend or deposit, or to 
 receive as a gift, or on loan or deposit, literary, scientific or other 
 articles, collections, or property pertaining to their work; and 
 such gifts, loans or deposits may be made to or with the university 
 or any of its institutions by any person, or by legal vote of any 
 board of trustees, corporation, association or school district, and 
 any such transfer of property, if approved by the regents, shall 
 during its continuance, transfer responsibility therefor to the in- 
 stitution receiving it, which shall also be entitled to receive any 
 money, books or other property from the state or other sources to 
 which said corporation, association or district would have been en- 
 titled but for such transfer. 
 
 7. Officers and employees. Appoint and fix the salaries of 
 such' officers and employees as they shall deem necessary, who, 
 unless employed under special contract, shall hold their offices 
 during the pleasure of the trustees; but no trustee shall receive 
 compensation as such. 
 
 8. Removals and suspensions. Remove or suspend from office 
 by vote of a majority of the entire board any trustee, officer or 
 employee engaged under special contract, on examination and due 
 proof of the truth of a written complaint by any trustee, of mis- 
 conduct, incapacity or neglect of duty ; provided, that at least one 
 week's previous notice of the proposed action shall have been 
 given to the accused and to each trustee. 
 
 9. Degrees and credentials. Grant such degrees and honors 
 as are specifically authorized by their charter, and in testimony 
 thereof give suitable certificates and diplomas under their seal; 
 and every certificate and diploma so granted shall entitle the con- 
 
22 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 feree to all privileges and immunities which by usage or statute 
 are allowed for similar diplomas of corresponding grade granted 
 by any institution of learning. 
 
 10. Hules. Make all by-laws and rules necessary and proper 
 for th-e purposes of the institution and not inconsistent with law 
 or any rule of the university; but no rule by which more than a 
 majority vote shall be required for any specified action by the 
 trustees shall be amended, suspended or repealed by a smaller 
 vote than that required for action thereunder. 
 
 § 69. Colleges may construct ivater-works and 
 sewer systems. 1. Every incorporated college in this state 
 is duly authorized and empowered to construct and main- 
 tain a system of water-works for the purpose of supplying its col- 
 lege buildings and premises with pure and wholesome water for 
 domestic, sanitary and fire purposes, and for the preservation of 
 the health of its students, faculty and employees, and for the 
 preservation of the public health of the town, village or city in or 
 near which such college is located, and the construction and main- 
 tenance of such water-works is declared to be a public use. Such 
 water-works, as often as necessary, may be enlarged or improved. 
 
 2. Any such college shall have the right to acquire real estate, 
 or any interest therein, necessary or proper for such water-works, 
 and the right to lay, relay, repair and maintain conduit and water 
 pipes, with connections and fixtures, on, through, and over the lands 
 of others ; the right to intercept and divert the flow of waters from 
 the lands of riparian owners, and from persons owning and 
 interested in any waters; and the right to prevent the flow or 
 drainage of noxious, or impure, or unwholesome matter from the 
 lands of others into its reservoirs, or sources of supply. But no 
 such college shall ever have power to take or use water from any 
 of the lands of this state, or any land, reservoir, or feeders, or 
 any streams which have been taken by the state for the purpose 
 of supplying the canals with water. The consent of an incor- 
 porated village or city must be obtained to lay any such pipes 
 in or through its streets, and such consent may be accompanied 
 by such reasonable conditions or restrictions as are proper. 
 
 3. Such college may cause such examinations and surveys for 
 its proposed water-works to be made as may be necessary to de- 
 termine the proper location thereof, and for such purpose, by its 
 officers, agents and servants, may enter upon any lands or waters 
 in the vicinity for the purpose of making such examinations and 
 
EDUCATION LAW 23 
 
 surveys, subject to liability for all damage done. When surveys 
 or examinations are made or concluded, a map shall be made of 
 the lands or interests to be taken or entered upon, and on which 
 the land or interest of each owner or occupant shall be designated, 
 and all streets and roads in which it is proposed to lay conduit 
 pipes, with the proposed line thereof, which map shall be dated 
 and signed by the engineer making the same ; and said map shall 
 be filed and kept in the college library for examination and 
 reference, and a duplicate thereof shall be filed in the clerk^a 
 office in each county wherein any of such lands or interests pro- 
 posed to be taken are located. Such examinations and surveys 
 may be ordered and directed by the president or board of trustees 
 of such college. A majority of the trustees shall determine upon 
 the construction of such water-works and the plans thereof, and 
 order contracts therefor to be made by such officers of the college 
 as may be designated. 
 
 4. If any such college shall be unable to agree upon such terms 
 of purchase of any such property, right or easements, before or 
 after plans shall be determined upon, it may, after such plans 
 have been adopted, acquire the same by condemnation, according 
 to the provisions of the condemnation law. 
 
 5. When any such college has constructed and completed water- 
 works, as above provided, it may, by a majority of its trustees, de- 
 termine upon and construct a sewer system; it may connect the 
 same with the sewer system of the village or city in or near which 
 said college is situated, if such connection is practicable. Exam- 
 ination, sun^eys and a map may be made as above provided. 
 Lands and easements may be acquired by purchase, as above pro- 
 vided, and in case such acquisition can not be made by purchase 
 then they may be acquired by condemnation, according to the pro- 
 visions of the condemnation law. 
 
 ARTICLE 4 
 Commissioner of Education 
 
 Section 00. Commissioner of education continued. 
 
 91. How chosen. 
 
 92. Term of office. 
 
 93. Salary. 
 
 94. General powers and duties. 
 
24: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section 95. Removal of school officers; withholding public money. 
 
 96. Other powers. 
 
 97. Schools of union free school districts and cities. 
 
 98. Reports of school officers. 
 
 99. County clerk and county treasurers to forward certain 
 
 reports. [Added by L. 1911, ch. 159.] 
 
 § 90. Commissioner of education continued. The 
 
 office of commissioner of education is hereby continued. 
 
 § 91. How chosen. 1. The commissioner of education shall 
 be elected by a majority vote of the regents. 
 
 2. Such commissioner may be elected without regard to the 
 place of his residence whether it be within or without the state of 
 New York. 
 
 § 92. Term of office. The commissioner of education shall 
 serve during the pleasure of the board of regents. 
 
 § 93. Salary. The salary of such commissioner shall be 
 seven thousand five hundred dollars per annum, payable monthly, 
 and he shall also be paid one thousand five hundred dollars in lieu 
 and in full for his traveling and other expenses which shall also be 
 payable monthly. 
 
 § 94. General powers and duties. The commissioner of 
 education is hereby charged with the following powers and 
 duties : 
 
 1. He is the chief executive officer of the state system of educa- 
 tion and of the board of regents. He shall enforce all general 
 and special laws relating to the educational system of the state 
 and execute all educational policies determined upon by the board 
 of regents. 
 
 2. He shall have general supervision over all schools and insti- 
 tutions which are subject to the provisions of this act, or of any 
 statute relating to education, and shall cause the same to be ex- 
 amined and inspected, and shall advise and guide the school 
 officers of all districts and cities of the state in relation to their 
 duties and the general management of the schools under their 
 control. 
 
 3. He shall have general supervision of industrial schools, trade 
 schools and schools of agriculture, mechanic arts and home 
 making; he shall prescribe regulations governing the licensing of 
 the teachers employed therein; and he is hereby authorized, em- 
 powered and directed to provide for the inspection of such schools, 
 
EDUCATION' LAW 25 
 
 to take necessary action to make effectual the provisions therefor, 
 and to advise and assist boards of education in the several cities 
 and school districts in the establishment, organization and man- 
 agement of such schools. 
 
 4. He shall also have general supervision over the state normal 
 schools which have been, or which may hereafter be, established 
 as required by the provisions of this chapter. 
 
 5. He shall be ex officio a trustee of Cornell university. 
 
 6. He shall be responsible for the safe keeping and proper use 
 of the department and university seal and of the books, records 
 and other property in charge of the regents, and for the proper 
 administration and discipline of the various offices and divisions 
 of the education department. 
 
 7. He may annul upon cause shown to his satisfaction any cer- 
 tificate of qualification granted to a teacher by any authority 
 whatever or declare any diploma issued by a state normal school 
 ineffective and null as a qualification to teach a common school 
 within this state, and he may reconsider and reverse his action 
 in any such matter. 
 
 8. He shall cause to be prepared and keep in his office records 
 of all persons who have received, or shall receive, certificates of 
 qualification to teach or diplomas of the state normal schools, with 
 the dates thereof, and shall note thereon all annulments of such 
 certificates and diplomas, and reversals thereof, with the dates 
 and causes thereof, together with such other particulars as he 
 may deem expedient. 
 
 9. He shall cause to be prepared suitable registers, blanks, 
 forms and regulations for making all reports and conducting all 
 necessary business under this chapter, and shall cause the same, 
 with such information and instructions as he shall deem conducive 
 to the proper organization and government of the common schools 
 and the due execution of their duties by school officers, to be trans- 
 mitted to the officers and persons intrusted with the execution of 
 the same. 
 
 10. He may administer oaths and take affidavits concerning any 
 matter relating to the duties of his office or pertaining in any way 
 to the schools of the state or any part thereof. 
 
 11. He is hereby authorized to furnish, by means of pictorial 
 or graphic representations, additional facilities for instruction in 
 geography, history, science and kindred subjects, to the schools, 
 institutions and organizations under the supervision of the re- 
 
26 IfEW YORK STATE' EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 gents. Material collected for this purpose may, under regents' 
 general rules, be lent for a limited time to responsible institutions 
 and organizations for the benefit of artisans, mechanics and other 
 citizens of the several communities of the state. He may from 
 time to time enter into contracts necessary for carrying out this 
 provision. 
 
 12. He shall also have and execute such further powers and 
 duties as he shall be charged with by the regents. 
 
 § 95. Removal of school officers; withholding pub- 
 lic money. 1. Whenever it shall be proved to his satisfaction 
 . that any trustee, member of a board of education, clerk, collector, 
 treasurer, school commissioner, superintendent of schools or other 
 school officer has been guilty of any wilful violation or neglect of 
 duty under this chapter, or any other act pertaining to common 
 schools or other educational institution participating in state 
 funds, or wilfully disobeying any decision, order or regulation of 
 the regents or of the commissioner of education, said commis- 
 sioner may, by an order under his hand and seal, which order 
 shall be recorded in his office, remove such school officer from his 
 office. 
 
 2. Said commissioner of education may also withhold from any 
 district or city its share of the public money of the state for wil- 
 fully disobeying any provision of law or any decision, order or 
 regulation as aforesaid. 
 
 § 96. Other powers. The commissioner of education shall 
 also have power and it shall be his duty to cause to be instituted 
 such proceedings or processes as may be necessary to properly 
 enforce and give effect to any provision in this chapter or in any 
 other general or special law pertaining to the school system of the 
 state or any part thereof or to any school district or city. He 
 shall possess the power and authority to likewise enforce any rule 
 or direction of the regents. 
 
 § 97. Schools of union free school districts and 
 cities. The schools of every union free school district and of 
 every city in all their departments shall be subject to the visita- 
 tion of the commissioner of education. He is charged with the 
 general supervision of their boards of education and their man- 
 agement and conduct of all departments of instruction. 
 
 § 98. Reports of school officers. The officers of the sev- 
 eral districts and cities of the state and all other school officers 
 shall make such reports and in such form from time to time in 
 relation to the schools under their management and supervision 
 3s the commissioner of education shall require. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 27 
 
 § 99. County clerk and county treasurers to for- 
 ward certain reports. 1. The county clerk of each county, 
 shall upon the requisition of the commissioner of education, tile 
 with such commissioner any reports of trustees of school districts 
 and boards of education or the abstract of such reports made by 
 school commissioners which have been filed in the office of such 
 county clerk pursuant to the provisions of the education law, 
 whenever it is necessary for the commissioner of education to 
 obtain information or data contained in official reports which 
 have been transmitted to the education department but which have 
 been destroyed by fire or otherwise. 
 
 2. The county treasurer of each county shall, upon the requi- 
 sition of the commissioner of education, forward to said commis- 
 sioner any original certificates relating to the apportionment of 
 school moneys which the commissioner of education has filed in 
 the office of such treasurer whenever it is necessary to obtain in- 
 formation on the apportionment of school moneys when the data 
 relating thereto in the office of the commissioner of education has 
 been destroyed by fire or otherwise. After securing such informa- 
 tion as may be necessary from such certificates, the commissioner 
 of education shall return the same to the treasurer of such county. 
 [Added hy L. 1911, ch. 159, in effect May 20, 1911.] 
 
 ARTICLE 5 
 School Districts 
 
 Section 120. Existing districts continued. 
 
 121. Formation of new district. 
 
 122. Number and description of districts. 
 
 123. Alteration by consent. 
 
 124. Alteration without consent. 
 
 125. Hearing of objections to order for alteration with- 
 
 out consent. 
 
 126. Dissolution or alteration of joint district. 
 
 127. Special meeting of joint district to act regarding 
 
 dissolution. 
 
 128. Dissolution by consent and consequent alteration of 
 
 districts. 
 
 129. Dissolution, re-formation and consolidation of 
 
 districts. 
 
28 KEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section 130. Division of union free school district which contains 
 two incorporated villages. 
 
 131. Method and result of election. 
 
 132. Apportionment of indebtedness. 
 
 133. The bonded indebtedness of certain dissolved 
 
 districts. 
 
 134. Temporary attendance of pupils as before division. 
 
 135. Continuance of dissolved district for payment of 
 
 debts. 
 
 136. Deposits of records of dissolved district. 
 
 137. Property of districts- consolidated. 
 
 138. Sale of property of dissolved district and disposition 
 
 of proceeds. 
 
 139. Collection and distribution of moneys due dissolved 
 
 district. 
 
 140. Fees of supervisor and town clerk. 
 
 141. N'otice of meeting for establishment of union free 
 
 school district. 
 
 142. Posting, publication and service of notice. 
 
 143. Xotice in case of adjoining districts. 
 
 144. Expense of notice. 
 
 145. Proceedings at meeting and effect of affirmative 
 
 vote. 
 
 146. Meeting to determine regarding reorganization as 
 
 common school district. 
 14Y. Result of vote for or against reorganization. 
 
 148. Reversion to form of original school districts. 
 
 149. School commissioner may require equality of par- 
 
 tition. 
 
 150. Effect of veto by school commissioner regarding 
 
 subsequent meeting. 
 
 151. Report of proceedings to commissioner of education. 
 
 152. Distribution of moneys on dissolution. 
 
 153. School property exempt from taxation. 
 
 154. Application of funds obtained from sale of school 
 
 property. 
 
 § 120. Existing districts continued. All school dis- 
 tricts organized either by special laws or pursuant to the pro- 
 visions of a general law are hereby continued and may be altered 
 or dissolved as herein provided. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 29 
 
 § 121. Formation of new district. 1. A district super- 
 intendent may organize a new school district out of the territory 
 of one or more school districts which are wholly within his super- 
 visory district, whenever the educational interests of the commu- 
 nity require it. If there is an outstanding bonded indebtedness 
 chargeable against the district or districts out of the territory of 
 which such new district is organized, the district superintendent 
 shall apportion said indebtedness between such new district and 
 the remaining portion of the district or districts out of which such 
 new district is organized, according to the assessed valuation 
 thereof, and the portion of the indebtedness so apportioned shall 
 become a charge for principal and interest upon the respective dis- 
 tricts as though the same had been incurred by said districts 
 separately. 
 
 2. The district superintendents of two or more adjoining super- 
 visory districts when public interests require it, may form a joint 
 school district out of the adjoining portions of their respective 
 districts. [Section thus amended by L. 1912, cli. 254.] 
 
 § 122. Number and description of districts. 1. Each 
 school commissioner shall renumber the school districts of each 
 town in his commissioner district from time to time and shall 
 also number each new district and shall describe in metes and 
 bounds each of such school districts. 
 
 2. The order of a school commissioner forming or numbering a 
 school district and the written description thereof together with all 
 notices, orders, consents and proceedings relating to the formation 
 or alteration thereof shall be filed with the town clerk of the town 
 in which such district is located. 
 
 3. Every joint district shall bear the same number in every 
 school commissioner district of whose territory it is in part com- 
 posed. 
 
 § 123. Alteration "by consent. With the written consent 
 of the trustees of all the districts to be affected thereby, the school 
 commissioner may make an order altering the boundaries of any 
 school district within his jurisdiction, and fix in such order a day 
 when the alteration shall take effect. 
 
 § 124. Alteration without consent. If the trustees of 
 any district affected thereby refuse to consent, the school commis- 
 sioner may make and file with the town clerk his order making 
 the alteration, but reciting the refusal, and directing that the order 
 shall not take effect until a day therein to be named, and not less 
 than three months after the date of such order. 
 
so NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 125. Hearing of objections to order for alter- 
 ation -without consent. 1. Within ten days after making 
 and filing such order the school commissioner shall give at least a 
 week's notice in writing to the trustees of all districts affected hy 
 the proposed alterations, that at a specified time, and at a named 
 place within the town in which one of the districts to he affected 
 lies, he will hear the objections to the alteration. 
 
 2. The trustees of any district to be affected by such order may 
 request the supervisor and town clerk of each of the towns, within 
 which such districts shall wholly or partly lie, to be associated 
 with the school commissioner. 
 
 3. At the time and place mentioned in the notice, such commis- 
 sioner, with the supervisors and town clerks, if they shall attend 
 and act, shall hear and decide the matter, and the decision shall 
 be final unless duly appealed from. Such decision must either 
 aflSrm or vacate such order, and must be filed with and recorded 
 by the town clerk of the town in which the district to be affected 
 shall lie, and a tie vote shall be regarded a decision for the pur- 
 poses of an appeal on the merits. Upon such appeal the commis- 
 sioner of education may affirm, modify or vacate the order of the 
 school commissioner or the action of the local board. 
 
 § 126. Dissolution or alteration of joint district. 
 The majority of the school commissioners within whose districts 
 any joint school district lies may make an order at a meeting 
 duly called by one of such commissioners altering or dissolving 
 such district. 
 
 § 127. Special meeting of joint district to act re- 
 garding dissolution. 1. If a school commissioner, by 
 notice in writing, shall require the attendance of the other school 
 commissioners, at a joint meeting for the purpose of altering or 
 dissolving a joint district, and a majority of all the commissioners 
 shall refuse or neglect to attend, such commissioners attending, or 
 any one of them, may call a special meeting of such school district 
 for the purpose of deciding whether such district shall be dis- 
 solved. 
 
 2. If such special meeting shall vote to dissolve the district the 
 school commissioner who called such meeting may make an order 
 dissolving the district and shall recite in such order the refusal or 
 neglect of the other school commissioners, his call of the special 
 meeting and the action taken at such meeting. 
 
 § 128. Dissolution by consent and consequent alter- 
 ation of districts. 1. A school commissioner may dissolve 
 
EDUCATION LAW 31 
 
 one or more common school districts upon the written consent of 
 the trustees of all the districts to be affected. When one or more 
 of such districts adjoin a union free school district whose limits do 
 not correspond with those of an incorporated village or city, he 
 may annex the territory of such dissolved districts to such union 
 free school district. 
 
 2. A school commissioner on the written consent of the boards 
 of education of the districts affected may also dissolve a union 
 free school district when it adjoins another union free school dis- 
 trict and annex the territory of such dissolved district to such 
 other union free school district. 
 
 § 129. Dissolution, re-formation and consolida- 
 tion of districts. Any school commissioner may dissolve one 
 or more districts, and may from such territory form a new dis- 
 trict; he may also unite such territory or a portion thereof to 
 any adjoining school district, except a union free school district 
 whose boundaries are coterminous with the boundaries of an in- 
 corporated village or city. 
 
 § 130. Division of union free school district 
 ivhicli contains two incorporated villages. [Repealed 
 hy L. 1911, ch. 334, in effect June 15, 1911.] 
 
 § 131. Method and result of election. [Repealed hy L. 
 1911, ch. 334, in effect June 15, 1911.] 
 
 § 132. Apportionment of indebtedness. [Repealed hy 
 L. 1911, ch. 334, in effect June 15, 1911.] 
 
 § 133. The bonded indebtedness of certain dissolved 
 districts. Whenever two or more districts are dissolved pur- 
 suant to the provisions of section one hundred and twenty-eight 
 of this article and annexed to adjoining districts the bonded in- 
 debtedness of any such district shall thereupon become a charge 
 upon the enlarged district formed by such annexation. The board 
 of education of such district shall raise by tax an amount suffi- 
 cient to pay any of the bonds and interest thereon of such district 
 as the same shall become due. 
 
 § 134. Temporary attendance of pupils as before 
 division. [Repealed hy L. 1911, ch. 334, in effect June 15, 
 1911.] 
 
 § 135. Continuance of dissolved districts for pay- 
 ment of debts. Though a district be dissolved, it shall con- 
 tinue to exist in law, for the purpose of providing for and paying 
 all its just debts; and to that end the trustees and other officers 
 shall continue in office, and the inhabitants may hold special 
 
32 KEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 meetings, elect officers to supply vacancies and vote taxes; and 
 all other acts necessary to raise money and pay such debts shall 
 be done by the inhabitants and officers of the district. 
 
 § 136. Deposit of records of dissolved district. 1. 
 The school commissioner, or a majority of such commissioners 
 in whose districts a dissolved school district was situated, shall by 
 written order delivered to the clerk of the district, or to any per- 
 son in whose possession the books, papers and records of the dis- 
 trict, or any of them, may be, direct such clerk or other person 
 to deposit the same in the clerk's office in the town named in the 
 order. 
 
 2. Such clerk or other person, by neglect or refusal to obey the 
 order, shall forfeit fifty dollars, to be applied to the benefit of the 
 common schools of said town. 
 
 § 137. Property of districts consolidated. When 
 two or more districts shall be consolidated into one, the new dis- 
 trict shall succeed to all the rights of property possessed by the 
 annu'Sed districts. 
 
 § 138. Sale of property of dissolved district and 
 disposition of proceeds. 1. When a district is divided into 
 portions, which are annexed to other districts, its property shall 
 be sold by the supervisor of the town, within which its school- 
 house is situated, at public auction, after at least five days' notice. 
 
 2. Such notice shall be given by posting the same in three or 
 more public places of the town in which the school-house is situ- 
 ated and in one conspicuous place in the district so dissolved. 
 
 3. The supervisor, after deducting the expenses of the sale, shall 
 apply its proceeds to the payment of the debts of the district, and 
 apportion the residue, if any, among the owners or possessors of 
 taxable property in the district, in the ratio of their several assess- 
 ments on the last corrected assessment-roll of the towns, and pay 
 it over accordingly. 
 
 § 139. Collection and distribution of moneys due 
 dissolved district. The supervisor of the town within 
 which the school-house of the dissolved district was situated may 
 demand, sue for and collect, in his name of office, any money of 
 the district outstanding in the hands of any of its former officers, 
 or any other person; and, after deducting his costs and expenses, 
 shall report the balance to the school commissioner who shall ap- 
 portion the same equitably among the districts to which the parts 
 
EBITCATION LAW 33 
 
 of the dissolved district were annexed, to be by them applied as 
 their district meeting shall determine. 
 § 140. Fees of supervisor and toivn clerk. The 
 
 supervisor and town clerk shall be entitled each, to one dollar and 
 fifty cents a day, for each day's service in any proceeding under 
 section one hundred twenty-five of this article, to be levied and 
 paid as a charge upon their town. 
 
 § 141. Notice of meeting for establislinient of 
 union free school district. 1. Whenever fifteen persons 
 entitled to vote at any meeting of the inhabitants of any school dis- 
 trict in the state, shall sign a request for a meeting, to be held for 
 the purpose of determining whether a union free school shall be 
 established therein in conformity with the provisions of this ar- 
 ticle, it shall be the duty of the trustees of such district, within 
 ten days after such request shall have been presented to them, to 
 give public notice that a meeting of the inhabitants of such dis- 
 trict entitled to vote thereat will be held for such purpose as afore- 
 said, at the sehool-house, or other more suitable place in such dis- 
 trict, on a day and at an hour to be specified in such notice not 
 less than twenty nor more than thirty days after the publication 
 of such notice. 
 
 2. If the trustees shall refuse to give such notice, or shall neg- 
 lect to give the same for twenty days, the commissioner of educa- 
 tion may authorize and direct any inhabitant of such district to 
 give the same. 
 
 § 142. Posting, publication and service of notice. 
 1. Whenever such district shall correspond wholly or in part 
 with an incorporated village, in which there- shall be published a 
 daily or weekly newspaper, the notice required in section one hun- 
 dred and forty-one shall be given by posting the same in five con- 
 spicuous places in said district, at least twenty days prior to such 
 meeting, and by causing the same to be published once a week for 
 three consecutive weeks before such meeting, in all the newspapers 
 published in said district. 
 
 2. In other districts the said notice shall be given by posting 
 the same as aforesaid, and in addition thereto, the trustees of such 
 district shall authorize and require any taxable inhabitant thereof 
 to notify every other qualified voter in such district of such meet- 
 ing by delivering to him a copy of such notice or in case of his 
 absence from home, by leaving a copy thereof, or so much thereof 
 as relates to the time, place and object of the meeting, at the place 
 
34 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 of his abode at least twenty days prior to tlie time of such 
 meeting. 
 
 § 143. Notice in case of adjoining districts. 1. 
 
 Whenever fifteen persons, entitled as aforesaid, from each of two 
 or more adjoining districts, shall unite in a request for a meeting 
 of the inhabitants of such districts, to determine whether such 
 districts shall be consolidated by the establishment of a union free 
 school therein, it shall be the duty of the trustees of such districts, 
 or a majority of them, to give public notice of such meeting, at 
 some convenient place within such districts, and as central as may 
 be, within the time and to be published and served in the manner 
 set forth in sections one hundred forty-one and one hundred 
 forty-two of this article, in each of such districts. 
 
 2. The commissioner of education may order such meeting 
 under the conditions and in the manner prescribed in section one 
 hundred forty-one of this article. 
 
 § 144. Expense of notice. The reasonable expense of the 
 publication and service of such notice, shall be chargeable upon 
 the district, in case a union free school is established by the meet- 
 ing, so convened, to be levied and collected by the trustees, as in 
 case of taxes now levied for school purposes ; but in the event that 
 such union free school shall not be established, then the said ex- 
 pense shall be chargeable upon the inhabitants signing the request, 
 jointly and severally, to be sued for, if necessary, in any court hav- 
 ing jurisdiction of the same. 
 
 § 145. Proceedings at meeting and effect of affirm- 
 ative vote. 1. x\n5^ such meeting held pursuant to the fore- 
 going provisions shall be organized by the election of a chair- 
 man and clerk and may be adjourned from time to time, 
 by a majority vote, provided that such adjournment shall 
 not be for a longer period than ten days; and whenever at 
 any such meeting duly called and held under the provisions 
 of sections one hundred forty-one and one hundred forty- 
 two of this article, at least fifteen qualified voters 
 of the districts shall be present; or at such meeting duly called 
 and held under the provisions of section one hundred forty-three 
 of this article, at least fifteen qualified voters of each of the two 
 or more adjoining districts, joining in the request, shall be 
 present, such meeting may, by the affirmative vote of a majority 
 present and voting, adopt a resolution to establish a union free 
 school in said district, or to consolidate the two or more adjoining 
 districts by establishing a union free school in said districts pur- 
 
EDUCATION LAW 35 
 
 suant to the notice of said meeting. If said meeting shall deter- 
 mine to establish a union free school in said districts as afore- 
 said, it shall be lawful for such meeting thereafter to proceed to 
 the election of a board of education as provided in sections three_ 
 hundred and one and three hundred and two of this chapter. 
 
 2. The school commissioner in whose district the union free 
 school district is thus organized shall designate snch district as 
 
 union free school district number .... of the town of 
 
 and the said board shall have the name and style of the board of 
 education of (adding the designation aforesaid). 
 
 3. Copies of said request, notice of meeting, order of the com- 
 missioner of education directing some inhabitant to call said meet- 
 ing, if any, and minutes of said meeting, duly certified by the 
 chairman and clerk thereof, shall be transmitted and deposited, 
 immediately after such meeting by one of such officers, one to 
 and with the town clerk, one to and with the school commissioner 
 in whose jurisdiction said districts are located, and one to and 
 with the commissioner of education. 
 
 4. If at any such meeting, the question as to the establishment 
 of a imion free school shall not be decided in the affirmative, as 
 aforesaid, then all further proceedings at such meeting, except a 
 motion to reconsider or adjourn, shall be dispensed with, and no 
 such meeting shall be again called within one year thereafter. 
 
 5. When any such meeting shall have established a union free 
 school in said districts, such union free school district shall not be 
 dissolved within the period of one year from the first Tuesday 
 of August next after such meeting. 
 
 § 146. Meeting to determine regarding reorgani- 
 zation as common school districto In any union free 
 school district established under the laws of this state, and which 
 shall have been established for the period of one year or more, it 
 shall be the duty of the board of education, upon the application 
 of fifteen resident taxpayers of such district, to call a special 
 meeting in the manner prescribed by law, for the purpose of de- 
 termining whether application shall be made in the manner here- 
 inafter provided, for the dissolution of such union free school 
 district, and for its reorganization as one or more common school 
 districts. 
 
 § 147. Result of vote for or against reorganization. 
 I. Whenever, at any such meeting called and held as aforesaid, it 
 shall be determined by a majority vote of the legal voters present 
 2 
 
36 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 and voting, to be ascertained bj taking and recording the ayes 
 and noes, not to dissolve such union free school district, no other 
 meeting for a similar purpose shall be held in said district within 
 three years from the time the first meeting was held. 
 
 2. Whenever at any such meeting called and held as aforesaid 
 it shall be determined by a two-thirds vote of the legal voters pres- 
 ent and voting, to be ascertained by taking and recording the ayes 
 and noes, to dissolve such union free school district, it shall be 
 the duty of the board of education to present to the school com- 
 missioner of the commissioner district in which said union free 
 school is situated, a certified copy of the call, notice and proceed- 
 ings. If such school commissioner shall approve the proceedings 
 of said meeting, he shall certify the same to the board of educa- 
 tion. Such approval shall not take effect until the day preceding 
 the first Tuesday of August next succeeding; but after that date 
 such district shall cease to be a union free school district. 
 
 § 148. Reversion to form of original school dis- 
 tricts. If any union free school district dissolved under the 
 foregoing provisions shall have been established by the consolida- 
 tion of two or more districts, it shall be lawful for such school 
 commissioner to order that its territory be divided into two or 
 more districts, to correspond, so far as practicable, with the dis- 
 tricts theretofore consolidated. 
 
 § 149. School commissioner may require equality 
 of partition. Such school commissioner may make his ap- 
 proval of the proceedings of any such meeting held as aforesaid 
 conditional upon the payment, by the district which has been 
 most greatly benefited by the consolidation in the way of buildings 
 and other improvements to the other districts into which the said 
 union free school district is divided, of such sum of money as he 
 may deem equitable. 
 
 § 150. Effect of veto by school commissioner re- 
 garding subsequent meeting. If such school commis- 
 sioner shall not approve the proceedings of any such meeting, held 
 as aforesaid, for the purpose of dissolving a union free school 
 district, no other meeting shall be held in such district, for a 
 similar purpose, within three years from the time the first meet- 
 ing was held. 
 
 § 151. Report of proceedings to commissioner of 
 education. Whenever the proceedings of a meeting, held as 
 aforesaid, for the purpose of dissolving a union free school dis- 
 trict, shall have been approved by such school commissioner and 
 
EDUCATION LAW 37 
 
 shall have been certified by him to the board of education, it shall 
 be the duty of the board of education of the district affected forth- 
 with to file with the commissioner of education, copies of the 
 call, notice, proceedings of the meeting, and the action taken-bj 
 such school commissioner thereon. 
 
 § 152. Distribution of moneys on dissolution. All 
 moneys remaining in the hands of the treasurer of the union 
 free school district when the order of dissolution shall take effect 
 shall be apportioned equitably among the several districts into 
 which such union free school district is divided, and shall be paid 
 over to the collectors or treasurers of such districts when they shall 
 have been elected and have qualified according to law. 
 
 § 153. School property exempt from taxation. The 
 grounds, buildings, furniture, books, apparatus and all other prop- 
 erty of a school district shall not be subject to taxation for any 
 purpose. 
 
 § 154. Application of funds obtained from sale of 
 school property. All moneys obtained from the sale of any 
 school property authorized under the provisions of this chapter 
 shall be applied for the benefit of the district as directed by the 
 voters thereof in any annual or special meeting. 
 
 ARTICLE 6 
 School N'eig'liborlioods 
 
 Section 170. Setting off school neighborhoods. 
 
 171. Neighborhood meetings. 
 
 172. Duties of neighborhood clerk and trustee. 
 
 § 170. Setting off school neighborhoods. Each school 
 commissioner in respect to the territory within his district shall 
 have power, with the approval of the commissioner of education, 
 to set off by itself any neighborhood adjoining any other state 
 of the union, where it shall be found most convenient for the 
 inhabitants to send their children to a school in such adjoining 
 state, and to deliver to the town clerk of the town in which it lies, 
 in whole or in part, a description of each such separate neighbor- 
 hood. He shall also prepare a notice, describing such neighbor- 
 hood, and appointing a time and place for the first neighborhood 
 meeting, and deliver such notice to a taxable inhabitant of such 
 neighborhood. It shall be the duty of such inhabitant to notify 
 every other inhabitant of the neighborhood, qualified to vote at 
 
38 JS"EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 the meeting, bj reading the notice in his hearing, or, in case of 
 his absence from home, by leaving a copy thereof, or so much 
 thereof as relates to the time, place and object of the meeting, at 
 the place of his abode, at least six days before the time of the 
 meeting. In case such meeting shall not be held, and in the 
 opinion of the school commissioner it shall be necessary to hold 
 such meeting before the time herein fixed for the first annual 
 meeting, he shall deliver another such notice to a taxable inhab- 
 itant of the neighborhood, who shall serve it as hereinbefore 
 provided. 
 
 § 171. Neighborlioocl meetings. The annual meeting of 
 each neighborhood shall be held on the first Tuesday of August in 
 each year, at the hour and place fixed by the last previous neigh- 
 borhood meeting; or, if such hour and place has not been so 
 fixed, then at the hour and place of such last meeting; or, 
 if such place be no longer accessible, then at such other place as 
 the trustee, or, if there be no trustee, the clerk, shall in the notices 
 designate. The proceedings of no neighborhood meeting, annual 
 or special shall be held illegal for want of a due notice to all the 
 persons qualified to vote thereat, unless it shall appear that the 
 omission to give such notice was wilful and fraudulent. The 
 inhabitants of any neighborhood, entitled to vote, when assembled 
 in any annual meeting or any special meeting called by the com- 
 missioner as above provided, shall have power, by a majority vote 
 of those present, to appoint a chairman for the time being, and to 
 choose a neighborhood clerk and one trustee, and to fill vacancies 
 in office. The provisions of article seven of this chapter, shall 
 apply to and govern such meeting, so far as the same can in sub- 
 stance be applied to the proceedings ; and the provisions of article 
 eight of this chapter shall apply to and govern the officers of such 
 neighborhood, so far as the same can in substance be applied 
 thereto. 
 
 § 172. Duties of neighborhood clerk and trustee. 
 The neighborhood clerk shall keep a record of the proceedings 
 of his neighborhood, and of the reports of the trustees, and de- 
 liver the same to his successor. In case such neighborhood shall 
 be annexed to a district within this state its records shall be filed 
 in the office of the clerk of such district. The trustee shall, be- 
 tween the twenty-fifth day of July and the first day of August 
 in every year, make his annual report to the school commissioner, 
 and file it in the office of the clerk of the town of which the neigh- 
 borhood is a part. Such report shall specify the whole amount of 
 
EDUCATION LAW 39 
 
 public moneys received during the year and from what public 
 officer, and the manner in which it was expended ; the whole num- 
 ber of such children as can be included in the district trustees' 
 report residing in the neighborhood on the thirtieth day of Augus^ 
 prior to the making of such report; and any other matters which 
 the commissioner of education may require. 
 
 ARTICLE 7 
 District Meeting's 
 
 Section 190. !N'otice of first meeting of district. 
 
 191. Service of notice of first meeting of district. 
 
 192. Second notice of first meeting of district. 
 
 193. !N'otice of annual meeting. 
 
 194. Time and place of annual meeting. 
 
 195. Annual meetings of districts re-formed after dissolu- 
 
 tion. 
 
 196. Special meeting to transact business of annual meet- 
 
 ing. 
 
 197. Special meetings in common school districts. 
 
 198. Special meetings in union free school ^district. 
 
 199. Call of special district meeting by school commis- 
 
 sioner. 
 
 200. Effect of want of due notice of district meetings. 
 
 201. Penalty for failure to serve notice. 
 
 202. Duty to attend district meetings. 
 
 203. Qualifications of voters at district meetings. 
 
 204. Declaration in case of challenge of voter. 
 
 205. Penalty for false declaration or unauthorized vote. 
 
 206. Powers of voters. 
 
 20'7. Vote on proposition to expend money. 
 
 § 190. Notice of first meeting; of district. Wlien- 
 
 ever any school district shall be formed, the school commissioner 
 or any one or more of such commissioners, within whose districts 
 it may be, shall prepare a notice describing such district, and 
 appointing a time and place for the first district meeting, and 
 deliver such notice to a taxable inhabitant of the district. 
 
 § 191. Service of notice of first meeting of district. 
 It shall be the duty of such inhabitant to notify every other in- 
 habitant of the district qualified to vote at the meeting, by 
 
 * Sq i|i original. 
 
40 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 delivering to him a copy of the notice of such meeting, or in case 
 of his absence from home, by leaving a copy thereof, or so much 
 thereof as relates to the time, place and object of the meeting, at 
 the place of his abode, at least six days before the time of the 
 meeting. 
 
 § 192. Second notice of first meeting of district. 
 In case such meeting shall not be held, and in the opinion of the 
 school commissioner it shall be necessary to hold such meeting, 
 before the time herein fixed for the first annual meeting, he shall 
 deliver another such notice to a taxable inhabitant of the district, 
 who shall serve it as provided in section one hundred and ninety- 
 one. 
 
 § 193. Notice of annual meeting. 1. The district clerk 
 of each common school district shall give notice of the time and 
 place of the annual meeting by posting five notices of such meet- 
 ing in ^ve conspicuous places in the district five days previous to 
 the date of such meeting. One of such notices must be posted 
 on the front door of the school-house. 
 
 2. The clerk of each union free school district shall give notice 
 of the time and place of the annual meeting by publishing a 
 notice once in each week for the four weeks next preceding such 
 district meeting, in two newspapers if there shall be two, or in one 
 newspaper if there shall be but one, published in such district. 
 But if no newspaper shall then be published therein, the said 
 notice shall be posted in at least twenty of the most public places 
 in said district twenty days before the time of such meeting. 
 
 § 194. Time and place of annual meeting. The an- 
 nual meeting of each school district shall be held on the first Tues- 
 day of May in each year, and, unless the hour and place 
 thereof shall have been fixed by a vote of a previous district 
 meeting, the same shall be held in the school-house at seven-thirty 
 o'clock in the evening. If a district possesses more than one 
 school-house, it shall be held in the one usually employed for that 
 purpose, unless the trustees designate another. If the district 
 possesses no school-house, or if the school-house shall not be acces- 
 sible, then the annual meeting shall be held at such place as a trus- 
 tee, or, if there be no trustee, the clerk, shall designate in the 
 notice. (Thus amended by L. 1910, ch. 442, in effect Septem- 
 ber 1, 1910.) 
 
EDUCATION LAW 41 
 
 § 195. Annual meetings of districts re-formed 
 after dissolution. The districts formed by the dissolution 
 of a union free school district, as provided in sections one hun- 
 dred and twenty-nine and one hundred and thirty of this chapter^ 
 shall hold their annual meetings on the first Tuesday of August 
 next after the dissolution of such union free school district, and 
 shall elect officers as now required by law. 
 
 § 196. Special meeting to transact business of an- 
 nual meeting. Whenever the time for holding the annual 
 meeting in school districts shall pass without such meeting being 
 held in a district, a special meeting shall thereafter be called by 
 the trustees or by the clerk of such district for the purpose of 
 transacting the business of the annual meeting; and if no such 
 meeting be called by the trustees or the clerk within ten days after 
 such time shall have passed, the school commissioner of the com- 
 missioner district in which said school district is situated or the 
 commissioner of education may order any inhabitant of such dis- 
 trict to give notice of such meeting in the manner provided in sec- 
 tion one hundred ninety-one, and the officers of the district shall 
 make to such meeting the reports required to be made at the an- 
 nual meeting, subject to the same penalty in case of neglect; and 
 the officers elected at such meeting shall hold their respective 
 offices only until the next annual meeting and until their suc- 
 cessors are elected and shall have qualified. 
 
 § 197. Special meetings in common school districts. 
 1. A special district meeting shall be held whenever called by the 
 trustees. The notice thereof shall state the purposes for which it 
 is called, and no business shall be transacted at such special meet- 
 ing, except that which is specified in the notice; and the district 
 clerk, or, if the office be vacant, or the clerk be sick or absent, or 
 shall refuse to act, a trustee, or some taxable inhabitant, by order 
 of the trustees, shall serve the notice upon each inhabitant of the 
 district qualified to vote at district meetings, at least six days be- 
 fore the day of the meeting, in the manner prescribed in section 
 one hundred ninety-one. 
 
 2. The inhabitants of a district may, at any annual meeting, 
 adopt a resolution prescribing some other mode of giving notice 
 of special meetings, which resolution and the mode prescribed 
 thereby shall continue in force until rescinded or modified at some 
 subsequent annual meeting. 
 
42 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 198. Special meetings in union free school dis- 
 tricts. 1. Boards of education shall have power to call special 
 meetings of the inhabitants of their respective districts whenever 
 they shall deem it necessary and proper, in the manner prescribed 
 in subdivision two of section one hundred and ninety-three of this 
 chapter. 
 
 2. In union free school districts whose limits correspond with 
 those of any incorporated village or city, the boards of education 
 shall have power to call special meetings of the inhabitants of 
 their respective districts for the purposes mentioned in section 
 four hundred and sixty-seven in the manner prescribed in said 
 subdivision two of section one hundred and ninety-three. 
 
 § 199. Call of special district meeting by school 
 commissioner. When the clerk and all the trustees of a 
 school district shall have removed from the district, or their office 
 shall be vacant, so that a special meeting can not be called, as 
 hereinbefore provided, the school commissioner may in like man- 
 ner give notice of, and call a special district meeting. 
 
 § 200. Effect of want of due notice of district 
 meetings. The proceedings of no district meeting, annual or 
 special, shall be held illegal for want of a due notice to all the per- 
 sons qualified to vote thereat, unless it shall appear that the omis- 
 sion to give such notice was wilful and fraudulent. 
 
 § 201. Penalty for failure to serve notice. Every 
 taxable inhabitant, to whom a notice of any district meeting shall 
 be delivered for service pursuant to any provisions of this article, 
 who shall refuse or neglect to serve the same, as hereinbefore 
 prescribed, shall forfeit five dollars for the benefit of the district. 
 
 § 202. Duty to attend district meetings. Whenever 
 any district meeting shall be duly called, it shall be the duty of 
 the inhabitants qualified to vote thereat, to assemble at the time 
 and place fixed for the meetinc,'. 
 
 § 203. Qualifications of voters at district meetings. 
 A person shall be entitled to vote at any school meeting for the 
 election of school district officers, and upon all other matters which 
 may be brought before such meeting who is: 
 • 1. A citizen of the IJnited States. 
 
 2. Twenty-one years of age, 
 
 3. A resident within the district for a period of thirty days 
 next preceding the meeting at Avhich he offers to vote ; and who in 
 addition thereto possesses one of the following four qualifications: 
 
EDUCATION LAW 43 
 
 a. Owns or hires, or is in the possession under a contract of 
 purchase of real property in such district liable to taxation for 
 school purposes, or 
 
 b. Is the parent of a child of school age, provided such child_ 
 shall have attended the district school in the district in which 
 the meeting is held for a period of at least eight weeks during 
 the year preceding such school meeting, or 
 
 c. Not being the parent, has permanently residing with him 
 a child of school age who shall have attended the district school 
 for a period of at least eight weeks during the year preceding 
 such meeting, or 
 
 d. Owns any personal property, assessed on the last preceding 
 assessment-roll of the town, exceeding fifty dollars in value, exclu- 
 sive of such as is exempt from execution. 
 
 'No person shall be deemed to be ineligible to vote at any such 
 meeting, by reason of sex, who has the other qualifications re- 
 quired by this section. 
 
 § 204. Declaration in case of challenge of voter. 
 If a person offering to vote at any school district meeting shall 
 be challenged as unqualified, by any legal voter in such district, 
 the chairman presiding at such meeting shall require the person 
 so offering, to make the following declaration : " I do declare and 
 affirm that I am, and have been, for the thirty days last past, an 
 actual resident of this school district and that I am qualified to 
 vote at this meeting.'' And every person making such declaration 
 shall be permitted to vote on all questions proposed at such meet- 
 ing; but if any person shall refuse to make such declaration, his 
 vote shall be rejected. 
 
 § 205. Penalty for false declaration or unauthor^ 
 ized vote. A person who shall wilfully make a false declara- 
 tion of his right to vote at a school meeting, after his right to 
 vote thereat has been challenged, shall be deemed guilty of a mis- 
 demeanor. And a person not qualified to vote at such meeting, 
 who shall vote thereat, shall thereby forfeit ten dollars, to be sued 
 for by the supervisor for the benefit of the common schools of the 
 town. 
 
 § 206. Powers of voters. The inhabitants entitled to vote, 
 when duly assembled in any district meeting, shall have power, 
 by a majority of the votes of those present: 
 
 1. To appoint a chairman. 
 
 2. To appoint a clerk for the time if the district clerk is absent. 
 
44: XEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 3. To adjourn from time to time as occasion may require. 
 
 4. To elect one or three trustees as hereinafter provided, a dis- 
 trict clerk and a district collector, and in any district which shall 
 so determine, as hereinafter provided, to elect a treasurer, at their 
 first meeting, and so often as such offices or any of them become 
 vacated, except as hereinafter provided. 
 
 5. At the first meeting, or at any subsequent annual meeting, 
 or at any special meeting duly called for that purpose, the quali- 
 fied voters of any school district are authorized to adopt by a vote 
 of a majority of such voters present and voting, to be ascertained 
 by taking and recording the ayes and noes, a resolution to elect 
 a treasurer of said district, who shall be the custodian of all 
 moneys belonging to said district, and the disbursing officer of 
 such moneys. If such resolution shall be adopted, such voters 
 shall thereupon elect by ballot a treasurer for said district. Any 
 person elected treasurer at any meeting other than an annual 
 meeting, shall hold office until the next annual meeting after such 
 election, and until his successor shall be elected or appointed, 
 and thereafter a treasurer shall be elected at each annual meet- 
 ing for the term of one year. (Thus amended hy L. 1910, cJi, 
 442, in effect September 1, 1910.) 
 
 6. To fix the amount in which the collector and treasurer shall 
 give bonds for the due and faithful performance of the duties of 
 their offices. 
 
 7. To designate a site for a school-house, or, w^ith* the consent 
 of the school commissioner within whose district the school dis- 
 trict lies, to designate sites for two or more school-houses for 'the 
 district. Such designation of a site for a school-house can be 
 made only at a special meeting of the district, duly called for 
 such purpose by a written resolution in which the proposed site 
 shall be described by metes and bounds, and which resolution must 
 receive the assent of a majority of the qualified voters present and 
 voting, to be ascertained by taking and recording the ayes 
 and noes. 
 
 8. To vote a tax upon the taxable property of the district to 
 purchase, lease and improve such sites or an addition to such sites ; 
 to hire or purchase rooms or buildings for school-rooms or school- 
 houses, or to build school-houses ; and to keep in repair and fur- 
 nish the same w^ith necessary fuel, furniture and appurtenances. 
 
 9. To vote a tax, not exceeding twenty-five dollars in any one 
 year, for the purchase of maps, globes, blackboards and other 
 
tDUCATIO^ LAW 45 
 
 school apparatus, and for the purchase of text-books and other 
 school necessaries for the use of poor scholars of the district. 
 
 10. To vote a tax for the establishment of a school library ^nd 
 the maintenance thereof, or for the support of any school library 
 already owned by said district, and for the purchase of books 
 therefor, and such sum as they may deem necessary for the pur- 
 chase of a book-case. 
 
 11. To vote a tax to supply a deficiency in any former tax 
 arising from such tax being, in whole or in part, uncollectible. 
 
 12. To authorize the trustees to cause the school-houses, and 
 their furniture, appurtenances and school apparatus to be insured 
 by any insurance company created by or under the laws of this 
 state, or any other insurance company authorized by law to trans- 
 act business in this state. 
 
 13. To alter, repeal and modify their proceedings, from time to 
 time, as occasion may require. 
 
 14. To vote a tax for the purchase of a book for the purpose of 
 recording their proceedings. , 
 
 15. To vote a tax to replace moneys of the district, lost or 
 embezzled by district officers ; and to pay the reasonable expenses 
 incurred by district officers in defending suits or appeals brought 
 against them for their official acts, or in prosecuting suits or 
 appeals by direction of the district against other parties. 
 
 16. To vote a tax to pay whatever deficiency there may be in 
 teachers' wages after the public money apportioned to the district 
 shall have been applied thereto. 
 
 17. To vote a tax to pay and satisfy of record any judgments 
 nf a competent court which may have been or shall hereafter be 
 obtained in an action against the trustees of the district for unpaid 
 teachers' wages, where the time to appeal from said judgments 
 shall have lapsed, or there shall be no intent to appeal on the part 
 of such district, or the said judgments are or shall be of the court 
 of last resort. 
 
 18. Whenever any district shall have contracted with* the school 
 authorities of any city, or other school district for the 
 education therein of the pupils residing in such school district, or 
 whenever in any school district children of school age shall reside 
 30 remote from the school-house therein that they are practically 
 deprived of school advantages during any portion of the school 
 year, the inhabitants thereof entitled to vote are authorized to 
 
46 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 provide, by tax or otherwise, for the conveyance of any or all 
 pupils residing therein to the schools of such city, or 
 district with which such contract shall have been made, or to the 
 school maintained in said district, and the trustees thereof may 
 contract for such conveyance when so authorized in accordance 
 with such rules and regulations as they may establish, and for 
 the purpose of defraying any expense incurred in carrying out 
 the provisions of this subdivision, they may if necessary use any 
 portion of the public money apportioned to such district as a 
 district quota. 
 
 § 207. Vote on proposition to expend money. In 
 all propositions arising at said district meetings, involving the 
 expenditure of money, or authorizing the levy of taxes, the vote 
 thereon shall be by ballot, or ascertained by taking and recording 
 the ayes and noes of such qualified voters attending and voting 
 at such district meetings. 
 
 ARTICLE 8 
 School District Officers; General Provisions 
 
 Section 220. Ofiicers of district. 
 
 221. Qualifications of officers. 
 
 222. Ineligibility to office. 
 
 223. Oath of office. 
 
 224. Terms of office. 
 
 225. Terms of officers of newly created district. 
 
 226. Mimber of trustees; determination of change. 
 
 227. Election of officers. 
 
 228. Notice and acceptance of election. 
 
 229. Refusal of trustee to serve. 
 
 230. Penalty for refusal to serve or perform duty. 
 
 231. Eesignation of district officers. 
 
 232. Vacating office. 
 
 233. Filling vacancy in office of trustee. 
 
 234. Filling vacancy in office of clerk, collector or 
 
 treasurer. 
 
 235. Notice of appointment to fill vacancy and filing 
 
 thereof. 
 
 236. District records, books, et cetera, are district 
 
 property. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 47 
 
 § 220. Officers of district. 1. Each school district shall 
 have from one to three trustees as the district determines, a clerk, 
 a collector and if the district so decides a treasurer. 
 
 2. A union free school district shall have from three to nine 
 trustees as the district shall determine. 
 
 § 221. Qualifications of officers. Every school district 
 officer must be able to read and write and must be a qualified 
 voter of the district. 
 
 § 222. Ineligibility to office. 1. ]^o school commissioner 
 or supervisor is eligible to the office of trustee or member of a 
 board of education, and no trustee can hold the office of district 
 clerk, collector, treasurer or librarian. 
 
 2. A person removed from a school district office shall be in- 
 eligible to appointment or election to any district office for a period 
 of one year from the date of such removal. 
 
 3. ^N'ot more than one member of a family shall be a member 
 of the same board of education in any school district. 
 
 § 223. Oath of office, '^o officer of a school district shall 
 be required to take the constitutional oath of office. 
 
 § 224. Terms of office. 1. In a district having three or 
 more trustees the full term of office of trustee shall be three years, 
 but a trustee may be elected for one or two years as provided in 
 this chapter. 
 
 2. In a district having a sole trustee the term of office of trustee 
 shall be one year. 
 
 3. The term of office of all other district officers shall be one 
 year. 
 
 4. One year, within the meaning of this section, is a school year. 
 A school year shall be from August first until July thirty-first fol- 
 lowing. (Thus amended hy L. 1910, ch. 442, in effect September 
 1, 1910.) 
 
 § 225. Terms of officers of newly created district. 
 The terms of all officers elected at the first meeting of a newly 
 created district shall expire on the first Tuesday of August, next 
 thereafter. 
 
 § 226. Number of trustees; determination of 
 change. 1. At the first annual meeting next after the erection of 
 a district the electors shall determine, by resolution, whether the 
 district shall have one or three trustees ; and if they resolve to have 
 three trustees, shall elect the three for one, two and three years, 
 respectively, and shall designate by their votes for which term each 
 
48 ISEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 3S elected ; thereafter in such district, one trustee shall be elected 
 at each annual meeting to fill the office of the outgoing trustee. 
 
 2. The electors of any district having three trustees shall have 
 power to decide at anv annual meeting by a majority vote of those 
 j»resent and voting, v^hether the district shall have a sole trustee 
 or three trustees. If they resolve to have a sole trustee, the trus- 
 tees in office shall continue in office until their terms of office shall 
 expire. No election of a trustee shall be had in the district until 
 the offices of such trustees shall become vacant by the expiration 
 of their terms of office or otherwise, and thereafter but one trus- 
 tee shall be elected for said district. 
 
 3. The electors of a district having but one trustee may deter- 
 mine at an annual meeting, by a two-thirds vote of the legal voters 
 present thereat, to have three trustees; and upon the adoption of 
 a resolution to that effect, shall proceed to elect three trustees or 
 such number as may be necessary to form a board of three trus- 
 tees, in the same manner as provided in this section for the elec- 
 tion of three trustees at the first annual meeting after the erection 
 of a district; and thereafter in such district, one trustee shall be 
 elected for three years, at each annual meeting, to fill the office of 
 the outgoing trustee. 
 
 § 227. Election of officers. 1. All district officers shall 
 be elected by ballot and the trustees shall provide a suitable ballot 
 box for such purpose. 
 
 2. Two inspectors of election shall be appointed in such manner 
 as the meeting shall determine, who shall receive the votes cast, 
 canvass the same and announce the result of the ballot to the chair- 
 man. 
 
 3. A poll-list containing the name of every person whose vote 
 shall be received shall be kept by the clerk of the meeting. 
 
 4. The ballots shall be written or printed, or partly written and 
 partly printed, containing the name of the person voted for and 
 designating the office for which each is voted. 
 
 5. The chairman shall declare to the meeting the result of each 
 ballot, as announced to him by the inspectors, and the persons hav- 
 ing the majority of votes, respectively, for the several officers, shall 
 be elected. 
 
 § 228. Notice and acceptance of election. 1. The 
 district clerk shall forthwith notify in writing each person elected 
 to office of his election and the date thereof. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 49 
 
 2. Such person shall be deemed to have accepted the ofiSce, 
 unless within five days after the service of such notice, he shall 
 file his written refusal with the clerk. The presence of any such 
 j^crson at the meeting which elects him to office, shall be deemed 
 a sufficient notice to him of his election. 
 
 § 229. Refusal of trustee to serve. A trustee who 
 publicly declares that he will not accept or serve in the office of 
 trustee, or refuses or neglects to attend three successive meetings 
 of the board, of which he is duly notified, without rendering a 
 good and valid excuse therefor to the other trustees vacates his 
 office by refusal to serve. 
 
 § 230. Penalty for refusal to serve or perform duty. 
 
 1. Every person chosen or appointed to a school district office 
 and being duly qualified to fill the same who shall refuse to serve 
 therein shall forfeit the sum of five dollars. 
 
 2. Every person chosen or appointed to a school district office 
 and not refusing to accept the same who shall wilfully neglect or 
 refuse to perform any duty thereof shall by such neglect or refusal 
 vacate his office and also forfeit the sum of ten dollars. 
 
 3. The school commissioner of the commissioner district wherein 
 any such person resides may accept his written resignation of the 
 office, and the filing of such resignation and acceptance in the 
 office of the district clerk shall be a bar to the recovery of either 
 penalty under this section. 
 
 4. These penalties shall be for the benefit of the district for 
 which such officer was appointed or elected. 
 
 § 231. Resignation of district officers. A school dis 
 trict officer may resign to a district meeting. Such officer shall 
 also be deemed to have resigned if he files a written rcsignatior 
 with the school commissioner of his district and such commissioner 
 endorses thereon his approval and files the same with the district 
 clerk. 
 
 § 232. Vacating office. 1. A school district office becomcF 
 vacant by the death, resignation, refusal to serve, incapacity, re- 
 moval from the district or from office. 
 
 2. The collector or treasurer vacates his office by not executing 
 a bond to the trustees, as herein required. 
 
 2. A trustee or a member of a board of education vacates his 
 office by the acceptance of either the office of school commissioner 
 or supervisor. 
 
50 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 233. Filling vacancy in office of trustee. 1. A va- 
 cancy in the office of trustee in any district may be filled by 
 election within thirty days after it occurs. If not so filled the 
 school commissioner of the commissioner district, within which 
 the school-house or principal school-house of the district is situ- 
 ated, may appoint a competent person to fill it. 
 
 2. If a vacancy in the office of trustee in a union free school 
 district exists the commissioner of education may order a special 
 election for filling such vacancy. When such special election is 
 ordered the vacancy shall not be filled otherwise. 
 
 3. If such vacancy is supplied by a district meeting, it shall be 
 for the balance of the unexpired term; but when such vacancy 
 is supplied by appointment by a school commissioner it shall be 
 only until the next annual meeting of the district. 
 
 § 234. Filling vacancy in office of clerk, collector 
 or treasurer. A vacancy in the office of clerk, collector or 
 treasurer, may be filled by appointment by the trustees of the dis- 
 trict, and the appointees shall hold their respective offices until the 
 next annual meeting of the district, and until their successors are 
 elected and have qualified. 
 
 § 235. Notice of appointment to fill vacancy and 
 filing thereof. Every appointment to fill a vacancy shall be 
 forthwith filed, by the school commissioner or trustees making 
 it, in the office of the district clerk, who shall immediately give 
 notice of the appointment to the person appointed. 
 
 § 236. District records, books, etc., are district 
 property. The records, books and papers belonging or apper- 
 taining to the office of any officer of a school district are hereby 
 declared to be the property of such district and shall be open for 
 inspection by any qualified voter of the district at all reasonable 
 hours, and any such voter may make copies thereof. 
 
 ARTICLE 9 
 District Clerk; Treasurer; Collector 
 
 Section 250. Duties of district clerk. 
 
 251. Duties of district treasurer. 
 
 252. Collector's bond. 
 
 253. Collector to disburse teachers' fund. 
 
 254. Clerk, treasurer and collector in union free school 
 
 district. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 61 
 
 Section 255. Payments and reports by collector. 
 
 256. Liability of collector for moneys lost. 
 
 257. Eemedy of trustees against collector in default. 
 
 § 250. Duties of district clerk. It shall be the duty ol 
 the clerk of each school district: 
 
 1. To record the proceedings of all meetings of the voters of 
 his district in a book to be provided for that purpose by the dis- 
 trict, and to enter therein true copies of all reports made by the 
 trustees to the school commissioner. 
 
 2. To give notice, in the manner prescribed by section one hun- 
 dred ninety-one, of the time and p^iace of holding special district 
 meetings called by the trustees. 
 
 3. To affix a notice in writing of the time and place of any 
 adjourned meeting, when the meeting shall have been adjourned 
 for a longer time than one month, in at least five of the most 
 public places of such district, at least five days before the time 
 appointed for such adjourned meeting. 
 
 4. To give the required notice of every annual district meeting. 
 
 5. To give notice immediately to every person elected or ap- 
 pointed to office of his election or appointment ; and also to report 
 to the town clerk of the town in which the school-house of his 
 district is situated, the names and post-office addresses of such 
 officers, under a penalty of five dollars for neglect in each instance. 
 
 6. To notify the trustees of every resignation duly accepted by 
 the school commissioner. 
 
 7. To keep and preserve all records, books and papers belonging 
 to his office and to deliver the same to his successor. For a refusal 
 or neglect so to do, he shall forfeit fifty dollars for the benefit of 
 the schools of the district, to be recovered by the trustees. 
 
 S. To obey the order of the school commissioners as to depositing 
 the books, papers and records of his office in the town clerk's office 
 in case the district shall be dissolved. 
 
 9. To attend all meetings of the board of trustees when notified, 
 and keep a record of their proceedings in a book provided for that 
 purpose. 
 
 10. To call special meetings of the inhabitants whenever all 
 the trustees of the district shall have vacated their office. 
 
 § 251. Duties of district treasurer. 1. The treasurer 
 of a school district shall be the custodian of all moneys belonging 
 to the district from whatever source derived, and it is hereby 
 
OZ jVEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 made the duty of the trustees of such district to pay to 
 such treasurer any and all moneys that may come into their hands 
 belonging to such district derived from sales of personal or real 
 property of the district, from insurance policies, from bonds of 
 the district issued and sold by them, or from any other source 
 whatever. 
 
 2. The collector of such district shall pay over to such treasurer 
 all moneys collected by him under and by virtue of any tax list 
 and warrant issued and delivered to him. 
 
 3. Such treasurer is hereby authorized and empowered to 
 demand and receive from the supervisor of the town in which such 
 school district is situated all public money apportioned to said 
 district. 
 
 4. It shall be the duty of such treasurer within ten days after 
 notice of his election to execute and deliver to the trustees of 
 such district, his bond in such sum as shall have been fixed by a 
 district meeting or as such trustees shall require, with at least 
 two sureties to be approved by such trustees, conditioned to faith- 
 fully discharge the duties of his office, and to well and truly 
 account for all moneys received by him, and to pay over any sums 
 of money remaining in his hands to his successor in office. Such 
 bond when so executed and approved in writing by such trustees 
 shall be filed with the district clerk. 
 
 5. 'No moneys shall be paid out or disbursed by such treasurer 
 except upon the written orders of a sole trustee, or a majority of 
 the trustees. 
 
 6. Such treasurer shall, whenever required by such trustees 
 report to them a detailed statement of the moneys received by 
 him, and his '^disbursments, and at the annual meeting of such 
 district he shall render a full account of all moneys received by 
 him and from what source, and when received, and all disburse- 
 ments made by him and to whom and the dates of such disburse- 
 ments respectively, and the balance of moneys remaining in his 
 hands. 
 
 § 252. Collector's bond. 1. Within such time, not less 
 than ten days, as the trustees shall allow him for the purpose, 
 the collector, before receiving the first warrant for the collection of 
 money, shall execute a bond to the trustees, with one or more sure- 
 ties, to be approved by a majority of the trustees, in such amount 
 
 • * So in original. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 53 
 
 as the district meeting shall have fixed, or if such meeting shall 
 not have fixed the amount then in such amount as the trustees 
 shall deem reasonable, conditioned for the due and faithful execu- 
 tion of the duties of his office. 
 
 2. The trustees, upon receiving said bond, shall, if they approve 
 thereof, indorse their approval thereon, and forthwith deliver the 
 same to the town clerk of the town in which said collector resides, 
 and said clerk shall file the same in his office, and enter in a book 
 to be kept bj him for that purpose, a memorandum, showing the 
 date of said bond, the names of the parties and sureties thereto, 
 the amount of the penalty thereof, and the date and time of filing 
 the same, and said town clerk is authorized to receive as a fee for 
 such filing and memorandum the sum of twenty-five cents, which 
 sum is hereby made a charge against the school district interested 
 in said bond. 
 
 § 253. Collector to disburse teachers' fund. 1. The 
 trustees of a school district which has not a treasurer may direct 
 by resolution duly entered on the minutes of their proceedings the 
 collector of such district to disburse to teachers the money appor- 
 tioned by the state for teachers' salaries. 
 
 2. The collector shall thereupon execute a bond to the trustees, 
 with two or more sureties, in double the amount of the last appor- 
 tionment, with like condition of sureties, approval of trustees, and 
 amount and like directions as to filing as are required in the 
 preceding section for a bond for the collection of taxes, and con- 
 ditioned also for the due and faithful execution of the duties of 
 his office as such disbursing agent. 
 
 § 254. Clerk, treasurer and collector in union free 
 school district. 1. In every union free school district the 
 board of education shall have power to appoint one of their num- 
 ber, or some other qualified voter in said district who is not a 
 teacher employed therein as clerk of the board of education of 
 such district. 
 
 2. Such clerk shall also act as clerk of said district, and shall 
 perform all the clerical and other duties pertaining to his office, 
 and for his services he shall be entitled to receive such compensa- 
 tion as shall be fixed at an annual meeting of such district. 
 
 3. In case no provision is made at an annual meeting for the 
 compensation of a clerk the board of education may fix the same. 
 
 4. Said board of education in every union free school district 
 whose limits do not correspond with those of an incorporated vil- 
 
54 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 lage or city shall appoint a district treasurer, and a collector who 
 shall hold office during the pleasure of the board. The board shall 
 also fix the compensation of the treasurer. 
 
 5. Such treasurer and collector shall each, and within ten days 
 after notice in writing of his appointment, duly served upon him, 
 and before entering upon the duties of his office, execute and 
 deliver to the said board of education a bond, with such sufficient 
 penalty and sureties as the board may require, conditioned for 
 the faithful discharge of the duties of his office ; and in case such 
 bond shall not be given within the time specified, such office shall 
 thereby become vacant, and said board shall thereupon, by ap- 
 pointment, fill such vacancy. 
 
 6. So much of this section as relates to the election of a clerk 
 shall not apply to the towns of Cortlandt and White Plains in 
 Westchester county. 
 
 § 255. Payments and reports by collector. 1. The 
 collector shall keep in his possession all moneys received or col- 
 lected by him by virtue of any warrant, or received by him from 
 the county treasurer or board of supervisors for taxes returned as 
 unpaid, or moneys apportioned by the state or raised by direct 
 taxation for teachers' wages or library, and pay the same out upon 
 the written order of a majority of the trustees. 
 
 2. When a treasurer shall have been elected in a district, the 
 collector shall pay over the moneys collected by him by virtue of his 
 warrant, to said treasurer as provided in section two hundred and 
 fifty-one; and he shall report in writing, at the annual meeting, 
 all his collections, receipts and disbursements, and shall report to 
 the supervisor on or before the first Tuesday of March in each 
 year the amounts of school moneys in his hands not paid out on 
 trustees' orders, and shall pay over to his successor in office, when 
 such successor has duly qualified and given a bond as required 
 by section two hundred and fifty-two, all moneys in his hands be- 
 longing to the district. 
 
 § 256. liiability of collector for moneys lost. If 
 by the neglect of the collector any moneys shall be lost to a school 
 district, which might have been collected within the time limited 
 in the warrant delivered to him for their collection, he shall for- 
 feit to such district the amount of the moneys thus lost, and shall 
 account for and pay over the same to the trustees of such district, 
 in the same manner as if they had been collected. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 55 
 
 § 257. Remedy of trustees against collector in de- 
 fault. For the recovery of all such forfeitures, and of all bal- 
 ances, in the hands of the collector, which he shall have neglected 
 or refused to pay to his successor, or to the treasurer of such dis-_ 
 tric't, the trustees, in their name of office, shall have their remedy 
 upon the official bond of the collector, or any action and any 
 remedy given by law ; and they sball apply all such moneys, when 
 recovered, in the same manner as if paid without suit. 
 
 ARTICLE 10 
 Trustees 
 
 Section 270. Trustees constitute a board and body corporate. 
 
 271. Property held by trustees as corporation. 
 
 272. Powers and duties of a sole trustee. 
 
 273. Mode of exercise of trustees' powers. 
 
 274. Powers of trustees when vacancies on board exist. 
 
 275. Powers and duties of trustees. 
 
 276. Trustees' annual report. 
 
 277. Annual report of trustees of certain joint district;^ 
 
 278. Trustees' annual report to district. 
 
 279. Penalty for failure of trustee to account. 
 
 280. Payment by trustee to successor. 
 
 281. Trustees' right *to action against predecessors. 
 
 282. Notice of non-payment of moneys apportioned. 
 
 283. Taxation for expenses incurred by trustees. 
 
 284. Issuing order in excess of available funds a mis- 
 
 demeanor. 
 
 285. Trustees must not be interested in district contracts. 
 
 § 270. Trustees constitute a board and body cor- 
 porate. The sole trustee or the trustees of a school district shall 
 constitute a board for sucb district and such board is hereby 
 created a body corporate. 
 
 § 271. Property beld by trustees as corporation. 
 All property which is now vested in, or shall hereafter be trans- 
 ferred to the trustees of a district, for the use of schools in the 
 district, shall be held by them as a corporation. 
 
 § 272. Po^vers and duties of a sole trustee. The sole 
 trustee of a district shall possess all the powers and be subject 
 
 * So in original. 
 
56 2s'EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 to all the duties, liabilities and penalties which the law imposes 
 upon a board of three trustees. 
 
 § 273. Mode of exercise of trustees' poivers. 1. The 
 
 powers committed by law to the trustees of a district must be ex- 
 ercised by them as a board. The board must meet for the trans- 
 action of business in accordance with notice of time and place. 
 
 2. In a board composed of three trustees, when two only meet 
 to deliberate upon any matter, and the third, if notified, does not 
 attend, or the three meet and deliberate thereon, the conclusion of 
 two upon the matter, and their order, act or proceeding in relation 
 thereto, shall be as valid as though it were the conclusion, order, 
 act or proceeding of the three; and a recital of the two in their 
 minute of the conclusion, act or proceeding, or in their order, act 
 or proceeding of the fact of such notice, or of such meeting and 
 deliberation, shall be conclusive evidence thereof. 
 
 3. A meeting of the board may be ordered by any member 
 thereof, by giving not less than twenty-four hours' notice of the 
 same. 
 
 § 274. Poivers of trustees ivhen vacancies on board 
 exist. 1. While there is one vacancy in the office of trustee, 
 the two trustees shall have all the powers and be subject to all 
 the duties and liabilities of the three. And while there are two 
 such vacancies, the trustee in office shall have all the powers and 
 be subject to all the duties and liabilities of the three, as though 
 he were a sole trustee. 
 
 2. When a vacancy shall occur in the office of trustee, the 
 board shall immediately call a special meeting of the district 
 to supply such vacancy. 
 
 § 275. Powers and duties of trustees. It shall be the 
 duty of the trustees of a school district, and they shall have power : 
 
 1. To call special meetings of the inhabitants of such districts 
 whenever they shall deem it necessary and proper. 
 
 2. To give notice of special, annual and adjourned meetings in 
 the manner prescribed in this chapter, if there be no clerk of the 
 district, or he be absent or incapable of acting, or shall refuse 
 to act. 
 
 3. To make out a tax-list of every district tax voted by a dis- 
 trict meeting, or authorized by law, which shall contain the names 
 of all the taxable inhabitants residing in the district at the time 
 of making out the list, and the amount of tax payable by each 
 inhabitant, as directed in article fifteen of this chapter. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 57 
 
 4. To purchase or lease such school-house sites and to purchase 
 or build such school-houses as a district meeting may authorize; 
 and to hire temporarily such rooms or buildings as may be neces- 
 sary for school purposes. - 
 
 5. To have the custody and safe-keeping of the district school- 
 houses, their sites and appurtenances. 
 
 G. To insure the school buildings, furniture and school ap- 
 paratus in some company created by or under the laws of this state, 
 or in an insurance company authorized by law to transact business 
 in this state, and to comply with the conditions of the policy, and 
 raise by a district tax the amount required to pay the premiums 
 thereon. 
 
 7. To insure the school library in such a company in a sum 
 fixed by a district meeting, and to raise the premium by a dis- 
 trict tax, and comply with the conditions of the policy. 
 
 8. To contract with and employ as many legally qualified 
 teachers as the schools of the district require ; to determine the rate 
 of compensation and the term of the employrnent of each teacher 
 and to determine the terms of school to be held during each school 
 year. 
 
 9. To establish rules for the government and discipline of the 
 schools. 
 
 10. To prescribe the course of studies to be pursued in such 
 schools. Provisions shall be made for instructing pupils in all 
 schools supported by public money, or under state control, in physi- 
 ology and hygiene, with special reference to the effect of alcoholic 
 drinks, stimulants and narcotics upon the human system. 
 
 11. To pay, towards the wages of legally qualified teachers the 
 public moneys apportioned to the district for such purpose by giv- 
 ing them orders therefor on the supervisor, or on the collector or 
 treasurer of such district when duly qualified to receive and dis- 
 burse the same. 
 
 12. To collect by district tax an amount sufficient to pay any 
 judgment or the salaries of teachers for the current school year 
 after deducting from the aggregate amount required for this pur- 
 pose the amount of public money in the hands of the supervisor, 
 collector or treasurer applicable to the payment of teachers' salaries 
 and to pay the same by written orders on the collector or treasurer. 
 
 13. To draw upon the supervisor, the collector or treasurer, 
 when duly qualified to receive and disburse the same, for the 
 school moneys, by written orders signed by the sole trustee, or 
 
58 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 where there are three trustees, signed by a majority of said trus- 
 tees as prescribed by subdivisions one and two of section three 
 hundred and sixty of this chapter. 
 
 14. To keep each of the school-houses under their charge, and 
 its furniture, school apparatus and appurtenances, in necessary and 
 proper repair, and make the same reasonably comfortable for use, 
 but shall not expend therefor without vote of the district an amount 
 to exceed fifty dollars in any one year. 
 
 15. To make any repairs and abate any nuisances, pursuant 
 to the direction of the school commissioner as herein provided, 
 and provide fuel, stoves or other heating apparatus, pails, brooms 
 and other implements necessary to keep the school-houses and the 
 school-rooms clean, and make them reasonably comfortable for use, 
 when no provision has been made therefor by a vote of the district, 
 or the sum voted by the district for said purposes shall have proved 
 insufficient. 
 
 16. To provide for building fires and cleaning the school-rooms, 
 and for janitor w^ork generally in and about the school-house, and 
 pay reasonable compensation therefor. 
 
 17. To provide bound blank-books for the entering of their ac- 
 counts, the records of the district and the proceedings of district 
 and trustee meetings, and a list of the movable property of the 
 district and they shall deliver such books to their successors in 
 office. 
 
 18. To expend in the purchase of dictionary, books, maps, 
 globes or other school apparatus, a sum not exceeding twenty-five 
 dollars in any one year. 
 
 19. To establish temporary or branch schools in such places in 
 the district as shall best accommodate the children, and to hire 
 rooms or buildings therefor and to fit up and furnish such rooms 
 or buildings in a suitable manner for conducting school therein 
 when it is shown: 
 
 a. That any considerable number of the children residing in a 
 portion of the district are so remote from the school-house as to 
 render it difficult for them to attend school in such school-house in 
 inclement weather, or; 
 
 b. That the school building is overcrowded and proper accom- 
 modations are not afforded all the children of the district, or ; 
 
 c. That for any other sufficient reason suitable and proper 
 school facilities are not provided by the present school accommo- 
 
 lations. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 59 
 
 Any expenditure made or liability incurred in pursuance of 
 this section shall be a charge upon the district. 
 
 § 276. Trustees' annual report. The trustees of each 
 district shall make a full report to the commissioner of education 
 upon any particular matter relating to their schools whenever 
 such report shall be required by said commissioner. The trustees 
 of each school district shall, on the first day of August in each 
 year, make to the school commissioner a report in writing for the 
 year ending on July thirty-first preceding. Such report shall be 
 in such form as the commissioner of education shall prescribe. 
 In every case the trustees shall sign and certify to said report and 
 deliver it to the clerk of the town, in which the school-house of 
 the district is situated; and every such report shall certify: 
 
 1. The whole time school has been maintained in their district 
 during the year ending on the day previous to the date of such 
 report, and stating what portion of the time such school has been 
 taught by qualified teachers, and the whole number of days, *in 
 eluding holidays, in which the school was taught by qualified 
 teachers. 
 
 2. The amount of their drafts upon the supervisor, collector or 
 treasurer for the payment of teachers' salaries during such year, 
 and the amount of their drafts upon him for the purchase of books 
 and school apparatus during such year, and the manner in which 
 such moneys have been expended. 
 
 3. The number of children taught in the district school during 
 such year by qualified teachers, and the aggregate days' attend- 
 ance of all such children upon the school. 
 
 4. The number of children residing in their district, over five 
 and under eighteen years of age, who shall have been, on the 
 thirtieth day of August last preceding the date of such report, 
 legal residents of such district. Children supported at a county 
 poor-house or an orphan asylum shall not be included in such 
 enumeration. 
 
 5. The number of vaccinated and unvaccinated children of 
 school age in their respective districts. 
 
 6. The amount of money paid for teachers' salaries, in addition 
 to the public money paid therefor, the amount of taxes levied in 
 said district for purchasing school-house sites, for building, hir- 
 ing, purchasing, repairing and insuring school-houses, for fuel, 
 for school libraries, or for any other purpose allowed by law. 
 
 * So in original. 
 
60 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 7. Such additional information in relation to the schools under 
 their management and control as the commissioner of education 
 shall require. 
 
 § 277. Annual report of trustees of certain joint 
 districts. Where a school district lies in two or more counties, 
 its trustees shall file their annual report in the office of the clerk 
 of the town in which the principal schoolhouse of the district is 
 situated. 
 
 § 278. Trustees' annual report to district. The 
 trustees shall render to the district, at its annual meeting, a just, 
 full and true account in writing, of all moneys received by them 
 respectively for the use of the district, or raised or collected by 
 taxes, the preceding year, and of the manner in which the same 
 shall have been expended, and showing to which of them an un- 
 expended balance, or any part thereof, is chargeable; and of all 
 drafts or orders made by them upon the supervisor, collector, 
 treasurer or other custodian of moneys of the district; and a full 
 statement of all appeals, actions or suits and proceedings brought 
 by or against them, and of every special matter touching the con- 
 dition of the district. 
 
 § 279. Penalty for failure of trustee to account. 
 By a wilful neglect or refusal to render such account, a trustee 
 forfeits any unexpired term of his office, and becomes liable to 
 the trustees for any district moneys in his hands. 
 
 § 280. Payment by trustee to successor. An outgoing 
 trustee shall forthwith pay, to his successor or any other trustees 
 of the district in office, all moneys in his hands belonging to 
 the district. 
 
 § 281. Trustees' riglit of action against prede- 
 cessor. The trustees in office shall sue for and recover any dis- 
 trict moneys in the hands of any former trustee, or of his per- 
 sonal representatives, and apply them to the use of the district. 
 
 § 282. Notice of non-payment of moneys appor- 
 tioned. If any portion of the moneys apportioned to the dis- 
 trict shall not be paid by the supervisor, the collector or treasurer, 
 upon the due requirement of the trustees, they shall forthwith 
 notify the treasurer of the county and the conamissioner of educa- 
 tion of the fact. 
 
 § 283. Taxation for expenses incurred by trustees. 
 When trustees are required or authorized by law, or by a vote of 
 their district, to incur any expanses for such district, and when 
 
EDUCATION LAW 61 
 
 any expenses incurred by them are made, by express provision 
 of law, a charge upon such district, they may raise the amount 
 thereof by tax in the same manner as if the definite sum to be 
 raised had been voted by a district meeting. 
 
 § 284. Issuing order in excess of available funds a 
 misdemeanor, l. The trustees of a school district shall not 
 issue an order or draft upon a supervisor, collector or treasurer 
 for the payment of the salary of a teacher unless there shall be in 
 the hands of such supervisor, collector or treasurer at the time 
 sufficient money belonging to the district to meet such order or 
 draft. 
 
 2. A violation of this section by the trustees of a district shall 
 be a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 285. Trustees must not be interested in district 
 contracts. E'o trustee shall be personally interested directly or 
 indirectly in any contract which he makes in behalf of the district. 
 
 ARTICLE 11 
 Boards of Education 
 
 Section 300. Boards of education corporate bodies. 
 
 301. Board of education in district whose boundaries 
 
 are not coterminous with those of an incorpo- 
 rated village or city. 
 
 302. Board of education in district whose boundaries 
 
 are coterminous with those of an incorporated 
 village or city. 
 
 303. Provisions for separate elections in certain districts. 
 
 304. Determination of election disputes. 
 
 305. Election and organization of board of education in 
 
 new district where union free school district con- 
 taining two incorporated villages is divided. 
 
 306. Annual meetings of boards of education. 
 
 307. Change in number of members of board of educa- 
 
 tion in union free school district whose '^bound- 
 aires are coterminous with those of an incorpo- 
 rated village or city. 
 
 308. Change in number of members of board of educa- 
 
 tion in union free school district whose bound- 
 aries are not coterminous with those of an in- 
 corporated village or city. 
 
 * So in original. 
 
62 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section 209. Power of removal of member of board of education. 
 
 310. Powers and duties of boards of education. 
 
 311. Night schools; kindergartens. 
 
 312. Appointment of superintendent of schools. 
 
 313. Regular meetings; visitation of schools. 
 
 314. Limitation upon expenditures. 
 
 315. Deposit, custody and payment of moneys in cities 
 
 and villages. 
 
 316. Moneys and accounts in union free school districts 
 
 whose boundaries are not tha same as the bound- 
 aries of incorporated cities and villages. 
 
 317. Boards of education have powers of trustees of com- 
 
 mon schools and trustees of academies. 
 
 318. Academy may be adopted as academic department. 
 
 319. Contracts with academies. 
 
 320. Retransfer of academy to its former trustees. 
 • 321. Records; reports. 
 
 322. Reports to commissioner of education. 
 
 323. Estimated expenses for ensuing year. 
 
 324. Vote upon school taxes. 
 
 325. Levy of tax for certain purposes without vote. 
 
 326. Reference to commissioner of education. 
 
 327. Corporate authorities must raise tax certified by 
 
 board of education. 
 
 328. Application of this article. 
 
 § 300. Boards of education corporate bodies. The 
 
 board of education of each union free school district or city is 
 hereby created a body corporate and it shall, at its first meeting 
 and at each annual meeting thereafter, elect one of its members 
 president. 
 
 § 301. Board of education in district ivhose bound- 
 aries are not coterminous ivith those of an incor- 
 porated village or city. 1. Whenever a union free school 
 district shall be established pursuant to the provisions of sections 
 one hundred and forty-one to one hundred and forty-five of this 
 chapter and the boundaries of such district shall not be cotermin- 
 ous with the boundaries of an incorporated city or village, it 
 shall be the duty of the meeting at which such imion free school 
 district is established to elect by ballot not less than three nor 
 more than nine trustees, who shall, by the order of such meet- 
 
EDUCATION LAW 63 
 
 ing, be divided into three classes, the first to hold until one, the 
 second until two, and the third until three years from the first 
 Tuesdiaj of August next following, except as in the next section 
 provided. Thereafter there shall be elected in such districts, at the- 
 annual meeting, trustees to supply the places of those whose terms 
 of ofiice, by the classification aforesaid, expire. 
 
 2. The trustees thus elected, shall enter at once upon their of- 
 fices, and the office of any existing trustees in such districts, before 
 the establishment of a union free school therein, shall cease, ex- 
 cept for the purposes stated in section one hundred and thirty- 
 five of this chapter. The said trustees and their successors in office 
 shall constitute the board of education of the union free school dis- 
 trict thus established. (Subdivision two thus amended hy L, 
 1910, ch. 442, in effect September 1, 1910.) 
 
 § 302. Board of education in district ixrliose bound- 
 aries are coterminous with, those of an incorporated 
 village or city. Whenever said board of education shall be 
 constituted for any district whose limits correspond with 
 those of any incorporated village or city, the trustees so elected 
 shall, by the order of such meeting, be divided into three classes : 
 The first class to serve until one ; the second, until \wo ; and the 
 third, until three years after the date of the next charter election 
 in such village or city, and their regular term of service shall be 
 computed from the several dates of such char'ter elections. There- 
 after, there shall be annually elected in such villages and cities, at 
 the charter elections, by separfate ballot, to be indorsed "school 
 trustee," in the same manner as the charter officers thereof, trus- 
 tees of the said union free schools, to supply the places of those 
 whose terms by the classification aforesaid expire. 
 
 § 303. Provisions for separate elections in certain 
 districts. 1. In union free school districts whose limits do 
 not correspond with those of an incorporated village or city, 
 and in which the number of children of school age exceeds three 
 hundred, as shown by the last annual report of the board of edu- 
 cation to the school commissioner, the qualified voters of any 
 such district may by a vote of a majority of those present and vot- 
 ing, at any annual meeting, or at any duly called special meeting, 
 to be ascertained by taking and recording the ayes and noes, deter- 
 mine that the election of the members of the board of education 
 shall be held on the Wednesday next following the day designated 
 by law for holding the annual meeting of said district. 
 
 ^^ J 
 
64r KEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 2. Until such determination shall be changed, such election shall 
 be held on the Wednesday next following the day on which such 
 annual meeting of such district shall be held between the hours 
 of twelve o'clock noon and four o'clock in the afternoon at the 
 principal school-house in the district, or at such other suitable 
 place as the trustees may designate. 
 
 3. When the place of holding such election is other than at the 
 principal school-house, the trustees shall give notice thereof by the 
 publication of such notice, at least one week before the time of 
 holding such election, in some newspaper published in the district, 
 or by posting the same in three conspicuous places in the district. 
 The trusteeis may, by resolution, extend the time of holding the 
 election from four o'clock until sunset. 
 
 4. Such members of the board of education as may be present, 
 shall act as inspectors of election. If a majority of such board 
 shall not be present at the time of opening the polls, those mem- 
 bers of the board in attendance nuay appoint any of the legal 
 voters of the district present, to act ajs inspectors in place of the 
 absent trustees; and if none of the board of education shall be 
 present at the time of opening the polls, the legal voters present 
 may choose three of their number to act as inspectors. 
 
 5. The clerk of the board of education shall attend at the elec- 
 tion and record in a book, to be provided for that purpose, the 
 name of each elector as he deposits his ballot. If the clerk of the 
 board of education shall be absent, or shall be unable or refuse to 
 act, the board of education or inspectors of election shall appoint 
 some person who is a legal voter in the district to act in his place. 
 Any clerk or acting clerk who shall neglect or refuse to record the 
 name of a person whose ballot is received by the inspectors, shall 
 be liable to ' a fine of twenty-five dollars, to be sued for by the 
 supervisor of the town. 
 
 6. The board of education shall, at the expense of the district, 
 provide a suitable box in which the ballots shall be deposited as 
 they are received. Such ballots shall contain the names of the 
 persons voted for, and shall designate the office for which each of 
 said names is voted. The ballots may be either written or printed, 
 or partly written and partly printed. The inspectors immediately 
 after the close of the polls shall proceed to canvass the votes. They 
 shall first count the ballots to determine if they tally with the 
 number of names recorded by the clerk, and if they exceed that 
 number, enough ballots shall be withdrawn to make them corre- 
 
EBUCATIOIf LAW 65 
 
 spond. Such inspectors shall count the votes and announce the 
 result. The persons having a 'plurality^ of the votes respectively 
 for the several offices shall be elected, and the clerk shall record 
 the result of such ballot and election as announced by the 
 inspectors. (Thus amended hy L. 1910, ch. 442, in effect Septem- 
 ber 1, 1910.) 
 
 7. Whenever the time for holding such election, as aforesaid, 
 shall pass without such election being held in any such district, 
 a special election shall be called by the board of education, but 
 if no such election be called by said board within twenty days 
 after such time shall have passed, the school commissioner or the 
 commissioner of education may order any inhabitant of said dis- 
 trict to give notice of such election in the manner prescribed by 
 section one hundred and ninety-three ; and the officers elected at 
 such special election shall hold their respective offices only until 
 the next annual election, and until their successors are elected 
 and shall have qualified, as in this chapter provided. 
 
 8. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to union free school 
 districts in cities, nor to union free school districts whose bound- 
 aries correspond with those of an incorporated village, nor to any 
 school district organized under a special act of the legislature, in 
 which the time, manner and form of the election of district officers 
 shall be different from that prescribed for the election of officers 
 in union free school districts, organized under the general law, 
 nor to any of the union free school districts in the counties of Suf- 
 folk, Chenango, Warren, Erie and Saint Lawrence. 
 
 § 304. Determination of election disputes. All dip- 
 putes concerning the validity of any district election or of any of 
 the acts of the officers of such election shall be referred to the com- 
 missioner of education for determination and his decision in the 
 matter shall be final and not subject to review. The commissioner 
 may in his discretion order a new election. 
 
 § 305. Election and organization of board of edu- 
 cation in new district where union free school dis- 
 trict containing two incorporated villages is divided. 
 1. Within ten days after the school commissioner, shall have desig- 
 nated any separate school district organized under the provisions 
 of sections one hundred and thirty and one hundred and thirty^one 
 of this chapter, he shall call a special meeting of the qualified voters 
 
 * The former law provided for a majority vote to elect. The amendment 
 does not affect union free schotjl districts which do not hold elections of school 
 officers on the Wednesday follcAJng the annual meeting. 
 
66 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 of such school district at a time and place to be named by him to 
 elect a board of education to consist of six members, two of whom 
 shall be elected for one year, two for two years and two for three 
 years from the date of the annual school meeting next succeeding 
 such special meeting. The call for such special meeting shall be 
 published in the manner provided in section one hundred and 
 thirty for calling a special meeting to determine as to whether the 
 school district shall be divided. 
 
 2. The school commissioner shall call such special meeting to 
 order and the voters present shall elect a chairman and secretary 
 for such meeting and appoint three tellers to canvass the votes 
 cast. After the votes shall have been canvassed the chairman and 
 secretary shall forthwith certify the result of such canvass to the 
 said school commissioner, who shall within five days thereafter 
 convene the members of the board of education, shown by said 
 certificate to have been elected, for the purpose of organization, 
 and said certificate of the result of such canvass shall thereupon 
 become a part of the record of said school district. 
 
 § 306. Annual meetings of boards of education. 
 1. The annual meeting of the board of education of every union 
 free school district whose limits do not correspond with those of 
 an incorporated village or city shall be held on the first Tuesday 
 in August of each year. 
 
 2. The annual meeting of the board of education of every union 
 free school district whose limits correspond with those of an in- 
 corporated village or city shall be held on the Tuesday next after 
 the election of the members of such board at the annual charter 
 election of the village or city. \^Amended hy L. 1911, cli. 830.] 
 
 § 307. Change in number of members of board of 
 education in union free scbool district ivbose bound- 
 aries are coterminous ivith tbose of an incorporated 
 village or city. The number of members of the board of 
 education of a union free school district whose limits correspond 
 with those of an incorporated village or city, may be increased to 
 not more than nine or decreased to not less than three in the fol- 
 lowing manner: 
 
 1. The board of education of such union free school district, 
 shall, upon the application of at least fifteen resident taxpayers 
 of such district, submit to a special meeting, held at least thirty 
 days prior to the annual charter election, in such village or city, 
 a proposition for the increase or decrease of the number of mem- 
 
EDUCATION LAW 67 
 
 bers of the board of education to a number specified in tbe 
 proposition. 
 
 2. Such special meeting shall be called and held in the manner 
 prescribed by subdivision two of section one hundred and ninety-- 
 three of this chapter. 
 
 3. If such proposition is adopted and it is determined thereby to 
 increase the number of members of the board of education of 
 such district, there shall be elected at the next ensuing annual 
 village or city election, a sufficient number of members of the 
 board of education so that the total number of members of the 
 board will be the number specified in such proposition. Such 
 additional members shall be elected for such terms so that as 
 nearly as possible the terms of one-third of the members of such 
 board will expire annually. Successors to such additional mem- 
 bers shall be elected in like manner. 
 
 4. If such proposition is adopted and it is determined thereby 
 to decrease the number of the board of education in such district, 
 no members of the board of education of such district shall there- 
 after be elected until by expiration of term the number of mem- 
 bers of the board of education will be less than the number speci- 
 fied in such proposition; and thereafter the number of members 
 of the board of education of such district shall be the number 
 specified in such proposition. 'Not more than one proposition 
 under this section shall be submitted in any calendar year. 
 
 § 308. Change in number of members of board of 
 education in union free sebool district whose bound- 
 aries are not coterminous -with those of an incorpo- 
 rated village or city. 1. The number of members of thf- 
 board of education of a union free school district whose limits 
 do not correspond with those of an incorporated village or city 
 may be increased or decreased at an annual meeting by a ma- 
 jority vote of the qualified voters present and voting to be ascer- 
 tained by taking and recording the ayes and noes. The number of 
 such board shall not be increased to more than nine nor decreased 
 to less than three. 
 
 2. 1^0 vote shall be taken upon the proposition to increase or de- 
 crease the number of members of such board of education unless 
 the notice of the annual meeting shall contain a statement to the 
 effect that the voters of such district will vote upon such proposi- 
 tion. The board of edncation of any such district shall, upon the 
 application of at least fifteen voters of such district, include in the 
 notice of the annual meeting a statement that the proposition to 
 3 
 
68 l^l^W YOKK STATE EDUCATIOI^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 increase or decrease such board will be presented to the annual 
 meeting for determination. If the board refuses or fails to give 
 such notice the notice may be given in such manner as the commis- 
 sioner of education may direct. 
 
 3. If any such board shall consist of less than nine members and 
 such meeting shall determine to increase the number, such meeting 
 shall elect the additional number so determined upon and shall 
 divide such number into three classes, the first to hold office one 
 year, the second tv70 years and the third three years. 
 
 4. If such meeting shall determine to diminish the number of 
 members composing such board, no election shall be held in such 
 district to fill the vacancies of the outgoing members until the 
 number of such members shall correspond to the number which 
 such meeting shall determine to compose such board. 
 
 § 309. Poiver of removal of member of board of 
 education. For cause shown, and after giving notice of the 
 charge and opportunity of defense, the commissioner of educa- 
 tion may remove any member of a board of education. Wilful 
 disobedience of any lawful requirement of the commissioner of 
 education, or a want of due diligence in obeying such requirement 
 or wilful violation or neglect of duty is cause for removal. 
 
 § 310. Powers and duties of boards of education. 
 
 The said board of education of every union free school district 
 shall have power, and it shall be their duty: 
 
 1. To adopt such by-laws and rules for its government as shall 
 seem proper in the discharge of the duties required under the 
 provisions of this chapter. 
 
 2. To establish such rules and regulations concerning the order 
 and discipline of the schools, in the several departments thereof, 
 as they may deem necessary to secure the best educational results. 
 
 3. To prescribe the course of study by which the pupils of the 
 schools shall be graded and classified, and to regulate the admis- 
 sion of pupils and their transfer from one class or department to 
 another, as their scholarship shall warrant. 
 
 4. To prescribe the text-books to be used in the schools, and to 
 compel a uniformity in the use of the same, pursuant to the pro- 
 visions of this chapter, and to furnish the same to pupils out of 
 any moneys provided for that purpose. 
 
 5. To make provision for the instruction of pupils in physi- 
 ology and hygiene with special reference to the effect of alcoholic 
 drinks, stimulants and narcotics upon the human system. 
 
 6. To purchase sites, or additions thereto, for recreation 
 
EDUCATION^ LAW 69 
 
 grounds and for school-houses for the district, when designated 
 by a meeting of the district; and to construct such school-houses, 
 and additions thereto as may be so designated; to purchase fur- 
 niture and apparatus for such school-houses, and to keep the fiiT= 
 niture and apparatus therein in repair. 
 
 7. To hire rooms in which to maintain and conduct schools 
 when the rooms in the school-houses are overcrowded, or when 
 such school-houses are destroyed, injured or damaged by the ele- 
 ments, and to fit up and furnish such rooms in a suitable manner 
 for conducting schools therein. 
 
 8. To insure the school-houses and their furniture, apparatus 
 and appurtenances, and the school library, in some company cre- 
 ated by or under the laws of this state, or in some insurance com- 
 pany authorized by law to transact business in this state, and to 
 comply with the conditions of the policy, and raise the sums paid 
 for premiums by district tax. 
 
 9. To take charge and possession of the school-houses, sites, 
 lots, furniture, books, apparatus, and all school property within 
 their respective districts; and the title of the same shall be vested 
 respectively in said board of education. 
 
 10. To sell, when authorized by a vote of the qualified voters 
 of the school district, any former schopl site or lot, or any real 
 estate the title to which is vested in the board, and the buildings 
 thereon, and appurtenances or any part thereof, at such price and 
 upcn such terms as said voters shall prescribe, and to convey the 
 same by deed to be executed by the board or a majority of the 
 members thereof. Also to exchange real estate belonging to the 
 district for the purpose of improving or changing school-house 
 sites. 
 
 11. To take and hold for the use of the said schools or of 
 any department of the same, any real estate transferred to it by 
 gift, grant, bequest or devise, or any gift, legacy or annuity, of 
 whatever kind, given or bequeathed to the said board, and apply 
 the same, or the interest or proceeds thereof, according to the in- 
 structions of the donor or testator. 
 
 12. To have in all respects the superintendence, management 
 and control of said union free schools, and to establish therein, 
 In conformity with the regents rules, an academic department, 
 whenever in their judgment the same is warranted by the de- 
 mand for such instruction ; to receive into said union free schools 
 any pupils residing out of said district, and to regulate and estab- 
 
70 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAllTAIENT 
 
 lish the tuition fees of sucb nonresident pupils in the several de- 
 partments of said schools. 
 
 13. To provide fuel, furniture, apparatus and other necessaries 
 for the use of said schools. 
 
 14. To appoint such librarians as they may from time to time 
 deem necessary. 
 
 15. To contract with and emj^tloy such persons as by the pro- 
 visions of this chapter are qualified teachers, to determine the 
 number of teachers to be employed in the several departments of 
 instruction in said school, and at the time of such employment to 
 make and deliver to each teacher a written contract as required 
 by section five hundred and sixty-one of this chapter. 
 
 16. To fill any vacancy which may occur in said board by 
 reason of the death, resignation, removal from office or from the 
 school district, or refusal to serve, of any member or officer of said 
 board ; and the person so appointed in the place of any such mem- 
 ber of the board shall hold his office until the next annual election 
 of trustees. 
 
 17. To remove any member of their board for official miscon- 
 duct. But a written copy of all charges made of such miscon- 
 duct shall be served upon him at least ten days before the time 
 appointed for a hearing of the same; and he shall be allowed a 
 full and fair opportunity to refute such charges before removal. 
 
 18. To provide and maintain suitable and convenient water- 
 closets as provided in section four hundred and fifty-seven of this 
 chapter. 
 
 19. To borrow money in anticipation of taxes remaining uncol- 
 lected which have been levied by' such district for the current 
 fiscal year, and not in excess thereof, whenever in the discretion 
 of the board of education it shall be necessary to do so for the 
 purpose of paying the current expenses of the district for such- 
 current fiscal year, by issuing certificates of indebtedness, in the 
 name of the board of education, signed by the president and 
 clerk thereof, which certificates must be payable w^ithin such 
 current fiscal year or within nine months thereafter, and shall 
 bear interest at a rate not exceeding six per centum per annum. 
 
 20. To raise by tax upon the property of the district any mon- 
 eys required to pay the salary of teachers employed after apply- 
 ing thereto the school moneys apportioned to the district by the 
 state. 
 
 21. To provide for the medical inspection of all children in 
 7 attendance upon schools under their supervision whenever in 
 
 I 
 
EDUCATION LAW 7l 
 
 their judgment such inspection shall be necessary and to pay any 
 expense incurred therefor out of funds authorized by the voters 
 of the district or city or which may properly b^ set aside for such 
 purpose by the common council or the board of estimate and ap-~ 
 portionment of a city. Provided, however, that no such funds 
 shall be appropriated or authorized by the voters of a union free 
 school district situate wholly within a city of the third class, un- 
 less the board of education shall incorporate in the notice of the 
 annual meeting or election a statement to the effect that at such 
 meeting or election a proposition to appropriate such funds will 
 be voted upon, specifying the amount. [_8uhd. added hy L. 1910, 
 ch. 60'2 and amended hy L. 1912, ch. 215.] 
 
 § 311. Night schools; kindergartens. The board of 
 education of each school district and of each city may maintain: 
 
 1. Niorht schools and determine the courses of instruction to be 
 given therein. Such schools shall be free to all persons residing 
 in the district or city. 
 
 2. Kindergartens which shall be free to resident children be- 
 tween the ages of four and six years. 
 
 § 312. Appointment of superintendent of schools. 
 1. In any union free school district having a population of five 
 thousand or more, which fact shall be determined by the commis- 
 sioner of education, as provided in section four hundred and 
 ninety-two of this chapter, the board of education may appoint a 
 superintendent of schools. 
 
 2. Such superintendent shall be under the direction of the board 
 of education, which shall prescribe his powers and duties. He 
 shall be paid a salary from the teachers' fund, to be fixed by the 
 board of education, and he may be removed from office by a vote 
 of the majority of all the members of such board. Whenever such 
 superintendent shall be appointed, the said union free school dis- 
 trict shall be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of section 
 four hundred *tnd ninety-two of this chapter. 
 
 § 313. Regular meetings; visitation of schools. 1. 
 It shall be the duty of each board of education elected pursuant to 
 the provisions of this article to have a regular meeting at least 
 once in each quarter. 
 
 2. Each board shall appoint one or more committees, to visit 
 every school or department under its supervision and such com- 
 mittee shall visit such schools at least twice in each quarter, and 
 
 * So in original. 
 
72 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 report at the next regular meeting of the board on the condition 
 thereof. 
 
 3. The meetings of all such boards shall be open to the public, 
 but said boards may hold executive sessions, at which sesr)ions 
 only the members of such boards or the persons invited shall be 
 present. 
 
 § 314. Limitation upon expenditures. "No board of 
 education shall incur a district liability in excess of the amount 
 appropriated by a district meeting unless such board is specially 
 authorized by law to incur such liability. 
 
 § 315. Deposit, custody and payment of moneys in 
 cities and villages. 1. All moneys raised for the support of 
 schools in any city or in any union free school district whose 
 boundaries are coterminous with the boundaries of an incorpo- 
 rated village or apportioned to the same by the education depart- 
 ment or otherwise, shall be paid into the treasury of such city or 
 village to the credit of the board of education therein; and the 
 funds so received into such treasury shall be kept separate and 
 distinct from any other funds received into the said treasury. 
 And the officer having the charge thereof shall give such additional 
 security for the safe custody thereof as the corporate authorities 
 of such city or village shall require. 
 
 2. "No money shall be drawn from such funds, credited to the 
 several boards of education, unless in pursuance of a resolution 
 of said board, and on drafts drawn by the president and counter- 
 signed by the secretary or clerk, payable to the order of the per- 
 sons entitled to receive such money, and stating on their face the 
 purpose or service for which such moneys have been authorized 
 to be paid by the said board of education. 
 
 § 316. Moneys and accounts in union free school 
 districts ivliose boundaries are not tlie same as tlie 
 boundaries of incorporated cities and villages. 1. 
 All moneys raised in a union free school district whose limits do 
 not correspond with those of a city or an incorporated village, or 
 apportioned thereto by the education department or otherwise, 
 shall be paid to the treasurer of the district entitled to receive 
 the same, and be applied to the uses of the district and the board 
 shall annually render their accounts of all moneys received and 
 expended by them for the use of said schools. 
 
 2. 'No money shall be drawn from such funds in possession of 
 such treasurer, unless in pursuance of a resolution of said board, 
 and on drafts drawn by the prosidont and countcr-ig-ned by the 
 
EDUCATIOIT LAW 73 
 
 clerk payable to the order of the persons entitled to *reecive such 
 money, and stating on their face the purpose or service for which 
 said moneys have been authorized to be paid by the said board 
 of education. - - 
 
 § 317. Boards of education have powers of trus- 
 tees of eomnion schools and trustees of academies. 
 The board of education shall possess all the powers and privi- 
 leges, and be subject to all the duties in respect to the common 
 schools, or the common school departments in any union free 
 school in said districts, which the trustees of common schools 
 possess or are subject to under this chapter, not specially provided 
 for in this article, and not inconsistent with the provisions of this 
 article; and to enjoy, whenever an academic department shall be 
 by them established, all the immunities and privileges now en- 
 joyed by the trustees of academies in this state. 
 
 § 318. Academy may be adopted as academic de- 
 partment. Whenever a union free school shall be established 
 under the provisions of article five, and there shall- exist within 
 its district an academy, the board of education, when authorized 
 by a vote of the voters of the district, may adopt such academy as 
 the academic department of the district, with the consent of the 
 trustees of the academy, and thereupon the trustees by a resolu- 
 tion to be attested by the signatures of the officers of the board 
 and filed in the ofiice of the clerk of the county, shall declare their 
 offices vacant, and thereafter the said academy shall be the aca- 
 demic department of such union free school. The board of edu- 
 cation when thereto authorized by a vote of the qualified voters 
 of the district may lease said academy and site, and maintain 
 the academic department of such union free school therein and 
 thereon. 
 
 § 319. Contracts with academies. The board of edu- 
 cation of a union free school district, with the approval of the 
 commissioner of education, may adopt an academy as the academic 
 department thereof, and contract for the instruction therein of 
 pupils of academic grade, residing in the district. The academy 
 thereupon becomes the academic department of such union free 
 school, and the district is entitled to the same rights and privi- 
 leges, is subject to the same duties, and the apportionment and 
 distribution of state school money shall be made to it, as if an 
 academic department had been established in such school. 
 
 § 320. Retransf er of academy to its former trus- 
 
 * So in original. 
 
74 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAllTMEAT 
 
 tees. If there shall be, in a dissolved union free school district, 
 an academy which shall have been adopted as the academic de- 
 partment of the union free school, under the provisions of title 
 nine, chapter five hundred and fifty-five of the laws of eighteen 
 hundred and sixty-four, and any amendment thereof, or title eight 
 of chapter five hundred and fifty-six of the laws of eighteen hun- 
 dred and ninety-four, and any amendment thereof, or under this 
 chapter, it shall, upon the application of a majority of the sur- 
 viving resident former trustees or stockholders, be transferred by 
 the board of education to said former trustees or stockholders. 
 
 § 321. Records; reports. It shall be the duty of said 
 board to keep an accurate record of all its proceedings in books 
 provided for that purpose. It shall be the duty of said board 
 to cause to be published once in each year, and twenty days next 
 before the annual meeting of the district, in at least one pr.blic 
 newspaper, printed in such district, a full and detailed account 
 of all moneys received by the board or the treasurer of said dis- 
 trict, for its' account and use, and of all the moneys expended 
 therefor, giving the items of expenditure in full ; should there be 
 no paper published in said district said board shall publish such 
 account by notice to the taxpayers, by posting copies thereof in 
 five public places in said district. {^Thus amended by L. 1910, 
 ch. 4:4:2, in effect September 1, 1910.] 
 
 § 322. Reports to commissioner of education. 1. 
 The board of education of each district and of each city shall 
 make such detailed report and in such form upon any matter 
 relating to the schools under their management and control as the 
 commissioner of education shall from time to time require. 
 
 2. Such board of education shall also make an annual report 
 giving the information relating to their schools required of trustees 
 under section two hundred and seventy-six of this chapter. Such 
 report shall also contain such information as the commissioner of 
 education shall require and shall be in the form prescribed by him. 
 Such report shall be made on the first day of August of each year 
 and, in the case of a board of education of a union free school dis- 
 trict, shall be delivered to the town clerk of the town in which 
 the school-house of such district is located. 
 
 § 323. Estimated expenses for ensuing year. It 
 shall be the duty of the board of education of each district to 
 present at the annual meeting a detailed statement in writing of 
 the amount of money which will be required for the ensuing year 
 for school purposes, exclusive of the public moneys, specifying 
 
EDUCATION LAW 75 
 
 the several purposes and the amount for each. This section shall 
 not be construed to prevent the board from presenting such state- 
 ment at a spe<^ial meeting called for the purpose, nor from pre- 
 senting a supplementary and amended statement or estimate- at 
 any time. 
 
 § 324. Vote upon school taxes. After the presentation 
 of such statement or estimate, the question shall be taken 
 upon voting the necessary taxes to meet the estimated expendi- 
 tures, and when demanded by any voter present, the question shall 
 be taken upon each item separately, and the inhabitants may in- 
 crease the amount of any estimated expenditures or reduce the 
 same, except for teachers' wages, and the ordinary contingent ex- 
 penses of the schools. 
 
 § 325. Levy of tax for certain purposes without 
 vote. If the inhabitants shall neglect or refuse to vote the sum 
 estimated necessary for teachers' wages, after applying thereto 
 the public school moneys, and other moneys received or to be re- 
 ceived for that purpose, or if they shall neglect or refuse to vote 
 the sum estimated necessary for ordinary contingent expenses, the 
 board of education may levy a tax for the same, in like manner as 
 if the same had been voted by the inhabitants. 
 
 § 326. Reference to commissioner of education. If 
 any question shall arise as to what are ordinary contingent ex- 
 penses the same may be referred to the commissioner of edu- 
 cation, by a statement in writing, signed by one or more of 
 each of the opposing parties upon the question, and the decision 
 of the commissioner shall be conclusive. 
 
 § 327. Corporate authorities must raise tax cer- 
 tified by board of education. 1. The corporate authori- 
 ties of any incorporated village or city in which any such union 
 free school shall be established, shall have power, and it shall 
 be their duty, to raise, from time to time, by tax, to be levied 
 upon all the real and personal property in said ci-ty or village, as 
 by law provided for the defraying of the expenses of its municipal 
 government, such sum as the board of education established 
 therein shall declare necessary for teachers' salaries and the ordi- 
 nary contingent expenses of supporting the schools of said 
 district. 
 
 2. The sums so declared necessary shall be set forth in a de- 
 tailed statement in writing, addressed to the corporate authorities 
 hj the board of education, giving the various purposes of antici- 
 pated expenditure, and the ainourt necessary for each; and the 
 
ib NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 said corporate authorities shall have no power to withhold the 
 sums so declared to be necessary; and such corporate authorities 
 as aforesaid shall have power, and it shall be their duty to raise, 
 from time to time, by tax as aforesiaid, any such further sum to 
 be set forth in a detailed statement in writing, addressed to the 
 corporate authorities by the board of education, giving the various 
 purposes of the proposed expenditure, and the amount necessary 
 for each which may have been or which may hereafter be au- 
 thorized by a majority of the voters of such union free school 
 district present and voting at any special district meeting duly 
 convened for any of the purposes stated in section four hundred 
 and sixty-seven of this chapter. 
 
 § 328. Application of this article. The provisions of 
 this article shall apply to all union free schools heretofore or- 
 ganized pursuant to the provisions of chapter four hundred and 
 thirty-three of the laws of eighteen hundred and fifty-three, and 
 the amendments thereof, chapter five hundred 'and fifty-five of 
 the laws of eighteen hundred and sixty-four, and the amendments 
 thereof, and of chapter five hundred and fifty-six of the laws 
 of eighteen hundred and ninety-four and the amendments thereof ; 
 and sections three hundred and twenty-seven, four hundred and 
 sixty, four hundred and sixty-seven and four hundred and eighty 
 of this chapter are made applicable to all school districts estab- 
 lished by and organized under special statutes, except those of 
 cities ; and sections three hundred and ten, subdivision nineteen, 
 tbree hundred and twelve and four hundred and fifty-eight of this 
 chapter are made applicable to all school districts having a popula- 
 tion of five thousand and upwards established by and organized 
 under special statutes. 
 
 ARTICLE 12 
 Town Clerks 
 
 Section 340. Duties of town clerks. 
 
 341. Expenses of town clerks. 
 
 § 340. Duties of town clerks. It shall be the duty oi 
 the town clerk of each town: 
 
 1. To keep all books, maps, papers, and records of his offi^r 
 touching common schools, and forthwith to report to the school 
 commissioner any loss or injury to the same. 
 
I 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 77 
 
 2. To receive from the supervisors the certificates of apportion- 
 ment of school moneys to the town, and to record them in a book 
 to be kept for that purpose. 
 
 3. To notify forthwith the trustees of the several school dis- 
 tricts of the filing of each such certificate. 
 
 4. To see that the trustees of the school districts make and de- 
 posit wnth him their annual reports within the time prescribed by 
 law, and to deliver them to the school commissioner on demand. 
 
 5. To furnish the school commissioner of the school commis- 
 sioner district in which his town is situated the names and post- 
 ofiice addresses of the school district officers reported to him by 
 the district clerks. 
 
 6. To distribute to the trustees of the school districts all books, 
 blanks and circulars which shall be delivered or forwarded to him 
 by the commissioner of education or school commissioner for that 
 purpose. 
 
 7. To receive from the supervisor, and record in a book kept 
 for that purpose, the annual account of the receipts and disburse- 
 ments of school moneys required to be submitted to the town 
 auditors, together with the action of the town auditors thereon, 
 and to send a copy of the account and of the action thereon, by 
 mail, to the commissioner of education whenever required by him, 
 and to file and preserve the vouchers accompanying the account. 
 
 8. To receive and to record, in the same book, the supervisor's 
 final account of the school moneys received and disbursed by him, 
 and deliver a copy thereof to such supervisor's successor in office. 
 
 9. To receive from the outgoing supervisor, and file and record 
 in the same book, the county treasurer's certificate, that his suc- 
 cessor's bond has been given and approved. 
 
 10. To receive, file and record the descriptions of the school 
 districts, and all papers and proceedings delivered to him by the 
 school commissioner pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. 
 
 11. To act, when thereto legally required, in the erection or 
 alteration of a school district, as in article fi.ve of this chapter 
 provided. 
 
 12. To receive and preserve the books, papers and records of 
 any dissolved school district, which shall be ordered, as herein- 
 after provided, to be deposited in his office. 
 
 13. To perform any other duty which may be devolved upon 
 him by this chapter, or by any other act touching common schools. 
 
 § 341. Expenses of town clerks. The necessary ex- 
 penses and disbursements of the town clerk in the performance 
 
78 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAIJTMK.N T 
 
 of his said duties, are a town charge, and shall be audited and 
 paid as such. 
 
 ARTICLE 13 
 Supervisors 
 
 Section 360. Duties of supervisors. 
 
 361. Sale of gospel or school lots on division of town. 
 
 362. Payment of proceeds of sale of gospel or school lots. 
 
 363. Supervisor's bond for school moneys. 
 
 364. Refusal of supervisor to give bond. 
 
 365. Report by supervisors to county treasurer. 
 
 § 360. Duties of supervisors. It is the duty of every 
 supervisor : 
 
 1. To disburse the school moneys in his hands applicable to 
 the payment of teachers' wages, upon and only upon the written 
 orders of a sole trustee or a majority of the trustees, in favor of 
 qualified teachers. But whenever the collector in any school dis- 
 trict shall have given bonds for the due and faithful performance 
 of the duties of his office as disbursing agent, as required by sec- 
 tion two hundred and fifty-three or whenever any school district 
 shall elect a treasurer as provided in this chapter, the said super- 
 visor shall, upon the receipt by him of a copy of the bond ex- 
 ecuted by said collector or treasurer as herein required, certified 
 by the trustees, pay over to such collector or treasurer, all moneys 
 in his hands applicable to the payment of teachers' wages in such 
 district, and the said collector or treasurer shall disburse such 
 moneys so received by him upon such orders as are specified herein 
 to the teachers entitled to the same. 
 
 2. To pay over all the school money apportioned to a imion 
 free school district, to the treasurer of such district, upon the 
 order of its board of education. 
 
 3. To keep a just and true account of all the school moneys 
 received and disbursed by him during each year, and to lay the 
 same, with proper vouchers, before the town board or board of 
 town auditors at each annual meeting thereof. 
 
 4. To provide a bound blank book, the cost of which shall be 
 a town charge, and to enter therein all his receipts and disburse- 
 ments of school moneys, specifying from whom and for what pur- 
 poses they were received, and to whom and for what purposes 
 
EDUCATION LAW 79 
 
 they were paid out; and to deliver the book to his successor in 
 office. 
 
 5. To make out a just and true account of all school moneys 
 received by him and of all disbursements thereof, within fifteen 
 days after the termination of his office and to deliver the same to 
 the town clerk, to be filed and recorded, and to notify his successor 
 in office that such account has been made and filed. 
 
 6. To deliver to his predecessor the county treasurer's certifi- 
 cate showing that he has given to such treasurer the bond required 
 by section three hundred and sixty-three of this chapter and that 
 such bond has been approved by such treasurer, and to procure 
 from the town clerk a copy of his predecessor's account, and to 
 demand and receive from him all school moneys remaining in his 
 hands. 
 
 7. To pay to his successor upon receipt of such certificate all 
 school moneys remaining in his hands, and to forthwith file the 
 certificate in the town clerk's office. 
 
 8. To sue for and recover, in his name of office, when the duty 
 is not elsewhere imposed by law, all penalties and forfeitures im- 
 posed by this chapter, and for any default or omission of any 
 town officer or school- district board or officer under this chapter; 
 and after deducting his costs and expenses to report the balances 
 to the school commissioner. 
 
 9. To act, when legally required, in the erection or alteration of 
 a school district, as provided in article five of this chapter, and to 
 perform any other duty which may be devolved upon him by this 
 chapter, or any other act relating to common schools. 
 
 10. To take and hold possession of the gospel and school lots 
 of their respective towns. 
 
 11. To lease the same for such time not exceeding twenty- 
 one years, and upon such conditions as they shall deem expedient. 
 
 12. To sell the same with the advice and consent of the in- 
 habitants of the town, in town-meeting assembled, for such price 
 and upon such terms of credit as shall appear to them most ad- 
 vantageous. 
 
 13. To invest the proceeds of such sales in loans, secured by 
 bond and mortgage upon unincumbered real property of the value 
 of double the amount loaned. 
 
 14. To purchase the pro])crty so mortgaged upon a foreclosure, 
 and to hold and convey the property so purchased whenever it 
 shall become necessary. 
 
80 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 15. To re-loan the amount of such loans repaid to them, upon 
 the like security. 
 
 16. To apply the rents and profits of such lots, and the inter- 
 est of the money arising from the sale thereof, to the support of 
 schools, as may be provided by law, in such manner as shall be 
 thus provided. 
 
 17. To render a just and true account of the proceeds of the 
 sales and the interest on the loans thereof, and of the rents and 
 profits of such gospel and school lots, and of the expenditure and 
 appropriation thereof, on the last Tuesday next preceding the 
 annual town-meeting in each year, to the town board. 
 
 18. To deliver over to his successor in office, all boxes, papers 
 and securities relating to the same, at the expiration of their 
 respective offices. 
 
 19. To take therefor a receipt, which shall be filed in the clerk's 
 office of the town ; and, 
 
 20. To commence and prosecute in and by the name and style 
 of the supervisor of the town any suits against any of his prede- 
 cessors in office or against any other person to recover any debt, 
 dues or demands, in anywise arising from such public lot; and no 
 such suit shall abate by the death, resignation or removal from 
 office of the said supervisor but the sanie shall and may be prose- 
 cuted to judgment and execution by his successor in office. 
 
 § 361. Sale of gospel or school lots on division of 
 town. Whenever a town having lands assigned to it for the 
 support of the gospel or of school s, shall be divided into two or 
 more towns, or shall be altered in its limits by the annexing of a 
 part of its territory to other towns, such lands shall be sold by 
 the supervisor of the town, in which such lands were included 
 immediately before such division or alteration; and the proceeds 
 thereof shall be apportioned between the towns interested therein, 
 in the same manner as the other public moneys of towns, so 
 divided or altered, are apportioned. 
 
 § 362. Payment of proceeds of sale of gospel or 
 school lots. The shares of such moneys, to which the towns 
 shall be respectively entitled, shall be paid to the supervisors of 
 the respective towns, and shall thereafter be subject to the pro- 
 visions of this article. 
 
 § 363. Supervisor's bond for school moneys. 1. 
 Immediately on receiving the school commissioners' certificates 
 of apportionment, the county treasurer shall require of each super- 
 
EDUCATION LAW 81 
 
 visor, and each supervisor shall give to the treasurer, in behalf of 
 the town, his bond, with two or more sufficient sureties, approved 
 by the treasurer, in the penalty of at least double the amount of 
 the school moneys set apart or apportioned to the town, and of^nj 
 such moneys unaccounted for by his predecessors, conditioned for 
 the faithful disbursement, safe-keeping and accounting for such 
 fnoneys, and of all other school moneys that may come into his 
 hands from any other source. 
 
 2. If the condition shall be broken the county treasurer shall 
 sue the bond in his own name, in behalf of the town, and the 
 money recovered shall be paid over to the successor of the super- 
 visor in default, such successor having first ^giving security as 
 aforesaid. 
 
 3. Whenever the office of a supervisor shall become vacant, the 
 county treasurer shall require the person elected or appointed to 
 fill such vacancy to execute a bond, with two or more sureties, to 
 be approved by the treasurer, in the penalty of at least double the 
 sum of the school moneys remaining in the hands of the old super- 
 visor, when the office became vacant, conditioned for the faithful 
 disbursement and safe-keeping of and accounting for such moneys. 
 But the execution of this bond shall not relieve the supervisor 
 from the duty of executing the bond first above mentioned. 
 
 § 364. Refusal of supervisor to give bond. The re- 
 fusal of a supervisor to give such security shall be a misdemeanor, 
 and any fine imposed on his conviction thereof shall be for the 
 benefit of the common schools of the town. Upon such refusal, the 
 moneys so set apart and apportioned to the town shall be paid to 
 and disbursed by some other officer or person to be designated bj' 
 the county judge, under such regulations and with such safeguards 
 as he may prescribe, and the reasonable compensation of such offi- 
 cer or person, to be adjusted by the board of supervisors, shall be 
 a town charge. 
 
 § 365. Report by supervisors to county treasurer. 
 On the first Tuesday of February in each year, each supervisor 
 shall make a return in writing to the county treasurer for the use 
 of the school commissioners, showing the amounts of school mon- 
 eys in his hands not paid on the orders of trustees for teachers' 
 salaries, and the districts to which they stand accredited, and if 
 such moneys remain in his hands, he shall report that fact; and 
 thereafter he shall not pay out any of said moneys until he shall 
 
 * So in original. 
 
82 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 have received the certificate of the next apportionment ; and the 
 moneys so returned by him shall be reapportioned as directed in 
 article eighteen of this chapter. 
 
 ARTICLE 14 
 
 [Entire article amended by L. 1910, ch. 607.] 
 
 District Superintendent of Schools; His 
 Election, Poivers and Duties 
 
 Section 380. Office of district superintendent of schools created. 
 
 381. Supervisory districts. 
 
 382. School directors. 
 
 383. Election of district superintendent. 
 
 384. Qualifications of district superintendents. 
 
 385. District superintendent must take oath of office. 
 
 386. Term of office of district superintendent. 
 
 387. Vacancies in the office of district superintendent. 
 
 388. Eilling vacancy in the office of district superin- 
 
 tendent. 
 
 389. Salary of district superintendent. 
 
 390. Expense of district superintendents. 
 
 391. Salary of district superintendent may be withheld. 
 
 392. Removal of district superintendent from office. 
 
 393. District superintendent not to be interested in cer- 
 
 tain business or to accept rewards, et cetera. 
 
 394. District superintendents not to engage in other 
 
 business. 
 
 395. General powers and duties of district superin- 
 
 tendent. 
 
 396. District superintendent subject to the rules of com- 
 
 missioner of education. 
 
 397. Other duties of a district superintendent. 
 
 398. Appeals from acts of district superintendent, et 
 
 cetera. 
 
 § 380. Office of district superintendent of schools 
 created. The office of district superintendent of schools is 
 hereby created to begin on the first day of January, nineteen 
 hundred and twelve. 
 
 § 381.* Supervisory districts. 1. The territory em- 
 braced in the school commissioner districts of the state outsid*:^ 
 
 *Tliis section, as amended by L. 1910, chap. 607, took efTcct Jni5^ 1, lOIi 
 
EDUCATION LAW 83 
 
 of cities and of school districts of five thousand population or 
 more, which employ a superintendent of schools, shall be organ- 
 ized and divided into supervisory districts. In the formation or 
 division of such territory into such districts no town shall _be, 
 divided. The territory of such districts must be contiguous and 
 compact and towns shall be arranged in districts so that there 
 shall be as equal a division of the territory and number of school 
 districts as may be practicable. 
 
 2. In a county entitled to two or more supervisory districts the 
 school commissioner of each school commissioner district in such 
 county and the supervisor of each town in such county shall meet 
 at the county seat of such county on the third Tuesday in April, 
 nineteen hundred and eleven, at ten o'clock in the forenoon and 
 divide such county into the number of supervisory districts to 
 which it is entitled. 
 
 3. The county clerk of such county shall give ten days' notice, 
 in writing, of such meeting, to each of such school commissioners 
 and supervisors. The county clerk shall also call such meeting 
 to order at the proper hour and the school commissioners and 
 supervisors present shall elect from their number a chairman and 
 a clerk. 
 
 4. A copy of the proceedings of such meeting showing the su- 
 pervisory districts formed and naming the towns composing each 
 of such districts, certified by the chairman and clerk, shall be 
 deposited by the clerk of such meeting in the ofiice of the clerk 
 of the county immediately after the close of the meeting. The 
 county clerk on receipt of the same shall forward a certified copy 
 thereof to the commissioner of education. 
 
 5. The number of supervisory districts into which each county 
 shall be organized or divided is as follows : ' 
 
 a. Hamilton, Putnam, Eockland, Schenectady, each one; 
 
 b. Chemung, Fulton, Genesee, Montgomery, Nassau, Schuyler, 
 Seneca, Yates, each two; 
 
 c. Albany, Clinton, Columbia, Cortland, Essex, Greene, Liv- 
 ingston, Niagara, Orange, Orleans, Kensselaer, Schoharie, Suf- 
 folk, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Warren, Wyoming, each three; 
 
 d. Broome, Dutchess, Franklin, Herkimer, Lewis, Madison, 
 ^Fonroe, Ontario, Saratoga, Ulster, Washington, Wayne, West- 
 chester, each four ; 
 
 e. Allegany, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chenango, Erie, Onondaga, 
 03we2:o, each five ; 
 
84r JS^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTxMENT 
 
 f. 'Chautauqua, Delaware, Jefferson, Otsego, each six; 
 
 g. Oneida, Steuben, each seven; 
 
 h. Saint Lawrence, eight districts. 
 
 § 382.* School directors. 1. Two school directors shall 
 be elected for each town at the general election held in the year 
 nineteen hundred and ten. One of such directors shall be elected 
 to serve until January one, nineteen hundred and thirteen, and the 
 other shall be elected to serve until January one, nineteen hundred 
 and sixteen. A director shall be elected at the general election 
 in nineteen hundred and twelve and every fifth year thereafter and 
 one shall be elected in nineteen hundred and fifteen and every 
 fifth year thereafter. The term of office of the directors elected in 
 nineteen hundred and twelve and thereafter shall commence on 
 the first day of January following their election and continue for 
 five years. Such directors shall be elected in the same manner 
 that town officers are elected at town meetings held at the time of 
 a general election, and the provisions of the election law relating 
 to the nomination and election of such town officers shall apply to 
 the nomination and election of such directors. 
 
 2. A school director shall vacate his office by removal from the 
 town or by filing a written resignation with the town clerk. A 
 vacancy in the office of school director shall be filled by the town 
 board of the town in which such vacancy exists. If the town 
 fails to elect a director a vacancy shall be deemed to exist in sucli 
 office. 
 
 3. A school director before entering upon the discharge of the 
 duties of his office, and not later than thirty days after the date on 
 which he was elected to office, shall take the oath of office pre- 
 scribed by the constitntion. Such oath may be taken before a 
 justice of the peace or a notary public, and must be filed in the 
 office of the clerk of the town. 
 
 4. A school director shall receive two dollars per day for each 
 day's service and his necessary traveling expenses, and the town 
 board of the town for which such director is chosen shall audit and 
 allow the same. 
 
 § 383.f Election of district superintendent. 1. The 
 school directors of the several towns composing a supervis- 
 ory district shall meet for organization at eleven o'clock in the 
 forenoon on the third Tuesday in May following their election. 
 
 * This section, as amendod by L. 1910, chap. 607, took eflFect July 1, 1910. 
 1 This section, as amended by L. 1910, chap. 607, took eflFect April 1, 1011. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 85 
 
 Such meeting shall be held at a place in the supervisory district, 
 designated by the county clerk, at least ten days previous to the 
 date thereof. At the time the county clerk designates such place 
 of meeting he shall also mail a notice of the time and place_of 
 such meeting to each school director of the district. The school 
 directors present at such meeting shall organize by electing from 
 their number a chairman, a clerk and tv^o inspectors of election. 
 The school directors at such meeting shall designate a place for 
 holding future meetings. 
 
 2. The school directors of the several towns composing a 
 supervising district shall be a board of school directors, and such 
 board of directors shall meet at eleven o'clock in the forenoon on 
 the third Tuesday in August, nineteen hundred and eleven, and 
 on the third Tuesday in June every fifth year thereafter, and 
 elect a district superintendent of schools. The clerk of such 
 board shall give each director at least ten days' notice in writing 
 of the hour, date and place of such meeting. 
 
 3. If such directors fail to elect a district superintendent of 
 schools before the first day of eTanuary following the date of such 
 meeting, and a vacancy exists in such office, the county judge shall 
 appoint such superintendent who shall serve until the board of 
 directors shall fill such vacancy. 
 
 4. In the election of such district superintendent the vote shall 
 be by ballot and the person receiving a majority of all votes cast 
 shall be elected. Each school director shall be entitled to one 
 vote in such election. 
 
 5. The clerk of such board shall file a copy of the proceedings 
 of each meeting and each election, certified by himself and the 
 chairman, in the office of the clerk of the county in which such 
 meeting or election is held within three days after the close 
 thereof. 
 
 6. The county clerk on receipt of notice of the election of a 
 district superintendent of schools 'in any supervisory district of 
 his county shall deliver to the person elected a certificate of such 
 election attested by his signature with the seal of the county and 
 shall also transmit to the commissioner of education a duplicate 
 of such certificate of election. 
 
 § 384. Qualifications of district superintendents. 
 1. To be eligible to election to the office of district superintend- 
 ent of schools a person must be at least twenty-one years of age, 
 a citizen of the United States and a resident of the state, but he 
 need not be a resident of tlw^ supervisory district for which he is 
 
86 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 elected at the time of his election. Such superintendent mtttst 
 however, become a resident of the county containing the district 
 for which he has been elected on or before the date on which his 
 term of office begins. Failure to acquire such residence will be 
 deemed a removal from the county, i^o person shall be ineligible 
 on account of sex. 
 
 2. In addition thereto he must possess or be entitled to receive 
 a certificate authorizing him to teach in any of the public schools 
 of the state without further examination and he shall also pass an 
 examination prescribed by the commissioner of education on the 
 supervision of courses of study in agriculture and teaching the 
 same. 
 
 3. A district superintendent who is removed from office shall 
 not be eligible to election to such office in any supervisory district 
 for a period of five years. 
 
 § 385. District superintendent must take oath of 
 office. A district superintendent of schools before entering 
 upon the discharge of the duties of his office, and not later than 
 five days after the date on which his term of office is to com- 
 mence, shall take the oath of office prescribed by the constitu- 
 tion. Such oath may be taken before a county clerk, a justic^e 
 of the peace, or a notary public and must be filed in the office of 
 the clerk of the county. 
 
 § 386. Term of office of district superintendent. 
 The district superintendents elected in nineteen hundred and 
 eleven shall hold office until the first day of August, nineteen 
 hundred and sixteen. The full term of office of a district super- 
 intendent of schools elected in nineteen hundred and sixteen and 
 thereafter shall be five years and shall commence on the first day 
 of August next after his election. A district superintendent of 
 schools unless removed shall hold office until his successor is 
 chosen and qualified. 
 
 § 387. Vacancies in the office of district superin- 
 tendent. The office of district superintendent of schools shal! 
 be vacant upon : 
 
 1. The death of an incumbent. 
 
 2. His removal from office by the commissioner of education. 
 
 3. His removal from the county. 
 
 4. His filing in the office of the clerk of the county his written 
 resignation. 
 
 5. His acceptance of the office of supervisor, town clerk or trus 
 tee of a school district. 
 
t 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 87 
 
 6. His failure to take and file the oath of office as provided 
 in this article. 
 
 § 388. Filling: vacancy in tlie office of district 
 superintendent. Whenever a vacancy occurs it shall be filled 
 for the remainder of the unexpired term by the board of school 
 directors. Upon direction of the commissioner of education the 
 clerk of the board in which the supervisory district having such 
 vacancy is located shall immediately call a special meeting of such 
 board for the purpose of electing a district superintendent. The 
 provisions of this title relative to the election generally of a 
 district superintendent of schools, including notices, filing of the 
 proceedings and all other matters relating to such an election, shall 
 apply to a special election to fill a vacancy in such office. 
 
 § 389. Salary of district superintendent. 1. Each 
 district superintendent shall receive an annual salary from the 
 state of twelve hundred dollars, payable monthly by the commis- 
 sioner of education from moneys appropriated therefor. 
 
 2. The supervisors of the towns composing any supervisory dis- 
 trict may by adopting a resolution by a majority vote increase 
 the salary to be paid by such district to its district superintendent. 
 Such supervisors must thereupon file with the clerk of the board 
 of supervisors a certificate showing the amount of such increase. 
 The board of supervisors of each county shall levy such amount 
 annually by tax on the towns composing such supervisory district 
 within the county. 
 
 § 390. Expense of district superintendents. The 
 commissioner of education shall quarterly audit and allow the 
 actual sworn expense incurred by each district superintendent of 
 schools in the performance of his official duties, but the amount 
 of such expense allowed shall not exceed in any year three hun- 
 dred dollars. Such expenses shall be paid by the commissioner 
 of education from moneys appropriated therefor 
 
 § 391. Salary of district superintendent may be 
 ivithheld. The commissioner of education may, whenever 
 he is satisfied that a district superintendent of schools has per- 
 sistently neglected to perform an official duty, withhold payment 
 of the whole or any part of such superintendent's salary as it shall 
 become due and he may also withhold any sum to which such 
 superintendent shall be entitled for expenses and the amount 
 thus withheld shall be forfeited; but said commissioner may in 
 his discretion remit such forfeiture in whole or in part. 
 
68 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 392. Removal of district superintendent from 
 office. The commissioner of education may, by an order under 
 the seal of the education department, remove a district superin- 
 tendent of schools from office whenever he is satisfied that such 
 superintendent : 
 
 1. Has been guilty of immoral conduct; 
 
 2. Is incompetent to perform any official duty; or 
 
 3. Has persistently neglected or wilfully refused to perform 
 any lawful duty imposed upon him. 
 
 § 393. District superintendent not to be interested 
 in certain business or to accept reivards, et cetera. 
 A district superintendent of schools shall not: 
 
 1. Be directly or indirectly interested otherwise than as author 
 in the sale, publication, or manufacture of school books, maps, 
 charts, or school apparatus or in the sale or manufacture of school 
 furniture or any other school or library supplies. 
 
 2. Be directly or indirectly interested in any contract made 
 by the trustees of a school district. 
 
 3. Be directly or indirectly interested in any agency or bureau 
 maintained to obtain or aid in obtaining positions for teachers or 
 superintendents. 
 
 4. Directly or indirectly receive any emolument, gift, pay, re- 
 ward or promise of pay or reward for recommending or procuring 
 the sale, use or adoption or aiding in procuring the sale, use or 
 adoption of any book, map, chart, school apparatus or furniture 
 or other supplies for any school or library or for recommending a 
 teacher or aiding a teacher in obtaining an appointment to teach. 
 
 § 394. District superintendents not to engage in 
 other business. A district superintendent of schools shall 
 devote his whole time to the performance of the duties of his 
 office and shall not engage in any other occupation or profession. 
 Such time as shall not necessarily be devoted by a district 
 superintendent of schools to the performance of the clerical and 
 administrative work of his office shall be devoted to the visitation 
 and inspection of the schools maintained in his supervisory 
 district. 
 
 § 395. General powers and duties of district 
 superintendent. A district superintendent of schools shall 
 have power and it shall be his duty : 
 
 1. To inquire from time to time into and ascertain whether the 
 boundaries of the school districts within his supervisory district 
 
EDUCATION' LAW 89 
 
 are definitely and plainly described in the records of the office 
 of the proper town clerk ; and in case the record of the boundaries 
 of any school district shall be found indefinite or defective, or if 
 the same shall be in dispute, then to cause the same to be amended 
 or an amended record of the boundaries to be made. All neces- 
 sary expenses incurred in establishing such amended records shall 
 be a charge on the district or districts affected, to be audited and 
 allowed by the trustees thereof, on the certificate of the district 
 superintendent. 
 
 2. To assemble all the teachers of his district by towns or other- 
 wise on days other than legal holidays when schools are not in 
 session, for the purpose of conference on the course of study, for 
 reports of and advice and counsel in relation to discipline, school 
 management and other school work, and for promoting the general 
 good of all the schools of the district. 
 
 3. To frequently and thoroughly inspect the work done in the 
 training classes maintained in his district and to report to the 
 commissioner of education on the efficiency of the instruction 
 given and the observation and practice work done by the members 
 thereof. 
 
 4. To hold meetings of trustees and other school officers and to 
 advise with and counsel them in relation to their powers and 
 duties and particularly in relation to the repair, construction, 
 heating, ventilating and lighting of schoolhouses and improving 
 and adorning the school grounds. To especially advise trustees 
 relative to the employment of teachers, the adoption of textbooks 
 and the purchase of library books, school apparatus, furniture and 
 supplies. 
 
 5. To direct the trustees of any district to make any altera- 
 tions or repairs to the schoolhouses or outbuildings which shall, 
 in his opinion, be necessary for the health or comfort of the 
 pupils, but the amount which trustees shall be directed to expend 
 in such alterations or repairs shall not exceed two hundred dollars 
 in any one year. 
 
 6. To direct the trustees of any district to make any repairs 
 or alterations to school furniture, or where in his opinion any 
 furniture is unfit for use and not worth repairing, or when suf- 
 ficient furniture is. not provided, to direct that such new furniture 
 shall be provided as he deems necessary, but the amount thus 
 directed to be expended shall not exceed in any one year one hun- 
 dred dollars. 
 
90 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 7. To direct the trustees of any district to abate any nuisance 
 in or on tlie school grounds. 
 
 8. To condemn a schoolhouse as provided elsewhere in this 
 chapter. 
 
 9. To examine and license teachers pursuant to the provisions 
 of this chapter. He shall also conduct such other examinations 
 as the commissioner of education shall direct. 
 
 10. To examine any charge affecting the moral character of 
 any teacher residing or employed within his district, and to re- 
 voke such teacher's certificate as elsewhere provided by this 
 chapter. 
 
 11. To take affidavits and administer oaths in all matters per- 
 taining to the public school system, but without charge or fee. 
 
 12. To take and report to the commissioner of education under 
 the direction of such commissioner testimony in a case on appeal. 
 In such a case or in any matter or proceeding to be heard or de- 
 termined by the district superintendent, he may issue a subpoena 
 CO compel the attendance of a witness. Service of such subpoena 
 shall be made a reasonable time before the date named therein for 
 the hearing, by exhibiting the same to the person so served, with 
 the signature of the district superintendent of schools attached, 
 and by leaving a copy thereof with such person. The witness 
 shall be entitled to receive at the time of service, the same fees as 
 provided by law for witnesses in a court of record. Disobedience 
 to such subpoena shall subject the delinquent to a penalty of 
 twenty-five dollars, which shall be recovered by the county treas- 
 urer in his name of office for the benefit of the county. 
 
 13. To exercise in his discretion any of the powers and per- 
 form any of the duties of another district superintendent on the 
 written request of such other superintendent, and he must exer- 
 cise such powers and perform such duties when directed to do so 
 by the commissioner of education. 
 
 14. To make such investigations and to make such reports to 
 the commissioner of education upon any matter or act as said 
 commissioner shall from time to time request. He shall make an 
 annual report on the first day of September in such form and giv- 
 ing such information as the commissioner of education shall re- 
 quire. For this purpose he shall procure the reports of trustees 
 of school districts from the town clerks' offices and after abstract- 
 ing the necessary contents thereof shall indorse and deposit them 
 with a copy of his abstract in the office oi the county clerk. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 91 
 
 § 396. District superintendent subject to the rules 
 of commissioner of educ&tion. A district superintendent 
 shall be subject to such rules and directions as the commissioner 
 of education shall from time to time prescribe. - 
 
 § 397. Other duties of a district superintendent. 
 A district superintendent of schools shall, in addition to the 
 duties especially conferred upon him by this title, possess and bo 
 subject to all the powers, duties and responsibilities with which 
 a school commissioner is charged by law. 
 
 § 398. Appeals from acts of district superintend- 
 ent, et cetera. Appeals from the official acts of a district 
 superintendent of schools or from his refusal or failure to act in 
 any matter in which he may legally act, may be taken to the com- 
 missioner of education, iill questions in controversy relating to 
 the election of such district superintendent or to the formation 
 of supervisory district shall be determined by the commissioner 
 of education on proper appeal. The provisions of article fourteen 
 of this chapter shall apply to and govern such appeals and de- 
 cisions therein.* 
 
 ARTICLE 15 
 
 Assessment and Collection of Taxes 
 
 Section 410. Assessment of taxes. 
 
 411. Property to be assessed. 
 
 412. Ascertainment of valuations. 
 
 413. Power of trustees to determine values. 
 
 414. Equalization within joint districts. 
 
 415. Assessment of vacant land. 
 
 416. Persons working land on shares and vendees in pos- 
 
 session liable to taxation. 
 
 417. Liability of property of certain absentee owners. 
 
 418. Certain exemptions from tax for building school- 
 
 house. 
 
 419. Right of certain tenants to charge tax to landlord. 
 
 420. Pequisites and authority of collector's warrant. 
 
 421. Time for delivery of warrant to collector. 
 
 422. Jurisdiction of collector. 
 
 423. Renewals of warrants. 
 
 * L. 1910, chap. 607, § 2. Sections three hundred and eighty-one and three 
 hundred and eighty-two of this article hereby amended shall take effect on 
 the first day of July, nineteen hundred and ten. Section three hundred and 
 eighty-three of such article shall take effect on the first day of April, nineteen 
 hundred and eleven. All other provisions of such article shall take effect 
 on the first day of January, nineteen hundred and twelve. 
 
92 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section 424. Amendment of tax-lists. 
 
 425. Collector's notice. 
 
 426. Collector's fees. 
 
 427. l^otice to railroad companies of assessment and tax. 
 
 428. Payment of tax by railroad company to county 
 
 treasurer. 
 
 429. Duty of collector after failure of railroad company 
 
 to pay within thirty days. 
 
 430. Payment of tax by county treasurer to collector. 
 ' • 431. Railroad company may pay collector. 
 
 432. Trustees' right of action to recover tax. 
 
 433. Collector's return of impaid taxes. 
 
 434. Certification by trustees of collector's return. 
 
 435. Payment of unpaid taxes from county treasury. 
 
 436. Levy by supervisors of unpaid taxes. 
 
 437. Payment before levy. 
 
 438. Proceedings for collection same as of county taxes. 
 
 439. Filing tax-list and warrant with town clerk. 
 
 440. Assessment for school purposes of certain state 
 
 lands. 
 
 § 410. Assessment of taxes. Immediately after a tax 
 shall have been voted by a district meeting, for a purpose arising 
 during the current school year the trustees shall assess it, and make 
 out the tax-list therefor, and annex thereto their warrant for its 
 collection. Where a tax is voted at an annual school meeting foi 
 school purposes during the following school year the said trustees 
 shall prepare their tax-list therefor and annex thereto their warrant 
 for its collection within thirty days after August first. But they 
 may at the same time assess two or more taxes so voted, and any 
 taxes they are authorized to raise without such vote, and make out 
 one tax-list and one warrant for the collection of the whole. They 
 shall prefix to their tax-list a heading showing for what purpose 
 the different items of the tax are levied. [Amended by L. 1911, 
 ch. 830.] 
 
 § 411. Property to be assessed. 1. School district taxes 
 shall be apportioned by the trustees upon all real estate within 
 the boundaries of the district which shall not be by law exempt 
 from taxation, except as hereinafter provid€d, and such property 
 shall be assessed to the person or corporation owning or possessing 
 the same at the time such tax-list shall be made out. 
 
 2. The trustees shall also apportion the district taxes upon all 
 persons residing in the district, and upon all corporations liable !• 
 
EDUCATION LAW 93 
 
 taxation therein, for the personal estate owned by them and liable 
 to taxation. 
 
 3. Land lying in one body and occupied by the same person, 
 either as owner or agent for the same principal, or as tenant under 
 the same landlord, if assessed as one lot on the last assessment-roll 
 of the town after revision by the assessors, shall, though situated 
 partly in two or more school districts, be taxable in that one of 
 them in which such occupant resides. This rule shall not apply to 
 land owned by non-residents of the district, and which shall not be 
 occupied by an agent, servant or tenant residing in the district. 
 Such unoccupied real estate shall be assessed as non-resident, and 
 a description thereof shall be entered in the tax-list. 
 
 § 412. Ascertainment of valuations. The valuations 
 of taxable property shall be ascertained, so far as possible, from 
 the last assessment-roll of the town, after revision by the assessors ; 
 and no person shall be entitled to any reduction in the valuation 
 of such property, as so ascertained, unless he shall give notice of 
 bis claim to such reduction in writing to the trustees of the dis- 
 trict before the tax-list shall be made out. 
 
 § 413. Power of trustees to determine values. The 
 trnstees of a district shall ascertain the true value of the property 
 to be taxed from the best evidence in their power, giving notice 
 ro the persons interested, and proceeding in the same manner as 
 t he town assessors are required by law to proceed in the valuation 
 of taxable property, the hearing of grievances, and the revision of 
 the to^vn assessment-roll in the following cases: 
 
 1. When a reduction shall be duly claimed and where the val- 
 uation of taxable property cannot be ascertained from the last 
 completed assessment-roll of the town; 
 
 2. When the valuation of such property shall have increased or 
 diminished since the last assessment-roll of the town was com- 
 pleted ; 
 
 3. When an error, mistake, or omission on the part of the town 
 assessors shall have been made in the description or valuation of 
 taxable property. 
 
 § 414. Equalization ivitliin joint districts. When a 
 district embraces parts of two or more towns, the supervisors of 
 such towns shall, upon receiving a written notice from the trustees 
 of such district, or from three or more persons liable to pay taxes 
 upon real estate therein, meet at a time and place to be named in 
 such notice, which time shall not be less than five or more than 
 
94? NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAKTMEJST 
 
 ten days from the service thereof, and a place within the boimdg 
 of the towns so in part embraced, and proceed to inquire and de- 
 termine whether the valuation of real property upon the several 
 assessment-rolls of said towns is substantially just as compared 
 with each other. 
 
 2. If it is ascertained that sach assessments are not relatively 
 equal such supervisor shall determine the relative proportion of 
 taxes that ought to be assessed upon the real property of the parts 
 of such district lying in different towns, and the trustees of such 
 district shall thereupon assess the proportion of any tax thereafter 
 to be raised, according to the determination of such supervisors, 
 until new assessment-rolls of the town shall be perfected and filed, 
 using the assessment-rolls of the se^'eral towns to distribute the 
 said proportion among the persons liable to be assessed for the 
 same. 
 
 3. If such supervisors shall be unable to agree, they shall sum- 
 mon a supervisor from some adjoining town who shall meet with 
 them and unite in such inquiry and the finding of a majority 
 shall be the determination of such meeting. 
 
 4. Such supervisors shall receive for their services three dollars 
 per day for each day actually employed which shall be a town 
 charge upon their respective towns. 
 
 § 415. Assessment of vacant land. When any real es- 
 tate within a district so liable to taxation shall not be occupied 
 and improved by the owner, his servant or agent, and shall not 
 be possessed by any tenant, the trustees of any district, at the 
 time of making out any tax-list by which any tax shall be 
 imposed thereon, shall make and insert in such tax-list a statement 
 and description of every such lot, piece or parcel of land so owned 
 by nonresidents therein, in the same manner as required by law 
 from town assessors in making out the assessment-roll of their 
 towns ; and if any such lot is known to belong to an incorporated 
 company liable to taxation in such district, the name of such com- 
 pany shall be specified, and the valu.e of such lot or piece of land 
 shall be set down opposite to such description, which value shall be 
 the same that was affixed to such lot or piece of land in the last 
 assessment-roll of the town ; and if the same was not separately 
 valued in such roll, then it shall be valued in proportion to the 
 valuation which was affixed in the said assessment-roll to the whole 
 tract of which such lot or piece shall be part. 
 
EDUCATION LAW U5 
 
 § 416. Persons xtrorking land on shares and vendees 
 ill possession liable to taxation. Any person working 
 land under a contract for a share of the produce of such land, 
 shall be deemed the possessor, so far as to render him liable 
 to taxation therefor, in the district where such land is situate, and 
 any person in possession of real property under a contract for the 
 purchase thereof shall be liable to taxation therefor in the district 
 where such real property is situated. 
 
 § 417. liiability of property of certain absentee 
 oivners. Every person owning or holding any real property 
 within any school district, who shall improve and occupy the 
 same by his agent or servant, shall, in respect to the liability of 
 such property to taxation, be considered a taxable inhabitant of 
 such district, in the same manner as if he actually resided 
 therein. 
 
 § 418. Certain exemptions from tax for building 
 school-bouse. Every taxable inhabitant of a district who 
 shall have been, within four years, set off from any other district, 
 without his consent, and shall within that period, have actually 
 paid in such other district, under a lawful assessment therein, a 
 district tax for building a school-house, shall be exempted by the 
 t/ustees of the district where he shall reside, from the payment 
 of any tax for building a school-house therein. 
 
 § 419. Right of certain tenants to charge tax to 
 landlord. Where any district tax, for the purpose of pur- 
 chasing a site for a school-house, or for purchasing or building, 
 keeping in repair, or furnishing such school-house with necessary 
 fuel and appurtenances, shall be lawfully assessed, and paid by 
 any person on account of any real property whereof he is only a 
 tenant at will, or for three years, or for a less period of time, such 
 tenant may charge the owner of such real estate with the amount 
 of the tax so paid by him, unless some agreement to the contrary 
 shall have been made by such tenant. 
 
 § 420. Requisites and authority of collector's war- 
 rant. The *warant for the collection of a district tax shall bo 
 under the hands of the trustees, or a majority of them, with or 
 without their seals ; and it shall have the like force and effect as a 
 warrant issued by a board of supervisors to a collector of taxes in 
 the town ; and the collector to whom it may be delivered for col- 
 lection shall be thereby authorized and required to collect from 
 
 * So in original. 
 
96 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 every person in such tax-list named the sum set opposite to his 
 name, or the amount due from any person specified therein, in 
 the same manner that collectors are authorized to collect town and 
 county taxes. 
 
 § 421. Time for delivery of ivarrant to collector. 
 1. A warrant for the collection of a tax voted by the district shall 
 not be delivered to the collector until the thirty-first day after the 
 tax was voted. 
 
 2. A warrant for the collection of a tax authorized by law with- 
 out a vote of the district may be delivered to the collector when- 
 ever the same is completed. 
 
 § 422. Jurisdiction of collector. Any collector to whom 
 any tax-list and warrant may be delivered for collection may exe- 
 cute the same in any other district or town in the same county, 
 or in any other county where the district is a joint district and 
 composed of territory from adjoining counties, in the same mari- 
 ner and with the like authority as in the district in which the 
 trustees issuing the said warrant may reside, and for the benefit 
 of which said tax is intended to be collected ; and the bond or 
 sureties of any collector, given for the faithful performance of 
 his official duties, are hereby declared and made liable for any 
 moneys received or collected on any such tax-list and warrant. 
 
 § 423. Renewals of warrants. If the sum of money, 
 payable by any person named in such tax-lists, shall not be paid 
 by him or collected by such warrant within the time therein 
 limited, it shall be lawful for the trustees to renew such warrant 
 in respect to such delinquent person; and whenever more than 
 one renewal of a warrant for the collection of any tax-list may 
 become necessary in any district, the trustees may make such 
 further renewal, with the written approval of the supervisor of 
 any town in which a school-house of said district may be located, 
 to be indorsed upon such warrant. 
 
 § 424. Amendment of tax-lists. Whenever the trustees 
 of any school district shall discover any error in a tax-list made 
 out by them, they may, with the approval and consent of the 
 commissioner of education, after refunding any amount that may 
 have been improperly collected on such tax-list, if the same shall 
 be required by him, amend and correct such tax-list, as directed 
 by the commissioner, in conformity to law. 
 
 §425. Collector's notice. 1. The collector, on the receipt 
 of a warrant for the collection of taxes, shall give notice to thr 
 
EDUCATIOIT LAW 97 
 
 taxpayers of the district by publicly posting written or printed, 
 or partly written and partly printed, notices in at least three pub- 
 lic places in such district, one of which shall be on the outside of 
 the front door of the school-house, stating that he has received 
 such warrant and will receive all such taxes as may be voluntarily 
 paid to him within thirty days from the time of posting said 
 notice. 
 
 2. Such collector shall also give a like notice, either personally 
 or by mail, at least twenty days previous to the expiration of the 
 thirty days aforesaid, to the president, secretary, general or di- 
 vision superintendent, or manager of any canal or pipe line, 
 assessed for taxes upon the tax-list delivered to him with the 
 aforesaid warrant. 
 
 3. Such collector shall also give a like notice to all nonresident 
 taxpayers on said list whose tax amounts to one dollar or more and 
 whose residence or post-office address may be known to such col- 
 lector, or may be ascertained by him upon inquiry of the trustees 
 and clerk of his district. 
 
 4. No school collector shall be entitled to recover from any rail- 
 road corporation, canal company or pipe line, or nonresident tax- 
 payer more than one per centum fees on the taxes assessed against 
 such corporation or nonresident, unless such notice shall have been 
 given as aforesaid ; and in case the whole amount of taxes shall not 
 be so paid in, the collector shall forthwith proceed to collect the 
 Bame. 
 
 § 426. Collector's fees. The collector shall receive for 
 his services on all sums paid in as aforesaid, one per centum, and 
 upon all sums collected by him, after the expiration of the time 
 mentioned, five per centum, except as hereinbefore provided ; and 
 in case a levy and sale shall be necessarily made by such col- 
 lector, he shall be entitled to traveling fees, at the rate of ten 
 cents per mile, to be computed from the school-house in such dis- 
 trict. 
 
 § 427. Notice to railroad companies of assessment 
 and tax. 1. It shall be the duty of the school collector in each 
 school district in this state, within five days after the receipt by 
 such collector of any arid every tax or assessment roll of his dis- 
 trict, to prepare and deliver to the county treasurer of the county 
 in which such district, or the greater part thereof, is situated, a 
 statement showing the name of each railroad company, appearing 
 
98 KEW yOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTME^^'T 
 
 in said roll, the assessment against each of said companies for 
 real and personal property respectively, and the tax against each 
 of said companies. 
 
 2. It shall thereupon be the duty of such county treasurer, im- 
 mediately after the receipt by him of such statement from such 
 school collector, to notify the ticket agent of any such railroad 
 company assessed for taxes at the station nearest to the office of 
 such county treasurer, personally or by mail, of the fact that such 
 statement has been filed with him by such collector, at the same 
 time specifying the amount of tax to be paid by such railroad 
 company. 
 
 § 428. Payment of tax by railroad company to 
 county treasurer. Any railroad company heretofore organ- 
 ized, or which may hereafter be organized, under the laws of this 
 state, may within thirty days after the receipt of such statement 
 by such county treasurer, pay the amount of tax so levied or as- 
 sessed against it in such district and in such statement mentioned 
 and contained with one per centum fees thereon, to such county 
 treasurer, who is hereby authorized and directed to receive such 
 amount and to give proper receipt therefor. 
 
 § 429. Duty of collector after failure of railroad 
 company to pay witliin thirty days. In case any rail- 
 road company shall fail to pay such tax within said thirty days, it 
 shall be the duty of such county treasurer to notify the collector 
 of the school district in which such delinquent railroad company 
 is assessed, of its failure to pay said tax, and upon receipt of such 
 notice it shall be the duty of such collector to collect such unpaid 
 tax in the manner now provided by law together with five per 
 centum fees thereon; but no school collector shall collect by dis- 
 tress and sale any tax levied or assessed in his district upon the 
 property of any railroad company until the receipt by him of such 
 notice from the county treasurer. 
 
 § 430. Payment of tax liy county treasurer to col- 
 lector. The several amounts of tax received by any county 
 treasurer in this state, under the provisions of the last three 
 sections, of and from railroad companies, shall be by such county 
 treasurer placed to the credit of the school district for or on ac- 
 count of which the same was levied or assessed, and on demand 
 paid over to the school collector thereof, and the one per centum 
 fees received therewith shall be placed to the credit of, and on 
 demand paid to, the scliGol collector of such school district. 
 
febtJCAl'lOX LAW DD 
 
 § 431. Railroad company may pay collector. N^oth- 
 ing in the last four sections contained shall be construed to hinder, 
 prevent or prohibit any railroad company from paying its school 
 tax to the school collector direct, as provided by law. 
 
 § 432. Trustees' right of action to recover tax." 
 Whenever any sum of money payable by any person named in 
 such tax-list, shall not be paid by such person, or collected by such 
 warrant within the time therein limited, or the time limited by 
 any renewal of such warrant; or in case the property assessed 
 be real estate belonging to an incorporated company, and no goods 
 or chattels can be found whereon to levy the tax, the trustees may 
 sue for and recover the same in their name of office. 
 
 § 433. Collector's return of unpaid taxes. If any 
 tax on real estate placed upon the tax-list and duly delivered 
 to the collector, or the taxes upon nonresident stockholders in 
 banking associations organized under the laws of congress, shall 
 be unpaid at the time the collector is required by law to return 
 his warrant, he shall deliver to the trustees of the district an 
 account of the taxes • remaining due, containing a description of 
 the lands upon which such taxes were unpaid as the same were 
 placed upon the tax-list, together with the amount of the tax so 
 assessed, and upon making oath before any justice of the peace 
 or judge of a court of record, notary public or any other officer 
 authorized to administer oaths, that the taxes mentioned in any 
 such account remain unpaid, and that, after diligent efforts, he 
 has been unable to collect the same, he shall be credited by said 
 trustees with the amount thereof. 
 
 § 434. Certification by trustees of collector's re- 
 turn. Upon receiving any such account from the collector, 
 the trustees shall compare it with the original tax-list, and if they 
 find it to be a true transcript they shall add to such account their 
 certificate to the effect that they have compared it with the 
 original tax-list and found it to be correct, and shall immediately 
 transmit the account, affidavit and certificate to the treasurer of 
 the county. 
 
 § 435. Payment of unpaid taxes from county 
 treasury. Out of any moneys in the county treasury, raised 
 for contingent expenses, or for the purpose of paying the amount 
 of the taxes so returned unpaid, the treasurer shall pay to the 
 district treasurer, if there be such an officer, otherwise to the col- 
 lector, the amount of the taxes so returned as unpaid, and if there 
 4 
 
100 KEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 are no moneys in the treasury applicable to such purpose, the 
 board of supervisors, at the time of levying said unpaid taxes, as 
 provided in the next section, shall pay to the district treasurer, 
 if there be such an officer, otherwise to the collector of the school 
 district the amount thereof, by voucher or draft on the county 
 treasurer, in the same manner as other county charges are paid, 
 and the collector shall be again charged therewith by the trustees. 
 (Thus amended hj L.'ldlO, ch. 284, in effect May 13, 1910.) 
 
 § 436. Levy by supervisors of unpaid taxes. Such 
 account, affidavit and certificate shall be laid by the county treas- 
 urer before the board of supervisors of the county, who shall cause 
 the amount of such unpaid taxes, with seven per centum of 
 the amount in addition thereto, to be levied upon the lands upon 
 which the same were imposed ; and if imposed upon the lands of 
 any incorporated company, then upon such company; and when 
 collected the same shall be returned to the county treasurer to re- 
 imburse the amount so advanced, with the expenses of collection. 
 
 § 437. Payment before levy. Any person whose lands 
 are included in any such account may pay the tax assessed 
 thereon, with five per centum added thereto, to the county treas- 
 urer, at any time before the board of supervisors shall have di- 
 rected the same to be levied. 
 
 § 438. Proceedings for collection same as of county 
 taxes. The same proceedings in all respects shall be had for 
 the collection of the amount so directed to be raised by the 
 board of supervisors as are provided by law in relation to the 
 county taxes ; and, upon a similar account, as in the case of county 
 taxes of the arrears thereof uncollected, being transmitted by the 
 county treasurer to the comptroller, the same shall be paid on 
 his warrant to the treasurer of the county advancing the same; 
 and the amount so assumed by the state shall be collected for its 
 benefit, in the manner prescribed by law in respect to the arrears 
 of county taxes upon land of nonresidents; or if any part of 
 the amount so assumed consisted of a tax upon any incorporated 
 company, the same proceedings may also be had for the collec- 
 tion thereof as provided by law in respect to the county taxes 
 assessed upon such company. 
 
 § 439. Filing tax-list and warrant with town clerk. 
 Within fifteen days after any tax-list and warrant shall have 
 been returned by a collector to, the trustees of any school district, 
 the trustees shall deliver the same to the town clerk of the town 
 
EDUCATION law: {^^ ' ] Y/ :' '^ ^j ^^^Id^r. 
 
 in which the collector resides, and said town clerk -shall file the 
 same in his office. 
 
 § 440. Assessment for school purposes of certain 
 state lands. 1. The board of education of union free school 
 district number one, town of Dannemora, in the county of Clinton, 
 shall hereafter assess the property owned by the state and situate 
 within the boundaries of said district, exclusive of the improve- 
 ments erected thereon by the state at the same valuation as other 
 lands in said district are assessed, and the comptroller shall here- 
 after pay to the school authorities of such district the amount of 
 taxes levied upon the land of the state for school purposes in such 
 district by virtue of this section, out of any moneys hereafter 
 appropriated by the legislature for the payment of assessments for 
 local improvements on property owned by the state. 
 
 2. The local school authorities of union free school district num- 
 ber two of the town of Wawarsing, Ulster county, districts numbers 
 six and eight of the town of Dover, Dutchess county, and of school 
 districts in the county of Rockland shall hereafter assess the lands 
 owned by the state of ISTew York and situate within the boundaries 
 of said districts, exclusive of the improvements, if any, erected 
 thereon by the state, at the same valuation as similar lands of 
 individuals in said districts are assessed and the comptroller shall 
 hereafter credit to the treasurer of the coimty wherein such lands 
 are situated the amount of taxes levied upon the lands of the state 
 therein for school purposes from taxes payable by said county 
 treasurer each year to the state for state taxes levied and assessed 
 upon the taxable property of the towns in which such districts are 
 located and upon the adjustment of such taxes so made, the said 
 county treasurer shall pay to the collector of taxes of the school 
 districts in which such lands are situated the amount of such taxes 
 as allowed and so paid by the state. [Amended hy L, 1911, ch. 
 593.] 
 
 3. After a tax has been voted by a district meeting in a district 
 specified in the preceding subdivision, in which there is land 
 owned by the state and the trustees have made the assessment and 
 their tax-list therefor, such trustees shall immediately file in the 
 office of the comptroller a duly verified copy of such tax list, which 
 in addition to the other matters now required by law shall state 
 which are lands belonging to the state. The comptroller shall 
 within thirty days after the receipt of such list and after hearing 
 the trustees, if they or any of them so desire, correct or reduce any 
 
t c re 
 
 10^', .1 f v.;l!fW: Y^Bi; siATE education department 
 
 assessment of state lands which may be in his judgment an unfair 
 proportion to the remaining assessment of land within the dis- 
 trict, and shall in other respects approve the assessment and com- 
 municate such approval to the trustees. No such assessment of 
 state lands shall be valid for any purpose until the amount of the 
 assessment is approved by the comptroller. 
 
 ARTICLE 16 
 School Building's and Sites 
 
 Section 450. 'No school-house shall be built on town line. 
 
 451. Plans and specifications of ^new school buildings 
 
 must be approved by commissioner of education. 
 
 452. Halls, doors, stairways, staircases, etc. 
 
 453. Fire escapes. 
 
 454. TJso of school buildings for examinations and 
 
 institutes. 
 
 455. Use of school-house out of school hours. 
 
 456. Condemnation of school-house and erection of new 
 
 school-house in place thereof. 
 
 457. Provision for outbuildings. 
 
 458. When board of education may designate site without 
 
 vote of district. 
 
 459. Change of site. 
 
 460. Site, how designated. 
 
 461. Sale of former school-house or site. 
 
 462. Application of proceeds of sale. 
 
 463. Acquisition of real property. 
 
 464. When owner's consent necessary. 
 
 465. Vesting of title of lands in certain cases. 
 
 466. Application to certain districts. 
 
 467. School taxes and school bonds. 
 
 § 450. No school-house shall be built on town line. 
 No school-house shall be built so as to stand on the division line 
 of any two towns. 
 
 § 451. Plans and specifications of school buildings 
 must be approved by commissioner of education. 1. 
 TsTo school-house' shall hereafter be erected, repaired, enlarged or 
 remodeled in a city of the third class or in a school district, at an 
 
 * So in original. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 103 
 
 expense which shall exceed five hundred dollars, until the plana 
 and specifications thereof shall have been submitted to the com- 
 missioner of education and his approval indorsed thereon. Such 
 plans and specifications shall show in detail the ventilation, 4ieftt— 
 ing and lighting of such buildings. 
 
 2. The commissioner of education shall not approve the plans 
 for the erection of any school building or addition thereto or 
 remodeling thereof unless the same shall provide 
 
 a. At least fifteen square feet of floor space and two hundred 
 cubic feet of air space for each pupil to be accommodated in each 
 study or recitation room tLerein. 
 
 b. For assuring at least thirty cubic feet of pure air every 
 minute per pupil, and 
 
 c. The facilities for exhausting the foul or vitiated air therein 
 shall be positive and independent of atmospheric changes. 
 
 o. 'No tax voted by a district meeting or other competent 
 authority in any such city, or school district exceeding the sum 
 of five hundred dollars, shall be levied by the trustees until the 
 commissioner of education shall certify that the plans and speci- 
 fications for the same comply with the provisions of this section. 
 
 § 452. Halls, doors, stair-ivays, staircases, etc. I. 
 All school-houses for which plans and detailed statements shall 
 be filed and approved, as required by the preceding section shall 
 have all halls, doors, stairways, seats, passage-ways and aisles and 
 all lighting and heating appliances and apparatus arranged to 
 facilitate egress and afford adequate protection in cases of fire or 
 accident. 
 
 2. All exit doors shall open outwardly, and shall, if double 
 doors be used, be fastened with movable bolts operated simul- 
 taneously by one handle from the inner face of the door. 
 
 3. No staircase shall be constructed with winder steps in lieu 
 of a platform but shall be constructed with straight runs, changes 
 in direction being made by platforms. No door shall open im- 
 mediately upon a flight of stairs, but a landing at least the 
 width of the door shall be provided between such stairs and such 
 doorway. 
 
 § 453. Fire escapes. 1. All school buildings in the state, 
 except in the city of New York, which are more than two stories 
 high, shall have properly constructed stairways on the outside 
 thereof, with suitable doorways leading thereto, from each story 
 above the first, for iise in case of fire. Such stairways shall be 
 
104 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 kept in good order and free from obstruction, and shall not bo 
 bolted or locked during school hours. 
 
 2. It shall be the duty of the trustee or board of education 
 having charge of said school buildings to cause such stairways to 
 be constructed and maintained, and the reasonable and proper 
 cost thereof shall in each case be a legal charge upon the district 
 or city, and shall be raised by tax, as other moneys are raised 
 for school purposes. 
 
 § 454. Use of school buildings for examinations 
 and institutes. 1. The use of a school building shall be 
 granted for any examination or teachers institute appointed by 
 the commissioner of education upon the request of the school com- 
 missioner in whose school commissioner district or the superin- 
 tendent of the city in which such building is located or upon the 
 direction or order of such commissioner of education. 
 
 2. No charge shall be made therefor except when such building 
 is used for a teachers institute, in which case a reasonable allow- 
 ance may be made to said district or city for lighting, heating 
 and janitor service, provided always that due and proper care 
 shall be maintained and the school building be left in such con- 
 dition as found in relation to cleanliness and neatness. 
 
 § 455. Use of school-liouse out of school hours. The 
 trustees may permit the school-house, when not in use for the dis- 
 trict school, to be used by persons assembling therein for the pur- 
 pose of giving and receiving instruction in any branch of 
 education or learning, or In the science or practice of music. 
 
 § 456. Condemnation of school-house and erection 
 of nejv school-house in place thereof. 1. A school com- 
 missioner may make an order condemning a school-house, if he 
 finds upon examination that such school-house is wholly unfit for 
 use and not worth repairing. He shall deliver such order to a 
 trustee of the district and transmit a copy thereof to the commis- 
 sioner of education. He shall also state in such order the date 
 on which it shall take effect and the sum which in his opinion 
 will be necessary to erect a school building suitable to the needs 
 of the district. 
 
 2. Immediately upon the receipt of said order, the trustees of 
 such district shall call a special meeting of the voters of said 
 district, to consider the question of building a new school-house 
 therein. Such meeting shall have power to determine the size of 
 said school-house, the material to be used in its erection, and to 
 
EDUCATION LAW 105 
 
 Tote a tax to build the same. But such meetiug shall have no 
 power to reduce the estimate made by the commissioner aforesaid 
 by more than twenty-five per centum of such estimate. 
 
 3. And where no tax for building such school-house shall have- 
 been voted by such district within thirty days from the time of 
 holding- the first meeting to consider the question, it shall be the 
 duty of the trustees of such district to contract for the building 
 of a school-house capable of accommodating th6 children of the 
 district, and to levy a tax to pay for the same, which tax shall 
 not exceed the sum estimated as necessary by the commissioner 
 aforesaid, and which shall not be less than such estimated sum 
 by more than twenty-five per centum thereof. But such estimated 
 sum may be increased at any subsequent school meeting legally 
 held in the district. 
 
 § 457. Provision for outbuildings. 1. The trustees in 
 the several school districts shall provide at least two suitable and 
 convenient water-closets or privies for each of the schools under 
 their charge, which shall be entirely separated each from the 
 other, and have separate means of access, and approaches thereto 
 separated by a substantial close fence not less than seven feet in 
 height. It shall also be the duty of trustees to keep such out 
 buildings in a clean and wholesome condition. 
 
 2. The board of education of each union free school district 
 and of a city shall provide and maintain at least two suitable 
 and convenient water-closets or privies for each of the schools 
 under their charge, and in conformity with the provisions of 
 this section. 
 
 3. Any expense incurred by the trustees of a common school 
 district in carrying out the requirements of this section shall be 
 a charge upon the district, when such expense shall have been 
 authorized by the school commissioner within whose district the 
 school house is located, and a tax may be levied therefor without 
 a vote of the school district. Any expense incurred by the board 
 of education in carrying out the foregoing provisions shall be a 
 charge upon the district or city and payable out of any of the 
 contingent funds thereof ; and a tax may be levied therefor with- 
 out a vote of the district. 
 
 4. A failure on the part of the trustees or a board of education 
 to comply with the provisions of this section shall be sufficient 
 grounds for their removal from office and for withholding from 
 the district or city its share of the public moneys of the state. 
 
106 ISEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAKTME^nIT 
 
 § 458. WTieii board of education may designate 
 site without vote of district. A board of education in a 
 union free school containing a population of Hvc thousand or 
 more may, without a vote of the qualified voters of said district, 
 designate sites or additions thereto for school-houses. 
 
 § 459. Change of site. :N'o site of a school-house shall be 
 changed unless a majority of the legal voters present and voting 
 ai a district meeting shall adopt a resolution designating a new 
 site and describing such site by metes and bounds. Such resolu- 
 tion shall be adopted either by ballot or taking and recording 
 the ayes and noes. 
 
 § 460. Site, how designated. The designation of a site 
 by any school district meeting shall be by written resolution con- 
 taining a description thereof by metes and bounds, and such reso- 
 lution must receive the assent of a majority of the qualified voters 
 present and voting at said meeting, to be ascertained by taking 
 and recording the ayes and noes, or by ballot. 
 
 § 461. Sale of former school-house or site. 1. When- 
 ever the site of a school-house shall have been changed, as herein 
 provided, the inhabitants of a district entitled to vote, lawfully 
 assembled at any district meeting, shall have power, by a majority 
 of the votes of those present, to direct the sale of the former 
 site or lot, and the buildings thereon and appurtenances or any 
 part th(>reof, at such price and upon such terms as they shall 
 deem proper; and any deed duly executed by the trustees of such 
 district, or a majority of them, in pursuance of such direction, 
 shall be valid and effectual to pass all the estate or interest of 
 such school district in the premises. 
 
 2. When a credit shall be directed to be given upon such sale 
 for the consideration money, or any part thereof, the trustees are 
 hereby authorized to take in their corporate name such security 
 by bond and mortgage, or otherwise, for the payment thereof, as 
 they shall deem best, and shall hold the same as a corporation, 
 and account therefor to their successors in office and to the district, 
 in the manner they are now required by law to account for 
 moneys received by them; and- the trustees of any such district 
 and their successors may, in their name of office, sue for and 
 recover the moneys due and unpaid upon any security so taken 
 by them or their predecessors. 
 
 § 462. Application of proceeds of sale. All moneys 
 arising from any sale made in pursuance of the last preceding 
 
EDUCATION LAW 107 
 
 section, shall be applied to the expenses incurred in procuring a 
 new site, and in removing or erecting thereon a school-house, and 
 improving and furnishing such site and house, and their appur- 
 tenances, so far as such application shall be necessary; and tire 
 surplus, if any, shall be devoted to the purchase of school ap- 
 paratus and the support of the school, as the voters of the district 
 at any meeting shall direct. 
 
 § 463. Acquisition of real property. Real property 
 may be acquired for school purposes in any school district and in 
 any city except a city of the first or second class as follows: 
 
 1. By gift, grant, devise or purchase. 
 
 2. By condemnation, if an agreement cannot be made with the 
 owner for the purchase thereof. Such proceedings shall be insti- 
 tuted and conducted by the trustee or board of education, in the 
 name of the district under the provisions of the condemnation law. 
 
 3. This section does not permit the acquisition by condemna- 
 tion of less than the whole of a city or village lot with the erec- 
 tions and improvements thereon. 
 
 § 464. When o"wner's consent necessary. The fol 
 lowing property cannot be acquired without the consent of the 
 owner : 
 
 1. A homestead occupied as such by the owner, except such 
 portion thereof as may appear to the court to be unnecessary for 
 the reasonable use and enjoyment of the homestead. 
 
 2. A garden, orchard or any part thereof, not within a city, 
 which has existed for a period of one year prior to the beginning 
 of the condemnation proceedings. 
 
 3. A yard or inclosure, or any part thereof, necessary to the 
 use or enjoyment of buildings. 
 
 4. Fixtures or erections for the purpose of trade or manufac- 
 ture, which have existed for a period of one year prior to the be- 
 ginning of the condemnation proceedings. [Amended hy L, 1911, 
 ch. 782.] 
 
 § 465. Vesting of title of lands in certain cases 
 Boards of education in cities of the third class are hereby clothe<l 
 with all the powers of trustees, and the title to any and all lands 
 acquired in any city under the provisions of section four hundred 
 and sixty-three of this chapter shall vest in the board of educa- 
 tion thereof, or such other corporate body as is by law vested 
 with the title to the school lands in such city. But nothing herein 
 
108 aj:w yokk state educatiox departmeat 
 
 contained shall be construed to limit or circumscribe the powers 
 and duties heretofore lodged in such board of education by law. 
 
 § 466. Application to certain districts. The pro- 
 vision of section four hundred and sixty-three of this article 
 shall apply to union free school districts and to districts organized 
 under special laws; and the trustees of such districts and the 
 boards of education organized under special laws shall be and 
 are hereby clothed with all the powers vested in trustees in the 
 three preceding sections. 
 
 § 467. School taxes and school bonds. 1. A majority 
 of the voters of any school district, present at any annual or 
 special district meeting, duly convened, may authorize such 
 acts and vote such taxes as they shall deem expedient for making 
 additions, alterations, repairs or improvements to the sites or 
 buildings belonging to the district, or for the purchase of other 
 sites or buildings or for a change of sites or for the erection of 
 new buildings, or for buying apparatus, or fixtures, or for paying 
 ^hc wages of teachers and the necessary expenses of the school, or 
 for such other purpose relating to the support and welfare of the 
 school as they may, by resolution, approve. 
 
 2. On all propositions arising at said meetings involving the 
 expenditure of money, or authorizing the levy of a tax in one 
 sum or by instalments, the vote thereon shall be by ballot, or 
 ascertained by taking and recording the ayes and noes of such 
 qualified voters attending and voting at such meetings; and they 
 may direct the moneys so voted to be levied in one sum, or by 
 instalments. 
 
 3. 'No addition to or change of site or purchase of a new site 
 or tax for the purchase of any new site or structure, or for the 
 purchase of an addition to the site of any school-house, or for 
 building any new school-house or for the erection of an addition 
 to any school-house already built, shall be voted at any such meet- 
 ing in a union free school district unless a notice by the board of 
 education stating that such tax will be proposed, and specifying 
 the object thereof and the amount to be expended therefor, shall 
 have been given in the manner provided herein for the notice of an 
 annual meeting. In a common school district the notice of a 
 special meeting to authorize any of the improvements enumerated 
 in this section shall be given as provided in section one hundred 
 and ninety-seven. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 109 
 
 4. And wllene^'er a tax for any of the objects hereinbefore 
 specified shall be legally voted the board of trustees or board 
 of education shall make out their tax list, and attach their war- 
 rant thereto, in the manner provided in article fifteen of this 
 chapter, for the collection of school district taxes, and shall cause 
 such taxes or such instalments to be collected at such times as they 
 shall become due. 
 
 5. 'No vote to raise money shall be rescinded, nor the amount 
 thereof be reduced at any subsequent meeting, unless it be an 
 adjourned meeting or a meeting called by regular and legal notice, 
 which shall specify the proposed action, and at which the vote 
 upon said proposed reduction or rescinding shall be taken by ballot 
 or by taking and recording the ayes and noes of the qualified 
 voters attending and voting thereat. 
 
 ARTICLE 17 
 School District Bonds 
 
 § 480. Issuance of school district bonds. 1. For the 
 
 purpose of giving effect to the provisions of section four hundred 
 and sixty-seven of this chapter, trustees or boards of education 
 are hereby authorized, whenever a tax shall have been voted to be 
 collected in instalments for the purpose of building a new school- 
 house or building an addition to a school-house, or making addi- 
 tions, alterations or improvements to buildings or structures 
 belonging to the district or city, or for the purchase of a new site 
 or for an addition to a site, to borrow so much of the sum voted 
 as may be necessary at a rate of interest not exceeding six per 
 centum, and to issue bonds or other evidences of indebtedness 
 therefor, which shall be a charge upon the district, and be paid at 
 maturity, and which shall not be sold below par. 
 
 2. [N'otice of the time and place of the sale of such bonds shall 
 be given by the trustees or board of education at least ten days 
 prior thereto by publication twice in two newspapers, if there be 
 two, or in one newspaper if there be but one published in such 
 district. But if no newspaper shall then be published therein, 
 the said notice shall be posted in at least ten of the most public 
 places in said district ten days before the sale. 
 
 3. It shall be the duty of the trustees or the persons having 
 charge of the issue or payment of such indebtedness, to transmit a 
 statement thereof to the clerk of the board of supervisors of the 
 
110 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 county in which such indebtedness is created, annnallj, on or 
 before the first day of ISTovember. 
 
 4. When such bonds are sold by a union free school district 
 whose boundaries are the same as the boundaries of an incorpo- 
 rated village or city, such bonds shall be signed by the president 
 and clerk of the board of education and delivered to the treasurer 
 of such village or city who shall countersign them and give notice 
 of the sale thereof in like manner as is provided for the notice 
 of sale of bonds in subdivision two of this section. The proceed? 
 of the sale of such bonds shall be paid into the treasury of said 
 incorporated village or city, to the credit of the board of education. 
 
 5. When such bonds are sold by a common school district the 
 payment or collection of the last instalment shall not be extended 
 beyond twenty years from the time such vote was taken. 
 
 ARTICLE 18 
 Scliool Moneys 
 
 Section 490. When apportioned and how applied. 
 
 491. Apportionment of moneys appropriated for the sup- 
 
 port of common schools. 
 
 492. Conditions under which cities and districts are en- 
 
 titled to an apportionment from the appropria- 
 tion for the support of common schools. 
 
 493. Apportionment of moneys appropriated to cities, 
 
 academies, academic departments and school 
 libraries. 
 
 494. Manner of certifying and paying apportionment 
 
 provided for in preceding section. 
 49'5. County treasurers to render annual report. 
 
 496. Certificate of apportionment by commissioner of 
 
 education. 
 
 497. Moneys apportioned, when payable. 
 
 498. Apportionment of school moneys by school commis- 
 
 sioners. 
 
 499. Duty of and payment to supervisor. 
 
 500. Power of comptroller to withhold payment of school 
 
 moneys. 
 
 501. LTnion free school district and city, a school 
 
 district. 
 
 502. Apportionment for support of training classes. 
 
EDUCATION I.AW 111 
 
 § 490. When apportioned and liow applied. The 
 
 amount annually appropriated by the legislature for the support 
 of common schools shall be apportioned by the commissioner of 
 education on or before the twentieth day of January in each-year 
 as hereinafter provided ; and all moneys so apportioned shall be 
 apj^lied exclusively to the payment of teachers' salaries. 
 
 § 491. Apportionment of moneys appropriated for 
 the support of common schools. After setting apart there- 
 from for a contingent fund not more than ten thousand dollars, 
 the commissioner of education shall apportion the money appro- 
 priated for the support of common schools : 
 
 1. To each city and to each union school district which has a 
 population of five thousand and which employs a superintendent 
 of schools, eight hundred dollars. This shall be known as a super- 
 vision quota. 
 
 2. To each district having an assessed valuation of twenty 
 thousand dollars or less, two hundred dollars. 
 
 o. To each district having an assessed valuation of forty thou- 
 sand dollars or less, but exceeding twenty thousand dollars, one 
 hundred and seventy-five dollars. 
 
 4. To each district having an assessed valuation of sixty thou- 
 sand dollars or less, but exceeding forty thousand dollars, and 
 to each Indian reservation for each teacher employed therein for 
 a period of one hundred and sixty days or more, one hundred 
 fifty dollars. 
 
 5. To each of the orphan asylums which meet the conditions 
 mentioned in article thirty-five of this chapter, one hundred and 
 twenty-five dollars. 
 
 6. To each of the remaining districts and to each of the cities 
 in the state one hundred twenty-five dollars. The apportionment 
 l)rovided for by subdivisions two, three, four, five and six shall 
 be known as district quotas. 
 
 7. To each such district, city and orphan asylum for each addi- 
 tional qualified teacher and his successors by whom the common 
 schools have been taught during the period of time required by 
 law, one hundred dollars. The apportionment provided for by 
 this subdivision shall be knowTi as the teacher's quota. 
 
 8. To a school district which has failed to maintain school for 
 one hundred sixty days or Avhich has employed an extra teacher 
 for a shorter period than one hundred sixty days such part of 
 a district or teacher's quota as seems to him equitable when the 
 
112 iS^EW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 reason for such failure is in his judgment sufficient to warrant 
 such action. 
 
 9. To each separate neighborhood such sum as in his opinion 
 it is equitably entitled to receive upon the basis of distribution 
 established by this article. 
 
 10. All errors or omissions in the apportionment whether made 
 by the commissioner of education or by the school commissioner 
 shall be corrected by the commissioner of education. Whenever 
 a school district has been apportioned less money than that to 
 which it is entitled the commissioner of education may allot to 
 such district the balance to which it is in his judgment entitled 
 and the same shall be paid from the contingent fund. Whenever 
 a school district has been apportioned more money than that to 
 which it is entitled the commissioner of education may, by an 
 order under his hand, direct such moneys to be paid back into the 
 hands of the county treasurer by him to be credited to the school 
 fund, or he may deduct such amount from the next apportionment 
 to be made to said district. 
 
 11. The commissioner of education may also in his discretion 
 excuse the default of a trustee or a board of education in employ- 
 ing a teacher not legally qualified, legalize the time so taught and 
 authorize the pa^Tnent of the salary of such teacher. 
 
 § 492. Conditions under ivhicli cities and districts 
 are entitled to an apportionment from the appro- 
 priation for the support of common schools. 1. The 
 commissioner of education shall make no allotment of a super- 
 vision quota to any city or district unless satisfied that such city 
 or district employs a competent superintendent whose time is 
 exclusively devoted to the supervision of the public schools of 
 such city or district; nor shall he make any allotment to any 
 district in tbe first instance without first causing an enumeration 
 of the inhabitants to be made which shall show the population 
 thereof to be at least five thousand, tlie expense of such enumera- 
 tion, as certified by said commissioner, shall be paid by the dis- 
 trict in whose interest it is made. The population shown by the 
 .ast state or federal census or village enumeration may be ac- 
 cepted by said commissioner whenever the village and school dis- 
 trict boundaries coincide. 
 
 2. Ko district shall be entitled to any portion of such school 
 moneys on such apportionment unless the report of the trustee for 
 the preceding school year shall show that a common school was 
 
EDUCATIO^^^ LAW 113 
 
 supported in the district and taught by a qualified teacher or by 
 successive qualified teachers for at least one hundred and sixty 
 days, inclusive of legal holidays that may have occurred during 
 the term of said school and exclusive of Saturdays. 
 
 4. No Saturday shall be counted as part of said one hundred 
 sixty days of school and no school shall be in session on a legal 
 holiday, except general election day, Columbus day, Washing- 
 ton's birthday and Lincoln's birthday. A deficiency not exceed- 
 ing three weeks during any school year caused by a teacher's at- 
 tendance upon a teacher's institute within a county, shall be ex- 
 cused by the commissioner of education. 
 
 § 493. Apportionment of moneys appropriated to 
 cities, academies, academic departments and school 
 libraries. The commissioner of education shall apportion the 
 money annually appropriated for the support of cities, academies, 
 academic departments and school libraries in accordance with 
 regulations established or to be established by him as follows: 
 
 1. To each city, union school district and nonsectarian academy 
 maintaining an academic department, a quota of one hundred dol- 
 lars for each such academic department maintained therein. This 
 apportionment shall be known as the academic quota. 
 
 2. To each *monsectarian private academy an allowance equal 
 to the amount raised from local sources but not to exceed two hun- 
 dred fifty dollars annually for approved books, standard pictures 
 and apparatus. 
 
 3. To each city an allowance equal to the amount raised from 
 local sources but not to exceed eighteen dollars and two dollars 
 additional for each duly licensed teacher employed therein for the 
 legal term, and two hundred fifty dollars for each academic de- 
 partment maintained by it for approved books, standard pictures 
 and apparatus. 
 
 4-. To each union free school district maintaining an academic 
 department an allowance equal to the amount raised from local 
 sources, but not to exceed two hundred sixty-eight dollars annu- 
 ally and two dollars additional for each teacher employed in said 
 district for the legal term for approved books, standard pictures 
 and apparatus. 
 
 5. To all other school districts an allowance equal to the amount 
 raised from local sources but not to exceed eighteen dollars annu- 
 ally and two dollars additional for each duly licensed teacher 
 
 * So in originaL 
 
114: JsEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 employed in said district for the legal term for approved books, 
 geographical maps and a globe. 
 
 6. To each city and union school district maintaining an 
 academic department, twenty dollars per year for at least thirty- 
 two weeks' instruction or a proportionate amount if for eight 
 weeks or- more for each nonresident pupil attending the academic 
 department of such school from districts not maintaining such aca- 
 demic departments and who shall be admitted to such academic 
 department without other expense for tuition than that provided 
 herein. But pupils residing in districts not maintaining a four- 
 year curriculum may be included in this apportionment after 
 having completed the course of study prescribed for the school in 
 the district in which they reside. In the apportionment to cities 
 and union school districts having a population of ^ve thousand 
 or more and employing a superintendent of schools, whose cus- 
 tomary charge for non-resident pupils is greater than the sum 
 provided by this subdivision, the commissioner of education may 
 permit the sum so apportioned to be applied upon such customary 
 charge for such non-resident pupils, provided the balance of such 
 customary charge shall be assumed by the school district in which 
 such non-resident pupil is resident, and the payment thereof shall 
 have been provided for at a school district meeting hcild in such 
 district. [Amended by L. 1912, ch. 276.] 
 
 7. After the payment of the allowances herein provided for the 
 balance shall be divided among the several cities, school districts 
 and academies maintaining academic departments on the basis 
 of aggregate days' attendance of academic pupils therein. 
 
 8. The commissioner shall set aside at the beginning of the 
 fiscal year a sum which in his opinion will be sufficient to pay 
 the allowances for books and apparatus herein provided before 
 making the other apportionments as directed by this article. The 
 allowance for books and apparatus shall be apportioned and paid 
 as often during each year as the commissioner may determine. 
 All other apportionments above provided for shall be made so far 
 as possible during the month of October each year on the basis 
 of the reports of the previous year. 
 
 9. To entitle a city, academy, academic department or school 
 library to an apportionment from this fund the school authorities 
 having control must render a satisfactory report for the preceding 
 year to the comrnissioner of education before the twentieth day 
 of September in each year unless such neglect is excused by the 
 commissioner for sufficient reason. They must also have complied 
 
EDUCATION LAW 115 
 
 with all regents' laws and ordinances during the preceding aca- 
 demic year. 
 
 § 494. Manner of certifying and paying appor- 
 tionment provided for in preceding section. Paynienr 
 from this fund sJiall bo made to the county treasurer of each county 
 for all schools located in such county, by the state treasurer on the • 
 warrant of the comptroller or the certificate of the commissioner 
 of education. The commissioner of education immediately after 
 making an apportionment shall certify, or cause to be certified, 
 to the county treasurer of every county included in such appor- 
 tionment, excepting those counties included within the territory 
 of the city of ^ew York, with respect to his county, the name of 
 each academy, the number of each school district and the town 
 in which it is situated and the name of each city to which money 
 has been allotted and the amount allotted to each. The county 
 treasurer shall, upon the receipt of such certificate and payment 
 from the state treasurer, pay to the treasurer, if there be one, 
 otherwise to the disbursing officer or collector of each school dis- 
 trict, academy and city named in the certificate of the commis- 
 sioner of education, the amount to which said district, academy 
 or city is entitled as shown by such certificate. Any apportion- 
 ment which shall be made to the city of New York shall be cer- 
 tified and paid to the chamberlain of the city of N^ew York, and 
 any apportionment which shall be made to any private academy 
 situated within the territory of the city of New York, shall be 
 certified and paid directly to the disbursing officer of the academy 
 1o which the apportionment is made. lAme7ided hy L. 1912, cli. 
 77.] 
 
 § 495. County treasurers to render annual report. 
 The county treasurers of the state shall, ui)on the first day of 
 October of each year and at such other times as the commis- 
 sioner of education may require, make a report for the preceding 
 year to the commissioner of education, showing the amount of 
 money received by them from this fund and the school districts, 
 cities or academies to which such money has been paid and the 
 amount paid to each, and the amount, if any, remaining in their 
 hands unclaimed by any school district, city or academy together 
 with any other fact relative to the disbursement of this fund 
 which said commissioner may require. 
 
 § 496. Certificate of apportionment by commis- 
 sioner of education. As soon as possible after the making of 
 any annual or general apportionment, the commissioner of edu- 
 
116 NEW YOPtK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 cation shall certify it, or cause it to be certified, to the county 
 clerk, county treasurer, district superintendents, and city treas- 
 urer or chamberlain, in every county in the state ; and if it be a 
 supplemental apportionment, then to the county clerk, county 
 treasurer and district superintendents of the county in which the 
 school-house of the district concerned is situated. \_Amended by 
 L. 1912, ch. 77.] 
 
 § 497. Moneys apportioned, when payable. At least 
 one-half of the moneys so annually apportioned by the com- 
 missioner of education shall be payable on or before the first day 
 of March and the remaining part of such moneys on or before the 
 fifteenth day of May, in each year, next after such apportionment, 
 to the treasurers of the several counties and the chamberlain of the 
 city of ^ew York, respectively; and the said treasurers and the 
 chamberlain shall apply for and receive the same as soon as 
 payable. 
 
 § 498. Apportionment of school moneys by school 
 commissioners. The school commissioner or commissioners 
 of each county shall proceed at the county seat on or before the 
 fifteenth day of February in each year, and apportion the super- 
 vision, district and teachers' quotas to the several districts entitled 
 thereto as shown by the certificate of the commissioner of edu- 
 cation to the school commissioner. 
 
 *There shall procure from the treasurer of the county a transcript 
 of the returns of the supervisors hereinafter required, showing 
 the unexpended moneys in their hands applicable to the payment 
 of teachers' salaries. The amounts in each supervisor's hands 
 shall be charged as a partial payment of the sums apportioned to 
 the town teachers' salaries. 
 
 They shall procure from the county treasurer a full list and 
 statement of all payments to him of moneys for or on account of 
 fines and penalties, or accruing from any other source, for the 
 benefit of schools and of the towns or districts for whose benefit 
 the same were received. Such of said moneys as belong to a 
 particular district, they shall set apart and credit to it; and such 
 as belong to the schools of a town, they shall set apart and credit 
 to the schools in that town, and shall apjwrtion them together 
 with such as belong to the schools of the county as hereinafter 
 provided for the payment of teachers' salaries. 
 
 They shall sign, in duplicate, a certificate, showing the amounts 
 apportioned and set apart to each school district and part of a 
 
 * So in original. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 117 
 
 district, and the towns in which they were situated, and shall 
 forthwith deliver one of said duplicates to the treasurer of the 
 county and transmit the other to the commissioner of education. 
 
 They shall certify to the supervisor of each town the amount uf" 
 school moneys apportioned to each district or part of a district of 
 his town for teachers' wages. 
 
 § 499. Duty of and payment to supervisor. On re- 
 ceiving the certificate of the school commissioners, each super- 
 visor shall forthwith make a copy- thereof for his own use, and 
 deposit the original in the office of the clerk of his town ; and the 
 moneys so apportioned to his town shall be paid to him imme- 
 diately on his compliance with the requirements of section three 
 hundred and sixty-three of this chapter. 
 
 § 500. Power of comptroller to withhold payment 
 of school moneys. The comptroller may withhold the pay- 
 ment of any moneys to which any county may be entitled from 
 the appropriation of the incomes of the school fund and the 
 United States deposit fund for the support of common schools, 
 until satisfactory evidence shall be furnished to him that all 
 moneys required by law to be raised by taxation upon such county, 
 for the support of schools throughout the state, have been collected 
 and paid or accounted for to the state treasurer. 
 
 § 501. Union free school district and city, a school 
 district. Every union free school district and every city having 
 an organized city system of schools shall, for all the purposes of 
 the apportionment, distribution, payment and withholding of 
 school moneys, be regarded and recognized as a school district. 
 
 § 502. Apportionment for support of training 
 classes. The commissioner of education shall apportion the 
 money annually appropriated for the support of training of teach- 
 ers as follows: 
 
 1. To each academy and union free school district which has 
 maintained a training class in accordance with the provisions of 
 article thirty-one of this chapter and with the regulations pre- 
 scribed by the commissioner of education, the sum of seven hun- 
 dred dollars. 
 
 2. The balance of the money appropriated for such purpose 
 shall be apportioned to the cities of the state which maintain train- 
 ing schools in accordance with the provisions of articles twenty 
 and thirty-one of this ohap^^er and with the regulations prescribed 
 by the commissioner of education, ratably according to the aggre- 
 gate attendance of the pupils regularly admitted to such training 
 schools. 
 
118 KEW YOEK STxVTE EDUCATIOA^ DErARTME^'T 
 
 ARTICLE 19 
 Trusts for Schools; Gospel and School Lots 
 
 Section 52.0. Property to be held in trust for common schools. 
 
 521. Control and supervision of trusts for common 
 
 schools. 
 
 522. Report of trusts to commissioner of education. 
 
 523. Report of supervisor regarding gospel or school lots. 
 
 524. Apportionment of gospel funds. 
 
 525. Authorization of apportionment of gospel funds. 
 
 526. Payment of apportionment of gospel funds. 
 
 527. Bond required of collector or treasurer. 
 
 528. Application of moneys. 
 
 § 520. Property to be held in trust for common 
 seliools. Real and personal estate may be granted, conveyed, 
 devised, bequeathed and given in trust and in perpetuity or other- 
 wise, to the state, or to the regents or to the commissioner of 
 education for the support or benefit of the common schools, within 
 the state, or within any part or portion of it, or of any particular 
 common schools within it; and to any county, or the school com- 
 missioners of any county, or to any city or any board of officers 
 thereof, or to any school commissioner district or its commissioner, 
 or to any town, or supervisor of a town, or to any school district 
 or its trustees, for the support and benefit of common schools 
 within such county, city, school commissioner district, town or 
 school district, or within any part or portion thereof respectively, 
 or for the support and benefit of any particular common schools 
 therein. 'No such grant, conveyance, devise or bequest shall be 
 held void for the want of a named or competent trustee or donee, 
 but where no trustee or donee, or an incompetent one is named, the 
 title and trust shall vest in the people of the state, subject to its 
 acceptance by the legislature, but such acceptance shall be 
 presumed. 
 
 § 521. Control and supervision of trusts for com- 
 mon schools. The legislature may control and regulate the 
 execution of all such trusts; and the commissioner of education 
 shall supervise and advise the trustees, and hold them to a regular 
 accounting for the trust property and its income and interest at 
 such times, in such forms, and with such authentications, as he 
 shall, from time to time, prescribe. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 110 
 
 § 522. Report of trusts to commissioner o£ educa- 
 tion. The common council of every city^ the board of super- 
 visors of every county, the trustees of every village, the supervisor 
 of every town, the trustees of every school district, and every other 
 officer or person who shall be thereto required by the comnTTs" 
 sioner of education shall report to him whether any, and if any, 
 what trusts are held by them respectively, or by any other body, 
 officer or person to their information or belief for school purposes, 
 and shall transmit, therewith, an authenticated copy of every 
 will, conveyance, instrument or paper embodying or creating the 
 trust ; and shall, in like manner, forthwith report to him -the crea- 
 tion and terms of every such trust subsequently created. 
 
 § 523. Report of supervisor regarding gospel or 
 school lots. Every supervisor of a town shall report to the 
 commissioner of education whether there be, within the town, any 
 gospel or school lot, and, if any, shall describe the same, and state 
 to what use, if any, it is put by the town ; and whether it be leased, 
 and, if so, to whom, for what term and upon what rents; and 
 whether the town holds or is entitled to any land, moneys or 
 securities arising from any sale of such gospel or school lot, and 
 the investment of the proceeds thereof, or of the rents and income 
 of such lots and investments, and shall report a full statement ana 
 account of such lands, meneys and securities. 
 
 § 524. Apportionment of gospel funds. It shall bo 
 lawful for the supervisor of any town having money arising from 
 the sale of gospel lands, and known as gospel funds, to apportion 
 such funds among the several school districts of his respective 
 town as hereinafter provided. 
 
 § 525. Authorization of apportionment of gospel 
 funds. 1. The town board of any town having a gospel fund 
 of five hundred dollars or less may authorize the supervisor of 
 the town to apportion such fund among the several school districts 
 of the town. 
 
 2. The voters of any town having a gospel fund of more than 
 five hundred dollars may at any regular or special town meeting 
 authorize the supervisor of the town to apportion such fund 
 among the several school districts of the town. 
 
 § 526. Payment of apportionment of gospel funds. 
 When such apportionment is authorized the supervisor shall pay to 
 the collector, or if the district has a treasurer to the treasurer, of 
 the several school districts of his town its pro rata share according 
 
120 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 to the aggregate school attendance of each school district in the 
 preceding year. 
 
 § 527. Bond required of collector or treasurer. 
 
 The collector or the treasurer if the district has a treasurer, of 
 each of such school districts shall execute and file with the super- 
 visor of such town a bond of twice the amount of such apportion- 
 ment with sufficient sureties, to be approved by such supervisor. 
 
 § 528. Application of moneys. Such moneys shall be 
 held by such collector or treasurer and paid upon the written order 
 of the trustee of the district for such purposes as the annual or a 
 special meeting of the district shall direct. 
 
 ARTICLE 20 
 Teacliers and Pupils 
 
 Section 550. Qualification of teachers. 
 
 551. Minimum qualifications of teachers in primary and 
 
 grammar schools. 
 
 552. Regulations governing certification of teachers. 
 
 553. Commissioner of education to issuo certificates. 
 554'. Endorsement of foreign certificates and diplomas. 
 
 555. Certification of teachers by local authorities. 
 
 556. Revocation of certificate by school commissioner. 
 
 557. Unqualified teachers shall not be paid from school 
 
 moneys. 
 
 558. Penalty for payment of unqualified teacher. 
 
 559. Teachers responsible for record books. 
 
 560. Verification of school register. 
 
 561. Contract with teacher. 
 
 562. Penalty for teachers' failure to complete contract. 
 
 563. Contract when teacher is related to trustee or mem- 
 
 ber of board. 
 
 564. Individual liability of trustee. 
 
 565. Dismissal of teacher. 
 
 566. Teacher's salary payable as often as monthly. 
 
 567. Common schools free to resident pupils; tuition 
 
 from nonresident pupils. 
 
 § 550. Qualification of teachers, l^o person shall be 
 employed or authorized to teach in the public schools of the state 
 who is: 
 
EDUCATION LAW 121 
 
 1. Under the age of eighteen years; and, 
 
 2. Not in possession of a teacher's certificate issued under the 
 authority of this chapter or a diploma issued on the completion of 
 a course in a state normal school of this state or in the state normal 
 college. 
 
 § 551. Minimum qiialifications of teacliers in pri- 
 mary and grammar schools. No person shall hereafter 
 be employed or licensed to teach in the primary and grammar 
 schools of any city or school district authorized by law to employ 
 a superintendent of schools who has not had successful experience 
 in teaching for at least three years, or in lieu thereof has not com- 
 pleted: 
 
 1. A course in one of the state normal schools of this state pre- 
 scribed by the commissioner of education. 
 
 2. An examination for and received a life state certificate 
 issued in this state by a superintendent of public instruction or 
 the commissioner of education. 
 
 3. A course of study in a high school or academy of not less 
 than three years approved by the commissioner of education or 
 from some institution of learning of equal or higher rank ap- 
 proved by the same authority, and who subsequently to the com- 
 pletion of such course has not graduated from a school for the 
 professional training of teachers having a course of not less than 
 two years approved by the commissioner of education or its 
 equivalent. 
 
 § 552. Regulations governing certification of 
 teachers. The commissioner of education shall prescribe, sub- 
 ject to approval by the regents, regulations governing the exam- 
 ination and certification of teachers employed in all public schools 
 of the state. 
 
 § 553. Commissioner of education to issue certifi- 
 cates. The commissioner of education may issue: 
 
 1. A life state certificate upon examinations only which shall 
 entitle its holder to teach for life in the public schools of the 
 state without further examination. 
 
 2. Such other certificates as regents general rules shall pre- 
 scribe. 
 
 3. A temporary license limited to a school district, school com- 
 missioner district or city for a period not to exceed one year. 
 
 § 554. Endorsement of foreign certificates and 
 diplomas. The commissioner of education may in his dis- 
 cretion endorse: 
 
122 NEW YORK STATE EBFOATION DEPAKTMETiTT 
 
 1. A diploma issued by a normal school of another state. 
 
 2. A certificate issued by the chief educational officer or state 
 board of another state. 
 
 Such* endorsement confers on the holder of such diploma or 
 certificate the privileges conferred by law on the holder of a nor- 
 mal school diploma or state certificate issued in this state. 
 
 § 555. Certification of teachers by local author- 
 ities. A school commissioner, a city superintendent of schools 
 or such other authority of a city as may be designated by a special 
 act or the city charter may issue such certificate as may be au- 
 thorized by the regents general rules or by such special act or 
 city charter. 
 
 § 556. Revocation of certificate by school com- 
 missioner. A school commissioner shall examine any charge 
 affecting the moral character of any teacher within his district, 
 first giving such teacher reasonable notice of the charge, and an 
 opportunity to defend himself therefrom; and if he find the 
 charge sustained, he shall annul the teacher's certificate, by whom- 
 soever granted, and declare him unfit to teach; and if the teacher 
 holds a certificate of the commissioner of education or of a former 
 superinlendent of public instruction or a diploma of a state normal 
 school, he shall notify the commissioner of education forthwith 
 of such annulment and declaration. 
 
 § 557. Unqualified teachers shall not be paid from 
 school moneys. 'Eo part of the school moneys apportioned 
 to a district shall be applied to the payment of the salary of an 
 unqualified teacher, nor shall his salary, or any part thereof, be 
 collected by a district tax except as provided in section four hun- 
 dred and ninety-one of this chapter. 
 
 § 558. Penalty for payment of unqualified teacher. 
 Any trustee who applies, or directs, or consents to the application 
 of any district money to the payment of an unqualified teacher's 
 salary, thereby commits a misdemeanor; and any fine imposed 
 upon -him therefor shall be for the benefit of the common schools 
 of the district. 
 
 § 559. Teachers responsible for record books. 
 Teachers shall keep, prepare and enter in tKe books provided for 
 that purpose, the school lists and accounts of attendance herein 
 mentioned, and shall be responsible for their safekeeping and 
 delivery to the clerk of the district at the close of their engage- 
 ments or terms. 
 
KB U CATION LAW 12^5 
 
 § 560. Verification of school register. 1. Each 
 teacher shall, by his oath or affirmation, verify his entries in the 
 school register provided by the education department, and the 
 entries shall constitute the school lists from which the avera^ 
 daily attendance shall be determined. Such oath or affirmation 
 may be taken by the district clerk or trustee, but without charge. 
 
 2. A teacher shall not be entitled to his salary for the last 
 month of a term until he shall have so made and verified such 
 entries and the trustees shall not draw on the supervisor, collector 
 or treasurer for any portion of his salary for such month until 
 such oath or affirmation shall have been made. 
 
 § 561. Contract -with teacher. 1. All trustees of school 
 districts or boards of education who shall employ any teacher to 
 teach shall, at the time of such employment, make and deliver 
 to such teacher, or cause to be made and delivered, a contract in 
 writing, signed by them, or by some person dnly authorized to 
 lepresent them in the premises, in which the details of the agree- 
 ment between the parties, and particularly the length of the term 
 of employment, the amount of compensation and the time when 
 such compensation shall be due and payable shall be clearly and 
 definitely set forth. 
 
 2. !N"o contract for the employment of a teacher in a district 
 having three or more trustees shall be made for more than one 
 year in advance or for a shorter time than ten weeks unless for 
 the purpose of filling out an unexpired term of school. 
 
 3. No contract for the employment of a teacher in a district 
 having a sole trustee shall be made to extend beyond the date of 
 the expiration of. the term of office of such trustee. A sole trus- 
 tee of a school district shall have full power and authority to 
 contract with teachers for the term for which he has been elected 
 any time after the date of the annual meeting at which such 
 trustee was elected. 
 
 4. Nor shall any trustee contract with any teacher whose 
 certificate of qualifications shall not cover a period at least as long 
 as that covered by the contract of service. (Thus amended by L. 
 1910, ch. 442, in effect September 1, 1910.) 
 
 § 562. Penalty for teacher's failure to complete 
 contract. Any failure on the part of a teacher to complete 
 an agreement to teach a term of school without good reason there- 
 for shall be deemed sufficient ground for the revocation of the 
 teacher's certificate. 
 
124: NFAV YORK STx\TE EDUCATION" DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 563. Contract when teacher is related to trustee 
 or member of board. 1. 'No person who is related to any 
 trustee by blood or marriage shall be employed as a teacher, 
 except with the approval of two-thirds of the voters of such dis- 
 trict present and voting upon the question at an annual or special 
 meeting of the district. 
 
 2. No person who is related by blood or marriage to any mem- 
 ber of a board of education shall be employed as a teacher by 
 such board, except upon the consent of two-thirds of the mem- 
 bers thereof to be determined at a board meeting and to be entered 
 upon the proceedings of the board. 
 
 § 564. Individual liability of trustee. Any person 
 employed in disregard of section five hundred and sixty-one or of 
 section five hundred and sixty-three shall have no claim for wages 
 against the district, but may enforce the specific contract made 
 against the trustees or board of education consenting to such 
 employment as individuals. 
 
 § 565. Dismissal of teacher. No teacher shall be re- 
 moved during a term of employment unless for neglect of duty, 
 incapacity to teach, immoral conduct, or other reason which, when 
 appealed to the commissioner of education, shall be held by him 
 sufficient cause for such dismissal. 
 
 § 566. Teacher's salary payable as often as monthly. 
 The salary of any teacher employed in the public schools of this 
 state shall be due and payable at least as often as at the end of 
 each calendar month of the term of employment. 
 
 § 567. Common schools free to resident pupils; 
 tuition from nonresident pupils. 1. A person over five 
 and under twenty-one years of age is entitled to attend the public 
 schools maintained in the district or city in which such person 
 resides without the payment of tuition. 
 
 2. !N'onresidents of a district, if otherwise competent, may be 
 admitted into the school of a district or city, upon the consent of 
 the trustees, or the board of education, upon terms prescribed by 
 such trustees or board. 
 
 3. The school authorities of a district or city must deduct from 
 the tuition of a nonresident pupil whose parent or guardian owns 
 property in such district or city and pays a tax thereon for the 
 support of the schools maintained in such district or city the 
 amount of such tax. 
 
EDUCATION" LAW 125 
 
 ARTICLE 21 
 Contract System 
 
 Section 580. District meeting to authorize contract system.^ 
 
 581. District or city with which such contract may be 
 
 made. 
 682. Trustees or boards of education may contract to 
 receive such children. 
 
 583. Form of contract. 
 
 584. Validity of contract. 
 
 585. Apportionment to contracting district. 
 
 586. Report of pupils from other districts. 
 
 § 580. District meeting to authorize contract sys- 
 tem. Any school district may decide by a majority vote of the 
 qualified voters present and voting at any district meeting: 
 
 1. To contract for the education of all the children of such dis- 
 trict in another district or in a city instead of maintaining a home 
 school ; 
 
 2. To contract for the education of part of the children of such 
 district in another district or in a city and maintain a home school. 
 
 § 581. District or city Tvitb. ivliich such contract 
 may be made. 1. Such contract may be made with one or 
 more districts or cities. The district meeting authorizing such 
 contract may designate the districts or cities with which such con- 
 tracts may be made. 
 
 2. If the district meeting fails to make such designation or if 
 any district or city so designated refuses to make such contract, 
 the trustees of the district authorizing such contract may enter 
 into a contract with a district willing to make such contract. 
 
 § 582. Trustees or boards of education may con- 
 tract to receive such children. The trustees or board 
 of education of any district or city may enter into a contract to 
 receive and educate in the schools of such district or city the 
 children of any district which shall authorize its trustees to con- 
 tract for the education of its children as provided by section five 
 hundred and eighty of this chapter. 
 
 § 583. Form of contract. Such contract shall be writ- 
 ten and in the form prescribed by the commissioner of education. 
 
 § 584. Validity of contract. Such contract shall not 
 be valid or binding upon either party thereto until a copy thereof 
 
126 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 is filed with the commissioner of educatitDii and approved by such 
 commissioner. 
 
 § 585. Apportionment to contracting district. 1. 
 
 Whenever the period of time which a district contracts for the 
 education of its children or such period together with the time 
 school is actually taught in said district shall amount to one hun- 
 dred and sixty days and the contract shall include all the children 
 of school age in such district, such district shall be entitled to re- 
 ceive one district quota. 
 
 2. Whenever a district maintains a home school and contracts 
 for the education of at least twelve of its children in another dis- 
 trict or city, it shall be entitled to one teacher's quota in addition 
 to its district quota. 
 
 3. 1^0 school district operating under the contract system shall 
 receive a greater apportionment than the total expense incurred in 
 pa^Tnent of tuition and transportation of pupils as shown by the 
 report of the trustee to the school commissioner. 
 
 § 586. Report of pupils from other districts. The 
 children attending a school under any such contract shall be 
 reported to the commissioner of education by the trustees or 
 board of education of the district or city wherein such children 
 attend school as though they were residents of such city or school 
 district. 
 
 ARTICLE 22 
 
 General Industrial Schools, Trade Schools, 
 and Schools of Ag-riculture, Mechanic Arts 
 and Home Making* 
 
 Section 600. General industrial schools, trade schools, and 
 schools of agriculture, mechanic arts and hom.e 
 making, may be established in cities. 
 
 601. Such schools may be established in union free school 
 
 districts. 
 
 602. Appointment of an advisory board. 
 
 603. Authority of the board of education over such 
 
 schools. 
 
 604. State aid for general industrial schools, trade 
 
 schools, and schools of agriculture, mechanic 
 arts and home making. 
 
 605. Application of such moneys, 
 
EDUCATION LAW 127 
 
 Section 606. Annual estimate by board of education and appro- 
 priations by municipal and school districts. 
 607. Courses in schools of agriculture for training of 
 teachers. _ 
 
 § 600. General industrial schools, trade seliools 
 and schools of agriculture, mechanic arts and home 
 making, may be established in cities. The board of 
 education of any city, and in a city not having a board of edu- 
 cation the officer having the management and supervision of the 
 public school system, may establish, acquire, conduct and main- 
 tain as a part of the public school system of such city the 
 following: 
 
 1. General industrial schools open to pupils who have com- 
 pleted the elementary school course or who have attained the age 
 of fourteen years, and ; 
 
 2. Trade schools open to pupils who have attained the age of 
 sixteen years and have completed either the elementary school 
 course or a course in the above mentioned general industrial 
 school or who have met such other requirements as the local school 
 authorities may have prescribed. 
 
 3. Schools of agriculture, mechanic arts and home making, open 
 to pupils who have completed the elementary school course or who 
 have attained the age of fourteen, or who have met such other re- 
 quirements as the local school authorities may have prescribed. 
 
 § 601. Such schools may be established in union 
 free school districts. The board of education of any union 
 free school district shall also establish, acquire and maintain such 
 schools for like purposes whenever such schools shall be authorized 
 by a district meeting. 
 
 § 602. Appointment of an advisory board. 1. The 
 board of education in a city and the officer having the manage- 
 ment and supervision of the public school system in a city not 
 having a board of education shall appoint an advisory board of 
 five members representing the local trades, industries, and occu- 
 pations. In the first instance two of such members shall be 
 appointed for a term of one year and three of such members shall 
 be appointed for a term of two years. Thereafter as the terms of 
 such members shall expire the vacancies caused thereby shall be 
 filled for a full term of two years. Any other vacancy occurring 
 on such board shall be filled by the appointing power named in 
 this section for the remainder of the unexpired term. 
 
128 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 2. It shall be the duty of such advisory board to counsel with 
 and advise the board of education or the officer having the man- 
 agement and supervision of the public school system in a city not 
 having a board of education in relation to the powers and duties 
 vested in such board or officer by section six hundred and three 
 of this chapter. 
 
 § 603. Authority of the board of education over 
 such, schools. The board of education in a city and the officer 
 having the management and supervision of the public school 
 system in a city not having a board of education and the board of 
 education in a union free school district which authorizes the 
 establishment of a general industrial school, a trade school, or 
 a school of agriculture, mechanic arts and home making, is 
 vested with the same power, and authority over the management, 
 supervision and control of such school and the teachers or in- 
 structors employed therein as such board or officer now has over 
 the schools and teachers imder their charge. Such boards of edu- 
 cation or such officer shall also have full power and authority: 
 
 1. To employ competent teachers or instructors. 
 
 2. To provide proper courses of study. 
 
 3. To purchase or acquire sites and grounds and to purchase, 
 acquire, lease or construct and to repair suitable shops or build- 
 ings and to properly equip the same. 
 
 4. To purchase necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and 
 supplies. 
 
 § 604. State aid for general industrial schools, 
 trade schools, and schools of agriculture, mechanic 
 arts and home making. 1. The commissioner of educa- 
 tion in the annual apportionment of the state school moneys shall 
 apportion therefrom to each city and union free school district the 
 sum of five hundred dollars for each independently organized gen- 
 eral industrial school, trade school, or a school of agriculture, me- 
 chanic arts and home making, maintained therein for thirty-eight 
 weeks during the school year and employing one teacher whose 
 work is devoted exclusively to such school, and having an enroll- 
 ment of at least twenty-five pupils and maintaining a course of 
 study approved by him. 
 
 2. The commissioner of education shall also make an addi- 
 tional apportionment to each city and union free school district 
 of two hundred dollars for each additional teacher employed 
 exclusively in such schools for thirty-eight weeks during the school 
 year. 
 
EDUCATION" LAW 129 
 
 3. The commissioner of education may in liis discretion ap- 
 portion to a district or city maintaining siicli schools or employing 
 such teachers for a shorter time than thirty-eight weeks, an 
 amount pro rata to the time such schools are maintained or such^ 
 teachers are employed. This section shall not be construed to 
 entitle manual training high schools or other secondary schools 
 maintaining manual training departments, to an apportionment 
 of funds herein provided for. 
 
 § 605. Application of such moneys. All moneys 
 apportioned by the commissioner of education for general indus- 
 trial or trade schools shall bo used exclusively for the support 
 and maintenance of such schoois m the city or district to which 
 such moneys are apportioned. 
 
 § 606. Annual estimate by board of education and 
 appropriations by municipal and school districts. 
 1. The board of education of each city or the officer having the 
 management and supervision of the public school system in a city 
 not having a board of education shall file with the common council 
 of such city, within thirty days after the commencement of the 
 nscal year of such city, a written itemized estimate of the expendi- 
 tures necessary for the maintenance of its general industrial 
 schools, trade schools, or schools of agriculture, mechanic arts 
 and home making, and the estimated amount which the city will 
 receive from the state school moneys applicable to the support 
 of such schools. The common council shall give a public hearing 
 to such persons as wish to be heard in reference thereto. The 
 common council shall adopt such estimate and, after deducting 
 therefrom the amount of state moneys applicable to the support 
 of such schools, shall include the balance in the annual tax budget 
 of such city. Such amount shall be levied, assessed and raised 
 by tax upon the real and personal property liable to taxation in 
 the city at the time and in the manner that other taxes for school 
 purposes are raised. The common council shall have power by 
 a two-thirds vote to reduce or reject any item included in such 
 estimate. 
 
 2. The board of education in a union free school district which 
 maintains a general industrial school, trade school, or a school 
 of agriculture, mechanic arts and home making, shall include in 
 its estimate of expenses pursuant to the provisions of sections 
 three hundred and twenty-three and three hundred and twenty- 
 seven of this chapter the amount that will be required to maintain 
 
130 KEW YOKK STATI: EDUCATION DEtARTMEX-T 
 
 siieh schools after applying toward t^ 3 maintenance tlicrrof the 
 amount apportioned therefor by the commissioner of education. 
 Such amount shall thereafter be levied, assessed and raised by 
 tax upon the taxable property of the district at the time and 
 in the manner that other taxes for school purposes are raised in 
 such district. 
 
 § 607. Courses in schools of agriculture for train- 
 ing of teachers. The state schools of agriculture at Saint 
 Lawrence University, at Alfred University and at Morrisville 
 may give courses for the training of teachers in agriculture, 
 mechanic arts, domestic science or home making, approved by the 
 commissioner of education. Such schools shall be entitled to an 
 apportionment of money as provided in section six hundred and 
 four of this chapter for schools established in union free school 
 districts. Graduates from such approved courses may receive 
 licenses to teach agriculture, mechanic arts and home making in 
 the public schools of the state, subject to such rules and regula- 
 tions as the commissioner of education may prescribe. 
 
 ARTICLE 23 
 Compulsory Education 
 
 Section G20. Instruction required. 
 
 621. Required attendance upon instruction. 
 
 622. When a boy is required to attend evening school. 
 
 623. Instruction elsewhere than at a public school. 
 
 624. Duties of persons in ^paternal relation to children. 
 
 625. Penalty for failure to perform "^paternal duty. 
 
 626. Unlawful employment of children and penalty 
 
 therefor. 
 
 627. Employer must display record certificate and even- 
 
 ing certificate. 
 
 628. Punishment for unlawful employment of children. 
 
 629. Teachers must keep record of attendance. 
 
 630. School record certificate. 
 
 631. Evening school certificate. 
 
 632. Attendance officers. 
 
 633. Arrest of truants. 
 
 634. Interference with attendance officer. 
 
 * So in original. 
 
EDUCATION- LAW 131 
 
 Section 635. Truant schools. 
 
 636. Enforcement of law and withholding the state 
 moneys by commissioner of education. 
 
 § 620. Instruction required. The instruction required 
 under this article shall be: 
 
 1. At a public school in which at least the six common school 
 branches of reading, spelling, writing, arithmetic, English lan- 
 guage and geography are taught in English. 
 
 2. Elsewhere than a public school upon instruction in the same 
 subjects taught in English by a competent teacher. 
 
 § 621. Required attendance upon instruction. 
 
 1. Every child within the compulsory school ages, in proper 
 physical and mental condition to attend school, residing in a city 
 or school district having a population of five thousand or more 
 and employing a superintendent of schools, shall regularly attend 
 upon instruction as follows: 
 
 (a) Each child between seven and fourteen years of age shall 
 attend the entire time during which the school attended is in 
 session, which period shall not be less than one hundred and sixty 
 days of actual school. 
 
 (b) Each child between fourteen and sixteen years of age not 
 regularly and lawfully engaged in any useful employment or 
 service, and to whom an employment certificate has not been duly 
 issued under the provisions of the labor law, shall so attend the 
 entire time during which the school attended is in session. 
 
 2. Every such child, residing elsewhere than in a city or school 
 district having a population of five thousand or more and employ- 
 ing a superintendent of schools, shall attend upon instruction as 
 many days annually between the first day of October and the 
 following June as the public school of the district in which such 
 child resides, shall be in session during such period, as follows: 
 
 (a) Each child between eight and fourteen years of age. 
 
 (b) Each child between fourteen and sixteen years of age not 
 regularly and lawfully engaged in any useful employment or 
 service. 
 
 3. The provisions of this section are intended to include all 
 blind children, except such as may receive appointments under the 
 provisions of article thirty-eight of this chapter. lAmended hy 
 
 I. 1911, ch, 710.] 
 
132 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ' 
 
 § 622* 'When a boy is required to attend evening 
 school. Every boy between fourteen and sixteen years of age, 
 in a city of tbe first class or a city of the second class in possession 
 of an employment certificate duly issued under the provisions of 
 the labor law, who has not completed such co'urse of study as is 
 required for graduation from the elementary public schools of 
 such city, and who does not hold either a certificate of gradu- 
 ation from the public elementary school or the preacademic cer- 
 tificate issued by the Regents or the certificate of the completion 
 of an elementary course issued by the education department, shall 
 attend the public evening schools of such city, or other evening 
 schools offering an equivalent course of instruction, for not less 
 than six hours each week, for a period of not less than sixteen 
 weeks or upon a trade school a period of eight hours per week for 
 sixteen weeks in each school or calendar year. 
 
 § 623. Instruction elseivhere than at a public 
 school. If any such child shall so attend upon instruction else- 
 where than at a public school, such instruction shall be at least 
 substantially equivalent to the instruction given children of like 
 age at the public school of the city or district in which such child 
 resides; and such attendance shall be for at least as many hours 
 each day thereof as are required of children of like age at public 
 schools ; and no greater total amount of holidays or vacations shall 
 be deducted from such attendance during the period such attend- 
 ance is required than is allowed in such public school to children 
 of like age. Occasional absences from such attendance, not 
 amounting to irregular attendance in the fair meaning of the 
 term, shall be allowed upon such excuses only as would be allowed 
 in like cases by the general rules and practice of such public school. 
 
 § 624. Duties of persons in parental relation to 
 children. Every person in parental relation to a child within 
 the compulsory school ages and in proper physical and mental 
 condition to attend school, shall cause such child to attend upon in- 
 struction, as follows: 
 
 1. In cities and school districts having a population of five 
 thousand or above, every child between seven and sixteen years of 
 age as required by section six hundred and twenty-one of this act 
 unless an employment certificate shall have been duly issued to 
 such child under the provisions of the labor law and he is regularly 
 employed thereunder. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 133 
 
 2. Elsewhere than in a city or school district having a popula- 
 tion of five thousand or above, every child between eight and six- 
 teen years of age, unless such child shall have received an employ- 
 ment certificate duly issued under the provisions of the labor law 
 and is regularly employed thereunder in a factory or mercantile 
 establishment, business or telegraph ofiice, restaurant, hotel, apart- 
 ment house or in the distribution or transmission of merchandise 
 or messages, or unless such child shall have received the school 
 record certificate issued under section six hundred and thirty of 
 this act and is regularly employed elsewhere than in the factory 
 or mercantile establishment, business or telegraph office, restaurant, 
 hotel, apartment house or in the distribution or transmission of 
 merchandise or messages. 
 
 § 625. Penalty for failure to perform parental 
 duty. A violation of section six hundred and twenty-four shall 
 be a misdemeanor, punishable for the first offense by a fine not 
 exceeding five dollars, or five days' imprisonment, and for each 
 subsequent offense by a fine not exceeding fifty dollars, or by im- 
 prisonment not exceeding thirty days, or by both such fine and im- 
 prisonment. Courts of special session and police magistrates 
 shall, subject to removal as provided in sections fifty-seven and 
 fifty-eight of the code of criminal procedure, have exclusive juris- 
 diction in the first instance to hear, try and determine charges of 
 violations of this section within their respective jurisdictions. 
 
 § 626. Unlawful employment of children and pen- 
 alty therefor. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or 
 corporation : 
 
 1. To ^employe any child under fourteen years of age, in any 
 business or service whatever, for any part of the term during 
 which the public schools of the district or city in which the child 
 resides are in session. 
 
 2. To employ, elsewhere than in a city of the first class or a 
 city of the second class, in a factory or mercantile establishment, 
 business or telegraph office, restaurant, hotel, apartment house or 
 in the distribution or transmission of merchandise or messages, 
 any child between fourteen and sixteen years of age who does not 
 at the time of such employment present an employment certifi- 
 cate duly issued under the provisions of the labor law, or to employ 
 any such child in any other capacity who does not at the time of 
 
 * So in orisinaL 
 
134: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAKTMEIST 
 
 (Such employment present a school record certificate as provided in 
 section six hundred and thirty of this chapter. 
 
 3. To employ any child between fourteen and sixteen years of 
 age in a city of the first class or a city of the second class who does 
 not, at the time of such employment, present an employment cer- 
 tificate, duly issued under the provisions of the labor law. 
 
 § 627. Employer must display record certificate 
 and evening certificate. The employer of any child between 
 fourteen and sixteen years of age in a city of the first class or a 
 city of the second class shall keep and shall display in the place 
 where such child is employed, the employment certificate and also 
 his evening school certificate issued by the school authorities 
 of said city or by an authorized representative of. such school 
 authorities, certifying that the said boy is regularly in attendance 
 at an evening school of said city as provided in section six hun- 
 dred and thirty-one of this chapter. 
 
 § 628. Punishment for unlaivful employment of 
 children. Any person, firm, or corporation, or any ofiicer, 
 manager, superintendent or employee acting therefor, who shall 
 employ any child contrary to the provisions of section six hun- 
 dred and twenty-six hereof, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
 the punishment therefor shall be for the first offense a fine of not 
 less than twenty dollars nor more than fifty dollars ; for a second, 
 and each subsequent offense, a fine of not less than fifty dollars 
 nor more than two hundred dollars. 
 
 § 629. Teachers must keep record of attendance. 
 An. accurate record of the attendance of all children between seven 
 and sixteen years of age shall be kept by the teacher of every 
 school, showing each day by the year, month, day of the month 
 and day of the week, such attendance, and the number of hours 
 in each day thereof; and each teacher upon whose instruction 
 any such child shall attend elsewhere than at school, shall keep 
 a like record of such attendance. Such record shall, at all 
 times, be open to the attendance officers or other person duly 
 authorized by the school authorities of the city or district, who 
 may inspect or copy the same ; and every such teacher shall fully 
 answer all inquiries lawfully made by such authorities, inspectors, 
 or other persons, and a willful neglect or refusal so to answer any 
 such inquiry shall be a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 630. School record certificate. 1. A school record 
 certificate shall contain a statement certifying that a child has 
 
EDUCATION LAW 135 
 
 regularly attended the public schools, or schools equivalent thereto^ 
 or parochial schools, for not less than one hundred and thirty days 
 during the twelve months next preceding his fourteenth birthday 
 or during the twelve months next preceding his application for 
 such school record, and that he is able to read and write simple 
 sentences in the English language, and has received during such 
 period instruction in reading, writing, spelling, English grammar 
 and geography, and is familiar with the fundamental operations 
 of arithmetic up to and including fractions. Such record shall 
 also give the date of birth and residence of the child as shown on 
 the school records, and the name of the child's parents, guardian 
 or custodian. 
 
 2. A teacher or superintendent to whom application shall be 
 made for a school record certificate required under the provisions 
 of the labor law shall issue a school record certificate to any child 
 who, after due investigation and examination, may be found to be 
 entitled to the same as follows : 
 
 a. In a city of the first class by the principal or chief executive 
 of a school. 
 
 b. In all other cities and in school districts having a population 
 of five thousand or more and employing a superintendent of 
 schools, by the superintendent of schools only. 
 
 c. In all other school districts by the principal teacher of the 
 school. 
 
 d. In each city or school district such certificate shall be fur- 
 nished on demand to a child entitled thereto or to the board or 
 commissioner of health. 
 
 § 631. Evening school certificate. The school author- 
 ities of a city of the first class or a city of the second class, or 
 officers designated by them, are hereby required to issue to a boy 
 lawfully in attendance at an evening school, an evening school 
 certificate at least once in each month during the months said 
 evening school is in session and at the close of the term of said 
 evening school, provided that said boy has been in attendance 
 upon said evening school for not less than six hours each week for 
 such number of weeks as will, when taken in connection with the 
 number of weeks such evening school shall be in session during 
 the remainder of the current or calendar year, make up a total 
 attendance on the part of said boy in said evening school of not 
 less than six hours per week for a period of not less than sixteen 
 weeks or attendance upon a trade school for at least eight hours 
 
136 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT: 
 
 per week for not less than sixteen weeks. Sncli certificate shall 
 state fully the period of time which the boy to whom it is issued 
 was in attendance upon such evening school or trade school. 
 
 § 632. Attendance officers. 1. The school authorities 
 of each city, union free school district, or common school dis- 
 trict whose limits include in whole or in part an incorporated vil- 
 lage, shall appoint and may remove at pleasure one or more attend- 
 ance officers of such city or district, and shall fix their compensa- 
 tion and may prescribe their duties not inconsistent with this arti- 
 cle and make rules and regulations for the performance thereof; 
 and the superintendent of schools shall supervise the enforcement 
 of this article within such city or school district. 
 
 2. The town board of each town shall appoint, subject to the 
 written approval of the school commissioner of the district, one or 
 more attendance officers, whose jurisdiction shall extend over all 
 school districts in said town, and which are not by this section 
 otherwise provided for, and shall fix their compensation, which 
 shall be a town charge; and such attendance officers, appointed by 
 said board, shall be removable at the pleasure of the school commis- 
 sioner in whose commissioner district such town is situated. 
 
 § 633. Arrest of truants. 1. The attendance officer 
 may arrest without a warrant any child between seven and sixteen 
 years of age who is a truant from instruction upon which he is 
 lawfully required to attend within the city or district of such 
 attendance officer. He shall forthwith deliver the child so arrested 
 to a teacher from whom such child is then a truant, or, in case of 
 habitual and incorrigible truants, shall bring them before a police 
 magistrate for commitment to a truant school as provided in sec- 
 tion six hundred and thirty-five. 
 
 2. The attendance officer shall promptly report such arrest and 
 the disposition which he makes of such child, to the school authori- 
 ties of the said city or district where such child is lawfully re- 
 quired to attend upon instruction. 
 
 3. A truant officer in the performance of his duties may enter, 
 during business hours, any factory, mercantile or other establish- 
 ment within the city or school district in which he is appointed 
 and shall be entitled to examine employment certificates or regis- 
 try of children employed therein on demand. 
 
 § 634. Interference with attendance officer. Any 
 person interfering with an attendance officer in the lawful dis- 
 charge of his duties and any person owning or operating a factory, 
 
EDUCATION LAW 137 
 
 mercantile or other establishment who shall refuse on demand to 
 exhibit to such attendance officer the registry of the children em- 
 ployed or the employment certificate of such children shall be 
 
 guilty of a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 635. Truant schools. 1. The school authorities of any 
 city or school district may establish schools, or set apart separate 
 rooms in public school buildings, for children between seven and 
 sixteen years of age, who are habitual truants from instruction 
 upon which they are lawfully required to attend, or who are in- 
 subordinate or disorderly during their attendance upon such in- 
 struction, or irregular in such attendance. Such school or room 
 shall be known as a truant school; but no person convicted of 
 crimes or misdemeanors, other than truancy, shall be committed 
 thereto. 
 
 2. School authorities may provide for the confinement, main- 
 tenance and instruction of such truants in such schools ; and they, 
 or the superintendent of schools in any city or school district, may, 
 after reasonable notice to such child and the persons in parental 
 relation to such child, and an opportunity for them to be heard, 
 and with the consent in writing of the persons in parental relation 
 to such child, order such child to attend such school, or to be con- 
 fined and maintained therein, under such rules and regulations 
 as such authorities may prescribe, for a period not exceeding two 
 years ; but in no case shall a child be so confined after he is sixteen 
 years of age. 
 
 3. Such authorities may order such a child to be confined and 
 maintained during such period in any private school, orphans' 
 home or similar institution controlled by persons of the same re- 
 ligious faith as the persons in parental relation to such child, and 
 which is willing and able to receive, confine and maintain such 
 child, upon such terms as to compensation as may be agreed upon 
 between such authorities and such private school, orphans' home 
 or similar institution. 
 
 4. If the person in parental relation to such child shall not 
 consent to either of such orders said person shall be proceeded 
 against in court under section six hundred and twenty-five of this 
 chapter by the school authorities or such officer as they may desig- 
 nate. In case the person in parental relation to such child estab- 
 lishes to the satisfaction of the court that such child is beyond 
 his control such child shall be proceeded against as a disorderly 
 person, and upon conviction thereof, if the child was lawfully 
 
138 NEW yOKK STATE EDUCATION DErARTMENT 
 
 required to attend a public school, the child shall be sentenced 
 to be confined and maintained in such truant school for a period 
 not exceeding two years; or if such child was lawfully required 
 to attend upon instruction otherwise than at a public school, the 
 child may be sentenced to be confined and maintained for a 
 period not exceeding two years in such private school, orphans' 
 home or other similar institutions, if there be one, controlled by 
 persons of the same religious faith as the persons in parental 
 relation to such child, which is willing and able to receive, con- 
 fine and maintain such child for a reasonable compensation. Such 
 confinement shall be conducted with a view to the improvement 
 and to the restoration, as soon as practicable, of such child to the 
 institution elsewhere, upon which he may be lawfully required to 
 attend. 
 
 5. The authorities committing any such child, and in cities and 
 districts having a superintendent of schools such superintendent 
 shall have authority, in his discretion, to parole at any time any 
 truant so committed by them. 
 
 6. Every child lawfully suspended from attendance upon in- 
 struction for more than one week, shall be required to attend such 
 truant school during the period of such suspension. 
 
 7. The school authorities of any city or school district, not hav- 
 ing a truant school, may contract with any other city or district 
 having a truant school, for the confinement, maintenance and in- 
 struction therein of children whom such school authorities might 
 require to attend a truant school, if there were one in their own 
 city or district. 
 
 8. Industrial training shall be furnished in every such truant 
 school. 
 
 9. The expense attending the commitment and cost of main- 
 tenance of any truant residing in any city, or district, employing 
 a superintendent of schools shall be a charge against such city, or 
 district, and in all other cases shall be a county charge. 
 
 § 636. Enforcement of law and withholding the 
 state moneys by commissioner of education. 1. The 
 commissioner of education shall supervise the enforcement of this 
 law and he may withhold one-half of all public school moneys 
 from any city or district, which, in his judgment, wilfully omits 
 and refuses to enforce the provisions of this article, after due 
 notice, so often and so long as such wilful omission and refusal 
 shall, in his judgment, continue. 
 
EDUCATION LAW- 
 
 ISO 
 
 2. If the provisions of this article are complied with at any 
 time within one year from the date on which said moneys were 
 withheld, the moneys so withheld shall be paid over by said com- 
 missioner of education to such district or city, otherwise forfeited 
 to the state. 
 
 ARTICLE 24 
 
 Scbool Census 
 
 Section 650. School census in cities of the first class. 
 
 651. School census in cities not of the first class. 
 
 652. School census in school districts. 
 
 653. Penalty for withholding information. 
 
 654. Payment of expenses. 
 
 § 650. School census in cities of the first class. A 
 
 permanent census board is hereby established in each city of the 
 first class. Such board shall consist of the mayor, the superin- 
 tendent of schools, the police commissioner or officer performing 
 duties similar to those of a police commissioner. The mayor shall 
 be the chairman of such board. Such board shall have power to 
 make such rules and regulations as may be necessary to carry out 
 the provisions of this article. Such board shall have power to 
 appoint a secretary and such clerks and other employees as may 
 be necessary to carry out the provisions of this article and to fix 
 the salaries of the same. Such board shall ascertain through the 
 police force, the residences and employments of all persons be- 
 tween the ages of four and eighteen years residing within such 
 cities and shall report thereon from time to time to the school 
 authorities of such cities. Under the regulations of such board 
 during the month of October, nineteen hundred and nine, it shall 
 be the duty of the police commissioners in the cities of the first 
 class to cause a census of the children of their respective cities 
 to be taken. Thereafter such census shall be amended from day 
 to day by the police, precinct by precinct, as changes of resi- 
 dence occur among the children of such cities within the ages 
 prescribed in this article and as other persons come within the 
 ages prescribed herein and as other persons within such ages shall 
 become residents of such cities, so that said board shall always 
 have on file a complete census of the names and residences of the 
 children betw^een such ages and of the persons in parental relation 
 thereto. It shall be the duty of persons in parental relation to 
 
140 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIONS' DEPARTMENT 
 
 any child residing within the limits of said cities of the first class 
 to report at the police station house of the precinct within which 
 they severally reside, the following information: 
 
 1. Two weeks before any child becomes of the compulsory 
 school age, the name of such child, its residence, the name of the 
 person or persons in parental relation thereto, and the name and 
 location of the school to which such child is sent as a pupil. 
 
 2. In case a child of compulsory school age is for any cause 
 removed from one school and sent to another school, or sent to 
 work in accordance with the labor law, all the facts in relation 
 thereto. 
 
 3. In case the residence of a child is removed from one police 
 precinct to another police precinct, the new residence and the 
 other facts required in the two preceding subdivisions. 
 
 4. In case a child between the ages of four and eighteen be- 
 comes a resident of one of said cities of the first class for the first 
 time the residence and such other facts as the census board shall 
 require. iSuoh census •shall include all persons between the ages 
 of four and eighteen years, the day of the month and the year 
 of the birth of each of such persons, their respective residences 
 by street and number, the names of their parents or guardians, 
 such information relating to illiteracy and to the enforcement 
 of the law relating to child labor and compulsory education as 
 the school authorities of the state and of such cities shall require 
 and also such further information as such authorities shall re- 
 quire. 
 
 § 651. School census in cities not of tlie first class. 
 A permanent census board may be established in any city not of 
 the first class, in accordance with the provisions of this article. 
 If a census board shall not be established in such cities, then, 
 during the month of October, nineteen hundred and nine, and in 
 the month of October every fourth year thereafter, the school 
 authorities of every city, not a city of the first class, shall take a 
 census of the children of their respective cities. Such census shall 
 include the information required from the cities of the first class 
 as provided in section six hundred and fifty of this chapter. 
 
 § 652. School census in school districts. The board 
 of trustees of every school district shall annually on the thirtieth 
 day of August cause a census of all children between the ages 
 of five and eighteen years to be taken in their respective school 
 
EDUCATION^ LAW 
 
 141 
 
 districts. Such census shall include the information required 
 from cities as provided in this- article. 
 
 § 653. Penalty for withholding information. A 
 
 parent, guardian or other person having under his contrd ^ 
 charge a child between the ages of four and eighteen years who 
 withholds or refuses to give information in his possession relating 
 to such child and required under this article, or any such parent, 
 guardian or other person who gives false information in relation 
 thereto, shall be liable to and punished by fine not exceeding 
 twenty dollars or by imprisonment not exceeding thirty days. 
 
 § 654. Payment of expenses. The money required for 
 the purpose of carrying this article into effect shall be paid by the 
 cities and school districts respectively, included in the provisions 
 of this article, but, in cities in which a permanent census board 
 as provided under section six hundred and fifty of this chapter 
 is not established and maintained, and in school districts, such 
 moneys shall be paid for the services rendered in the taking of 
 the school census on the certificate of the state commissioner of 
 education that such census has been satisfactorily taken. 
 
 ARTICLE 25 
 
 Text-Books 
 
 Section 670. Power to designate text-books. 
 
 671. Kequisites for change. 
 
 672. Penalty for violation. 
 
 673. Pree text-books in union free school districts. 
 
 § 670. Po-iver to designate text-books. 1. In the 
 
 several cities and union free school districts of the state, boards 
 of education or such body or officer as perform the functions of 
 such boards, shall designate text-books to be used in the schools 
 under their charge. 
 
 2. In the common school districts in the state the text-books 
 used in the schools therein shall be designated at an annual 
 school meeting by a two-thirds vote of all the legal voters present 
 and voting at such school meeting. 
 
 § 671. Requisites for change. 1. When a text-book 
 shall have been designated for use in a union free school district 
 or city as provided in subdivision one of the preceding section, 
 it shall not be lawful to supersede such text-book by any other 
 
142 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIOjS^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 book within a period of five years from tte time of such designa- 
 tion except upon a three-fourths vote of the board of education, 
 or of such body or officer as performs the function of such board. 
 
 2. When a text-book shall have been designated in any common 
 school district as provided in subdivision two of the preceding sec- 
 tion it shall not be lawful to supersede such text-book except upon 
 a three-fourths vote of the legal voters present and voting upon 
 such proposition at an annual meeting of such district. 
 
 § 672. Penalty for violation. Any person violating 
 any of the provisions of this article shall be liable to a penalty 
 of not less than fifty dollars nor more than one hundred dollars 
 for every such violation, to be sued for by any taxpayer of the 
 school district, and recovered before any justice of the peace and 
 when collected, to be paid to the collector or treasurer for the 
 benefit of said school district. 
 
 § 673. Free text-boOks in union free school dis- 
 tricts. 1. The qualified voters of any union free school district 
 present at any annual school meeting or at any special school meet- 
 ing duly and legally called for that purpose, shall have power, by a 
 majority vote, to be ascertained by taking and recording the ayes 
 and noes, to vote a tax for the purchase of all text-books used, 
 or to be used, in the schools of the district. 
 
 2. If such tax shall be voted it shall be the duty of the board of 
 education of such district, within ninety days thereafter, to pur- 
 chase and furnish free text-books to all the pupils attending the 
 schools in such district. Such board of education shall have power 
 to establish such rules and regulations concerning the use by the 
 pupils of such text-books, and the care, preservation and custody 
 thereof as it shall deem necessary. 
 
 ARTICLE 26 
 
 Physiologry and Hyg'iene 
 
 Section 690. Instruction regarding nature of alcoholic drinks. 
 691. Enforcement of last section. 
 
 § 690. Instruction regarding nature of alcoholic 
 drinks. 1. The nature of alcoholic drinks and other narcotics 
 and their effects on the human system shall be taught in connec- 
 tion with the various divisions of physiology and hygiene, as 
 
EDUCATIOIf LAW 143 
 
 thoroughly as are other branches in all schools under state control, 
 or supported wholly or in part by public money of the state, and 
 also in all schools connected with reformatory institutions. 
 
 2. All pupils in the above-mentioned schools below the second- 
 year of the high school and above the third year of school work 
 computing from the beginning of the lowest primary, not kinder- 
 garten, year, or in corresponding classes of ungraded schools, shall 
 be taught and shall study this subject every year with suitable 
 text-books in the hands of all pupils, for not less than three 
 lessons a week for ten or more weeks, or the equivalent of the 
 same in each year, and must pass satisfactory tests in this as in 
 other studies before promotion to the next succeeding year's work; 
 except that, where there are nine or more school years below the 
 high school, the study may be omitted in all years above the eighth 
 year and b<?low the high school, by such pupils as have passed the 
 required tests of the eighth year. 
 
 3. In all schools above-mentioned, all pupils in the lowest three 
 primary, not kindergarten, school years or in corresponding classes 
 in ungraded schools shall each year be instructed in this subject 
 orally for not less than two lessons a week for ten weeks, or the 
 equivalent of the same in each year, by teachers using text-books 
 adapted for such oral instruction as a guide and standard, and 
 such pupils must pass such tests in this as may be required in 
 other studies before promotion to the next succeeding year's work. 
 Nothing in this article shall be construed as prohibiting or requir- 
 ing the teaching of this subject in kindergarten schools. 
 
 4. The local school authorities shall provide needed facilities 
 and definite time and place for this branch in the regular courses 
 of study. 
 
 5. The text-books in the pupils' hands shall be graded to the 
 capacities of fourth year, intermediate, grammar and high school 
 ))upils, or to corresponding classes in ungraded schools, l^br stu- 
 dents below high school grade, such text-books shall give at least 
 one-fifth their space, and for students of high school grade, shall 
 give not less than twenty pages to the nature and effects of alco- 
 holic drinks and other narcotics. This subject must be treated in 
 the text-books in connection with the various divisions of physi- 
 ology and hygiene, and pages on this subject in a separate chapter 
 at the end of the books shall not be counted in determining the 
 minimum. No text-book on physiology not conforming to this 
 article shall be used in the public schools. 
 
144 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 6. All regents' examinations in physiology and hygiene shall 
 include a due proportion of questions on the nature of alcoholic 
 drinks and other narcotics, and their effects on the human system. 
 
 § 691. Enforcement of last section. 1. In all normal 
 schools, teachers' training classes and teachers' institutes, adequate 
 time and attention shall be given to instruction in the best meth- 
 ods of teaching this branch, and no teacher shall be licensed who 
 has not passed a satisfactory examination in the subject and the 
 best methods of teaching it. On satisfactory evidence that any 
 teacher has wilfully refused to teach this subject, as provided in 
 this article, the commissioner of education shall revoke the license 
 of such teacher. 
 
 2. 'No public money of the state shall be apportioned by the 
 commissioner of education or paid for the benefit of any city until 
 the superintendent of schools therein shall have filed with the 
 treasurer or chamberlain of such city an affidavit, and with the 
 commissioner of education a duplicate of such affidavit, that he 
 has made thorough investigation as to the facts, and that to the 
 best of his knowledge, information and belief, all the provisions of 
 this article have been complied with in all the schools under his 
 supervision in such city during the last preceding legal school year. 
 
 3. Not shall any public money of the state be apportioned by 
 the commissioner of education or by school commissioners, or 
 paid for the benefit of any school district, until the president of 
 the board of trustees, or in the case of common school districts 
 the trustee or some one member of the board of trustees, shall 
 have filed with the school commissioner having jurisdiction an 
 affidavit that he has made thorough investigation as to the facts 
 and that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, all 
 the provisions of this article have been complied with in such 
 district, which affidavit shall be included in the trustees' annual 
 report. 
 
 4. It shall be the duty of every school commissioner to file with 
 the commissioner of education an affidavit in connection with his 
 annual report, showing all districts in his jurisdiction that have 
 and those that have not complied with all the provisions of this 
 article, according to the best of his knowledge, information and 
 belief, based upon a thorough investigation by him as to the facts. 
 
 5. Not shall any public money of the state be apportioned or 
 paid for the benefit of any teachers' training class, teachers' in- 
 stitute or other school mentioned herein until the officer having 
 
EDUCATION" LAW 
 
 145 
 
 jurisdiction or supervision thereof shall have filed with the com- 
 missioner of education an affidavit that he has made thorough in- 
 vestigation as to the facts and that to the best of his knowledge, 
 information and belief, all the provisions of this article relative, 
 thereto have been complied with. 
 
 6. The principal of each normal school in the state shall at the 
 close of each school year file with the commissioner of education 
 an affidavit that all the provisions of this article applicable thereto 
 have been complied with during the school year just terminated 
 and until such affidavit shall be filed no warrant shall be issued 
 by the commissioner of education for the payment by the treas- 
 urer of any part of the money appropriated for such school. 
 
 7. It shall be the duty of the commissioner of education to 
 provide blank forms of affidavit required herein for use by the 
 local school officers, and he shall include in his annual report a 
 statement showing every school, city or district which has failed 
 to comply with all the provisions of this article during the pre- 
 ceding school year. 
 
 8. On complaint by appeal to the commissioner of education 
 by any patron of the schools mentioned in the last preceding 
 section or by any citizen that any provision of this article has not 
 been complied with in any city or district, the commissioner of 
 education shall make immediate investigation, and on satisfactory 
 evidence of the truth of such complaint, shall thereupon and there- 
 after withhold all public money of the state to which such city 
 or district would otherwise be entitled, until all the provisions of 
 this article shall be complied with in said city or district, and 
 shall exercise his power of reclamation and deduction under sec- 
 tion four hundred and ninety-one of this chapter. 
 
 ARTICLE 27 
 
 The Fla^ 
 
 Section 710 
 711, 
 
 Purchase and display of flag. 
 Rules and regulations. 
 
 712. Commissioner of education shall prepare program. 
 
 713. Military drill excluded. 
 
 § 710. Purcliase and display of flag. It shall be the 
 duty of the school authorities of every public school in the several 
 cities and school districts of the state to purchase a United States 
 flag, flag-staff and the necessary appliances therefor, and to dis- 
 
146 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 plaj such flag upon or near the public school building during 
 school hours, and at such other times as such school authorities 
 may direct. 
 
 § 711. Rules and regulations. The said school author- 
 ities shall establish rules and regulations for the proper custody, 
 care and display of the flag, and when the weather will not 
 permit it to be otherwise displayed, it shall be placed conspic- 
 uously in the principal room in the school-house. 
 
 § 712. Commissioner of education shall prepare 
 program. 1. It shall be the duty of the commissioner of edu- 
 cation to prepare, for the use of the public schools of the state, 
 a program providing for a salute to the flag and such other patri- 
 otic exercises as may be deemed by him to be expedient, under 
 such regulations and instructions as may best nie€t the varied 
 requirements of the different grades in such schools. 
 
 2. It shall also be his duty to make special provision for the 
 observance in the public schools of Lincoln's birthday, Washing- 
 ton's birthday. Memorial day and Flag day, and such other legal 
 holidays of like character as may be hereafter designated by law 
 when the legislature makes an appropriation therefor. 
 
 § 713. Military drill excluded. Nothing herein con- 
 tained shall be construed to authorize military instruction or drill 
 in the public schools during school hours. 
 
 ARTICLE 28 
 Fire Drills 
 
 Section 730. Duty to maintain drills. 
 
 731. Penalty for neglect. 
 
 732. Duty to instruct teachers. 
 
 733. 'Not applicable to colleges or universities. 
 
 § 730. Duty to maintain drills. It shall be the duty of 
 the principal or other person in charge of every public or private 
 school or educational institution within the state, having more 
 than one hundred pupils, or maintained in a building two or 
 more stories high to instruct and train the pupils by means of 
 drills, so that they may in a sudden emergency be able to leave 
 the school building in the shortest possible time and without con- 
 fusion or panic. Such drills or rapid dismissals shall be held at 
 least once in each month. 
 
educatio:n^ law 
 
 147 
 
 § 731. Penalty for neglect. JsTeglect bj any principal 
 or other person in charge of any public or private school or 
 educational institution to comply with the provisions of this 
 article shall be a misdemeanor punishable at the discretion of the" 
 court by fine not exceeding fifty dollars; such fine to be paid to 
 the pension fund of the local fire department where there is such 
 a fund. 
 
 § 732. Duty to instruct teachers. It shall be the duty 
 of the board of education or school board or other body having 
 control of the schools in any district or city to cause a copy of this 
 article to be printed in the manual or handbook prepared for the 
 guidance of teachers, where such manual or handbook is in use 
 or may hereafter come into use. 
 
 § 733. Not applicable to colleges or universities. 
 The provisions of this article shall not apply to colleges or uni- 
 versities. 
 
 ARTICLE 29 
 Arbor Day 
 
 Section 750. Arbor day. 
 
 751. Manner of observance. 
 
 752. Prescribed course of exercises. 
 
 § 750. Arbor day. The Friday following the first day of 
 
 May in each year shall be known as Arbor day. 
 
 § 751. Manner of observance. It shall be the duty 
 of the authorities of every public school in this state to assemble 
 the pupils in their charge on that day in the school building, or 
 elsewhere, as they may deem proper, and to provide for and con- 
 duct, under the general supervision of the city superintendent or 
 the school commissioner, or other chief officers having the general 
 oversight of the public schools in each city or district, such exer- 
 cises as shall tend to encourage the planting, protection and 
 preservation of trees and shrubs, and an acquaintance with the 
 best methods to be adopted to accomplish such results. 
 
 § 752. Prescribed course of exercises. The commis- 
 sioner of education may prescribe from time to time a course of 
 exercises and instruction in the subjects hereinbefore mentioned, 
 which shall be adopted and observed by the public school authori- 
 ties on Arbor day. Upon receipt of copies of such course siifH- 
 
148 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 cient in number to supply all the schools under their supervision, 
 the school commissioner or city superintendent aforesaid shall 
 promptly provide each of the schools under his charge with a 
 copy, and cause it to be observed. 
 
 ARTICLE 30 
 Teachers' Institute 
 
 Section 770. Duties of commissioner of education regarding 
 teachers' institutes. 
 
 771. Duties of school commissioners. 
 
 772. Schools must be closed. 
 
 77?). Penalty for failure to attend or to close schools. 
 
 774. Teachers must attend; entitled ta salaries. 
 
 775. Payment of expenses. 
 
 § 770. Duties of commissioner of education re- 
 garding teachers' institutes. It shall be the duty of the 
 commissioner of education: 
 
 1. To appoint a teachers' institute once in each year in each 
 school commissioner district of the state, for the benefit and 
 instruction of the teachers in the public schools, and of such as 
 intend to become teachers, with special reference to the presenta- 
 tion of subjects relating to the principles of education and methods 
 of instruction in the various branches of study pursued in the 
 schools. After consultation with the school commissioners, the 
 said commissioner of education shall have power to determine the 
 duration of each institute and to designate the time and place of 
 holding the same. 
 
 2. To employ suitable persons, at a reasonable compensation, to 
 supervise and conduct the institutes, and, in his discretion, to pro- 
 vide for such additional instruction as he may deem advisable and 
 for the best interests of the schools. 
 
 3. To appoint in his discretion an institute for two or more 
 school commissioner districts. 
 
 4. To establish such regulations for the government of insti- 
 tutes as he may deem best ; and he may establish such regulations 
 in regard to certificates of qualification or recommendation which 
 may be issued by school commissioners as will, in his judgment, 
 furnish incentives and encouragement to teachers to attend the 
 institutes. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 149 
 
 5. To visit tlie institutes, or cause them to be visited by rep- 
 resentatives of the education department, for the purpose of exam- 
 ining into the course and character of instruction given, and of 
 rendering such assistance as he may find expedient. 
 
 § 771. Duties of school commissioners. It shall be 
 the duty of every school commissioner, subject always to the 
 advice and direction of the commissioner of education: 
 
 1. To notify all teachers, trustees, boards of education and 
 others known to him who may desire to become teachers under 
 his jurisdiction, of the time when and the place where the insti- 
 tute will be held. 
 
 2. To make all necessary arrangements for holding the 11181:1 tute 
 when appointed; see that a suitable room is provided; attend to 
 all necessary details connected therewith ; assist the conductor in 
 organization; keep a record of all teachers in attendance and 
 notify the trustees of the number of days attended by the teachers 
 of the various districts, which shall be the basis of pay to such 
 teacher for attendance as hereafter provided. 
 
 3. To transmit to the commissioner of education at the close 
 of each institute, in such form, and within such time, as such 
 commissioner shall prescribe, a full report of the institute, in- 
 cluding a list of all teachers in attendance, the number of days 
 attended by each teacher, with such other information as may be 
 required. 
 
 4. To present a full statement of all expenses incurred by him 
 in carrying on the institute, with vouchers for all expenditures 
 made, accompanying the same by an affidavit of the correctness 
 of statements made and of accounts presented. 
 
 § 772. Schools must be closed. 1. All schools in school 
 districts and parts of school districts within any school commis- 
 sioner district wherein an institute is held, not included within 
 the boundaries of an incorporated city, except as herein provided, 
 shall be closed during the time such institute shall be in session. 
 
 2. The closing of a school within the school commissioner dis- 
 trict wherein an institute shall be held, at which a teacher has 
 attended, shall not work a forfeiture of the contract under which 
 such teacher was employed. 
 
 8. In all districts having a population of more than five thou- 
 sand, and employing a superintendent whose time is exclusively 
 devoted to the supervision of the schools therein, the schools may 
 
150 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 be closed or not at the option of the boards of education in 3uch 
 districts. 
 
 § 773. Penalty for failure to attend or to close 
 schools. Wilful failure on the part of a teacher to attend a 
 teachers' institute as required, shall be sufficient cause for the 
 revocation of such teacher's license, and a wilful failure on the 
 part of trustees to close their schools during the holding of an 
 institute as required, shall be suffieient cause for withholding the 
 public moneys to which such districts would otherwise be entitled. 
 
 § 774. Teachers must attend; entitled to salaries. 
 1. Any person under contract to teach in a school in any commis- 
 sioner district, is required to attend an institute if one is held for 
 that district, even though at the time of such institute the school 
 is not in session, and shall be entitled to receive full salary for 
 the actual time in attendance at such institute. 
 
 2. The trustees of every school district are hereby directed to 
 give the teachers employed in their district the whole of the time, 
 while an institute for the school commissioner district in which 
 their school is located is in session, for attendance thereat and shall 
 make no deduction whatever from the salaries of such teachers 
 for the time so spent. 
 
 § 775. Payment of expenses. The treasurer shall pay, 
 on the warrant of the comptroller, to the order of any one or 
 more of the school commissioners, such sum of money as the cojn- 
 missioner of education shall certify to be due to them for expenses 
 in holding a teachers' institute; and upon the like warrant and 
 certificate snail pay to the order of any persons employed by the 
 commissioner of education as additional instructors to conduct, 
 instruct, teach or supervise any such teachers' institute. 
 
 ARTICLE 31 
 Training- Classes 
 
 Section Y90. Designation of schools for classes. 
 
 791. Regulations for classes. 
 
 792. Instruction free. 
 
 793. ^School commissioners shall supervise and examine 
 
 classes; teachers' certificates. 
 
 794. Teachers' training schools or classes under superin- 
 
 tendents of schools. 
 
 So in original. 
 
EDUCATIO:^ LAW 151 
 
 § 790. Designation of schools for classes. The com- 
 missioner of education shall designate the academies and union 
 free schools in which training classes may be organized to give in- 
 struction in the science and practice of common school teaching. 
 Such classes shall be distributed among the academies and high 
 schools of the several school commissioner districts of the state 
 and consideration shall be given to the number of school districts 
 in each and the location and character of the institution designated. 
 
 § 791. Regulations for classes. 1. Every academy 
 and union school so designated shall instruct a training class of 
 not less than ten nor more than twenty-five scholars, and every 
 scholar admitted to such class shall continue under instruction 
 not less than thirty-six weeks. 
 
 2. Whenever it shall be shown to the satisfaction of the com- 
 missioner of education that any pupil attending such classes has 
 been prevented from attending the same for the full term of thirty- 
 six weeks, or that for any reason satisfactory to such commis- 
 sioner, said classes have not been held for the full term of thirty- 
 six weeks or have been attended by less than ten members, such 
 commissioner may excuse such default and allow to the trustees of 
 the academy or union free school in which said classes have been 
 instructed an equitable allowance proportionate to the number of 
 pupils and period of instruction. 
 
 3. The commissioner shall prescribe the conditions of admission 
 to the classes, the course of instruction and the rules and regula- 
 tions under which said instruction shall be given. 
 
 § 792. Instruction free. Instruction shall be free to 
 all scholars admitted to such classes, who have continued in them 
 the length of time required by the preceding section. 
 
 § 793. School commissioners shall supervise classes. 
 Each class organized in any academy or union school under ap- 
 pointment by the commissioner of education for the instruction in 
 the science and practice of common school teaching, shall be sub- 
 ject to the visitation of the school commissioner of the district in 
 which such academy or union school is situated ; and it shall be the 
 duty of said school commissioner to advise and assist the principals 
 of said academies or union schools in the organization and manage- 
 ment of said classes. 
 
 § 794. Teachers' training schools or classes under 
 superintendents of schools. The board of education or 
 the public school authorities of any city or of any school district 
 
152 NEW YORK STATE EBUCATIOX DEPARTMENT 
 
 having a population of five thousand or more and employing a 
 superintendent of schools, may establish, maintain, direct and 
 control one or more schools or classes for the professional instruc- 
 tion and training of teachers in the principles of education and in 
 the method of instruction for not less than two years. 
 
 ARTICLE 32 
 Normal Schools; State Normal Colleg'e 
 
 Section 810. i^ormal schools continued. 
 
 811. Local boards. 
 
 812. Powers of local boards. 
 
 813. Bond of treasurer. 
 
 814. Salary of secretary and treasurer. 
 
 815. Local boards shall have management of buildings 
 
 and property. 
 
 816. Courses of study. 
 
 817. Teachers, salaries, et cetera. 
 
 818. Commissioner may perform duties of defaulting 
 
 local board. 
 
 819. Diplomas. 
 
 820. Requisites for admission; privileges and duties of 
 
 pupils. 
 
 821. Practice departments in Fredonia school. 
 
 822. Special policemen. 
 
 823. Village or city may insure normal school property. 
 
 824. Expense of insurance a village or city charge. 
 
 825. Deposit of insurance moneys in bank. 
 
 826. Acceptance of grants and bequests authorized. 
 
 827. Education of Lidian youth. 
 
 828. Selection of Indian youth. 
 
 829. Age of youth and limit of time for support. 
 
 830. Guardians of youth. 
 
 831. Indian pupils on equality with others. 
 
 832. !N^ew York state normal college. 
 
 833. Board of trustees. 
 
 § 810. Normal schools continued. The state normal 
 schools heretofore established at Brockport, Buffalo, Cortland, 
 Fredonia, Gcneseo, 'New Paltz, Onconta, Oswego, Plattsburgh 
 and Potsdam, are continued. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 153 
 
 § 811. Local boards. Tliere shall continue to be a local 
 board of each of said state normal schools, consisting of not less 
 than three nor more than thirteen persons and the members 
 thereof shall hold their offices until removed by the concurrent 
 action of the chancellor of the university and the commissioner" 
 of education. A vacancy in any of said boards shall be filled by 
 appointment by the commissioner of education. 
 
 § 812. Powers of local boards, j. Local boards shall 
 have the immediate supervision and management of said schools, 
 subject, however, to the general supervision of the commissioner 
 of education and to his direction in all things pertaining to the 
 school. Said local boards shall have power to appoint one of 
 their number chairman, one secretary and another treasurer of 
 the board. The secretary may also be treasurer. 
 
 2. A majority of each of said boards shall form a quorum for 
 the transaction of business, and in the absence of any officer of 
 the board, another member may be appointed pro tempore to fill 
 his place and perform his duties. 
 
 3. It shall be the duty of such board to make and establish, and 
 from time to time to alter and amend, such rules and regulations 
 for the government of such schools under their charge, respect- 
 ively, as they shall deem best, which shall be subject to the 
 approval of the commissioner of education. 
 
 4. They shall also severally transmit through the commissioner 
 of education, and ^ibject to his approval and in the form which 
 he directs, a report to the legislature on the first day of January 
 in each year, showing the condition of the school under their 
 charge during the year next preceding, including, especially, an 
 account in detail of their receipts and expenditures, which shall 
 be duly verified by the oath or affirmation of their chairman and 
 secretary. 
 
 § 813. Bond of treasurer. The treasurer shall give an 
 undertaking to the people of the state for the faithful perform- 
 ance of his trust in an amount fixed by the commissioner of 
 education. The undertaking shall be approved by said commis- 
 sioner and filed in the office of the comptroller. 
 
 § 814. Salary of secretary and treasurer. The secre- 
 tary and the treasurer shall each be paid an annual salary to be 
 fixed by the local board with the approval of the commissioner of 
 education, but the aggregate amount of such salaries shall not 
 exceed four hundred dollars. 
 
154: KEW YORK STATE EDTJCATIOI^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 815. liocal boards shall have management of 
 buildings and property. The local boards of managers of 
 the respective normal schools in this state shall have the custody, 
 keeping and management of the grounds and buildings provided 
 or used for the purposes of such schools, respectively, and other 
 property of the state pertainiug thereto, with power to protect, 
 preserve and improve the same. 
 
 § 816. Courses of study. It shall be the duty of the 
 commissioner of education to prescribe the courses of study to be 
 pursued in each of said schools. 
 
 § 817. Teachers, salaries, et cetera. The commis- 
 sioner of education shall determine the number of teachers to be 
 employed in each normal school and the salary of such teachers. 
 The employment of such teachers shall also be subject to his 
 approval. 
 
 § 818. Commissioner may perform duties of de- 
 faulting local board. During such time as any local board 
 shall fail or refuse to discharge any duty the commissioner of 
 education is hereby authorized to discharge such duty of such 
 local boards or any of their officers; and the acts of said com- 
 missioner of education in the premises shall be as valid and bind- 
 ing as if done by a competent local board or its officers, or with 
 their co-operation. 
 
 § 819. Diplomas. The commissioner of education shall 
 prepare suitable diplomas to be granted to the students of such 
 school, who shall have completed one or more of the courses of 
 study and discipline prescribed, and a diploma signed by him, 
 the chairman and secretary of the local board and the principal 
 of the school, shall be of itself a certificate of qualification to 
 teach common schools. 
 
 § 820. Requisites for admission; privileges and 
 duties of pupils. 1. All applicants for admission to a nor- 
 mal school shall be residents of this state, or, if not, they shall 
 be admitted only upon the payment of such tuition fees as shall 
 be, from time to time, prescribed by the commissioner of educa- 
 tion. Applicants shall present such evidences of proficiency or 
 be subject to such examination as shall be prescribed by said 
 commissioner. 
 
 2. A normal school shall not receive into its academic depart- 
 ment any pupil not a resident of the territory, for the benefit or 
 advantage of whose residents the state has pledged itself to main- 
 
I 
 
 EBTTCATION LAW 1^ 
 
 tain siicli academic department unless such pupil declares it to be 
 her intention to remain in such school to complete the regular 
 normal course. 
 
 3. All students duly admitted to the normal department shftll- 
 be entitled to all the privileges of the school, free from all charges 
 for tuition or for the use of books or apparatus, but every pupil 
 shall pay for books lost by him, and for any damage to books in 
 his possession. Any pupil may be dismissed from the school 
 by the local board for immoral or disorderly conduct, or for neglect 
 or inability to perform his duties. 
 
 § 821. Practice departments in Fredonia school. 
 The local board of control of the state normal school at Fredonia 
 shall have the same powers and privileges in respect to practice 
 departments as boards of education, under subdivision three of 
 section three hundred and ten and section three hundred and seven- 
 teen of this chapter. 
 
 § 822. Special policemen. For the purpose of protecting 
 and preserving such buildings, grounds and other property, and 
 preventing injuries thereto, and preserving order, preventing dis- 
 turbances, and preserving the peace in such buildings and upon 
 such grounds, the local boards of managers of each of said normal 
 schools shall have power, by resolution or otherwise, to appoint, 
 from time to time, one or more special policemen, and to remove 
 the same at pleasure, who shall be police officers, with the same 
 powers as constables of the town or city where such school is 
 located, whose duty it shall be to preserve order, and prevent dis- 
 turbances and breaches of the peace in and about the buildings, 
 and on and about the grounds used for said school, or pertaining 
 thereto, and protect and preserve the same from injury, and to 
 arrest any and all persons making any loud or unusual noise, 
 causing any disturbance, committing any breach of the peace, or 
 misdemeanor or any wilful trespass upon such grounds, or in or 
 upon said buildings, or any part thereof and convey such person 
 or persons so arrested, with a statement of the cause of the arrest, 
 before a proper magistrate to be dealt with according to law. 
 
 § 823. Village or city may insure normal school 
 property. Each village and city in this state, wherein is 
 located a state normal and training school, may insure and keep 
 insured, the real and personal property of such school against loss 
 or damage by fire, when the state refuses to insure, or keep ade- 
 quately insured, such property. The insurance is to be in the name 
 
156 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 of the state, and in case of loss, any moneys obtained from such in- 
 surance are to be used and disposed of the same as if the state had 
 effected such insurance. The amount of insurance to be carried shall 
 be determined by the municipal authorities of such village or city. 
 
 § 824. Expense of insurance a village or city 
 charge. The amount of money necessary to effect and con- 
 tinue such insurance shall be raised annually by such village or 
 city at the same time, and in the same manner, as the ordinary 
 expenses of the village or city are raised. 
 
 § 825. Deposit of insurance moneys in bank. Where 
 any loss or damage, against which insurance exists, occurs to 
 the real or personal property of any of the normal and training 
 schools of the state, the moneys realized from such insurance 
 shall be deposited by each company in which such property is 
 insured in a bank to be designated by the state comptroller, sub- 
 ject to the check of the local board of managers of such school, 
 countersigned by the state comptroller. Such moneys shall be 
 kept as a separate fund to the credit of the local board of man- 
 agers of such school, and shall be immediately available to be 
 expended under the direction of such local board of managers, 
 subject to the approval of the commissioner of education, to repair 
 or replace, wholly or partially, the real or personal property so 
 damaged or destroyed. 
 
 § 826. Acceptance of grants and bequests author- 
 ized. The local board of managers of any state normal and 
 training school of this state, may accept, for the state, by and with 
 the consent of the commissioner of education the gift, grant, devise 
 or bequest of money or other property, and *to apply the same to 
 any purpose, not inconsistent with the general purposes of such 
 school, which shall be prescribed in the instrument by which such 
 gift, grant, devise or bequest shall be made. 
 
 § 827. Education of Indian youth. The state treas- 
 urer shall pay, on the warrant of the comptroller, on bills ap- 
 proved by the commissioner of education, from the general fund, 
 such sum as may be appropriated for the support and education of 
 Indian youth in the state normal schools. 
 
 § 828. Selection of Indian youth. The selection of 
 such youth shall be made by the commissioner of education, from 
 the several Indian tribes located within this state; and in making 
 such selection due regard shall be had to a just participation in 
 
 * So in orijiinal. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 157 
 
 the privileges of this article by each of the said several tribes, 
 and, if practicable, reference shall also be had to the population 
 of each of said tribes in determining such selection. 
 
 § 829. Age of youth and limit of time for support.. 
 
 Such youth shall not be under sixteen years of age, nor shall any 
 of such youth be supported or educated at said normal schools for 
 a period exceeding three years. 
 
 § 830. Guardians of youth. The local board of each 
 normal school shall be the guardians of such Indian youth, during 
 the period of their connection with the school ; and shall pay their 
 necessary expenses, as provided in section eight hundred and 
 twenty-seven of this article. 
 
 § 831. Indian pupils on equality ivith others. The 
 Indian pupils selected in pursuance of this article, and attending 
 said normal schools, shall enjoy the same privileges, of every kind, 
 as the other pupils attending said schools, including the payment 
 of traveling expenses, not exceeding ten dollars to each pupil. 
 
 § 832. New York state normal college. 1. The state 
 normal school heretofore established at Albany is continued under 
 the name of the 'New York state normal college and the executive 
 committee of said college shall be known as the board of trustees 
 thereof. 
 
 2. The said state normal college shall be as heretofore, under 
 the supervision, management and government of the commissioner 
 of education and the regents of the university. The said com- 
 missioner and regents shall from time to time, make all needful 
 rules and regulations ; fix the number and compensation of teachers 
 and others to be employed therein ; prescribe the examination and 
 the terms and conditions on which pupils shall be received and 
 instructed therein; the number of pupils from the respective 
 counties conforming as nearly as may be to the ratio of population, 
 and provide in all things for the good government and management 
 of the said college. 
 
 § 833. Board of trustees. 1. The board of trustees hav- 
 ing the care, management and government of said college shall 
 consist of five persons of whom the commissioner of education shall 
 be one. Said commissioner shall be president ex officio of said 
 board. The other members of such board shall be appointed by 
 said commissioner subject to the approval of the regents. 
 
 2. In addition to the powers and duties named herein the com- 
 missioner of education and the board of trustees of said state 
 
158 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 normal college shall possess all the powers and duties which the 
 said commissioner and the local boards respectively possess under 
 this article in relation to state normal schools. 
 
 ARTICLE 33 
 
 Fines, Penalties, Forfeitures and Costs 
 
 Section 850. Disposition of fines for benefit of common schools. 
 
 851. Report and payment of fines. 
 
 852. Disposition of fines for benefit of schools of town, 
 
 district or city. 
 
 853. Disposition of fine in case of joint district. 
 
 854. Penalty for falsely claiming to represent commis- 
 
 sioner of education, regents or other school officer. 
 
 855. Forfeiture of amount of moneys lost by neglect. 
 
 856. Forfeiture of amount of penalty where suit is 
 
 neglected. 
 
 857. 'No costs to plaintiffs in certain cases. 
 
 858. Costs, expenses and damages a district charge in 
 
 certain cases. 
 
 859. Payment of costs, charges and expenses by vote of 
 
 district meeting. 
 
 860. Appeal to county judge. 
 
 861. Hearing before county judge. 
 
 862. Duty of trustees to carry out order. 
 
 § 850. Disposition of fines for benefit of common 
 schools. Whenever, by any statute, a penalty or fine is imposed 
 for the benefit of common schools, and not expressly of the common 
 schools of a town or school district, it shall be taken to be for the 
 benefit of the common schools of the county within which the con- 
 viction is had; and the fine or penalty, when paid or collected, 
 shall be paid forthwith into the county treasury, and the treasurer 
 shall credit the same as school moneys of the county, unless the 
 county comprise a city having a special school act, in which case 
 he shall report it to the commissioner of education, who shall 
 apportion it upon the basis of population by the last census, be- 
 tween the city and the residue of the county, and the portion be- 
 longing to the city shall be paid into its treasury. 
 
 § 851. Report and payment of fines. Every district 
 attorney shall report, annually, to the board of supervisors, all 
 
EDUCATION LAW 159 
 
 such fines and penalties imposed in any prosecution conducted 
 by him during the previous year; and all moneys collected oi 
 received by him or by the sheriff, or any other officer, for or on 
 account of such fines or penalties, shall be immediately paid into_ 
 the county treasury, and the receipt of the county treasurer shall 
 be a sufficient and the only voucher for such money. 
 
 § 852. Disposition of fines for benefit of schools 
 of toivn, district or city. Whenever a fine or penalty is 
 inflicted or imposed for the benefit of the common schools of a 
 town or school district, the magistrate, constable or other officer 
 collecting or receiving the same shall forthwith pay the same to the 
 county treasurer of the county in which the schoolhouse is located, 
 who shall credit the same to the town or district for whose benefit 
 it is collected. If the fine or penalty be inflicted or imposed for 
 the benefit of the common schools of a city having a special school 
 act, or of any part or district of a city, it shall be paid into the city 
 treasury. 
 
 § 853. Disposition of fine in case of joint district. 
 Whenever a penalty or fine is imposed upon any school district 
 officer for a violation or omission of official duty, or upon any 
 person for any act or omission within a school district, or touch- 
 ing property or the peace and good order of the district, and such 
 penalty or fine is declared to be for the use or benefit of the 
 common schools of the town or of the county, and such school 
 district lies in two or more towns or counties, the town or county 
 intended by the act shall be taken to be the one in which the 
 schoolhouse, or the schoolhouse longest owned or held by the 
 district is at the time of such violation, act or omission. 
 
 § 854. Penalty for falsely claiming to represent 
 commissioner of education, regents or other school 
 officer. It shall be a misdemeanor for any employee, agent or 
 representative of a firm, company or corporation engaged in 
 selling, publishing or manufacturing papers, periodicals, books, 
 maps, charts, school supplies, apparatus or furniture, or any 
 other person engaged or employed in such business to falsely 
 represent to a board of trustees or board of education of a school 
 district or to a teacher employed in a public school in this state 
 or to a superintendent of schools or other school officer that he 
 is an agent, employee, or representative of the commissioner of 
 education, the state education department, the regents, or of any 
 other school officer. 
 
160 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 855. Forfeiture of amount of moneys lost by 
 neglect. Whenever the share of school moneys or any portion 
 thereof, apportioned to any town or school district, or any money 
 to which a town or school district would have been entitled, shall 
 be lost, in consequence of any wilful neglect of official duty by 
 any school commissioner, town clerk, trustees or clerks of school 
 districts, the officer guilty of such neglect shall forfeit to the 
 town, or school district so losing the same, the full amount of such 
 loss with interest thereon. 
 
 § 856. Forfeiture of amount of penalty "where suit 
 is neglected. Where any penalty for the benefit of a school 
 district, or of the schools of any school district, town, school 
 commissioner district or county, shall be incurred, and the officer, 
 whose duty it is by law to sue for the same, shall wilfully and 
 unreasonably refuse or neglect to sue for the same, such officer 
 shall forfeit the amount of such penalty to the same use, and it 
 shall be the duty of his successor in office tb sue for the same. 
 
 § 857. No costs to plaintiffs in certain cases. 1. In 
 any action against school officers, including supervisors of towns, 
 in respect to their duties and powers under this chapter, for any 
 act performed by virtue of or under the color of their offices, or 
 for any refusal or omission to perform any duty enjoined by 
 law, and which might have been the subject of an appeal to the 
 commissioner of education, no costs shall be allowed to the plain- 
 tiff, in cases where the court shall certify that it appeared on 
 the trial that the defendants acted in good faith. 
 
 2. The provision of subdivision one of this section shall not 
 extend to suits for penalties, nor to suits or proceedings to enforce 
 the decisions of the commissioner of education. 
 
 § 858. Costs, expenses and damages a district 
 charge in certain cases. 1. Whenever the trustees of any 
 school district, or any school district officers, have been or shall 
 be instructed by a resolution adopted at a district meeting to 
 defend any action brought against them, or to bring or defend an 
 action or proceeding touching any district property or claim of the 
 district, or involving its rights or interests, or to continue any 
 such action or defense, all their costs and reasonable expenses, as 
 well as all costs and damages adjudged against them, shall be a 
 district charge and shall be levied by tax upon the district. 
 
 2. If the amount claimed by them be disputed by a district 
 meeting, it shall be adjusted by the county judge of any county 
 in which the district or any part of it is situated. 
 
EDUCATION LAW ^ 161 
 
 § 859. Payment of costs, charges and expenses by 
 vote of district meeting. 1. Whenever such trustees or 
 any school district officer shall have brought or defended any 
 such action or proceeding, vi^ithout any such resolution of the dis-. 
 trict meeting, and after the final determination of such suit or 
 proceeding, shall present to any regular meeting of the inhabi- 
 tants of the district, an account, in writing, of all costs, charges 
 and expenses paid by him or them, with the items thereof, and 
 verified by his or their oath or affirmation, and a majority of the 
 voters at such meeting shall so direct, it shall be the duty of the 
 trustees to cause the same to be assessed upon and collected of 
 the taxable property of said district, in the same manner as other 
 taxes are by law assessed and collected; and, when so collected, 
 the same shall be paid over, by an order upon the collector or 
 treasurer to the officers entitled to receive the same. 
 
 2. The provision of subdivision one of this section shall not 
 extend to suits for penalties, nor to suits or proceedings to en- 
 force the decisions of the commissioner of education. 
 
 § 860. Appeal to county judge. 1. Whenever any 
 officer mentioned in section eight hundred and fifty-nine shall 
 have complied with the provisions of such section and the meet- 
 ing shall have refused to direct the trustees to levy a tax for 
 the payment of the costs, charges and expenses claimed by him, 
 such officer shall immediately give notice to such meeting that 
 he will appeal to the county judge of the county in which such 
 district is located from the refusal of said meeting to vote a tax 
 for the ])ayment of such claim. 
 
 2. Within ten days after the refusal of the meeting to allow 
 such claim such officer shall serve upon the clerk of the district 
 or, if there be no district clerk, upon the town clerk of the town 
 an itemized statement of his claim, duly verified, together with a 
 written notice that on a certain day named therein such officer 
 will present such claim to the county judge for settlement. 
 
 3. The clerk upon whom such notice and claim are served shall 
 file the same in his office and such notice and claim shall be sub- 
 ject to the inspection of any of the inhabitants of the school 
 district. 
 
 4. The meeting at which notice of the intention of such officer 
 to appeal to the county judge is given or any subsequent district 
 meeting, duly called, may appoint one or more of the legal voters 
 of such district or authorize the trustee to employ counsel to 
 
162 :N^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 appear before the county judge at the time fixed for a hearing 
 en such claim and protect the rights of the district upon such 
 settlement. The expenses incurred in the performance of this 
 duty shall be a charge upon the district and the trustees upon a 
 presentation of the account of such expenses with proper vouchers 
 therefor shall pay the same from any available funds in the 
 district or include the necessary amount in a tax-list to be levied 
 upon the district. 
 
 5. A refusal of the trustees to levy such tax for the payment of 
 such expenses shall be subject to an appeal to the commissioner 
 of education. 
 
 § 861. Hearing before county judge. 1. Upon the 
 appearance of the parties, or upon due proof of service of the 
 notice and copy of the account, the county judge shall examine 
 into the matter and hear the proofs and allegations presented by 
 the parties, and decide by order whether or not the account, or any 
 and what portion thereof, ought justly to be charged upon the dis- 
 trict, with costs and disbursements to such officer. 
 
 2. Such costs and disbursements shall not exceed the sum of 
 thirty dollars, and the decision of the county judge shall be final; 
 but no portion of such account shall be so ordered to be paid which 
 shall appear to such judge to have arisen from the wilful neglect 
 or misconduct of the claimant. The account with the oath of the 
 party claiming the same shall be prima facie evidence of the cor- 
 rectness thereof. The county judge may adjourn the hearing from 
 time to time, as justice shall seem to require. 
 
 § 862. Duty of trustees to carry out order. It shall 
 be the duty of the trustees of any school district, within thirty 
 days after service upon them or upon the district clerk of a copy 
 of an order of the county judge and notice thereof to them or any 
 two of them, to cause the same to be entered at length in the book 
 of record of said district, and to raise the amount thereby directed 
 to be paid, by a tax upon the district, to be by them assessed and 
 levied in the same manner as a tax voted by the district. 
 
 ARTICLE 34 
 
 Appeals or Petitions to Commissioner of 
 
 Education 
 
 Section 880. Appeals or petitions to commissioner of education 
 and other proceedings. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 163 
 
 Section 881. Powers of commissioner upon appeals *of petitions, 
 et cetera. 
 882. Filed papers and copies thereof. 
 
 § 880. Appeals or petitions to commissioner o7~ 
 education and other proceedings. Any person conceiv- 
 ing himself aggrieved may appeal or petition to the commissioner 
 of education who is hereby authorized and required to examine 
 and decide the same ; and the commissioner of education may also 
 institute such proceedings as are authorized under this act and 
 his decision in such appeals, petitions or proceedings shall be 
 final and conclusive, and not subject to question or review in any 
 place or court whatever. Such appeal or petition may be made in 
 consequence of any action: 
 
 1. By any school district meeting; 
 
 2. By any school commissioner and other ofBcers, in forming or 
 altering, or refusing to form or alter, any school district, or in 
 refusing to apportion any school moneys to any such district or 
 part of a district ; 
 
 3. By a supervisor in refusing to pay any such moneys to any 
 such district; 
 
 4. By the trustees of any district in paying or refusing to pay 
 any teacher, or in refusing to admit any scholar gratuitously into 
 any school or on any other matter upon which they may or do 
 officially act. 
 
 5. By any trustees of any school library concerning such library, 
 or the books therein, or the use of such books ; 
 
 6. By any district meeting in relation to the library or any 
 other matter pertaining to the affairs of the district. 
 
 7. By any other official act or decision of any officer, school 
 authorities, or meetings concerning any other matter under this 
 chapter, or any other act pertaining to common schools. 
 
 § 881. PoTirers of commissioner upon appeals or 
 petitions, et cetera. The commissioner, in reference to such 
 appeals, petitions or proceedings, shall have power: 
 
 1. To regulate the practice therein. 
 
 2. To determine whether an appeal shall stay proceedings, and 
 prescribe conditions upon which it shall or shall not so operate. 
 
 3. To decline to entertain or to dismiss an appeal, when it shall 
 appear that the appellant has no interest in the matter appealed 
 
 • So in original. 
 ft 
 
164: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 from, and that the matter is not a matter of public concern, and 
 that the person injuriously affected by the act or decision appealed 
 from is incompetent to appeal. 
 
 4. To make all orders, by directing the levying of taxes or other- 
 wise, which may, in his judgment, be proper or necessary to give 
 effect to his decision. 
 
 § 882. Filed papers and copies thereof. The com- 
 missioner shall file, arrange in the order of time, and keep in 
 his office, so that they may be at all times accessible, all the pro- 
 ceedings on every appeal or petition to him under this article, in- 
 cluding his decision and orders founded thereon ; and copies of all 
 such papers and proceedings, authenticated by him under his seal 
 of office, shall be evidence equally with the originals. 
 
 ARTICLE 35 
 Orphan Schools 
 
 Section 900. Schools of orphan asylums. 
 
 901. Rules subject to supervision of school authorities. 
 
 902. Annual reports. 
 
 § 900. Schools of orphan asylums. The schools of the 
 several incorporated orphan asylum societies in this state, other 
 than those in the city of ISTew York, shall participate in the distri- 
 bution of the school moneys, in the same manner and to the same 
 extent, in proportion to the number of children educated therein, 
 as the common schools in their respective cities or districts. The 
 schools of said societies shall be subject to the rules and regula- 
 tions of the common schools in such cities or districts, but shall 
 remain under the immediate management and direction of the 
 said societies as heretofore. 
 
 § 901. Rules subject to supervision of school au- 
 thorities. Every such asylum may make all laws, rules and 
 regulations relative to the education and discipline of their in- 
 mates, as a majority of the trustees thereof at their annual meet- 
 ings shall think fit and proper; but such laws, rules and regula- 
 tions shall not be repugnant to the laws of this state in its policy 
 in reference to public and primary instruction, and shall be sub- 
 ject at all times to the inspection and supervision of the several 
 educational officers of the different villages, towns or cities in 
 which such orphan asylums may be located. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 165 
 
 § 902. Annual reports. An annual report shall be made 
 and sworn to by the presiding officer of any such asylum, stating 
 the number of inmates thereof, the time spent by them in pur- 
 suing studies therein, in what studies they shall have been in- 
 structed, and the manner in which the public funds distributed~to~ 
 it shall have been expended, which shall be filed with the commis- 
 sioner of education. 
 
 ARTICLE 36 
 Schools for Colored Children 
 
 Section 920. l^o exclusion on account of race or color. 
 
 921. Provision for separate schools. 
 
 922. Only qualified teachers shall be employed. 
 
 § 920. No exclusion on account of race or color. 
 
 N'o person shall be refused admission into or be excluded from 
 any public school in the state of N^ew York on account of race 
 or color. 
 
 § 921. Provision for separate schools. The trustees 
 of any union school district, or of any school district organized 
 under a special act, may, when the inhabitants of any district 
 shall so determine, by resolution, at any annual meeting, or at a 
 special meeting called for that purpose, establish separate schools 
 for the instruction of colored children resident therein, and such 
 school shall be supported in the same manner and receive the same 
 care, and be furnished with the same facilities for instruction, 
 as the white schools therein. 
 
 § 922. Only qualified teachers shall be employed. 
 Ko person shall be employed to teach any of such schools who 
 shall not, at the time of such employment, be legally qualified. 
 
 ARTICLE 37 
 Indian Schools 
 
 Section 940. Duties of commissioner regarding Indian children. 
 
 941. Co-operation of Indians shall be sought. 
 
 942. Eights of Indians and of state shall be guarded. 
 
 943. Indian children not entitled to free tuition in pub- 
 
 lic schools. 
 
 944. Employment of teachers, et cetera. 
 
166 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section 945. Required attendance upon instruction. 
 
 946. Duties of persons in parental relation to Indian 
 
 children. 
 
 947. Penalty for failure to send children to school. 
 
 948. Persons employing Indian children unlawfully to 
 
 be fined. 
 
 949. Teachers' record of attendance. 
 
 950. Attendance officers. 
 
 951. Arrest of truants. 
 
 952. Commissioner of education to contract for keeping 
 
 of truants. 
 
 953. Enumeration. 
 
 954. Payment of services herein required. 
 
 § 940. Duties of commissioner regarding Indian 
 children. The commissioner of education shall establish schools 
 in such places and maintain such courses of instruction therein 
 for the education of the Indian children of the state as he shall 
 deem necessary. He shall have general supervision of such edu- 
 cation and shall cause to be erected where necessary convenient 
 and suitable school buildings for the accommodation of all the 
 Indian children of the state. He shall also enforce the statutes 
 relating to the education of the Indians and pay from the funds 
 set apart for Indian education any necessary expense incurred 
 thereby. 
 
 § 941. Co-operation of Indians sliall be sought. In 
 the discharge of the duties imposed by this article, the said com- 
 missioner shall endeavor to secure the co-operation of all the 
 several bands of Indians, and for this purpose, shall visit, by 
 himself or his authorized representative, all the reservations where 
 they reside, lay the matter before them in public assembly, invit- 
 ing them to assist either by appropriating their public moneys to 
 this object, or by setting apart lands and erecting suitable build- 
 ings, or by furnishing labor or materials for such buildings, or 
 in any other way which he or they may suggest as most effectual 
 for the promotion of this object. 
 
 § 942. Rights of Indians and of state shall be 
 guarded. In any contract which may be entered into with 
 said Indians, for the use or occupancy of any land for school 
 grounds, sites or buildings, cs^e shall be taken to protect the title 
 of the Indians to their lands, and to reserve to the state the right 
 
EDUCATION LAW 
 
 167 
 
 to remove or otherwise dispose of all improvements made at tlie 
 expense of the state. 
 
 § 943. Indian children not entitled to free tuition 
 in public schools. Indian children residing on a reservation 
 are not entitled to free tuition in districts outside the reservation 
 but may be received into the schools of such districts on the ap- 
 proval of the trustees thereof and the commissioner of education. 
 
 § 944. Employment of teachers, et cetera. The com- 
 missioner of education shall employ all necessary teachers, truant 
 officers and other assistants and employees and fix their salaries 
 as shall be necessary for the proper enforcement of the statutes 
 relating io Indian education. 
 
 § 945. Required attendance upon instruction. 1. 
 Every Indian child between six and sixteen years of age, in 
 proper physical and mental condition to attend school, shall regu- 
 larly attend upon instruction at a school in which at least the 
 common school branches of reading, spelling, writing, arithmetic, 
 English grammar and geography are taught in English, or upon 
 equivalent instruction by a competent teacher elsewhere than at 
 such school as follows : Every Indian child between fourteen and 
 sixteen years of age not regularly and lawfully engaged in any 
 useful employment or service, and every such child between six 
 and fourteen years of age, shall so attend upon instruction as 
 many days annually during the period between the first days of 
 September and the following July as a public school of the com- 
 munity or district of the reservation, in which such child resides, 
 shall be in session during the same period. 
 
 2. If any such child shall so attend upon instruction elsewhere 
 than at the public school, such instruction shall be at least equiva- 
 lent to the instruction given to Indian children of like age at a 
 school of the community or district in which such child shall re- 
 side; and such attendance shall be for at least as many hours of 
 each day thereof, as are required of children of like age at public 
 schools and no greater total amount of holidays and vacations 
 shall be deducted from such attendance during the period such 
 attendance is required than is allowed in public schools for chil- 
 dren of like age. Occasional absences. from such attendance, not 
 amounting to irregular attendance in a fair meaning of the term, 
 shall be allowed upon such excuses only as would be allowed in 
 like cases by the general rules and practices of public schools. 
 
168 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 946. Duties of persons in parental relation to 
 Indian children. Any person in parental relation to an 
 Indian child between six and sixteen years of age in proper 
 physical and mental condition to attend school, shall cause such 
 child to attend upon instruction as provided in this article. 
 
 § 947. Penalty for failure to send children to 
 school. A violation of this section shall be a misdemeanor, 
 punishable for the first offense by a fine not exceeding five dollars 
 or by imprisonment not exceeding ten days, and for each subse- 
 quent offense, by a fine not exceeding twenty-five dollars, or by 
 imprisonment not exceeding thirty days, or by both such fine and 
 imprisonment. Courts of special sessions shall, subject to re- 
 moval, as provided in section fifty-seven and fifty-eight of the 
 code of criminal procedure, have exclusive jurisdiction in the first 
 instance to hear, try and determine charges of violation of this 
 section within their respective jurisdictions. 
 
 § 948. Persons employing Indian children unlaiv- 
 fuUy to be fined. A person, firm, association or corporation 
 shall not employ any Indian child residing on any Indian reser- 
 vation between six and fourteen years of age, in any business 
 or service whatever, during any part of the term during which 
 the school in the community or district in which such child re- 
 sides is in session, or shall not employ any Indian child residing 
 on any reservation between fourteen and sixteen years of age, 
 who does not, at the time of such employment present a consent 
 in writing signed by the principal teacher of the reservation to 
 the effect that such child may be employed, and specifying the 
 nature of the service and the duration of such service or employ- 
 ment. Any person, firm, association or corporation who shall 
 employ any Indian child contrary to the provisions of this section 
 shall for each offense forfeit and pay to the principal teacher of 
 the reservation a penalty of twenty-five dollars, the same, when 
 paid, to be used for the support and maintenance of the schools 
 on said reservation. 
 
 § 949. Teachers' record of attendance. An accurate 
 record of attendance of all Indian children between six and 
 sixteen years of age shall be kept by the teacher of every Indian 
 school, showing each day, by the year, month, day of the month 
 and. day of the week, such attendance, and the number of hours 
 m each day thereof; and each teacher upon whose instruction 
 
EDUCATIOJT LAW 169 
 
 such Indian child shall attend elsewhere than at the school in the 
 community or district of the reservation where he resides, shall 
 keep a like record of such attendance. Such records shall at all 
 times be open to the principal teacher of the reservation andj^ts_ 
 attendance officers who may inspect and copy the same and any 
 teacher shall answer all lawful inquiries made by them. A wilful 
 neglect or refusal to keep such a record or answer such inquiries 
 shall be a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 950. Attendance officers. The principal teacher of the 
 Indian schools on each reservation shall supervise the enforce- 
 ment of this article within said reservation and shall appoint 
 subject to the approval of the commissioner of education and re- 
 move at pleasure such number of attendance officers as the com- 
 missioner of education shall deem necessary, whose jurisdictions 
 shall extend over all school districts on the reservation for which 
 they shall be appointed. And said principal teachers are also 
 vested with the same power and authority as the attendance 
 officers appointed by them. 
 
 § 951. Arrest of truants. Any attendance officer may 
 arrest without warrant anywhere within the state, any Indian 
 child between six and sixteen years of age, found away from his 
 home and who is then a truant from instruction upon which he 
 is lawfully required to attend within the districts of which such 
 attendance officer has jurisdiction. He shall forthwith deliver a 
 child so arrested either to the person in parental relation to the 
 child, or to the teacher of the school from which said child is 
 then a- truant, or in case of habitual or incorrigible truants, shall 
 bring them before a magistrate for commitment to a truant school, 
 as provided in the next section. 
 
 § 952. Commissioner of education to contract for 
 keeping of truants. The commissioner of education may 
 contract with any city or district having a truant school, for the_ 
 confinement, maintenance and instruction therein of any child 
 who shall be committed to such school as a truant by any magis- 
 trate before whom such child shall have been examined upon the 
 charge of truancy. The costs and expenses attending the support 
 and maintenance of any truant, as herein provided, shall be 
 audited by the commissioner of education and paid in the same 
 manner as the expenses of supporting and maintaining the schools 
 on said reservation are paid. 
 
170 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 953. Enumeration. The commissioner of education 
 shall cause to be taken a complete enumeration of the Indian in- 
 habitants on said reservation; such enumeration to be taken 
 between the first day of May and the first day of August which 
 shall be tabulated showing the name and age of each Indian per- 
 son on said reservations and in what school district each of such 
 persons resides. The commissioner of education may require any 
 of the teachers employed in the schools on such Indian reservations 
 or other persons to take such enumeration. 
 
 § 954. Payment of services herein required. Each 
 of the attendance officers herein provided for shall receive such 
 sum per day as shall be fixed by the commissioner of education 
 for each day necessarily employed in enforcing this article; and 
 each person employed in taking and tabulating the census of the 
 residents of said reservations, shall be entitled to receive such 
 compensation as the commissioner of education shall allow. The 
 compensation of truant officers and the expense in taking the 
 enumeration herein provided for shall be audited by the commis- 
 sioner of education and paid in the same manner as other accounts 
 for the support and maintenance of the schools on said reservations 
 are now paid. 
 
 ARTICLE 38 
 Instruction of Deaf-Mutes and of the Blind 
 
 Section 970. Duties of commissioner of education. 
 
 971. Persons eligible as pupils to' institutions for in- 
 
 struction of the deaf and dumb. 
 
 972. Persons eligible as pupils to institutions for instruc- 
 
 tion of the blind. 
 
 973. Support and term of instruction of state pupils. 
 
 974. Regulations for admission. 
 
 975. Clothing for state pupils. 
 
 976. Employment of reader for blind students. 
 
 977. Indigent deaf-mute children. 
 
 978. Deaf-mute childreij improperly cared for. 
 
 979. Maintenance of children. 
 
 980. Payment of expenses of tuition and maintenance. 
 
 § 970. Duties of commissioner of education. All the 
 
 institutions for the instruction of the deaf and dumb, and blind, 
 and all other similar institutions, incorporated under the laws of 
 
EDUCATION LAW 171 
 
 the state, or that may be hereafter incorporated, shall be subject 
 to the visitation of the commissioner of education, and it shall be 
 his duty: 
 
 1. To inquire into the organization of the several schools and 
 the method of instruction employed therein. 
 
 2. To prescribe courses of study and methods of instruction that 
 will meet the requirements of the state for the education of state 
 pupils. 
 
 3. To make appointments of pupils to the several schools, to 
 transfer such pupils from one school to another as circumstances 
 may require; to cancel appointments for sufficient reason. 
 
 4. To ascertain by a comparison with other similar institu- 
 tions, whether any improvements in instruction and discipline can 
 be made ; and for that purpose to appoint from time to time, suit- 
 able persons to visit the schools. 
 
 5. To suggest to the directors of such institutions and to the 
 legislature such improvements as he shall judge expedient. 
 
 6. To make an annual report to the legislature on all the 
 matters before enumerated, and particularly as to the condition of 
 the schools, the improvement of the pupils, and their treatment in 
 respect to board and lodging. 
 
 § 971. Persons eligible as pupils to institutions 
 for instruction of the deaf and dumb. All deaf and 
 dumb persons resident in this state and upwards of twelve years 
 of age, who shall have been resident in this state for one year im- 
 mediately preceding the application, or, if a minor, whose parent 
 or parents, or, if an orphan, whose nearest friend shall have been 
 resident in this state for one year immediately preceding the ap- 
 plication, shall be eligible to appointment as state pupils in one of 
 the deaf and dumb institutions of this state, authorized by law to 
 receive such pupils.. 
 
 § 972. Persons eligible as pupils to institutions for 
 instruction of the blind. All blind persons of suitable age 
 and possessing the other qualifications prescribed for deaf and 
 dumb state pupils under section nine hundred and twenty-one 
 shall be eligible to appointment to the institutions for the blind 
 in the city of New York, or in the village of Batavia, as follows : 
 
 1. All such as are residents of the counties of New York, 
 Kings, Queens, Suffolk, Nassau, Richmond, Westchester, Putnam 
 and Rockland, shall be sent to the institution for the blind in the 
 city of New York. 
 
172 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIOT^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 2. All such wlio reside in otlier counties of the state shall be 
 sent to the institution for the blind in the village of Batavia. 
 Blind babies and children, not residing in the city of N^ew York, 
 of the age of twelve years and under and possessing the other 
 qualifications prescribed in the preceding section of this chapter 
 and requiring kindergarten training and instruction shall be eligi- 
 ble to appointment as state pupils in one of the homes for blind 
 babies and children maintained by the International Sunshine 
 Society, Brooklyn Home for the Blind, Crippled and Defective 
 Children and the Catholic Institute for the Blind and any such 
 child may be transferred to the institution for the blind in the 
 city of ISTew York or village of Batavia, to which he or she would 
 otherwise be eligible to appointment, upon arriving at suitable 
 age, in the discretion of the commissioner of education. All 
 such appointments, with the exception of those to the 
 institution for the blind in the village of Batavia, shall be 
 made by the commissioner of education upon application, and 
 in those cases in which, in his opinion, the parents or guardians 
 of the applicants are able to bear a portion of the expense, he 
 may impose conditions whereby some proportionate share of ex- 
 pense of educating and clothing such pupils shall be paid by 
 their parents, guardians or friends, in such manner and at such 
 times as the commissioner shall designate, which conditions he 
 may modify from time to time, if he shall deem it expedient to 
 do so. [Amended hy L. 1912, cl. 60.] 
 
 § 973. Support and term of instruction of state 
 pupils. 1. Each pupil so received into any of the institutions 
 aforesaid shall be provided with board, lodging and tuition ; and 
 the directors of the institution shall receive an annual appro- 
 priation for each pupil so provided for, in quarterly payments, to 
 be paid by the treasurer of the state, on the warrant of the comp- 
 troller, to the treasurer of said institution, on his presenting a bill 
 showing the actual time and number of such pupils attending the 
 institution, which bill shall be signed by the president and secre- 
 tary of the institution, and verified by their oaths. 
 
 2. The regular term of instruction for such pupils, upwards 
 of twelve years of age, shall be five years; but the commissioner 
 of education may, in his discretion, extend the term of any pupil 
 for a period not exceeding three years. The term of kindergarten 
 training and instruction for babies and children of the age of 
 twelve years and under received into any such institution under 
 the provisions of section nine hundred and seventy-two of this 
 
KDUCATION LAW 173 
 
 chapter, shall be at the discretion of the commissioner of educa- 
 tion and shall be paid for at the rate of one dollar per day. The 
 pupils provided for in this section and sections nine hundred and 
 seventy-one and nine hundred and seventy-two of this article shall 
 be desi^ated state pupils; and all the existing provisions of law- 
 applicable to state pupils now in said institutions shall apply to 
 pupils herein provided for. [8uhd. amended hy L. 1912, ch, 
 60.] 
 
 § 974. Regulations for admission. The commissioner 
 of education may make such regulations and give such directions 
 to parents and guardians, in relation to the admission of pupils 
 into either of the above-named institutions, as will prevent pupils 
 entering the same at irregular periods. 
 
 § 975. Clothing for state pupils. 1. The supervisors of 
 any county in this state from which county state pupils may be 
 hereafter appointed to any institution for the instruction of the 
 deaf and dumb, whose parents or guardians are unable to furnish 
 them with suitable clothing, are hereby authorized and required 
 to raise in each year for each such pupil from said county, the 
 Rum of thirty dollars. 
 
 2. The supervisors of any county in this state from which state 
 pupils shall be sent to and received in the IN'ew York institution 
 for the blind, whose parents or guardians shall, in the opinion of 
 the commissioner of education, be unable to furnish them with 
 suitable clothing are hereby authorized and directed, in every year 
 while such pupils are in said institution, to raise and appropriate 
 thirty dollars for each of said pupils, and to pay the sum so raised 
 to the said institution, to be by it applied to furnishing such 
 pupils with suitable clothing while in said institution. 
 
 3. If in any case all or any of said moneys are not expended 
 before the expiration of the periods of appointment of such pupils, 
 then the unexpended residue shall go into the general clothing 
 fund of the said institution, to be by it devoted to furnishing 
 state pupils with suitable clothing. 
 
 4. If said sums shall not be paid to the said institution within 
 six months after the annual meeting of the supervisors of any of 
 said counties, the sums so unpaid shall bear interest at the rate of 
 seven per centum per annum, from the expiration of said six 
 months until the same be paid. 
 
 5. The supervisors of any county in this state from whose 
 pauper institutions pupils shall be sent to the said institution for 
 
174: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 the blind, shall raise, appropriate and pay to the order of the 
 comptroller of the state, towards the expense of educating and 
 clothing such pupils, a sum equal to that which the county would 
 have to pay to support the pupils as paupers at home. This sub- 
 division does not apply to the counties of E"ew York, Kings, 
 Queens, ISTassau and Suffolk. 
 
 6. The supervisors, or officers corresponding thereto, of the 
 counties of New York, Kings, Queens, ^N'assau and Suffolk, from 
 which state pupils shall be sent to and received in the l^ew York 
 institution for the blind, whose parents or guardians shall, in the 
 opinion of the commissioner of education, be unable to furnish 
 them with suitable clothing, are hereby authorized and directed, 
 in every year while such pupils are in said institution, to raise 
 and appropriate fifty dollars for each of said pupils from said coun- 
 ties, respectively, and to pay the sum so raised to the said institu- 
 tion, to be by it applied to furnishing such pupils with suitable 
 clothing while in said institution. 
 
 7. If in any year hereafter there shall be any surplus of the 
 amount above required to be paid yearly by the said counties for 
 clothing for pupils from said counties, respectively, then such 
 surplus shall be deducted pro rata the ensuing year from the 
 amount above required to be paid by the said counties respectively. 
 
 § 976. Employment of reader for blind students. 
 1. Whenever a blind person, who is a citizen of this state and a 
 pupil in actual attendance at a college, university, technical or 
 professional school located in this state and authorized by law to 
 grant degrees, other than an institution established for the regular 
 instruction of the blind, shall be designated by the trustees thereof 
 as a fit person to receive the aid hereinafter provided for, there 
 shall be paid by the state for the use of such pupil the sum of 
 three hundred dollars per annum with which to employ persons 
 to read to such pupil from text-books and pamphlets used by such 
 pupil in his studies at such college, university or school. 
 
 2. Such moneys shall be paid annually, after the beginning of 
 the school year of such institution, by the treasurer of the state on 
 the warrant of the comptroller, to the treasurer of such institu- 
 tion, on his presenting an account showing the actual number of 
 blind pupils matriculated and attending the institution, which 
 account shall be verified by the president of the institution and 
 accompanied by his certificate that the trustees have recommended 
 the pupils named in said account as hereinbefore provided. 
 
EDUCATIOIS' LAW 176 
 
 3. The trustees of any of the said institutions shall recommend 
 no blind person, who is not regularly matriculated, and who is not 
 in good and regular standing, and who is not working for a degree 
 from the institution in which he is matriculated; and no blind 
 person shall be recommended, who is no't doing the work regularly 
 prescribed by the institution for the degree for which he is a can- 
 didate. The moneys so paid to any such institution shall be dis- 
 bursed for the purposes aforesaid by and under the direction of its 
 board of trustees. 
 
 § 977. Indigent deaf-mute children. Whenever a 
 deaf-mute child under the age of twelve years shall become a 
 charge for its maintenance on any of the towns or counties of this 
 state, or shall be liable to become such charge, it shall be the duty 
 of the overseers of the poor of such town or of the board of super- 
 visors of such county to place such child in one of the institutions 
 enumerated in the next section. 
 
 § 978. Deaf-mute children improperly cared for. 
 Upon the application of any parent, guardian or friend of a deaf- 
 mute child, within this state, over the age of five years and under 
 the age of twelve years, the overseer of the poor or the supervisor 
 of the town where such child may be, shall place such child in one 
 of the institutions authorized by the laws of eighteen hundred and 
 ninety-two, chapter thirty-six, to receive such pupils, as 
 follows : 
 
 1. The 'New York institution for the deaf and dumb ; or, 
 
 2. The institution for the improved instruction of deaf- 
 mutes; or, 
 
 3. The Le Couteulx Saint Mary's institution for the improved 
 instruction of deaf-mutes in the city of Buffalo; or, 
 
 4. The Central New York institution for deaf-mutes in the city 
 of Rome; or, 
 
 5. The Albany home school for the oral instruction of the deaf 
 at Albany; or, 
 
 6. To any other institution in the state for the education of 
 deaf-mutes as to which the state board of charities shall have 
 filed with the commissioner of education a certificate to the effect 
 that said institution has been duly organized and is prepared for 
 the reception and instruction of such pupils. 
 
 § 979. Maintenance of children. The children placed 
 in said institutions, in pursuance of the last two sections, shall 
 be maintained therein at the expense of the county from whence 
 they came, provided that such expense shall not exceed three hun- 
 
17G 2iEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 dred and twenty-five dollars each per year, until they attain the 
 age of twelve years, unless the directors of the institution to which 
 a child has been sent shall find that snch child is not a proper 
 subject to remain in said institution. [Thus aynended hy L. 1910, 
 ch. 322, in effect May 18, 1910.] 
 
 § 980. Payment of expenses of tuition and main- 
 tenance. The expenses for the board, tuition and clothing for 
 such deaf-mute children, placed as aforesaid in said institutions, 
 not exceeding the amount of three hundred and twenty-five dollars 
 per year, above allowed, shall be raised and collected as are other 
 expenses of the county from which such children shall be received ; 
 and the bills therefor, properly authenticated by the principal or 
 one of the officers of the institution, shall be paid to said institu- 
 tion by the said county ; and its county treasurer or chamberlain, 
 as the case may be, is hereby directed to pay the same on presen- 
 tation, so that the amount thereof may be borne by the proper 
 county. [Thus ame^ided hy L, 1910, ch, 322, in effect May 
 18, 1910.] 
 
 ARTICLE 39 
 New York State School for the Blind 
 
 Section 990. Change of name. 
 
 991. Eequisites for admission. 
 
 992. Applicants from without the state. 
 
 993. Applications for admission. 
 
 994. Object of institution. 
 
 995. Appointment and terms of trustees. 
 
 996. Filling vacancies. 
 
 997. Trustees entitled to mileage ; disabilities. 
 
 998. General powers of trustees. 
 
 999. Officers, committees and seal. 
 
 1000. Secretary. 
 
 1001. Treasurer's duties and bond. 
 
 1002. Appointment of superintendent, instructors and 
 
 assistants. 
 
 1003. Purchase of equipment. 
 
 1004. Duty to provide clothing and pay traveling ex- 
 
 penses. 
 
 1005. Charges against county. 
 
 1006. Accounts against counties and payment thereof. 
 lOOT. Reimbursement of counties. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 177 
 
 Section 1008. Entitled to publications and may receive bequests 
 and donations. 
 
 1009. Records and annual reports. 
 
 1010. Payments by state treasurer. 
 
 1011. Drafts upon state treasury. ~ 
 
 1012. Consent of trustees to construction of sewers. 
 
 § 990. Change of name. The New York state institution 
 for the blind as the same was authorized to be established by chap- 
 ter five hundred and eighty-seven of the laws of eighteen hundred 
 and sixty-five and the acts supplemental thereto and renamed the 
 " "New York state school for the blind " by laws of eighteen hun- 
 dred and ninety-five, chapter ^ve hundred sixty-three, shall con- 
 tinue to be known and designated as the " Xew York state school 
 for the blind." 
 
 § 991. Requisites for admission. All blind persons of 
 suitable age and capacity for instruction, who are legal residents of 
 the state, shall be entitled to the privileges of the New York state 
 school for the blind, without charge, and for such a period of time 
 in each individual case as may be deemed expedient by the board 
 of trustees of said school; provided, that whenever more persons 
 apply for admission at one time than can be properly accommo- 
 dated in the school, the trustees shall so apportion the number re- 
 ceived, but each county may be represented in the ratio of its blind 
 population to the total blind population of the state ; and provided 
 further, that the children of citizens who died in the United States 
 service, or from wounds received therein during the late rebellion, 
 shall take precedence over all others. 
 
 § 992. Applicants from without the state. Blind 
 persons from without the state may be received into the school 
 upon the payment of an adequate sum, fixed by the trustees, for 
 their boarding and instruction ; provided that such applicant shall 
 in no case exclude those from the state of New York. 
 
 § 993. Applications for admission. Applications for 
 admission into the school shall be made to the board of trustees in 
 such manner as they may direct, but the board shall require such 
 application to be accompanied by a certificate from the county 
 judge or county clerk of the county or the supervisor or town clerk 
 of the town, or the mayor of the city where the applicant resides, 
 setting forth that the applicant is a legal resident of the town, 
 county and state claimed as his residence. 
 
178 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 994. Object of institution. The primary object of ilie 
 school shall be, to furnish to the blind children of the state the best 
 known facilities for acquiring a thorough education, and train 
 them in some useful profession or manual art, by means of which 
 they may be enabled to contribute to their own support after leav- 
 ing the school; but it may likewise, through its industrial depart- 
 ment, provide such of them with appropriate employment and 
 boarding accommodations as find themselves unable, after com- 
 pleting their course of instruction and training, to procure these 
 elsewhere for themselves. It shall, however, be in no sense an asy- 
 lum for those who are helpless from age, infirmity or otherwise^ 
 or a hospital for the treatment of blindness. 
 
 § 995. Appointment and terms of trustees. The 
 governor shall continue, each alternate year, to appoint, by and 
 with the consent of the senate, three trustees who shall serve for a 
 term of six years. Two of the board must be residents of the 
 county of Genesee, and a majority must be residents within fifty 
 miles of said school. 
 
 § 996. Filling vacancies. In case of the declination of 
 any member of said board of trustees to act under his appoint- 
 ment, or of the occurrence of any other casual vacancy in the 
 board, the governor shall forthwith appoint some suitable person 
 to fill such vacancy, and the member so appointed shall serve out 
 the term of his predecessor. 
 
 § 997. Trustees entitled to mileage; disabilities. 
 The trustees shall receive no compensation as such, but they may 
 allow themselves mileage, at the same rate as that paid to mem- 
 bers of the legislature, for any distance actually traveled in the 
 service of the school. 'Nor shall any trustee be pecuniarily in- 
 terested in any contract for buildings pertaining to the school, or 
 in furnishing supplies therefor. 
 
 § 998. General powers of trustees. The board of trus- 
 tees shall have charge of all the affairs of the school, with power 
 to make all necessary by-laws and regulations for their govern- 
 ment and the proper management of the school, as well as for the 
 admission of pupils, and to do all else which may be found neces- 
 sary for the advancement of its humane design. 
 
 § 999. Officers, committees and seal. They shall elect 
 from their own number a president and treasurer, together with 
 such standing committees as they may deem necessary, and adopt 
 a common seal for the school. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 179 
 
 § 1000. Secretary. The board of trustees may elect a 
 secretary, Avho shall serve during the pleasure of the boa^rd, and 
 who shall not be a member thereof, and may fill any vacancy in the 
 said office as often as the same shall occur, and may prescribe-Jiis 
 duties and fix his compensation. 
 
 § 1001. Treasurer's duties and bond. 1. The treas- 
 urer shall have the custody of all the funds of the school, and pay 
 out the same only upon properly authenticated orders of the board 
 or executive committee. 
 
 2. Before entering upon the duties of his office, he shall execute 
 and file in the office of the comptroller, a bond with such sureties 
 and in such amount of penalty as the comptroller shall require and 
 approve, conditioned for the faithful discharge of his duties as 
 such treasurer. 
 
 § 1002. Appointment of superintendent, instruct- 
 ors and assistants. The trustees shall have power to appoint 
 a competent and experienced superintendent, who shall be the 
 chief executive officer of the school, together with an efficient corps 
 of instructors and other subordinate officers; prescribe the duties 
 and terms of service of the same; fix and pay their salaries, and 
 for just cause, remove any or all of them from office. They shall 
 likewise employ the requisite number of servants and other as- 
 sistants in the various departments of the school and pay the wages 
 of the same. 
 
 § 1003. Purchase of equipment. They shall purchase 
 all furniture, apparatus and other supplies necessary to the equip- 
 ment and carrying on of the school in the most efficient 
 manner. 
 
 § 1004. Duty to provide clothing and pay traveling 
 expenses. 1. When any blind person shall, upon proper appli- 
 cation, be admitted into the school, it shall be the duty of his 
 parents, guardians or other friends, to suitably provide such per- 
 son with clothing at the time of entrance and during continuance 
 therein, and likewise to defray his traveling expenses to and from 
 the school, at the time of entrance and discharge, as well as at the 
 beginning and close of each session of the school, and at any other 
 time when it shall become necessary to send such person home on 
 account of sickness or other exigency. 
 
 2. Whenever it shall be deemed "necesary by the trustees to 
 
 have such person permanently removed from the school, in accord- 
 
 t— 
 
 * 3o in original. 
 
180 I^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 ance witli the bj-laws and regulations thereof, the same shall be 
 promptly removed upon their order, by his parents, guardians 
 or other friends. 
 
 § 1005. Charges against county. 1. If the friends of 
 any pupil from within the state of 'New York shall fail through 
 neglect or inability to provide the same with proper clothing or 
 with funds to defray his necessary traveling expenses to and from 
 the school, or to remove him therefrom, as required in the preced- 
 ing section, the trustees shall furnish such clothing, pay such travel- 
 ing expenses, or remove such pupil to the care of the overseers 
 of the poor of his township, and charge the cost of the same to 
 the county to which the pupil belongs, provided that the annual 
 amount of such expenditures on account of any one pupil shall 
 not exceed the sum of sixty dollars. 
 
 2. And in case of the death of any pupil at the school, whose 
 remains shall not be removed or funeral expenses borne by the 
 friends thereof, the trustees shall defray the necessary burial ex- 
 penses, and charge the same to his county as aforesaid. 
 
 3. Upon the completion of their course of training in the indus- 
 trial department, the trustees may furnish to such worthy poor 
 pupils as may need it, an outfit of machinery and tools for com- 
 mencing business, at a cost not exceeding seventy-five dollars each, 
 and charge the same to the proper county as aforesaid. 
 
 § 1006. Accounts againi^t counties and payment 
 thereof. On the first day of October in each year, the trustees 
 shall cause to be made out against the respective counties con- 
 cerned, itemized accounts, separate in each case, of the expendi- 
 tures authorized by the preceding section, and forward the same 
 to the board of supervisors chargeable with the account. The board 
 shall thereupon direct the county treasurer to pay the amount 
 so charged to the treasurer of the school for the blind, on or before 
 the first day of March next ensuing. 
 
 § 1007. Reimbursement of counties. The counties 
 against which the said accounts shall be made out as aforesaid, 
 shall cause their respective treasurers, in the name of their re- 
 spective counties,, to collect the same, by legal process, if necessary, 
 from the parents or estates of the pupils who have the ability to 
 pay, on whose account the said expenditures shall have been made; 
 provided that at least five hundred dollars' value of the property 
 of such parents or estate shall be exempt from the payment of th(^ 
 accounts aforesaid. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 181 
 
 § 1008. Entitled to publications and may receive 
 bequests and donations. The school shall be entitled to 
 receive copies of all books and other publications which are dis- 
 tributed gratuitously by the state to township or county libraries,- 
 common schools, academies, colleges and societies. It may also 
 receive in the name of the state, bequests or donations of money or 
 any kind of property, but such money or property shall, in all 
 cases, belong to the state, and be subject to its control; provided 
 that the same shall not be diverted from the particular object for 
 which it shall be bequeathed or donated. 
 
 § 1009. Records and annual reports. The board of 
 trustees shall keep full and complete records of their proceedings, 
 and make an annual report of the same to the legislature, at the 
 commencement of the regular session thereof, strictly accounting 
 in detail for their expenditures, on account of the school, during 
 the preceding fiscal year of the state, setting forth the progress 
 and condition of the several departments of the school, making 
 such suggestions concerning its future management as they may 
 deem essential, and submitting proper estimates of the funds 
 needed for its support, as well as for building and all other 
 purposes. 
 
 § 1010. Payments by state treasurer. The state treas- 
 urer is hereby directed to pay over to the board of trustees, upon 
 the warrant of the comptroller, all moneys which shall hereafter 
 be appropriated on account of the l^ew York state school for the 
 blind; the general appropriations for the current support of the 
 school, to be paid in equal quarterly installments, and specific ap- 
 propriations for building and other purposes, to be paid when 
 needed by the trustees. 
 
 § 1011. Drafts upon state treasury. All drafts upon 
 the state treasury on behalf of the school shall be based upon orders 
 of the board of trustees, signed by the president and secretary of 
 the same, and attested by the common seal of the school. 
 
 § 1012. "^'Consent of trustees to construction of sew- 
 ers. The board of trustees of the ^ew York State School for the 
 Blind shall have power and authority to grant to the village of 
 Batavia a license to lay, construct and maintain as a part of the 
 general sewer system of such village, a sewer or sewers in, through, 
 
 * This section was added to the former Educatioti Law as § 9G2. It ia 
 inserted in its proper place in this article. 
 
182 :NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 under and along the lands of such school in the village of Ba- 
 tavia, upon such conditions as such board may prescribe. [Thus 
 amended hy L. 1910, ch, 53.] 
 
 ARTICLE 40 
 Cornell University 
 
 Section 1030. Cornell university continued. 
 
 1031. Trustees; election of trustees. 
 
 1032. Extent of f ann and grounds ; special constables. 
 
 1033. Objects and powers of the corporation. 
 
 1034. Extent to which property may be held. 
 
 1035. Trustees shall make reports; university subject to 
 
 visitation of regents. 
 
 1036. Restrictions on alienation of property. 
 
 1037. State scholarship in Cornell university. 
 
 1038. 'New York state veterinary college. 
 
 1039. New York state college of agriculture. 
 
 § 1030. Cornell university continued. The corpora- 
 tion known as Cornell university, located at Ithaca, is continued 
 with all the rights, and subject to all the liabilities contained in 
 the act of incorporation, being laws of eighteen hundred and sixty- 
 five, chapter five hundred and eighty-five, as amended. 
 
 § 1031. Trustees; election of trustees. 1. The board 
 of trustees of said Cornell university shall hereafter be made up 
 and constituted as follows: the governor, the lieutenant-governor, 
 the speaker of the house of assembly, the commissioner of educa- 
 tion, the president of the state agricultural society, the commis- 
 sioner of agriculture, the librarian of the Cornell library and the 
 president of the said university, shall be trustees thereof ex-officio, 
 and the eldest lineal male descendant of Ezra Cornell shall be a 
 trustee thereof during his life. To fill the vacancies in the board 
 existing among the elective trustees prior to this enactment, the 
 governor shall appoint five trustees subject to confirmation by the 
 senate, one of whom shall be appointed to serve for one year, one 
 for two years, one for three years, one for four years, and one for 
 five years, the term of office of each of whom shall commence at the 
 beginning of the commencement week next succeeding his appoint- 
 ment. Prior to the expiration of the term of office of the trustee 
 
EDUCATION LAW 183 
 
 appointed for one year as above provided and annually thereafter, 
 the governor shall appoint, subject to confirmation by the senate, 
 one trustee for the term of five years, whose term of office shall be- 
 gin at the expiration of the term of the retiring trustee. In the 
 event of a vacancy occurring among the trustees appointed by ^e~ 
 governor, by death or otherwise, the governor, subject to confirma- 
 tion by the senate, as provided aforesaid, shall appoint a trustee to 
 fill the vacancy for the unexpired term. There shall also be 
 twenty-six elective trustees, fifteen of whom shall be elected by the 
 board of trustees, and ten by the alumni of said university, and one 
 each year by the executive committee of the I^ew York state grange 
 to be elected at the time of the annual meeting of said grange, such 
 trustee so elected to be elected for a term of one year, his term of 
 office to commence at the beginning of the first commencement 
 week subsequent to his election; but at no time shall a majority 
 of the board be of any one religious sect or of no religious sect. 
 
 2. The board of trustees shall elect each year three trustees, and 
 as many more as may be necessary to fill vacancies, among mem- 
 bers elected by them caused by resignation or death. The alumni 
 of said university shall meet annually in Ithaca, on the day before 
 commencement, and at the meeting of the alumni at each annual 
 commencement said alumni shall elect two trustees, and as many 
 more as may be necessary to fill vacancies arising from resignations 
 or deaths among the number previously elected by them. Except 
 as herein otherwise provided the term of office of each elec- 
 tive trustee shall be five years from the annual commencement at 
 which he is elected; but if elected by the board of trustees at a 
 meeting thereof during the academic year, his term shall then be 
 five years from the commencement immediately preceding his elec- 
 tion ; but every trustee shall hold over until his successor is elected 
 or appointed as above provided. [Subd. amended hy L. 1912, 
 ch. 248.] 
 
 3. The election of trustees by the board shall be by ballot, and 
 fifteen ballots shall concur before any one is elected; and twelve 
 shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Who 
 shall be alumni of said university shall be prescribed by its board 
 of trustees. The election of trustees by the alumni shall be by 
 ballot, and shall be conducted in the following manner and under 
 the following- provisions : A register of the signature and address 
 of each of the said alumni of the said university shall be kept by 
 the treasurer of the said university at his business office. Any 
 
I84r NEW YORK STATE EDTJCATIO]^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 ten or more alnimii may file with the treasurer, on or before the 
 first day of April in each year, written nominations of the trustees 
 to be elected by the alumni at the next commencement. Forthwith 
 after such first day of April a list of such candidates shall be 
 mailed by said treasurer to each of the alumni at his address. 
 Such list shall state the vacancies, if any, then existing in the 
 alumni membership of the board of trustees; and the vacancies 
 that will occur by expiration of term at the next ensuing com- 
 mencement. Each alumnus may vote by transmitted ballot for 
 trustees to be elected by the alumni at any commencement, in ac- 
 cordance with such regulations as to the method and time of vot- 
 ing as may be prescribed by the alumni and approved by the 
 trustees of the university or its executive committee. The can- 
 didates to the extent of the number of places to be filled having 
 the highest number of votes upon the first ballot shall be declared 
 elected, provided that each of said candidates has received the 
 votes of at least one-third of all the alumni voting at said elec- 
 tion. Of the alumni trustees thus elected, the two receiving the 
 highest number of votes shall fill the vacancies occurring by expi- 
 ration of term; the others thus elected shall be allotted to fill va- 
 cancies, if any, existing otherwise than by expiration of term; 
 the order of allotment to be in the order of the number of votes 
 cast, the candidate receiving the highest number of votes to be 
 allotted the longer unexpired term ; but if there shall be a failure 
 to fill all or one or more of the vacancies, caused by expiration 
 of term or otherwise, by reason of the fact that one or more can- 
 didates having the highest number of votes as above fail to re- 
 ceive the votes of at least one-third of the alumni voting, then 
 and in that event such vacancies shall be filled by the alumni 
 personally present at said meeting, the election being limited to 
 candidates not elected on the first ballot, if there is a sufficient 
 number thereof, having the highest pluralities, not exceeding 
 two candidates for each place thus to be filled. If any vacancy 
 occur in the alumni membership of the board of trustees, between 
 the last day fixed herein for the filing of nominations with the 
 university treasurer, and the time of the annual meeting of the 
 alumni, herein provided for, then such vacancy shall not be filled 
 for the unexpired term until the next following year, and shall 
 then be filled by nomination and election in the manner herein- 
 before prescribed for the election of alumni trustees. [Amended 
 by L. 1912, ch. 248.] 
 
EDUCATION LAW 185 
 
 § 1032. Extent of farm and grounds; special con- 
 stables. The farm and grounds occupied by said corporation, 
 whereupon its buildings are erected, or shall be erected in such 
 manner and to such extent as the trustees may from time to 
 time direct and provide for, shall consist of not less than two hurF 
 dred acres. For the protection of the grounds, farm buildings 
 and property of the university, the supervisor of the town of 
 Ithaca may appoint, upon the recommendation of the board of 
 trustees of said Cornell university, not more than three suitable 
 persons, as special constables, who shall have and exercise within 
 the boundaries of such university grounds, the powers and duties 
 of constables of towns, and whose compensation shall be regulated 
 and paid by said board of trustees of the university. 
 
 § 1033. Objects and poivers of the corporation. The 
 leading object of said corporation shall be to teach such branches 
 of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanic arts, 
 including military tactics, in order to promote the liberal and 
 practical education of the industrial classes in the several pur- 
 suits and professions in life. But such other branches of science 
 and knowledge may be embraced in the plan of instruction and 
 investigation pertaining to the university as the trustees may 
 deem useful and proper. Said university is authorized to es- 
 tablish faculties, departments and branches and carry on its work 
 at any places in this state and to confer any and all literary, 
 scientific, technical and professional degrees, and in testimony 
 thereof award certificates and diplomas. Persons of every re- 
 ligious denomination, or of no religious denomination, shall be 
 equally eligible to all offices and appointments. 
 
 § 1034. Extent to wbicli property may be held. The 
 said corporatioii may take and hold real and personal property 
 to such an amount as may be or become necessary for the proper 
 conduct and support of the several departments of education here- 
 tofore established or hereafter to be established by its board of 
 trustees, and such property real and personal as has been, or 
 may hereafter be given to said corporation by gift, grant, devise 
 or bequest in trust or otherwise, for the use and proposes per- 
 mitted by its charter, and in eases of trusts so created, the several 
 trust estates shall be kept distinct, and the interest or income 
 shall be faithfully applied to the purposes of such trust, in ac- 
 cordance with the provisions of the act or instrument by which 
 the respective trusts were created. 
 
186 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 1035. Trustees shall make reports; university 
 subject to visitation of regents. The trustees of said uni- 
 versity shall make all the reports and perform such other acts 
 as may be necessary to conform to the act of congress entitled 
 "An act donating public lands to the several states and territories 
 which may provide colleges for the benefit of agriculture and the 
 mechanic arts '^ approved July second, eighteen hundred and 
 sixty- two. The said university shall be subject to visitation of 
 the regents of the university of the state of 'New York. 
 
 § 1036. Restrictions on alienation of property. The 
 said university grounds, farm, work-shops, fixtures, machinery, 
 apparatus, cabinets and library, shall not be incumbered, aliened 
 or otherwise disposed of by the said trustees, or by any other 
 person, except on terms such as the legislature of the state of 
 New York shall have approved, and any act of the said trustees, 
 or that of any other person which shall have that effect, shall be 
 void. 
 
 § 1037. State scholarships in Cornell university. 
 The several departments of study in Cornell university shall be 
 open to applicants for admission thereto at the lowest rates of 
 expense consistent with its welfare and efficiency, and without 
 distinction as to rank, class, previous occupation or locality. But, 
 with a view to equalize its advantages to all parts of the state, 
 the institution shall receive students to the number of one each 
 year from each assembly district in this state, to be selected as 
 hereinafter provided, and shall give them instruction in any or in 
 all the prescribed branches of study in any department of said 
 institution, free of any tuition fee or of any incidental charges to 
 be paid to said university, unless such incidental charges shall have 
 been made to compensate for materials consumed by said students 
 or for damages needlessly or purposely done by them to the prop- 
 erty of said university. The said free instruction shall, moreover, 
 be accorded to said students in consideration of their superior abil- 
 ity, and as a reward for superior scholarship in the academies and 
 public schools of this state. Said students shall be selected as the 
 legislature may from time to time direct, and until otherwise or- 
 dered as follows: 
 
 1. A competitive examination, under the direction of the educa- 
 tion department, shall be held at the county court-house in each 
 county of the state, upon the first Saturday in June, in each year, 
 by the city superintendents and the school commissioners of the 
 county. 
 
KDUCATTON LAW 187 
 
 2. None but pupils of at least sixteen years of age and of six 
 months' standing in the common schools or academies of the state, 
 during the year immediately preceding the examination, shall be 
 eligible. 
 
 8. Such examination shall be upon subjects designated by the 
 president of the university and upon question papers prepared 
 under the direction of the commissioner of education. 
 
 4. The city superintendents and school commissioners of each 
 county shall immediately after the close of the examination for- 
 ward to the commissioner of education all answer papers submitted 
 by candidates in such examination, all statements of candidates 
 and a report of the names of candidates in such form as the com- 
 missioner of education shall require. 
 
 5. In case any candidate who may become entitled to a scholar- 
 ship shall fail to claim the same, or shall fail to pass the entrance 
 examination at such university, or shall die, resign, absent him- 
 self without leave, be expelled or, for any other reason, shall 
 abandon his right to or vacate such scholarship either before or 
 after entering thereupon, then the candidate certified to be next 
 entitled in the same county shall become entitled to the same. In 
 case any scholarship belonging to any county shall not be claimed 
 by any candidate resident in that county, the commissioner of edu- 
 cation may fill the same by appointing thereto some candidate first 
 entitled to a vacancy in some other county. In any such case, the 
 president of the university shall at once notify the commissioner 
 of education and that officer shall immediately notify the candi- 
 date next entitled to the vacant scholarship of his right to the 
 same 
 
 6. Any state student who shall make it appear to the satisfac- 
 tion of the president of the -university that he requires leave of 
 absence, for the purpose of earning funds with which to defray 
 his living expenses '^which in attendance, may, in the discretion of 
 the president, be granted such leave of absence, and may be al- 
 lowed a period not exceeding six years from the commencement 
 thereof for the completion of his course at said university. 
 
 7. In certifying the qualifications of the candidates, prefer- 
 ence shall be given, where other qualifications are equal, to the 
 children of those who have died in the military or naval service 
 of the United States. 
 
 8. Notices of the time and place of the examinations shall be 
 given in all the schools having pupils eligible thereto, prior to 
 
 * Sq in original. 
 
188 25EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 the first day of January in each year, and shall be published once 
 a week, for three weeks, in at least two newspapers in each county 
 immediately prior to the holding of such examinations. The cost 
 of publishing such notices and the necessary expenses of such ex- 
 amination shall be a charge upon each county, respectively, and 
 shall be audited and paid by the board of supervisors thereof. 
 
 9. The commissioner of education shall attend to the giving and 
 publishing of the notices hereinbefore provided for. He may, in 
 his discretion, direct that the examination in any county may be 
 held at some other time and place than that above specified, in 
 which case it shall be held as directed by him. He shall keep full 
 records in his department of all candidates attending such exam- 
 inations and shall notify candidates of their rights under this chap- 
 ter. He shall determine any controversies which may arise under 
 the provisions of this chapter. He is hereby charged with the gen- 
 eral supervision and direction of all matters in connection with 
 the filling of such scholarships. Students enjoying the privileges of 
 free scholarships shall, in common with the other students of said 
 university, be subject to all the examinations, rules and require- 
 ments of the board of trustees or faculty of said university, except 
 as herein provided. 
 
 § 1038. Neiv York state veterinary college. 1. The 
 state veterinary college, established by chapter one hundred and 
 fifty-three of the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety-four, shall 
 continue to be known as the ^ew York state veterinary college. 
 The object of said veterinary college shall be : To conduct investi- 
 gations as to the nature, prevention and cure of all diseases of 
 animals, including such as are communicable to man and such 
 as cause epizootics among live stock ; to investigate the economical 
 questions which will contribute to the more profitable breeding, 
 rearing and utilization of animals; to produce reliable standard 
 preparations of toxins, antitoxins and other products to be used 
 in the diagnosis, prevention and cure of diseases and in the con- 
 ducting of sanitary work by approved modem methods; and to 
 give instruction in the normal structure and function of the animal 
 body, in the pathology, prevention and treatment of animal dis- 
 eases, and in all matters pertaining to sanitary science as applied 
 to live stock and correlatively to the human family. 
 
 2. All buildings, furniture, apparatus and other property here- 
 tofore or hereafter erected or furnished by the state for such 
 veterinary college shall be and remain the property of the state. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 189 
 
 The Cornell university shall have the custody and control of said 
 property^ and shall, with whatever state moneys may be received 
 for the purpose, administer the said veterinary college, with 
 authority to appoint investigators, teachers and other officers, 4o 
 lay out lines of investigation, to prescribe the requirements for 
 admission and the course of study and with such other power and 
 authority as may be necessary and proper for the due administra- 
 tion of such veterinary college. 
 
 3. Said university shall receive no income, profit or compensa- 
 tion therefor, but all moneys received from state appropriations 
 for the said veterinary college or derived from other sources in 
 the course of the administration thereof, shall be kept by said 
 university in a separate fund from the moneys of the university, 
 and shall be used exclusively for said l^ew York state veterinary 
 college. Such moneys as may be appropriated to be paid to the 
 Cornell university by the state in any year, to be expended by 
 said university in the administration of said veterinary college, 
 shall be payable to the treasurer of Cornell university in three 
 equal payments to be made on the first day of October, the first 
 day of January, and the first day of April in such year, and 
 within thirty days after the expiration of the period for which 
 each instalment is received the said university shall furnish the 
 comptroller of the state of ISTew York satisfactory vouchers for the 
 expenditure of such instalment. 
 
 4. The said university shall expend such moneys and use such 
 property of the state in administering said veterinary college, 
 and shall report to the governor during the month of January 
 in each year, a detailed statement of such expenditures and of 
 the general operations of the said veterinary college. 
 
 5. 'No tuition fee shall be required of a student pursuing the 
 regular veterinary course, who for a year or more immediately 
 preceding his admission to said veterinary college shall have been 
 a resident of this state. The tuition fees charged to other students 
 and all other fees and charges in said veterinary college shall be 
 fixed by Cornell university, and the moneys so received shall be 
 expended for the current expenses of the said veterinary college. 
 
 § 1039. New York state college of agriculture. The 
 state college of agriculture, established by chapter six hundred 
 and fifty-five of the laws of nineteen hundred and four, shall con- 
 tinue to be known as the New York state college of agriculture 
 at Cornell university. The object of said college of agriculture 
 
190 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 shall be to improve the agricultural methods of the state, to develop 
 the agricultural resources of the state in the production of crops 
 of all kinds, in the rearing and breeding of live-stock, in the 
 manufacture of dairy and other products, in determining better 
 methods of handling and marketing such products, and in other 
 ways; and to increase intelligence and elevate the standards of 
 living in the rural districts. For the attainment of these objects 
 the college is authorized to give instruction in the sciences, arts 
 and practices relating thereto, in such courses and in such man- 
 ner as shall best serve the interests of the state ; to conduct exten*- 
 sion work in disseminating agricultural knowledge throughout the 
 state by means of experiments and demonstrations on farms and 
 gardens, investigations of the economic and social status of agri- 
 culture, lectures, publication of bulletins and reports, and in such 
 other ways as may be deemed advisable in the furtherance of 
 the aforesaid objects ; to make researches in the physical, chemical, 
 biological and other problems of agTiculture, the application of 
 such investigations to the agriculture of jN'ew York, and the 
 publication of the results thereof. All buildings, furniture, appa- 
 ratus and other property heretofore or hereafter erected or fur- 
 nished by the state for such college of agriculture shall be and 
 remain the property of the state. The Cornell university shall 
 have the custody and control of said property, and shall, with 
 whatever state moneys may be received for the purpose, admin- 
 ister the said college of agriculture, with authority to appoint 
 investigators, teachers and other officers and employees, to lay 
 out lines of investigation, to prescribe the requirements for admis- 
 sion and the course of study and with such other power and 
 authority as may be necessary and proper for the due adminis- 
 tration of such college of agriculture. Said university shall re- 
 ceive no income, profit or compensation therefor, but all moneys 
 received from state appropriations for the said college of agri- 
 culture or derived from other sources in the course of the admin- 
 istration thereof, shall be credited by said university to a separate 
 fund, and shall be used exclusively for said ^ew York state college 
 of agriculture. Such moneys as may be appropriated to be paid 
 to the Cornell university by the state in any year, to be expended 
 by said university in the administration of said college of agri- 
 culture, shall be payable to the treasurer of Cornell university 
 in three equal payments to be made on the first day of October, 
 the first day of January, and the first day of April in such year. 
 
EDUCATION LAW ' 191 
 
 and within sixtj days after the expiration of the period for which 
 each instalment is received the said university shall furnish the 
 comptroller vouchers approved by the commissioner of agriculture 
 for the expenditures of such instalment. The said university 
 shall expend such moneys and use such property of the state in 
 administering said college of agriculture as above provided, and 
 shall report to the commissioner of agriculture in each year on 
 or before the first day of December, a detailed statement of such 
 expenditures and of the general operations of the said college 
 of agriculture for the year ending the thirtieth day of September 
 then next preceding. Fees and charges in said college of agri- 
 culture shall be fixed by Cornell university, and the moneys 
 received from these sources and from the sales of products shall 
 be credited to a separate fund and shall be used for the current 
 expenses of the said college of agriculture. 
 
 ARTICLE 41 
 State School of Ag'riculture at Saint Law- 
 rence University 
 
 Section 1050. Corporate name. 
 
 1051. Objects and purposes of school. 
 
 1052. Supervision and control of school. 
 
 1053. Maintenance. 
 
 § 1050. Corporate name. The school of agriculture es- 
 tablished by chapter six hundred and eighty-two of the laws of 
 nineteen hundred and six shall continue to be known as the New 
 York State School of Agriculture of The St. Lawrence Univer- 
 sity. [Thus amended hy L. 1910, ch. 413, in effect June 8, 1910.] 
 
 § 1051. Objects and purposes of school. Such school 
 shall have for its objects and purposes: 
 
 1. The elementary and practical instruction of pupils attend- 
 ing such school in agriculture and allied subjects. 
 
 2. The giving of instruction by means of schools, lectures and 
 other university extension methods for the promotion of agri- 
 cultural knowledge. 
 
 3. The conducting of investigations and experiments for the 
 purpose of ascertaining the best method of fertilization of fields, 
 
192 ' NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 gardens and plantations and the best modes of tillage and farm 
 management and improvement of live-stock. 
 
 4. The printing of leaflets and the dissemination of agricul- 
 tural knowledge by means of lectures and otherwise; the print- 
 ing and free distribution of the results of such investigations and 
 experiments, and the publication of bulletins containing such 
 information as may be deemed desirable and profitable in pro- 
 moting the agricultural interests of the state, such work to be 
 conducted as far as practicable in harmony with the college of 
 agriculture at Cornell university. 
 
 § 1052. Supervision and control of school. The 
 board of trustees of The St. Lawrence university shall have the 
 general care, supervision and control of such school, and of all its 
 affairs, and to carry out its object and purposes shall: 
 
 1. Employ and at pleasure remove officers, teachers, clerks, 
 assistants and such other persons as it shall deem necessary to 
 the proper conduct of said school; and fix their compensation. 
 
 2. Adopt rules not inconsistent with law controlling the affairs 
 of such school. 
 
 3. Prescribe the courses of instruction and the methods of in- 
 vestigation and experiments to be followed in such school. 
 
 4. Acquire by deed, gift, devise, or lease, real property suit- 
 able for practical and experimental agriculture, horticulture and 
 forestry, and manage the same for the benefit of said school, de- 
 voting any income that may be derived therefrom to the main- 
 tenance thereof, provided, however, that no land shall be pur- 
 chased with funds furnished by the state, unless a special appro- 
 priation is made therefor. [Thus amended hy L. 1910, ch. 443, 
 in effect June 8, 1910.] 
 
 § 1053. Maintenance. 1. Prior to the first day of Octo- 
 ber in each year the treasurer of The St. Lawrence university 
 shall file with the comptroller his bond, with an incorporated 
 surety company authorized to do business in the state of New 
 York as surety, in a penalty equal to one-fourth of the amount 
 appropriated by the legislature for the maintenance of said agri- 
 cultural school for the succeeding year, conditioned that he will 
 faithfully account for all moneys received by him during the next 
 state fiscal year. After the filing of said bond, the comptroller 
 shall pay over to the said treasurer on the first days of each of 
 the months of October, January, April and July next succeeding, 
 one-fourth part of said appropriation. 
 
EDtrCATIOT^ LAW 19 o 
 
 2. All bills for the maiiitciinnce of said school shall be exam- 
 ined and audited by the executive committee of said board of 
 trustees ; and when so audited and properly certified by the presi- 
 dent and secretary of said board, and the audit approved by the 
 commissioner of agriculture, the amount thereof shall be credited" 
 by the comptroller against the funds theretofore advanced to said 
 treasurer as above provided. [Added by L. 1910, ch, 443, in effect 
 June 8, 1910.] 
 
 ARTICLE 42 
 
 State School of Ag'riculture at Alfred 
 University- 
 Section 1070. Corporate namei 
 
 1071. Objects and purposes of school. 
 
 1072. Supervision and maintenance of school. 
 
 § 1070. Corporate name. The school of agriculture estab- 
 lished by chapter two hundred of the laws of nineteen hundred 
 and eight shall continue to be known as the New York state school 
 of agriculture at Alfred university. 
 
 § 1071. Objects and purposes of school. The objects 
 of the 'New York state school of agriculture at Alfred university 
 shall be to give elementary and practical instruction in agriculture 
 and kindred subjects; to conduct, for the improvement of such 
 instruction, investigations and experiments in agricultural methods 
 and resources in western New York, and in means and methods for 
 the care and improvement of live stock; to stimulate agricultural 
 pursuits, and to increase knowledge by which such industry may 
 be successfully carried on; such work shall be co-ordinated so far 
 as practicable with that at the New York state college of agricul- 
 ture at Cornell university; and furnish both a practical training 
 for the pursuit of agriculture, and complemental training, pre- 
 liminary to advanced courses in said state college of agriculture at 
 Cornell university. 
 
 § 1072. Supervision and maintenance of school. 
 Alfred university shall have the custody and control of the prop- 
 erty of said New York state school of agriculture, and shall, with 
 whatever moneys may be received for the purpose, administer the 
 said school of agriculture with authority to appoint teachers, in- 
 vestigators, and other officers and employees, to prescribe the 
 requirements for admission, and the courses of study to be pur- 
 sued, and with such other power and authority as will secure 
 
194: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 necessary and adequate administration of such school. And in 
 order to secure unity and harmony in education in agricr.'ture in 
 the state of ^N^ew York, the state commissioner of agriculture, the 
 director of the "New York state college of agriculture at Cornell 
 university, and a person to be annually elected or appointed by 
 the state grange, shall be ex officio members of the board of man- 
 agers to be appointed annually by the trustees of Alfred university, 
 to have immediate management of the said state school of agricul- 
 ture. Alfred university shall receive no income, profit or com- 
 pensation therefor, but all moneys received from appropriations 
 for the said school of agriculture shall be credited by said 
 university to a separate fund, and shall be used exclusively for 
 said 'New York state school of agriculture. Such moneys as may 
 be appropriated by the state to Alfred university, for said state 
 school of agriculture, shall be payable to the treasurer of Alfred 
 university upon vouchers furnished to the comptroller. The said 
 university shall expend such moneys and use such property of 
 the state in administering said school of agriculture as above pro- 
 vided, and shall report to the commissioner of agriculture an- 
 nually, on or before the first day of December, a detailed state- 
 ment of such expenditures and of the general operations of the 
 said school of agriculture for the year ending the thirtieth day of 
 September then next preceding; and a copy of such report shall 
 be transmitted to the legislature. Students bona fide residents of 
 the state of l^ew York for one year preceding the date of their 
 admission shall be entitled to free tuition. Other fees and charges 
 if any in the said school of agriculture, and any moneys received 
 from tuitions paid by students not residents of the state of N'ew 
 York, and from the sales of products shall be reported and for- 
 warded monthly to the state treasurer as required by the state 
 finance law, and may be reappropriated toward the maintenance 
 of said school of agriculture. 
 
 ARTICLE 42-A. 
 State Sichool of Agriculture at Cobleskill. 
 
 [Article inserted by L. 1911, ch. 852.] 
 
 Section 1075. Establishment and corporate name. 
 
 1076. Objects and purposes of school. 
 
 1077. Management and control of school. 
 
 1078. Powers and duties of board of trustees. 
 
t 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 195 
 
 § 1075. Establishment and corporate name. There is 
 hereby established in the town of Cobleskill, Schoharie county, a 
 school of agriculture to be known as the Schoharie State School of 
 Agriculture. _ 
 
 § 1076. Objects and purposes of scbool. Such school 
 shall have for its objects and purposes : 
 
 1. The instruction of pupils attending such school in agriculture, 
 mechanic arts and home making. 
 
 2. The giving of instruction throughout the state by means of 
 schools, lectures and other university extension methods for the 
 promotion of agricultural knowledge. 
 
 3. The conducting of investigations and experiments for the 
 purpose of ascertaining the best methods of fertilization of fields, 
 gardens and plantations and the best modes of tillage, farm man- 
 agement and improvement of live stock. 
 
 4. The printing of leaflets and the dissemination of agricul- 
 tural knowledge by means of lectures and otherwise; printing and 
 free distribution of the results of such investigations and experi- 
 ments, and the publication of bulletins containing such informa- 
 tion as may be deemed desirable and profitable in promoting the 
 agricultural interests of the state. 
 
 § 1077. Management and control of scbool. The care, 
 management and control of the school, property and premises shall 
 be exercised by a board of seven trustees of which the commissioner 
 of education and the commissioner of agriculture shall be ex officio 
 members, with the same powers and duties as other members 
 thereof. The other five trustees shall be appointed by the gov- 
 ernor. At least three of the trustees so appointed shall be resi- 
 dents of the county of Schoharie and one of them shall be a 
 resident of the town of Cobleskill. Trustees first appointed here- 
 under shall be appointed for such terms that the term of one 
 trustee shall expire each year and their terms shall be designated 
 by the governor in their certificates of appointment. A successor 
 to any such trustees shall be appointed for a full term of five 
 years. A vacancy in the office of trustee shall be filled for the 
 remainder of the unexpired term. Such trustees shall serve with- 
 out compensation. 
 
 § 1078. Powers and duties of board of trustees. The 
 board of trustees of such school shall have the general care, super- 
 vision and control of such school and of all of its affairs, and to 
 carry out its objects and purposes shall: 
 
 1. Employ and at pleasure remove teachers, experts, chemists 
 and all necessary clerks and assistants ; 
 
196 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 2. Adopt rules not inconsistent with law controlling the affairs 
 of such school and regulating the meetings and organization of 
 such board; 
 
 3. Prescribe the course of instruction and the methods of in- 
 vestigation and experiments to be followed in such school. 
 
 The board of trustees shall report to the commissioner of agri- 
 culture annually, on or before the first day of December, a detailed 
 statement of such expenditures and of the general operations of 
 the said school of agriculture for the year ending the thirtieth day 
 of September then next preceding, and a copy of such report shall 
 be transmitted to the legislature. Students, bona fide residents of 
 the state of New York for one year preceding the date of their 
 admission, shall be entitled to free tuition. Other fees and 
 charges, if any, in the said school of agriculture, and any moneys 
 received from tuition paid by students not residents of the state 
 of New York, and from the sale of products, shall be reported 
 and forwarded monthly to the state treasurer as required by the 
 state finance law, and may be reappropriated toward the mainte- 
 nance of said school of agriculture. 
 
 Note. — The following sections of L. 1911, ch. 852, relate to the establish- 
 ment of the State School of Agriculture at Cobleskill, but are not amendatory 
 of the Education Law. 
 
 § 2. The governor shall appoint the members of the board of trustees of 
 such school within twenty days after this act takes effect. 
 
 § 3. The board of trustees may acquire in the name and for the benefit of 
 the state, by gift, devise, grant or purchase, any lands situated within the 
 town of Cobleskill, county of Schoharie, and within easy access of the village 
 of Cobleskill, suitable and adapted for the purposes of such school. All deeds 
 of conveyances, contracts of purchase or other instruments executed for the 
 purpose of transferring the title of such lands shall be examined and approved 
 by the attorney-general before payment of any part of the purchase price of 
 such lands. The total amount to be paid by the state out of the moneys 
 hereinafter appropriated for the purchase of such site shall not exceed the 
 sum of ten thousand dollars. The board of trustees of such school shall cause 
 to be erected upon the lands so acquired suitable buildings for use of such 
 school, so designed as to carry into effect the objects and purposes of such 
 school. The state architect shall prepare the necessary plans and specifica- 
 tions for the erection and equipment of such buildings, and he shall possess 
 the same powers and perform the same duties in respect to such buildings 
 as are possessed or performed by him in respect to other buildings. The 
 erection and equipment of such buildings shall be done by contract, except 
 work which in the opinion of the comptroller and the state architect can be 
 done, in whole or in part, more advantageously by the employment of labor 
 and the purchase of materials in the open market. All expenditures under 
 this act shall be made pursuant to estimates or pursuant to contracts, the 
 form of which shall be prescribed by the state architect. The estimates shall 
 be made to the comptroller in the usual form by the board of trustees of such 
 school. Where the work estimated for is from drawings and specifications of 
 the state architect, the estimates shall be subject to his approval also. No 
 item of said appropriation shall be available, except for advertising, unless 
 a contract or contracts, or estimate or estimates therefor shall have been 
 first made for the completion thereof witliin the appropriation therefor. All 
 contracts in an amount greater than one thousand dollars shall have the 
 
 7 
 
EDUCATION LAW 107 
 
 performance thereof secured by sufficient bond or bonds, said bond or bonds 
 to be approved by and filed with tlje comptroller. All contracts in an amount 
 less than one thousand dollars need have no surety bond, provided payment 
 is to be made only after the work is completed and approved. All payments 
 on contracts shall be made on the certificate of the state architect and^a 
 voucher of the board of trustees of such school after audit by the comptroller/ 
 All original bids or proposals with abstract thereof shall accompany the copy 
 of the contracts which is to be filed with the comptroller. Money herein 
 appropriated shall only be advanced to the board of trustees of such school, 
 as the work progresses, or the purchase of material is made and upon bills 
 duly certified, rendered and audited. 
 
 § 4. The sum of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), or so much thereof as may 
 be necessary, is hereby appropriated out of any moneys in the state treasury 
 not otherwise appropriated, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of 
 this act. Of this amount the sum of ten thousand dollars shall be payable 
 on the first day of October, nineteen hundred and eleven, and the remaining 
 forty thousand dollars shall be payable on the first day of October, nineteen 
 hundred and twelve. The amount so appropriated shall be paid by the 
 treasurer upon the warrant of the comptroller drawn upon the requisition of 
 the board of trustees of such school. 
 
 ARTICLE 43 
 State School of Ag'riculture at MorrisvlUe 
 
 Section 1090. Corporate name. 
 
 1091. Objects and purposes of school. 
 
 1092. Management and control of school. 
 
 1093. Powers and duties of board of trustees. 
 
 § 1090. Corporate name. The school of agriculture estab- 
 lished bj chapter two hundred one of the laws of nineteen hun- 
 dred and eight shall continue to be known as the New York state 
 school of agriculture at Morrisville. 
 
 § 1091. Objects and purposes of school. Such school 
 shall have for its objects and purposes: 
 
 1. The elementary and practical instruction of pupils attending 
 such school in agriculture and all allied subjects, including do- 
 mestic science. 
 
 2. The giving of instruction in agriculture and agricultural 
 science preparatory to the more advanced courses in the state col- 
 lege of agriculture at Cornell to which end the work shall be con- 
 formed as far as practicable with that of the last named insti- 
 tution and also the giving of elementary and practical instruction 
 for the carrying on of agricultural pursuits to such as do not desire 
 the more advanced course. 
 
 3. The conducting of investigations and experiments in central 
 New York for the purpose of ascertaining the best methods of 
 fertilizing fields, gardens and plantations and the best modes of 
 tillage and farm management and the care and improvement of 
 live stock. 
 
198 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 1092. Management and control of scliool. Tbe 
 
 care, management and control of said school, property and prem- 
 ises shall be exercised by a board of seven trustees. The state 
 commissioner of agriculture and the director of the New York 
 state agricultural school at Cornell University, shall, ex officio, 
 be members of the board of trustees. The other five trustees shall 
 be appointed by the governor by and with the consent of the 
 senate. At least two of such trustees shall be residents of the 
 county of Madison. One of such trustees shall be a person recom- 
 mended by the state grange, if such recommendation be made. 
 Two of such appointed trustees shall be appointed for a term of 
 two years each and three for a term of four years each. Upon 
 the expiration of the terms of office of such appointed trustees 
 their successors shall be appointed for a terra of four years each. 
 Such trustees shall serve for the terms for which they are respect- 
 ively appointed and until their successors have been appointed 
 and qualified. In case of any vacancy in the office of any trustee 
 his successor shall be appointed for the unexpired term for which 
 he was appointed. Such trustees shall serve without compensation 
 as such, except that there shall be allowed to said board for clerical 
 and other assistance that may be required in the discharge of their 
 duties, a sum not to exceed fifteen hundred dollars per annum, 
 which may be paid in whole or in part to one of the appointed 
 members of said board, to act as secretary and clerk of said board 
 until said school shall be organized. 
 
 § 1093. Powers and duties of board of trustees. The 
 board of trustees so appointed by the governor shall have the 
 general care, supervision and control of such school and all its 
 affairs and to carry out its objects and purposes: 
 
 1. Employ and remove teachers, experts, chemists and all neces- 
 sary clerks and assistants. 
 
 2. Adopt rules not inconsistent with the law controlling the 
 affairs of such school. 
 
 3. Prescribe the course of instruction and the methods of in- 
 vestigation and experiments to be followed in such school. 
 
 The board of trustees shall report to the commissioner of agricul- 
 ture annually, on or before the first day of December, a detailed 
 statement of such expenditures and of the general operations of 
 the said school of agriculture for the year ending the thirtieth day 
 of September then next preceding, and a copy of such report shall 
 be transmitted to the legislature. Students bona fide residents of 
 the state of "New York for one year preceding the date of their 
 
EDUCATION LAW 199 
 
 admission shall be entitled to free tuition. Other fees and charges, 
 if any, in the said school of agriculture, and any moneys received 
 from tuition paid by students not residents of the state of 'New 
 York, and from the sale of products, shall be reported and far-^ 
 warded monthly to the state treasurer as required by the state 
 finance law, and may be reappropriated toward the maintenance of 
 said school of agriculture. 
 
 § 1094. Poiver to acquire real estate; proceedings 
 therefor. The trustees of said New York State School of 
 Agriculture at Morrisville are hereby authorized to enter upon, 
 take possession of and use the lands and premises known as the 
 '^ Field '' property, in the village of Morrisville, in the county of 
 Madison, being a lot measuring about thirty feet by ninety-four 
 feet, adjoining the grounds of such school and lying to the east 
 of the buildings of such school heretofore acquired by the state 
 from the county of Madison. An accurate survey and map of all 
 such lands shall be made and said trustees shall annex thereto 
 their certificate that the lands therein described have been appro- 
 priated for the use of said school. Such map, survey and cer- 
 tificate shall be filed in the office of the county clerk of the county 
 of Madison. The said trustees shall thereupon cause to be served 
 upon the reputed owner or owners of any real property so appro- 
 priated, and upon the actual occupant or occupants thereof, if 
 any, a notice of the filing and of the date of filing of such map, 
 survey and certificate in the office of the county clerk, which notice 
 shall also specifically describe the portion of such real property 
 belonging to the owner or owners which has been so appropriated, 
 if less than the entire estate therein is to be taken. The trustees 
 may, and if the owner or owners of such property or any of them 
 shall be non-residents of the state, or imknown, or if the notice 
 cannot for any reason be personally served upon the owners or 
 all owners within the state, the trustees shall serve the same by 
 publication thereof, once in each week for four consecutive weeks 
 in any newspaper published in the county of Madison. From the 
 time the service of such notice is complete, the entry upon and 
 the appropriation by the State School of Agriculture at Morris- 
 ville of the real property therein described for the uses and pur- 
 poses of said school shall be deemed complete, and such notice, 
 when personally served or published, or both, in substantial com- 
 pliance with the provisions of this section, shall be conclusive evi- 
 dence of such entry and appropriation and of the quantity and 
 boundaries of the lands appropriated. The trustees of the school 
 
200 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 shall cause a duplicate copy of such notice, with an affidavit of 
 due service or publication thereof, or both, as the case may be, to 
 be recorded in the books used for recording deeds in the office of 
 the county clerk of Madison county, and the record of such notice 
 and such proofs of service or publication shall be prima facie evi- 
 dence of the due service or publication thereof. The failure or 
 neglect to serve personally on any person shall not impair or af- 
 fect the entry upon or appropriation of such property, if the 
 notice be published. The court of claims shall have jurisdiction 
 to determine the amount of compensation for lands, structures 
 and waters so appropriated. [Amended hy L. 1912, cJi, 27.] 
 
 State CoUeg'e of Forestry at Syracuse 
 University 
 
 L. 1911, ch. 851. AN ACT to establish a State College of Forestry at Syracuse 
 University, and making an appropriation therefor. 
 The People of the State of New York, represented in Senate and Assembly, 
 do enact as folloics: 
 
 State College of Forestry at Syracuse University 
 
 Section 1. Establishment; corporate name. 
 
 2. Objects and purposes of college. 
 
 3. Management and control of college. 
 
 4. Powers and duties of boards of trustees. 
 
 5. Property acquired to belong to the state. 
 
 6. Admission to college ; disposition of fees and income. 
 
 7. Time of taking effect. 
 
 § 1. Establishment; corporate name. There is hereby 
 established at Syracuse University a state college of forestry, which 
 shall be known as The New York State College of Forestry at 
 Syracuse University. 
 
 § 2. Objects and purposes of college. Such college shall 
 have for its objects and purposes : 
 
 1. The conduct upon land acquired for such purpose of such ex- 
 periments in forestry and forestation as the board of trustees 
 deem most advantageous to the interests of the state and the ad- 
 vancement of the science of forestry. 
 
 2. The planting, raising, cutting and selling of trees and timber 
 at such times, of such specie and quantities and in such manner 
 as the board of trustees deems best, with a view of obtaining and 
 imparting knowledge concerning the scientific management and 
 use of forests, their regulation and administration, and the pro- 
 
i 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 201 
 
 auction, harvesting and reproduction of wood crops and the earn- 
 ing of revenue therefrom. 
 
 § 3. Management and control of college. The care, 
 management and control of such college and the property and 
 premises required therefor shall be exercised by a board of twelve 
 trustees. The chairman of the state conservation commission, the 
 state commissioner of education and the chancellor of Syracuse 
 University, shall be ex-officio members of the board of trustees. 
 Of the remaining nine members of the board of trustees, three 
 shall be appointed by the governor, by and with the advice and 
 consent of the senate, and six by the board of trustees of Syracuse 
 University. The members appointed by the governor and by the 
 board of trustees of Syracuse University- shall be divided into 
 three classes, so that the terms of one-third thereof shall expire 
 on June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and twelve, and one-third 
 thereof on the thirtieth day of June of each second year there- 
 after. Successors to such trustees shall be appointed by the gover- 
 nor and by the board of trustees of Syracuse University for full 
 terms of six years. In case of any vacancy in the office of any 
 appointive trustee his successor shall be appointed for the unex- 
 pired term for which he was appointed. The members of the 
 board of trustees shall serve without compensation, but shall be 
 entitled to their actual necessary expenses incurred in the per- 
 formance of their duties. [Amended hy L. 1912, ch. 15.] 
 
 § 4. Powers and duties of board of trustees. The 
 board of trustees of such college of forestry shall have the general 
 care, supervision and control of such college and of its officers, and 
 to carry out its objects and purposes shall: 
 
 1. Employ and at pleasure remove teachers, experts and all 
 necessary clerks and assistants. 
 
 2. Adopt rules, not inconsistent with law, controlling the affairs 
 of such college. 
 
 3. Prescribe the course of instruction and the methods of investi- 
 gation and experiments to be followed in such college, and the 
 degree to be conferred on graduation therefrom. 
 
 4. Keport to the legislature on or before the first day of February 
 a detailed statement of the general operation of such college for 
 the year ending on the thirtieth day of September then next 
 preceding. 
 
 § 5. Property acquired to belong to tbe state. All 
 lands purchased and other property acquired with moneys appro- 
 
202 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 priated by the state for such college of forestry shall be and remain 
 the property of the state. If real property is purchased, the title 
 thereto shall be conveyed to the people of the state of Ne\7 York, 
 and the sufficiency of such title and the form of conveyance shall 
 be approved by the attorney-general. 
 
 § 6. Admission to college; disposition of fees and 
 income. Students who are bona fide residents of the state of 
 ]^ew York for one year preceding the date of admission shall be 
 entitled to free tuition in such college. Any moneys received from 
 tuition paid by students not residents of the state of New York 
 and from the sale of products shall be reported and forwarded 
 monthly to the state treasurer, as required by the state finance law, 
 and may be appropriated toward the maintenance of such college 
 of forestry. 
 
 *§ 2. The sum of forty thousand dollars ($40,000), or so much 
 thereof as may be necessary, is hereby appropriated out of any 
 money in the treasury, not otherwise appropriated, for the purpose 
 of acquiring necessary lands for the New York State College of 
 Forestry at Syracuse University, and the further sum of fifteen 
 thousand dollars ($15,000), or so much thereof as may be neces- 
 sary, is hereby appropriated for the purchasing of necessary 
 supplies, the payment of the salaries of teachers, experts and other 
 assistants, and the other necessary expenses of such college. The 
 moneys hereby appropriated shall be payable by the treasurer on 
 the warrant of the comptroller on the order of the board of trustees 
 of such college. 
 
 § 7. Time of taking eifect. This act shall take effect 
 immediately. 
 
 ARTICLE 43-A 
 
 Retirement Fund for Teachers in State 
 Institutions 
 
 [Article inserted by L. 1910, ch. 441, in effect June 8, 1910.] 
 
 Section 1095. Retirement of certain teachers in state institutions. 
 
 1096. Certificate of retirement upon application. 
 
 1097. Retirement upon recommendation of governing 
 
 body of institution where teacher is employed. 
 
 1098. Amount to be paid to such retired teachers. 
 
 1099. Time and manner of payments. 
 
 * So in original. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 203 
 
 § 1095. Retirement of certain teachers in state 
 institutions. Every teacher in a state institution who, for a 
 period of ten years immediately preceding, has been employed by 
 the state as a teacher in any college, school or institution main- 
 tained and supported by the state and who shall have been en- 
 gaged in teaching in some college, university, school, academy, 
 institution, teachers' institutes or in the public schools of this 
 stats or elsewhere during a period aggregating thirty years must, 
 at his request, or may on the order of the commissioner of educa- 
 tion, be retired from such employment. [Amended hy L. 1912, 
 ch. 293.] 
 
 § 1096. Certificate of retirement upon application. 
 Every such person desiring to be retired under the provisions of 
 section ten hundred and ninety-five of this chapter shall present 
 to and file with the commissioner of education an affidavit signed 
 by himself, or, in case he is mentally or physically incapable of 
 making such affidavit, the affidavit of some person or persons 
 acquainted with the facts, setting forth the number of years of 
 such employment, the place or places where employed, the salary 
 received by the applicant at the last place of Employment, and 
 upon the filing of such affidavits, the commissioner of education, 
 if he shall be satisfied of the truth of the affidavit, shall issue to 
 such applicant a certificate that such applicant has been retired 
 from active service as a teacher. 
 
 § 1097. Retirement upon recommendation of gov- 
 erning body of institution ivhere teacher is em- 
 ployed. Upon the recommendation of a majority of the mem- 
 bers of the board or governing body having in charge any such 
 college, school or institution, that a member of the teaching force 
 be retired on account of mental or physical incapacity for the 
 performance of duty, the commissioner of education may retire 
 such person and issue to such person the certificate set forth in 
 section ten hundred and ninety-six of this chapter, provided such 
 person has been employed by the state for ten years as a teacher 
 in any college, school or institution maintained and supported 
 by the state and has been engaged in teaching in some college, 
 university, school, academy or institution or in the public schools 
 of this state or elsewhere during a period aggregating twenty 
 years. [Amended hy L. 1912, ch. 293.] 
 
 § 1098. Amount to be paid to such retired teacher 
 Every person who shall be retired under the provisions of this 
 article shall be entitled to receive from the state one-half the 
 
204 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 salary whicli such person was receiving at tlie date of such retire- 
 ment, not to exceed, however, one thousand dollars per annum. 
 In no case shall the payment to any person retired hereunder be 
 less than the sum of three hundred dollars. [Amended by L. 
 1912, ch. 293.] 
 
 § 1099. Time and manner of payments. The pay- 
 ment of the amounts provided in this article to be paid shall be 
 made by the state treasurer on the warrant of the comptroller 
 on the audit of the commissioner of education. Payments shall 
 be made quarterly commencing with the first quarter after the 
 date of issue of the certificate of such retirement. The com- 
 missioner of education shall make and enforce such rules and 
 regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of this article, as 
 he shall deem necessary for properly safeguarding all payments 
 thereunder, including vouchers to be signed by the person to whom 
 such payment is made. 
 
 ARTICLE 43-B 
 
 [Article inserted by L. 1911, ch. 449, in effect August 1, 1911.] 
 State Teachers' Retirement Fund for Public Sichool 
 
 Teachers. 
 
 Section 1100. Definitions. 
 
 1101. Establishment of state teachers' retirement fund. 
 
 1102. State teachers' retirement fund board. 
 
 1103. Vacancies; resignations; removal from office. 
 
 1104. Officers of board; salaries and expenses; meet- 
 
 ings. 
 
 1105. State treasurer ex-officio treasurer of fund; in- 
 
 vestments. 
 
 1106. Powers of board, 
 nor. Eules of board. 
 
 1108. Contributions by teachers; deductions from sal- 
 
 aries. 
 1108-a. Method of payment into state treasury. 
 
 1109. Retirement of teachers. 
 
 1109-a. ^Application of article to certain counties, cities 
 
 and districts; voluntary contributions. 
 1109-b. Application of article to certain counties, cities 
 and districts; voluntary contributions. 
 
 § 1100. Definitions. The word " teacher " as used in this 
 article includes teachers and principals employed in public schools 
 * So in original. 
 
■ 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 205 
 
 of the cities and school districts of the state and shall also include 
 superintendents employed as provided by law in cities and union 
 free school districts having a population of five thousand or more^ 
 The words " retirement fund " as used in this article shall mean 
 the 'New York state teachers' retirement fund for public school 
 teachers as established by this article. 
 
 § 1101. Establisliineiit of state teachers' retire- 
 ment fund. There is hereby established the New York state 
 teachers' retirement fund for public school teachers which shall 
 consist of: 
 
 1. All contributions made by teachers as hereinafter provided. 
 
 2. The income or interest derived from the investment of the 
 moneys contained in such fund. 
 
 3. All donations, legacies, gifts and bequests which shall be 
 made to such fund, and all moneys which shall be obtained from 
 other sources for the increase of such fund. 
 
 4. Appropriations made by the state legislature from time to 
 time to carry into effect the purposes of such fund, and which ap- 
 propriations when made shall be paid into such fund and may 
 be expended in the same manner as other moneys belonging thereto. 
 
 § 1102. State teachers' retirement fund board. The 
 state teachers' retirement fund board shall consist of five members 
 to be appointed by the commissioner of education as hereinafter 
 provided. One of such members shall be, at the time of his ap- 
 pointment, a superintendent of schools in a city or district; one 
 shall be at the time of his appointment an academic principal, and 
 one shall be at the time of his appointment a teacher engaged in 
 teaching in an elementary school. At least one of such members 
 shall be a woman teacher in the public schools. Such appointments 
 shall be made within ten days after this act takes effect. The mem- 
 bers of such board first appointed shall hold office for terms of one, 
 two, three, four and -Q^ve years from January first, nineteen hun- 
 dred and twelve, to be designated by the commissioner of educa- 
 tion when he appoints such members. Their successors shall be 
 appointed for terms of five years. A vacancy occurring in the 
 office of any member shall be filled for the unexpired term. 
 
 § 1103. Vacancies; resignations; removal from 
 office. A vacancy in the office of a member of the board shall be 
 created by death, resignation, refusal to serve, removal from office, 
 or absence from the state for a period of one year. A member of 
 such board may resign by written resignation submitted to the com- 
 
206 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 missioner of education and accepted by him. The commissioner 
 of education may remove a member of such board for cause, after 
 service upon him of written charges and an opportunity to be heard 
 in defense thereof. 
 
 § 1104. Officers of board; salaries and expenses; 
 meetings. There shall be a president, vice-president and secre- 
 tary of such board, to be elected by a majority vote of the members 
 of the board. The president and vice-president shall be elected for 
 terms of one year. The term of office of the secretary shall be fixed 
 by the board. The secretary need not be a member of the board. 
 His salary or compensation shall be prescribed by the board, not ex- 
 ceeding two thousand dollars a year, subject to the approval of the 
 commissioner of education. The members of the board shall serve 
 without compensation, but they shall be entitled to their expenses 
 actually incurred in attending the meetings of the board and in 
 performing services as members thereof. 
 
 The board shall meet annually in the education building at Al- 
 bany, on the second Wednesday in January, and shall have stated 
 meetings at the same place, at least once in each three months, as 
 determined by the regulations of the board. If a member of the 
 board be absent from two consecutive stated meetings without a 
 reasonable excuse for such absence, accepted by the board, his office 
 shall be declared vacant by the commissioner of education, upon 
 notice being received by him of such unexcused absences, and such 
 vacancy shall be filled as hereinbefore provided. 
 
 § 1105. State treasurer ex-officio treasurer of 
 fund; investments. The state treasurer shall be ex-officio 
 treasurer of the retirement fund and shall be the custodian thereof. 
 The moneys belonging thereto shall be deposited by him in banks 
 or trust companies and the law relating to the deposit of state 
 funds in such banks and trust companies shall apply so far as may 
 be to the deposit of moneys belonging to the said retirement fund. 
 The state teachers' retirement fund board shall determine from 
 time to time as to what portion of the retirement fund shall be 
 permanently invested. Such fund shall only be invested in those 
 securities in which the trustees of a savings bank may invest the 
 moneys deposited therein, as provided by section one hundred and 
 forty-six of the banking law. When such board shall determine 
 that any portion of said fund should be so invested, it shall by 
 resolution, duly adopted by a majority vote of the members of the 
 board, direct the treasurer to invest such portion of the fund in 
 any of said securities. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 207 
 
 § 1106. Powers of board. The state teachers' retirement 
 fund board, subject to the provisions of this article and of any 
 other statute, shall have power: 
 
 1. To appoint and employ such officers and employees as may be 
 necessary to carry into effect the provisions of this article, and fix 
 their compensation. 
 
 2. To prescribe the duties of its secretary and other officers and 
 employees. 
 
 3. To conduct investigations into all matters relating to the 
 operation of this article, and subpoena w^itnesses and compel their 
 attendance to testify before it in respect to such matters, and any 
 member of the board may administer oaths or affirmations to such 
 witnesses. 
 
 4. To require boards of education, trustees, and other school 
 authorities, and all officers, having duties to perform in respect to 
 contributions by teachers to the retirement fund, to report to the 
 board from time to time, as to such matters pertaining to the pay- 
 ment of such contributions, as it shall deem advisable, and may 
 prescribe the form of such reports. 
 
 5. To draw its warrants upon the state treasurer for the pay- 
 ment of annuities to teachers who have been retired as provided in 
 this article, and for the purchase of such securities as the board 
 shall have decided to purchase as provided in this article. No 
 payments shall be made from the teachers' retirement fund except 
 by warrant signed by the president of the board, drawn after reso- 
 lution duly adopted at a meeting of the board by a majority of its 
 members, which adoption shall be attested by the secretary of the 
 board. 
 
 § 1107. Rules of board. The state teachers' retirement 
 fund board shall make rules not inconsistent with the provisions of 
 this article which, when approved by the commissioner of educa- 
 tion, shall have the force and effect of law. Such rules shall 
 
 1. Provide for the conduct and regulation of the meetings of 
 the board and the transaction of the business thereof. 
 
 2. Provide for the enforcement and carrying into effect of the 
 provisions of this article. 
 
 3. Prescribe the manner of payment of contributions by 
 teachers to the retirement fund, and the payment of annuities 
 therefrom. 
 
 4. Establish a system of accounts showing the condition of such 
 fund, and receipts and expenditures. 
 
208 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 6. Prescribe the method of making payments from such fund 
 to annuitants and giving receipts for such payments. 
 
 6. Prescribe the forms of warrants, vouchers, receipts, reports 
 and accounts to be used by annuitants and officers having duties 
 to perform in respect to such fund. 
 
 7. Eegulate the duties of boards of education, trustees, and 
 other officers imposed upon them by this article, in respect to the 
 contributions by teachers to the retirement fund, and the deduc- 
 tion of such contributions from teachers' salaries. 
 
 § 1108. Contributions by teachers; deductions 
 from salaries. All teachers employed in the public schools in 
 this state except in those counties, districts or cities in which 
 provision is already made by statute for the retirement of public 
 school teachers and the payment of annuities or pensions to such 
 teachers, who enter into contracts for such employment after the 
 date on which this act takes effect, shall contribute to the teachers' 
 retirement fund one per centum of the salaries to be paid to such 
 teachers annually according to the terms of such contracts. On 
 and after such date all such contracts shall be deemed to have been 
 made subject to the provisions of this article, and the requirement 
 as to such contribution shall become a part of and enter into all 
 such contracts. Any teacher employed under a contract entered 
 into prior to the taking effect of this act may elect to contribute 
 one per centum annually of the salary paid pursuant to such con- 
 tract and shall thereupon become entitled to all the privileges 
 conferred by this article. 
 
 Boards of education, trustees and other school authorities having 
 duties to perform in respect to the payment of salaries to public 
 school teachers in their districts or cities, shall cause to be deducted 
 from each warrant or order issued to any of such teachers for the 
 payment of the salary of such teachers, the amount due by such 
 teacher to the teachers' retirement fund. 
 
 § 1108-a. Method of payment into state treasury. 
 1. The school commissioner of each school commissioner district 
 shall include in his annual report to the commissioner of education, 
 a statement showing the amount required to be deducted from the 
 salaries of teachers in each school district under his supervision, 
 under section eleven hundred and eight of this act. 
 
 2. The superintendent of schools of each city shall also include 
 in his annual report to the commissioner of education, a state- 
 ment showing the amount required to be deducted under the pro- 
 
EDUCATION LATV 209 
 
 Visions of section eleven hundred and eight of this act from the 
 salaries of teachers employed in such city. 
 
 3. The school commissioner of each school commissioner dis- 
 trict and the superintendent of each city shall file with the treas- 
 urer of the county in which such school commissioner district or 
 city is located, a statement showing the amount respectively re- 
 ported by them to the commissioner of education as provided in 
 subdivisions one and two of this section as being the amount re- 
 quired to be deducted from the salaries of teachers in their 
 respective school commissioner districts and cities under the pro- 
 visions of section eleven hundred and eight of this act. Such 
 statements to the county treasurer shall also respectively show .the 
 aggregate amount required to be so deducted from the salaries of 
 teachers employed in each school commissioner district in each 
 town in such school commissioner district and from the salaries 
 of teachers employed in each city. 
 
 4. The school commissioner of each school commissioner district 
 shall file with the supervisor of each town within such school com- 
 missioner district at the time he files his certificate of appor- 
 tionment of public school moneys, a statement showing the amount 
 required to be deducted from the salaries of the teachers employed 
 in each school district in such town. The superintendent of each 
 city shall file with the chamberlain or treasurer of such city a 
 duplicate of the certificate which he is required to file with the 
 county treasurer under subdivision three of this section. 
 
 5. When the commissioner of education apportions the money 
 appropriated by the legislature for the support of common schools 
 to the several counties of tne state, he shall cause to be determined 
 from the ofiicial reports of school commissioners and city superin- 
 tendents the amount required to be deducted from the salaries of 
 the teachers employed in each county who come under the pro- 
 visions of this act as required by section eleven hundred and eight. 
 
 6. The commissioner of education shall include in the certifi- 
 cate which he files with the comptroller showing the amount of 
 state funds apportioned for the support of common schools to each 
 county, a statement showing the amount required to be deducted 
 from the salaries of teachers in each of such counties, as required 
 under section eleven hundred and eight of this act. 
 
 Y. The comptroller shall issue his warrant to the state treas- 
 urer directing such treasurer to credit to the retirement fund 
 created herein from the appropriation for the support of common 
 
210 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIOIT DEPARTMENT 
 
 schools an amount equal to the aggregate amount required to be 
 deducted from the salaries of teachers in the several counties of 
 the state as shown bj the certificate of the commissioner of edu- 
 cation filed with him as directed in subdivision six of this section. 
 
 8. The comptroller, in issuing his warrant to the state treas- 
 urer for the payment to each county of that portion of the moneys 
 appropriated for the support of common schools and payable on 
 or before March first of each year, shall deduct therefrom an 
 amount equal to the amount required to be deducted from the 
 salaries of teachers as shown by the certificate of the commis- 
 sioner of education filed with the comptroller as required by sub- 
 division six of this section. 
 
 9. The county treasurer of each county when paying to the 
 supervisors of the towns of such county and to the chamberlain 
 or treasurer of a city in such county the first half of the money 
 apportioned annually for the support of common schools shall 
 deduct from the amount apportioned to each town and city an 
 amount equal to the amount to be deducted from the salaries of 
 the teachers in such town or city as shown by the certificate of the 
 school commissioners and city superintendents filed with such 
 treasurer as directed by subdivision three of this section. 
 
 10. The supervisor of each town shall pay to the collector or 
 treasurer of each school district in such town or to the teachers 
 employed in such districts toward their salaries on the order of 
 the trustees of such districts the amount apportioned to such dis- 
 tricts respectively less the amount required to be deducted from 
 the salaries of the teachers in such districts as shown by the 
 certificate of the school commissioner filed with such supervisors 
 as directed by subdivision four of this section. 
 
 § 1109. Retirement of teachers. 1. A teacher who has 
 taught in public schools for a period of twenty-five years, at least 
 the last fifteen years of which period shall have been taught in 
 the public schools in those districts or cities in this state which are 
 subject to the provisions of this article shall, upon his retirement 
 from actual service as such teacher, on and after August first, 
 nineteen hundred and thirteen, be entitled to an annuity of a 
 sum equal to one-half of the annual salary paid to such teacher at 
 the time of such retirement, provided that no annuity shall exceed 
 the sum of six hundred dollars. 
 
 2. A teacher who has taught in public schools for a period of 
 fifteen years, at least the last nine of which were taught in the 
 public schools in those districts or cities which are subject to 
 
I 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 211 
 
 this article, who is either physically or mentally incapable of 
 teaching may be retired, and shall, upon his retirement, be en- 
 titled to an annuity of as many twenty-fifths of the full annuity 
 for twenty-five years as said teacher has taught years. _ _ 
 
 3. Such retirement may be had on the request of the teacher, or 
 upon the request of a board of education in a city or union free 
 school district. A request for retirement shall be made in writing 
 addressed to state teachers' retirement fund board, accompanied by 
 evidence showing that the teacher named therein is entitled to 
 retirement, and that he has complied with the provisions of this 
 article and the rules of the board relating to the payment of 
 annuities. The board shall pass upon all requests for retirement, 
 and shall determine whether such requests should be granted. 
 
 4. All determinations of the board relative to such requests and 
 the payment of annuities to teachers shall be subject to appeal to 
 the commissioner of education. The provisions of article thirty- 
 four of the education law, relative to appeals, shall apply to 
 appeals from such determinations. 
 
 § 1109-a. Payment of annuities. 1. A teacher shall 
 not be entitled to an annuity who has not contributed to the retire- 
 ment fund an amount equal to at least thirty per centum of his 
 annuity. But a teacher who is otherwise entitled to retirement and 
 an annuity under this article, may become an annuitant and en- 
 titled to an annuity by making a cash payment to the retirement 
 fund of an amount which when added to his previous contributions 
 to such fund, will equal thirty per centum of his annuity. 
 
 2. In case a teacher who shall retire or be retired, is unable to 
 pay in advance the sum required to make up the said thirty per 
 centum of the annuity, the payment of such annuity may be with- 
 held until the portion of the annuity withheld shall equal the sum 
 required to make up said thirty per centum of the annuity. 
 
 3. Annuities shall be paid quarterly to the teachers entitled 
 thereto, upon the warrants or orders signed by the president and 
 secretary of the state teachers' retirement board. Vouchers or re- 
 ceipts shall be signed in duplicate by annuitants upon receiving 
 the money paid to them. Such duplicate receipts shall be returned 
 to the secretary of the board, and one of them shall be retained in 
 his office and the other shall be filed in the office of the state 
 treasurer. 
 
 4. Each annuity shall date from the time when the state 
 teachers' retirement board shall take action upon the request made 
 as herein provided for the retirement of the annuitant. 
 
212 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 1109-b. Application of article to certain counties, 
 cities and districts; voluntary contributions. This 
 article shall not apply to any county, city or district in which the 
 teachers in the public schools thereof are required or authorized 
 to contribute to a teachers' retirement fund, or in which such 
 teachers are entitled to annuities or pensions, in accordance with 
 any special or local act applicable to such county, city or district. 
 Provided, that whenever the state teachers' retirement fund board 
 is satisfied that more than two-thirds of all the teachers employed 
 in the public schools of any such county, city or district are willing 
 to become subject to this article, as shown by a petition duly signed 
 and verified by such teachers, such board shall issue its order 
 directing that on and after the date thereof this article shall apply 
 to such county, city or district. A copy of such order shall be 
 mailed to the several teachers employed in the county, city or 
 district to which such order relates and to the boards of education, 
 trustees or other school authorities therein, and thereupon the 
 provisions of this article shall apply to such county, city or district 
 to the same extent and for the same purposes as to the other 
 counties, cities and districts of the state. Thereupon the organiza- 
 tion or society created under the said local or special act applicable 
 to a county, city or district shall be dissolved and discontinued and 
 the treasurer or other custodian of the funds of such organization 
 or society shall pay into the state treasury any funds in his pos- 
 session belonging to the said organization or society, after paying 
 any outstanding obligations other than annuities. Such funds 
 shall be credited to the retirement fund provided for herein. All 
 persons who had been placed upon the retired list pursuant to the 
 provisions of such local or special act, previous to the date when 
 such local organization or society determined to come under the 
 provisions of this act, shall become annuitants under this act and 
 shall be entitled to receive the same amount which they would 
 have been entitled to receive under the provisions of their retire- 
 ment under said local or special act had such organization or so- 
 ciety created thereunder not been dissolved and discontinued. 
 Upon the execution and service of such order the teachers em- 
 ployed in the county, city or district to which such order relates, 
 shall contribute one per centum of their salaries to the retirement 
 fund and they shall be entitled to all the privileges thereof, under 
 the conditions and restrictions imposed by this article and the 
 rules of the board. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 213 
 
 ARTICLE 44 
 
 Libraries 
 
 Section 1110. State library, how constituted. 
 
 1111. State medical library. ~ ~ 
 
 1112. Manuscript and records '■ on file." 
 
 1113. State library, when open; use of books. 
 
 1114. Duplicate department. 
 
 1115. Transfers from state officers. 
 
 1116. Other libraries owned by the state. 
 
 1117. Public and free libraries and museums. 
 
 1118. Establishment. 
 
 1119. Acceptance of conditional gift. 
 
 1120. Subsidies. 
 
 1121. Closing of museum; admission fee during certain 
 
 hours. 
 
 1122. Taxes. 
 
 1123. Trustees. 
 
 1124. Incorporation. 
 
 1125. Use of free public libraries. 
 
 1126. Reports. 
 
 1127. Injuries to property. 
 
 1128. Detention. 
 
 1129. Transfer of libraries. 
 
 1130. Local neglect. 
 
 1131. Loans of books from state. 
 
 1132. Advice and instruction from state library officers. 
 
 1133. Apportionment of public library money. 
 
 1134. Abolition. 
 
 1135. Use and care of school library. 
 
 1136. Existing rules continued in force. 
 
 1137. Authority to raise and receive money for school 
 
 library. 
 
 1138. Authority to transfer school library property to 
 
 free public library. 
 
 1139. Transfer of property not in charge of librarian. 
 
 1140. Provision for change to circulating library. 
 
 1141. Penalty for disobedience to library law, rules or 
 
 orders. 
 
 § 1110. State library, h.ojxr constituted. All books, 
 pamphlets, manuscripts, records, archives and maps, and all other 
 
214 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 property appropriate to a general library, if owned by the state 
 and not placed in other custody by law, shall be in charge of the 
 regents and constitute the state library. 
 
 § 1111. Sitate medical library. The state medical library 
 shall be a part of the !N'ew York state library under the same 
 government and regulations and shall be open for consultation to 
 every citizen of the state at all hours when the state library is 
 open and shall be available for borrowing books to every accred- 
 ited physician residing in the state of 'New York, who shall 
 conform to the rules made by the regents for insuring proper pro- 
 tection and the largest usefulness to the people of the said medical 
 library. 
 
 § 1112. Manuscript and records "on file." Manu- 
 script or printed papers of the legislature, usually termed ^' on 
 file," and which shall have been on file more than five years in 
 custody of the senate and assembly clerks, and all public records 
 of the state not placed in other custody by a specific law shall be 
 part of the state library and shall be kept in rooms assigned and 
 suitably arranged for that purpose by the trustees of public build- 
 ings. The regents shall cause such papers and records to be so 
 classified and arranged that they can be easily found. No paper 
 or record shall be removed from such files except on a resolution 
 of the senate and assembly withdrawing them for a temporary pur- 
 pose, and in case of such removal a description of the paper or 
 record and the name of the person removing the same shall be 
 entered in a book provided for that purpose, with the date of its 
 delivery and return. 
 
 § 1113. State library, when open; use of books. The 
 state library shall be kept open not less than eight hours every 
 week day in the year except the legal holidays known as Inde- 
 pendence day, Thanksgiving day and Christmas day, and members 
 of the legislature, judges of the court of appeals, justices of the 
 supreme court, and heads of state departments may borrow from 
 the library books for use in Albany, but shall be subject to such 
 restrictions and penalties as may be prescribed by the regents for 
 the safety or greater usefulness of the library. Others shall be 
 entitled to use or borrow books from the library only on such con- 
 ditions as the regents shall prescribe. 
 
 § 1114. Duplicate department. The regents shall 
 have charge of the preparation, publication and distribution, 
 whether by sale, exchange or gift, of the colonial history, natural 
 
EDUCATION LAW 215 
 
 liist'>ry and all other state publications not otherwise assigned by 
 law. To guard against waste or destruction of state publications, 
 and to provide for the completion of sets to be permanently pre- 
 served in American and foreign libraries, the regents shall main- 
 tain a duplicate department to which each state department, 
 bureau, board or commission shall send not less than five copies 
 of each of its publications when issued, and after completing its 
 distribution, any remaining copies which it no longer requires. 
 The above, with any other publications not needed in the state 
 library, shall be the duplicate department, and rules for sale, ex- 
 change or distribution from it shall be fixed by the regents, who 
 shall use all receipts from such exchanges or sales for expenses 
 and for increasing the state library. 
 
 § 1115. Transfers from state officers. The librarian 
 of any library owned by the state, or the officer in charge of any 
 state department, bureau, board, commission or other office may, 
 with the approval of the regents, transfer to the permanent custody 
 of the state library or museum any books, papers, maps, manu- 
 scripts, specimens or other articles which, because of being dupli- 
 cates or for other reasons, will in his judgment be more useful to 
 the state in the state library or museum than if retained in his 
 keeping. 
 
 § 1116. Other libraries oivned by the state. The 
 report of the state library to the legislature shall include a state- 
 ment of the total number of volumes or pamphlets, the number 
 added during the year, with a summary of operations and condi- 
 tions, and any needed recommendation for safety or usefulness for 
 each of the other libraries owned by the state, the custodian of 
 which shall furnish such information or facilities for inspection 
 as the regents may require for making this report. Each of these 
 libraries shall be under the sole control now provided by law, but 
 for the annual report of the total number of books owned by or 
 bought each year by the state, it shall be considered as a branch 
 of the state library and shall be entitled to any facilities for ex- 
 change of duplicates, inter-library loans or other privileges pro})- 
 erly accorded to a branch. 
 
 § 1117. Public and free libraries and museums. 
 All provisions of this section and of sections eleven hundred and 
 eighteen to eleven hundred and thirty-four inclusive shall apply 
 equally to libraries, museums, and to combined libraries and 
 
216 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 museums, and the word ^'library" shall be construed to include 
 reference and circulating libraries and reading-rooms. 
 
 § 1118. !Establisliinent. By majority vote at any election, 
 any city, village, town, school district, or other body authorized 
 to levy and collect taxes, or by vote of its common council, or by 
 action of a board of estimate and apportionment or other proper 
 authority, any city, or by vote of its trustees, any village, may 
 establish and maintain a free public library, with or without 
 branches, either by itself or in connection with any other body 
 authorized to maintain such library. Whenever twenty-five tax- 
 payers shall so petition, the question of providing library facilities 
 shall be voted on at the next election or meeting at which taxes 
 may be voted, provided that due public notice shall have been given 
 of the proposed action. A municipality or district named in this 
 section may raise money by tax to establish and maintain a public 
 library or libraries, or to provide a building or rooms for its or 
 their use, or to share the cost as agreed with other municipal or 
 district bodies, or to pay for library privileges under a contract 
 therefor. It may also acquire real or personal property for library 
 purposes by gift, grant, devise or condemnation, and may take, 
 buy, sell, hold and transfer either real or personal property and 
 administer the same for public library purposes. A board of 
 supervisors of a county may contract with the trustees of a public 
 library within such county or with any other municipal or district 
 body having control of such a library to furnish library privileges 
 to the people of the county, under such terms and conditions as may 
 be stated in such contract. The amount agreed to be paid for such 
 privileges under such contract shall be a charge upon the county 
 and shall be paid in the same manner as other county charges. 
 [Amended hy L. 1911, ch. 815.] 
 
 § 1119. Acceptance of conditional gift. By majority 
 vote at any election any municipality or district or by three-fourths 
 vote of its council, any city, or any public library in the university, 
 or any designated branch thereof, if so authorized by such vote of 
 a municipality, district, or council, or of any combination of such 
 voting bodies, may accept gifts, grants, devises or bequests for 
 public library purposes on condition that a specified annual appro- 
 priation shall thereafter be made, by the municipality or district 
 or combination so authorizing such acceptance, for maintenance of 
 such library or branches thereof. Such acceptance, when approved 
 by the regents of the university under seal and recorded in its 
 
EDUCATION LAW 217 
 
 book of charters, shall be a binding contract, and such munici- 
 pality and district shall levy and collect yearly the amount pro- 
 vided in the manner prescribed for other taxes, and shall maintain 
 any so accepted gift, grant, devise or bequest, intact and niake 
 good any impairment thereof. 
 
 § 1120. Subsidies. By vote similar to that required by 
 sections eleven hundred and eighteen and eleven hundred and 
 nineteen money may be granted toward the support of libraries 
 not owned by the public but maintained for its welfare and free 
 use; provided, that such libraries shall be subject to the inspection 
 of the regents and registered by them as maintaining a proper 
 t-tandard, that the regents shall certify what number of the books 
 circulated are of such a character as to merit a grant of public 
 money, and that the amount granted yearly to libraries on the 
 basis of circulation shall not exceed ten cents for each volume cf 
 the circulation thus certified by the regents. 
 
 § 1121. Closing of museum; admission fee during 
 certain hours. The trustees of any institution supported un- 
 der this chapter by public money, in whole or in part, may, so 
 far as consistent with free use by the public at reasonable or 
 specified hours, close any of its museum collections at certain 
 other hours, for study, to meet the demands of special students 
 or for exhibition purposes, and may charge an admission fee at 
 such hours, provided that all receipts from such fees shall be paid 
 into the treasury and be used for the maintenance or enlargement 
 of the institution. 
 
 § 1122. Taxes. Taxes, in addition to those otherwise au- 
 thorized, may be voted by any authority named in section eleven 
 hundred and eighteen and for any purpose specified in sections 
 eleven hundred and eighteen to eleven hundred and twenty inclu- 
 sive, and shall, unless otherwise directed by such vote, be con- 
 sidered as annual appropriations therefor till changed by further 
 vote, and shall be levied and collected yearly, or as directed, as 
 F.re other general taxes ; and all money received from taxes or 
 other sources for such library shall be kept as a separate library 
 fund and expended only under direction of the library trustees on 
 properly authenticated vouchers. 
 
 § 1123. Trustees. Free public libraries established by 
 action of the voters or their representatives shall be managed by 
 trustees who shall have all the powers of trustees of other edu- 
 cational institutions of the university as defined in this chapter; 
 
218 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION' DEPARTMENT 
 
 provided, unless otherwise specified in the charter, that the num- 
 ber of trustees shall be five; that they shall be elected by the 
 legal voters, except that in cities they shall be appointed by the 
 mayor with the consent of the common council, from citizens 
 of recognized fitness for such position ; that the first trustees deter- 
 mine by lot whose term of office shall expire each year and that a 
 new trustee shall be elected or appointed annually to serve for five 
 years. 
 
 § 1124. Incorporation. Within one month after taking 
 office, the first board of trustees of any such free public library 
 shall apply to the regents for a charter in accordance with the 
 vote establishing the library. 
 
 § 1125. Use of free public libraries. Every library 
 established under section eleven hundred and eighteen of this 
 chapter shall be forever free to the inhabitants of the locality which 
 establishes it, subject always to rules of the library trustees, who 
 shall have authority to exclude any person who wilfully violates 
 such rules; and the trustees may, under such conditions as they 
 think expedient, extend the privileges of the library to persons 
 living outside such locality. 
 
 § 1126. Reports. Every library or museum which receives 
 state aid or enjoys any exemption from taxation or other privilege 
 not usually accorded to business corporations shall make the 
 report required by section fifty-eight of this chapter, and such 
 report shall relieve the institution from making any report now 
 required by statute or charter to be made to the legislature, or to 
 any department, court or other authority of the state. These 
 reports shall be summarized and transmitted to the legislature by 
 the regents with the annual reports of the state library and state 
 museum. 
 
 § 1127. Injuries to property. Whoever intentionally 
 injures, defaces or destroys any property belonging to or deposited 
 in any incorporated library, reading-room, museum or other edu- 
 cational institution, shall be punished by imprisonment in a state 
 prison for not more than three years, or in a county jail for not 
 more than one year, or by a fine of not more than five hundred 
 dollars, or by both such fine and imprisonment. 
 
 § 1128. Detention. Whoever wilfully detains any book, 
 newspaper, magazine, pamphlet, manuscript or other property be- 
 longing to any public or incorporated library, reading-room, 
 museum or other educational institution, for thirty days after 
 
EDUCATION LAW 219 
 
 notice in writing to return the same, given after the expiration of 
 the time which bj the rules of such institution, such article or 
 other property may be kept, shall be punished by a fine of not 
 less than one nor more than twenty-five dollars, or by imprison^ 
 ment in the jail not exceeding six months, and the said notice 
 shall bear on its face a copy of this section. 
 
 § 1129. Transfer of libraries. Any corporation, asso- 
 ciation, school district or combination of districts may, by legal 
 vote duly approved by the regents, transfer, conditionally as pro- 
 vided in section eleven hundred and nineteen of this article, or 
 otherwise, the ownership and control of its library, with all its 
 appurtenances, to any municipality, or district, or public library 
 in the university, or any designated branch thereof, and thereafter 
 such transferee shall be entitled to receive any money, books or 
 other property from the state or other sources, to which the trans- 
 ferring body would have been entitled but for such transfer, and 
 the trustees or body making the transfer shall thereafter be re- 
 lieved of all responsibility pertaining to property thus transferred. 
 
 § 1130. lioeal neglect. If the local authorities of any 
 library supported wholly or in part by state money, fail to provide 
 for the support and public usefulness of its books, the regents 
 shall in writing notify the trustees of said library what is neces- 
 sary to meet the state's requirements, and on such notice all its 
 rights to further grants of money or books from the state shall be 
 suspended until the regents certify that the requirements have 
 been met; and if said trustees shall refuse or neglect to comply 
 with such requirements within sixty days after service of such 
 notice, the regents may remove them from office and thereafter all 
 books and other library property wholly or in part paid for from 
 state money shall be under the full and direct control of the regents 
 who, as shall seem best for public interests, may appoint new 
 trustees to carry on the library, or may store it, or distribute its 
 books to other libraries. 
 
 § 1131. Lioans of books from state. Under such rules 
 as the regents may prescribe, they may lend from the state library, 
 duplicate department, or from books specially given or bought 
 for this purpose, selections of books for a limited time to any 
 public library in this state under visitation of the regents, or to 
 any community not yet having established such library, but which 
 has conformed to the conditions required for such loans. 
 
220 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 1132. Advice and instruction from state library- 
 officers. The trustees or librarian or any citizen interested in 
 any public library in this state shall be entitled to ask from 
 the officers of the state library any needed advice or instruction 
 as to a library building, furniture and equipment, government 
 and service, rules for readers, selecting, buying, cataloguing, shelv- 
 ing, lending books, or any other matter pertaining to the estab- 
 lishment, reorganization or administration of a public library. 
 The regents may provide for giving such advice and instruction 
 either personally or through printed matter and correspondence, 
 either by the state library staff or by a library commission of 
 competent experts appointed by the regents to serve without salary. 
 The regents may, on request, select or buy books, or furnish them 
 instead of money apportioned, or may make exchanges and loans 
 through the duplicate department of the state library. Such as- 
 sistance shall be free to residents of this state as far as practicable, 
 but the regents may, in their discretion, charge a proper fee to 
 nonresidents or for assistance of a personal nature or for other 
 reason not properly an expense to the state, but which may be 
 authorized for the accommodation of users of the library. 
 
 § 1133. Apportionment of public library money. 
 Such sum as shall have been appropriated by the legislature as 
 public library money shall be paid annually by the treasurer, 
 on the warrant of the comptroller, from the income of the United 
 States deposit fund, according to an apportionment to be made 
 for the benefit of free libraries by the regents in accordance with 
 their rules and authenticated by their seal; provided, that none 
 of this money shall be spent for books except those approved 
 or selected and furnished by the regents; that no locality shall 
 share in the apportionment unless it shall raise and use for the 
 same purpose not less than an equal amount from taxation or 
 other local sources; that for any part of the apportionment not 
 payable directly to the library trustees the regents shall file with 
 the comptroller proper vouchers showing that it has been spent in 
 accordance with law exclusively for books for free libraries or for 
 proper expenses incurred for their benefit; and that books paid 
 for by the state shall be subject to return to the regents whenever 
 the library shall neglect or refuse to conform to the ordinances 
 under which it secured them. 
 
 § 1134. Abolition. Any library established by public vot 
 or action of school authorities, or under section eleven hundred 
 
I 
 
 EDUCATION LAW 221 
 
 and eighteen of this chapter, may be abolished only by a majority 
 vote at a regular annual election, ratified by a majority vote at 
 the next annual election. If any such library is abolished its prop- 
 erty shall be used first to return to the regents, for the benefit of 
 other public libraries in that locality, the equivalent of such sums 
 as it may have received from the state or from other sources as 
 gifts for public use. After such return any remaining property 
 may be used as directed in the vote abolishing the library, but 
 if the entire library property does not exceed in value the amount 
 of such gifts it may be transferred to the regents for public use, 
 and the trustees shall thereupon be free from further responsi- 
 bility. "No abolition of a public library shall be lawful till the 
 regents grant a certificate that its assets have been properly dis- 
 tributed and its abolition completed in accordance with law. 
 
 § 1135. Use and care of school library. The school 
 library shall be a part of the school equipment and shall be kept 
 in the school building at all times, and shall not be used as a 
 circulating library, except as the rules fixed by the commissioner 
 of education shall allow, but no person shall be allowed to borrow 
 more than one volume at a time and shall not keep the same more 
 than two weeks. The board of education or trustees shall appoint 
 a teacher of the schools under their charge as librarian, who, with 
 the trustees, shall be responsible for the safety and proper care 
 of the books, and shall annually, and whenever required, make 
 such reports concerning the library as the commissioner of educa- 
 tion may direct. 
 
 § 1136. Existing rules continued in force. All exist- 
 ing provisions of law and rules established by the superintendent 
 of public instruction or by the commissioner of education for the 
 management of district libraries shall hold good as to the man- 
 agement of school libraries till altered by or in pursuance of law. 
 
 § 1137. Authority to raise and receive money for 
 school library. Each city and school district in the state is 
 hereby authorized to raise moneys by tax in the same manner as 
 other school moneys are raised, or to receive moneys by gift or 
 devise, for starting^ extending or caring for the school library. 
 
 § 1138. Authority to transfer school library prop- 
 erty to free public library. Any board of education in 
 any city or union free school district, or any duly constituted 
 meeting in any other district, is hereby authorized to give any or 
 all of its books or other library property to any township or other 
 
ii22 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 free public library under state supervision, or to aid in establish- 
 ing such free public library, provided it is free to the people of 
 such city or district. A receipt from the officers of the said free 
 public library, and an approval of the transfer under seal by the 
 regents of the university, shall forever thereafter relieve the said 
 school authorities of further responsibility for the said library and 
 property so transferred. 
 
 § 1139. Transfer of property not in charge of li- 
 brarian. Any books or other library property belonging to 
 any district library, and which have not been in direct charge of 
 a librarian duly appointed within one year, may be taken and 
 shall thereafter be owned by any public library under state super- 
 vision, which has received from the regents of the university 
 written permission to collect such books or library property, and 
 to administer the same for the benefit of the public; provided, 
 that said books or other library property shall be found in the 
 territory for which such public library is maintained, as defined 
 in its charter or in the permission granted by the regents; and 
 further provided, that, on written request of the school authorities, 
 any dictionaries, cyclopedias and pedagogic books shall be placed 
 in the school library of the district to which such books originally 
 belong. 
 
 § 1140. Provision for change to circulating library. 
 The public shall not be entitled to use any library, now or here- 
 after in the custody of the school authorities, but said authorities 
 may appoint three trustees who shall have the powers, duties and 
 responsibilities of trustees of public libraries incorporated by the 
 regents, and thereafter the school authorities may transfer to the 
 custody of said trustees for the purposes of a circulating library 
 any of their library property as provided in section eleven hun- 
 dred and thirty-eight. 
 
 § 1141. Penalty for disobedience to library law, 
 rules or orders. The commissioner of education is hereby 
 authorized to withhold its share of public school moneys from any 
 city or district which uses school library moneys for any other 
 purpose than that for which they are provided, or for any wilful 
 neglect or disobedience of the law or the rules or orders of said 
 commissioner in the premises. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 223 
 
 ARTICLE 45 
 Court Libraries 
 
 Section 1160. Court of appeals libraries. 
 
 1161. Court of appeals judges' law libraries. 
 
 1162. Appellate division libraries. 
 
 1163. Appellate division library, first department. 
 
 1164. Appellate division library, fourth department, 
 
 1165. Supreme court libraries. 
 
 1166. Supreme court library at New York. 
 
 1167. Supreme court library in borough of Brooklyn. 
 
 1168. Supreme court library at N^ewburgh. 
 
 1169. Joseph F. Barnard memorial library at Pough- 
 
 keepsie. 
 
 1170. Supreme court library at Kingston. 
 
 1171. Supreme court library at Saratoga. 
 
 1172. Supreme court library at Utica. 
 
 1173. Supreme court library at Binghamton. 
 
 1174. Supreme court library at Delhi. 
 
 1175. Supreme court library at Elmira. 
 
 1176. David L. Follett memorial library at JSTorwich. 
 
 1177. Supreme court library at Buffalo. 
 
 1178. Supreme court library at White Plains. 
 
 1179. Supreme court library at Troy. 
 
 *1180. City court of the city of New York. [Added by 
 
 L. 1911, ch. 824.] 
 *1180. Supreme court library in Queens county. [Added 
 
 by L. 1911, ch. 557.] 
 
 § 1160. Court of appeals libraries. 1. The consul- 
 tation library of the court of appeals is continued. Said library 
 shall be under the exclusive supervision of that court and the chief 
 judge may add thereto from any funds available. 
 
 2. The library of the court of appeals, located at the city of 
 Syracuse, is continued. The regents of the university shall ap- 
 point a suitable person to be librarian of the said library, who 
 shall receive an annual salary of three thousand dollars, to be 
 paid by the comptroller in monthly instalments, upon the certifi- 
 cate of a justice of the supreme court residing in the city of 
 Syracuse, which said amount shall be levied and assessed by the 
 comptroller, one-half upon the county of Onondaga, and the 
 
 * Two sections numbered 1180 were added to this article by the acts re- 
 ferred to. 
 
224: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 residue thereof upon the several remaining counties constituting 
 the fifth judicial district, in proportion to the assessed valuation 
 of the real and personal property in said counties. Said libra- 
 rian shall appoint an assistant librarian and such other assistants 
 as shall be determined by the board of supervisors of said county 
 of Onondaga, who shall be paid by said county of Onondaga a 
 salary or salaries to be fixed by said board of supervisors of said 
 county. The said library shall be maintained as a free public 
 library for the use of the people of the state, the supreme court 
 of the fifth judicial district and the local courts of the county 
 of Onondaga and city of Syracuse. Such library shall be kept 
 in the court-house of Onondaga county and without expense to 
 the state, except for the purchase of books, binding and repair of 
 books. The regents of the university shall frame and establish 
 suitable rules and regulations for the use of the books in such 
 library, and shall add to and amend the same as shall be necessary. 
 
 § 1161. Court of *appeals' judges' la\r libraries. 
 The law libraries of the judges of the court of appeals are 
 continued. Each judge has sole custody and control of the library 
 assigned to him and on expiration of his term of ofiice shall deliver 
 it to his successor. He may add to it from any funds available. 
 
 § 1162. Appellate division libraries. The libraries 
 heretofore established for the appellate divisions of the su- 
 preme court are continued. They are under exclusive super- 
 vision of the respective appellate divisions. The justices of the 
 court shall be trustees thereof who shall continue to be vested with 
 all the powers with regard thereto now possessed by said justices. 
 
 § 1163. Appellate division library, first depart- 
 ment. The law library of the appellate division of the first 
 department shall be kept in the court-house thereof, and shall 
 be in the care and custody and under the control of the justices of 
 the appellate division of said first department, who shall be the 
 trustees thereof. The said trustees may make rules and regula- 
 tions for the management and protection of said library and pre- 
 scribe penalties for the violation thereof. They may sue for and 
 recover such penalties and may maintain actions for injury to 
 said library. They may appoint a librarian and an assistant 
 librarian and fix their salaries, the former at not to exceed the 
 Slim of four thousand dollars per annum, and the latter at not 
 to exceed the sum of three thousand dollars per annum. The 
 
 * So in original. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 225 
 
 said librarian shall, in addition to the duties now performed by 
 him, perform such duties in relation to the custody and distribu- 
 tion of stationery and other supplies furnished for the use of the 
 appellate division of said first department as said justices of said 
 appellate division shall direct. The said trustees may procure 
 furniture for said library and shall defray all the expenses in- 
 cidental to its care and management. They shall yearly ascertain 
 the amount necessary for the aforesaid purposes and certify it 
 to the board of estimate and apportionment, who shall provide 
 for raising and paying the same. [Amended hy L. 1911, cJi, 832.] 
 
 § 1164. Appellate division library, fourtli de- 
 partment. The law library of the appellate division of the 
 fourth department shall be kept in the court-house of Monroe 
 county and without expense to the state for heat, light, janitor 
 service, furniture, stationery supplies, binding and repair of books, 
 which shall be provided by said county. This library shall be 
 maintained as a free public library for the use of the people of the 
 state, the appellate division of the supreme court in the fourth 
 judicial department, the supreme court of the seventh judicial dis- 
 trict and the local courts at Eochester. The consultation library 
 heretofore provided for the appellate court shall be a part of this 
 library but shall remain in the justices' chambers for their own 
 personal use. The librarian of said library and an assistant li- 
 brarian and their successors shall be appointed and may be removed 
 at pleasure by the justices of the appellate division of the supreme 
 court in the fourth judicial department. The librarian shall be 
 paid an annual salary of three thousand dollars, to be paid in 
 monthly instalments by the state comptroller which shall be levied 
 and assessed by him upon the counties constituting the fourth 
 judicial department, and the assistant librarian shall be paid by 
 the county of Monroe, a salary to be fixed by the board of super- 
 visors of said county. A certificate of the appointment of the 
 librarian, signed by the presiding justice of the fourth judicial 
 department, shall be filed with the comptroller of the state. 
 
 § 1165. Supreme court libraries. The following su- 
 preme court law libraries are continued: 
 
 1. In the first judicial district the library formed by the con- 
 solidation of the libraries of the superior court of the city of 
 New York and the court of common pleas of said city and county. 
 
 2. In the second judicial district the libraries at the borough 
 
226 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 of Brooklyn and at ISTewburgh and the Joseph F. Barnard memo- 
 rial law library at Poughkeepsie. 
 
 3. In the third judicial district the library at Kingston and the 
 library at Troy. 
 
 4. In the fourth judicial district the library at Saratoga 
 Springs. 
 
 5. In the fifth judicial district the library at Utica. 
 
 6. In the sixth judicial district the libraries at Binghamton, 
 Delhi and Elmira, and the David L. Follett memorial library at 
 IN'orwich. 
 
 7. In the eighth judicial district the library at Buffalo. 
 
 8. In the ninth judicial district the library at White Plains. 
 
 § 1166. Supreme court library at New York. The 
 law libraries of the superior court of the city of New York and 
 of the court of common pleas of said city and county as consoli- 
 dated, and the books therein, shall be the law library of the supreme 
 court in the first judicial district and shall be in the care and 
 custody and under the control of the justices of the supreme court 
 in said judicial district, or a majority of them, not designated as 
 justices of the appellate division, who shall be the trustees thereof. 
 The said trustees may make rules and regulations for the manage- 
 ment and protection of said library and prescribe penalties for the 
 violation thereof. They may sue for and recover such penalties 
 and may maintain actions for injury to said library. They may 
 appoint a librarian and fix his salary at not to exceed the sum of 
 four thousand dollars per annum. They may procure proper 
 furniture for said library, purchase books therefor and defray all 
 the expenses incidental to its care and management. They shall 
 yearly ascertain the amount necessary for the aforesaid purposes 
 and certify it to the board of estimate and apportionment, who 
 shall provide for raising and paying the same. 
 
 § 1167. Supreme court library in borough of 
 Brooklyn. The supreme court library in the borough of 
 Brooklyn shall be under the care and management of the trustees 
 of the law library of the borough of Brooklyn; subject, however, 
 to such orders, rules and regulations, touching the same, as may 
 be made, from time to time, by a majority of the justices of the 
 supreme court, residing in said district. All appropriations made 
 for said library, shall be paid to the said trustees, to be by them 
 disbursed in the purchase of books for said library. The said 
 trustees may make rules and regulations for the management and 
 
EDUCATION LAW 
 
 227 
 
 protection of said library, and prescribe penalties for the violation 
 thereof; they may sue for and recover such penalties, and may 
 maintain actions for injuries to said library, and may procure 
 proper furniture for said library, hire suitable rooms, employ -a 
 librarian, provide fuel and lights, and defray all the incidental 
 expenses of the care and management of said library; they shall 
 yearly ascertain the amount necessary for the aforesaid purposes, 
 and certify it to the board of estimate and apportionment of the 
 city of ^ew York, who shall pay the same. They shall yearly 
 make a report to the regents of the university, of the additions 
 made to said library during the preceding year. 
 
 § 1168. Supreme court library at Newburgh. The 
 second judicial district law library at Nev/burgh shall be in 
 charge of and under the care of the trustees of the Orange county 
 referee law library association, and shall be governed by such 
 rules as said trustees with the approval of a justice of the supreme 
 court of the second judicial district may prescribe. The board of 
 supervisors of Orange county shall, subject to the approval of a 
 justice of the supreme court of said district, provide suitable and 
 proper rooms in which said library shall be placed and kept, and 
 the annual rent of said rooms and the necessary expense of care for 
 said library shall be a county charge payable by the treasurer of 
 said county upon vouchers approved by a justice of the supreme 
 court of said district. 
 
 The said trustees shall appoint a librarian for such library, who 
 shall hold office during their pleasure. Such librarian shall re- 
 ceive an annual salary not to exceed six hundred dollars, which 
 shall be paid to him quarterly by the treasurer of the county of 
 Orange, out of money appropriated for the court expenses in said 
 county. 
 
 It shall be the duty of said trustees to effect an insurance upon 
 said library, the cost whereof shall be paid in like manner by the 
 comptroller of the state of 'New York upon a certificate, from the 
 appropriations that may be from time to time made for the main- 
 tenance of said library. Such insurance shall be made in the 
 name of the people of the state of JSTew York, and in case of 
 loss the amount thereof shall be expended in the purchase of new 
 books for said library, in the same manner that the original appro- 
 priations were used for that purpose. 
 8 
 
228 KEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 1169. Joseph F. Barnard memorial library at 
 Poughkeepsie. The Joseph F. Barnard memorial library 
 located in the Dutchess county court-house at Poughkeepsie shall 
 be under the care and management of a board of trustees, which 
 board shall consist of five members. The trustees now in office 
 shall continue to serve for the terms for which they were appointed. 
 At the expiration of such terms the governor shall appoint their 
 successors, each of whom shall serve for five years and until his 
 successor is appointed. Such appointment shall be made from 
 among the members of the Dutchess county bar who shall have 
 practiced law for at least ten years. Said board of trustees shall 
 have power to receive by gift or bequest any property for the 
 purpose of a law library and hold and manage the same, and may 
 make rules and regulations for the management and protection of 
 said library and prescribe penalties for the violation thereof. They 
 may sue for and recover such penalties and may maintain actions 
 for any injury to said library or property connected therewith. 
 They may procure proper furniture for said library and defray all 
 the expenses of the care and management of said library, including 
 insurance, and the amounts required therefor shall be paid by the 
 treasurer of the county of Dutchess upon the certificate of a jus- 
 tice of the supreme court of the second judicial district or of the 
 county judge of Dutchess county, out of the moneys raised in said 
 county for court and jury expenses, which sums as well as the 
 salary of the librarian hereinafter specified shall be a county 
 charge upon the county of Dutchess. All appropriations made 
 for said library shall be paid by the treasurer of the state to said 
 trustees to be by them or by a majority of them disbursed for the 
 purchase of books for said library and for the necessary rebind- 
 ing of the same. 
 
 The librarian of the Joseph F. Barnard memorial law library 
 shall be appointed by said board and shall hold office at the 
 pleasure of said board. The salary of said librarian shall be 
 fixed by the board of supervisors of the county of Dutchess 
 and shall be paid quarterly on the first days of January, April, 
 July and October in each year by the treasurer of the county of 
 Dutchess out of the moneys raised in said county for court and 
 jury expenses upon the certificate of the Dutchess county judge. 
 Said librarian shall be subject to the direction of the said board 
 and shall be governed by such rules as it shall from time to time 
 establish. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 229 
 
 § 1170. Supreme court library at Kingston. The 
 
 justice of the supreme court residing in the city of Kingston 
 is hereby authorized from time to time to appoint a librarian to 
 take charge of the law library of the third judicial district, located 
 at Kingston, who shall be paid a salary of six hundred dollars 
 per year, the amount to be payable upon the certificate of said 
 justice out of the moneys raised in the county of Ulster for court 
 expenses by the treasurer thereof, upon the presentation of such 
 certificate. 
 
 It shall also be the duty of said justice, so residing at Kingston, 
 to effect an insurance upon said library, the cost whereof shall be 
 paid in like manner by the comptroller of the state of New York 
 upon a like certificate. Such insurance shall be made in the name 
 of the people of the state of 'Ne'w York, and in case of loss the 
 amount thereof shall be expended in the purchase of new books for 
 said library, in the same manner that the original appropriations 
 were used for that purpose. 
 
 § 1171. Supreme court library at Saratoga. The 
 justices of the supreme court of the fourth judicial district 
 for the time being shall be ex officio trustees of the supreme court 
 library at Saratoga, and the same shall be under the care and 
 management of the said trustees; and it shall be the duty of 
 the said justices, by a majority of their said number, from time to 
 time to make orders, rules and regulations touching the care, man- 
 agement, protection and due preservation of the said library, and 
 prescribe penalties for the violation thereof, and they may sue for 
 and recover such penalties for violation thereof, and may maintain 
 actions for injuries to said library. They may procure proper 
 furniture for said library, hire suitable rooms, appoint a suitable 
 librarian, provide fuel and lights, and defray all incidental ex- 
 penses of the care and management of the said library. 
 
 All appropriations made for said library shall be paid to said 
 trustees, to be by them disbursed in the purchase of books for said 
 library. The said trustees shall report annually to the trustees of 
 the state library the catalogue of books in the said library, and the 
 state and condition thereof. The trustees of the state library are 
 hereby authorized to place in said library any duplicates of books 
 in their possession not needed in the state library. 
 
 § 1172. Supreme court library at Utica. A jus- 
 tice of the supreme court residing in the city of Utica, if there 
 be a resident justice in said city, and if not, a justice of the su- 
 
230 ITEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 preme court residing in the county of Oneida, is hereby authorized 
 to appoint from year to year beginning September first, nineteen 
 hundred and eight, a librarian to take charge of the law library 
 in the fifth judicial district, located in the city of Utica, who shall 
 be paid a salary to be fixed by said judge not exceeding one 
 thousand dollars per year. The said judge may also appoint an 
 assistant librarian if in his judgment such assistant is necessary, 
 who shall hold office during the pleasure of said judge, and who 
 shall be paid a salary fixed by him not exceeding six hundred 
 dollars per year. Said salaries shall be payable on the certificate 
 of the said justice of the supreme court residing in the city of 
 Utica, if there be such justice, and if not, on the certificate of a 
 justice of the supreme court residing in the fifth judicial district, 
 out of the moneys raised in the county of Oneida for court ex- 
 penses by the treasurer thereof, upon the presentation of such 
 certificate. 
 
 § 1173. Supreme court library at Binghamtou. 
 All books purchased for the supreme court library, located at 
 Binghamton, under and in pursuance of the laws of the state 
 relating thereto shall be purchased by the justice of the supreme 
 court residing at that place, or if there be no justice there, then 
 by the justice residing nearest to the city of Binghamton. The 
 books so purchased shall be paid for on the order of such justice. 
 
 The librarian of such library shall be appointed by said justice, 
 and shall hold office during his pleasure. The salary of said libra- 
 rian shall be paid monthly in each year, and the amount thereof 
 shall be fixed in the month of October in each year for the follow- 
 ing year by said justice, which shall be paid by the county of 
 Broome, but shall not exceed six hundred dollars in any one year. 
 Said librarian shall be subject in all respects to the direction of 
 said justice, and shall be governed by such rules and regulations as 
 he shall make from time to time. 
 
 The board of supervisors of Broome county shall provide a suit- 
 able room or rooms and suitable cases in the court-house at Bing- 
 hamton for said supreme court library. The contingent expenses 
 of said library, except for the purchase of books, shall be paid as 
 heretofore by the county of Broome; which contingent expenses 
 must be first certified to be correct by one of said justices or by the 
 county judge of said county. Said court may have said library 
 insured for the benefit of said library and the policies made pay- 
 able to the clerk of the county of Broome and any insurance money 
 
EDUCATION LAW 231 
 
 received shall be invested and shall be paid out bj said clerk under 
 the orders of the justice of the supreme court charged with the 
 purchase of books for said library, in restoring said library, in 
 purchasing additional books therefor and in paying expenses neces-^ 
 sarily incurred by reason of a fire in removing and caring for said 
 library and in adjustment of the loss under the policies of insur- 
 ance thereon. 
 
 The librarian of said library shall, upon the written request 
 of any justice of the supreme court of such district, send to said 
 justice any of the books contained in said library, and pay the 
 charges for sending and returning the same. The sum so paid 
 by him shall be repaid to him out of any moneys appropriated 
 for the support or maintenance of said library, upon being duly 
 certified by a majority of the justices of the supreme court of 
 said district. 
 
 § 1174. Supreme court library at Delhi. The jus- 
 tices of the supreme court of the sixth judicial district, or a 
 majority of them, shall appoint a librarian for the supreme court 
 library, located at Delhi, Delaware county, which librarian shall 
 hold his office during the pleasure of said justices. Such appoint- 
 ment shall be in writing and signed by a majority of said justices 
 and filed in the office of the clerk of Delaware county. The salary 
 of such librarian shall be five hundred dollars per annum, and 
 shall be paid in quarterly payments of one hundred and twenty- 
 five dollars each, on the last day of each of the months of March, 
 June, September and December of each year, by the county treas- 
 urer of the county of Delaware, from the funds in his hands as 
 such treasurer. Said librarian shall be subject to the directions of 
 said justices, and shall be governed by such rules and regulations 
 as they shall make from time to time. 
 
 § 1175. Supreme court library at Elmira. The 
 supreme court library at Elmira shall be under the care and man- 
 agement of a board of trustees which board shall consist of three 
 members who shall be appointed by the governor from among the 
 members of the Chemung county bar who shall have practiced 
 law for at least ten years. At the expiration of the terms of the 
 trustees now in office the governor shall appoint their successors, 
 each of whom shall serve for three years and until his suc- 
 cessor is appointed. All appropriations made for said library 
 shall be paid to said trustees, to be by them or a majority of 
 them disbursed in the purchase of books for said library. The 
 
232 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIOI^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 said trustees may make rules and regulations for the management 
 and protection of said library and prescribe penalties for the 
 violation thereof. They may sue for and recover such penal- 
 ties, and may maintain actions for injuries to said library. They 
 may procure proper furniture for said library; hire suitable 
 rooms; provide fuel and lights; and defray all the incidental ex- 
 penses of the care and management of said library, including the 
 insurance thereof. The amounts required therefor shall be paid 
 by the treasurer of the county of Chemung, upon the certificate 
 of the resident justice of the supreme court, if there be one, and 
 if not, upon the certificate of any justice of the supreme court of 
 the district, out of the moneys raised in said county for court ex- 
 penses, which sums, as well as the salary of the librarian hereafter 
 specified, shall be a county charge upon said county of Chemung. 
 
 The librarian of said library shall be appointed by said board, 
 and shall hold office during the pleasure of said board. The salary 
 of said librarian shall be paid quarterly on the first days of Janu- 
 ary, April, July and October in each year and the amount thereof 
 shall be fixed in the month of October in each year for the follow- 
 ing year by said board, but such salary shall not exceed six hun- 
 dred dollars in any year, and the same shall be paid by the 
 treasurer of the county of Chemung out of the moneys raised in 
 said county for court expenses, upon the certificate of the resident 
 justice of the supreme court, if there be one, and if not, upon the 
 certificate of any justice of the supreme court in the district. 
 Said librarian shall be subject to the directions of said board and 
 shall be governed by such rules as it shall from time to time 
 make. 
 
 § 1176. David L. Follett memorial library at Nor- 
 ivich. The supreme court library at N^orwich, known as 
 " The David L. Follett Memorial Library " shall be under the 
 care and management of a board of trustees which board shall con- 
 sist of five members who shall be appointed by the governor from 
 among the members of the Chenango county bar who shall have 
 practiced law for at least ten years. At the expiration of the 
 terms of the trustees now in office the governor shall appoint 
 their successors, each of whom shall serve for five years and until 
 his successor is appointed. The said board of trustees shall have 
 power to receive by gift or devise, any property conveyed for the 
 purpose of a law library and hold and manage the same and maj 
 make rules and regulations for the management and protection of 
 
EDUCATION" LAW 233 
 
 said library and prescribe penalties for the violation thereof. They 
 may sue for and recover such penalties and may maintain actions 
 for any injury to said library or its property. They may procure 
 proper furniture for said library ; hire suitable rooms ; provide fuel 
 and lights, and defray all the incidental expenses of the care and 
 management of said library, including the proper insurance thereof. 
 The amounts required therefor shall be paid by the treasurer of 
 the county of Chenango, upon the certificate of a resident justice 
 of the supreme court, if there be one, and if not, upon the certifi- 
 cate of any justice of the supreme court of the sixth judicial dis- 
 trict, out of the moneys raised in said county for court expenses, 
 which sums as well as the salary of the librarian hereinafter speci- 
 fied, shall be a county charge upon said county of Chenango. All 
 appropriations made for said library shall be paid by the treasurer 
 of the state to said trustees, to be by them or by a majority of 
 them disbursed in the purchase of books for said library and for 
 the necessary rebinding of the same. 
 
 The librarian of the said library shall be appointed by said 
 board, and shall hold office during the pleasure of said board. The 
 salary of said librarian shall be paid quarterly on the first days of 
 January, April, July and October in each year and the amount 
 thereof shall be fixed in the month of October in each year for the 
 following year by said board, but such salary shall not exceed 
 five hundred dollars in any year, and the same shall be paid by 
 the treasurer of the county of Chenango out of the moneys raised 
 in said county for court expenses upon the certificate of the resi- 
 dent justice of the supreme court, if there be one; and if not upon 
 the certificate of any justice of the supreme court in said district. 
 Said librarian shall be subject to the direction of the said board 
 and shall be governed by such rules as it shall from time to time 
 establish and ordain. 
 
 § 1177. Supreme court library at Buffalo. The 
 supreme court library at Buffalo shall be under the care and 
 management of the present trustees and their successors in office ; 
 who shall be known as the trustees of the law library of the eighth 
 judicial district. In case of a vacancy in said board of trustees 
 it shall be filled at a term of the appellate division of the supreme 
 court of the fourth judicial department, by the justices thereof, 
 who shall appoint to such vacancy either a justice of the supreme 
 court residing in the eighth judicial district or an attorney and 
 counselor at law residing in the eighth judicial district and of at 
 
2S4: NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 least ten years' staiKJing at the bar; provided, however, that at 
 all times at least four of the trustees of said library shall be 
 residents of the county of Erie. All appropriations made for said 
 library shall be paid to the said trustees, to be by them disbursed 
 in the purchase of books, and in the repair of books, for said 
 library. The said trustees shall appoint a suitable person librarian 
 of said library, who shall receive an annual salary of two thousand 
 five hundred dollars, to be paid by the comptroller in monthly 
 instalments, upon the certificate of the treasurer of the trustees 
 of said library, which said amount shall be levied and assessed by 
 the comptroller, one-half upon the county of Erie, and the residue 
 thereof upon the several remaining counties constituting the eighth 
 judicial district, in proportion to the assessed valuation of the real 
 and personal property in said counties. The said trustees may 
 make rules and regulations for the management and protection of 
 said library, and prescribe penalties for the violation thereof ; and 
 may sue for and recover such penalties, and may maintain actions 
 for injuries to said library; they may procure proper furniture 
 for said library, hire suitable rooms, employ assistants to said 
 librarian, provide fuel and lights, and defray all the incidental 
 expenses of the care and management of said library; they shall 
 yearly ascertain the amount necessary for the aforesaid purposes 
 and certify it to the board of supervisors of Erie county, who shall 
 pay the same. They shall yearly make a report to the regents of 
 the university of the state of said library. The said library shall 
 be maintained as a free public library for the use of the people 
 of the state, the supreme court of the eighth judicial district, and 
 the local courts of the county of Erie and of the city of Buffalo. 
 [Amended hy L. 1911, ch. 58, in effect April 5, 1911.] 
 
 § 1178. Supreme court library at AVhite Plains. 
 The supreme court library at White Plains shall be under 
 the care and management of a board of trustees, which board 
 shall consist of ^yb members, who shall be appointed by the 
 governor, from among the members of the Westchester county 
 bar, who have practiced law for at least ten years. At the expira- 
 tion of the terms of the members of said board of trustees now 
 in office the governor shall appoint successors to said trustees, 
 who shall serve for five years and until their successors have been 
 appointed. The said board of trustees shall have power to receive 
 by gift, devise or bequest any property given or conveyed for the 
 purpose of a law library, and hold and manage the same, and may 
 
EDUCATION LAW 235 
 
 make rules and regulations for the management and protection of 
 said library and prescribe penalties for the violation thereof. They 
 may sue for and recover such penalties and may maintain actions 
 for any injury to said library or its property. They may pro^ 
 cure proper furniture for said library ; hire suitable rooms, provide 
 fuel and lights and defray all the incidental expenses of the care 
 and management of said library including the proper insurance 
 thereof. The amounts required therefor shall be paid by the treas- 
 urer of the county of Westchester, upon the certificate of a resident 
 justice of the supreme court, if there be one, and if not, upon 
 the certificate of any justice of the supreme court of the ninth 
 judicial district, out of the moneys raised in said county for 
 court expenses, which sums, as well as the salary of the librarian 
 hereinafter specified, shall be a county charge upon said county 
 of Westchester. All appropriations made by the state for said 
 library for purposes not hereinbefore otherwise provided for shall 
 be paid by the treasurer of the state, upon the warrant of the 
 comptroller, to said trustees to be by them, or a majority of them, 
 disbursed in the purchase of books for said library and for main- 
 tenance and supplies. The librarian of said library, who shall be 
 a regularly admitted attorney and counselor-at-law who has prac- 
 ticed law for at least fi\^ years, shall be appointed by said board 
 cf trustees and shall hold office during the pleasure of said board. 
 The amount of the salary of said librarian shall be fixed by said 
 board of trustees, and shall be paid in monthly instalments by the 
 treasurer of the county of Westchester out of the moneys raised in 
 said county for court expenses, upon the certificate of a resident 
 justice of the supreme court, if there be one, and if not, upon the 
 certificate of any justice of the supreme court of the ninth judicial 
 district. Said librarian shall be subject to the direction of the 
 said board of trustees and shall be governed by such rules as it shall 
 from time to time establish and ordain. 
 
 § 1179. Supreme court library at Troy. The su- 
 preme court library at Troy shall be under the care and man- 
 agement of a board of trustees, which board shall consist of three 
 members, who shall be appointed by the governor from among 
 the members of the Eensselaer county bar, who shall have prac- 
 ticed law in said county for at least ten years. At the expiration 
 of the terms of the members of said board of trustees now in office 
 the governor shall appoint successors to said trustees who shall 
 serve for three years and until their successors have been ap- 
 pointed. The said board of trustees shall have power to receive, 
 
^36 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 by gift or devise, any property conveyed for the purpose of a 
 law library and hold and manage the same and may make rules 
 and regulations for the management and protection of said library 
 and prescribe penalties for the violation thereof. They may sue 
 for and recover such penalties and may maintain actions for any 
 injury to said library or its property. They may procure proper 
 furniture for said library; and defray all the incidental expenses 
 of the care and management of said library, including insurance 
 thereof and telephone service. The amounts required therefor 
 shall be paid by the treasurer of the county of Eensselaer, upon 
 the certificate of a resident justice of the supreme court, if there 
 be one, and if not upon the certificate of any justice of the 
 supreme court of the third judicial district, out of the moneys 
 raised in said county for court expenses, which sums as well as 
 the salary of the librarian hereinafter specified, shall be a county 
 charge upon said county of Eensselaer. All appropriations made 
 for said library shall be paid by the treasurer of the state to 
 said trustees to be by them or by a majority of them disbursed 
 in the purchase of books for said library and for the necessary 
 rebinding of the same. The board of supervisors of E-ensselaer 
 county shall provide within the court house in the city of Troy, 
 suitable rooms for said library, and shall provide heat and light 
 therefor. The librarian of the supreme court library at Troy shall 
 be appointed by said board, and shall hold office during the pleas- 
 ure of said board. The salary of said librarian shall be paid 
 quarterly on the first days of January, April, July and October 
 in each year and the amount thereof shall be fixed in the month 
 of October in each year for the following year by said board, 
 and the same shall be paid by the treasurer of the county of 
 Rensselaer out of the moneys raised in said county for court ex- 
 penses upon the certificate of the resident justice of the supreme 
 court, if there be one; and if not upon the certificate of any jus- 
 tice of the supreme court in said district. Said librarian shall 
 be governed by such rules as it shall from time to time establish 
 and ordain. 
 
 § 1180. City court of the city of New York. The law 
 
 library of the city court of the city of 'New York shall be kept in 
 the court house thereof, and shall be in the care and custody and 
 under the control of the justices of the said court, who shall be 
 the trustees thereof. The said trustees may make rules and reg- 
 ulations for the management and direction of the said library and 
 prescribe penalties for the violation thereof. They may sue for 
 
EDUCATION LAW 237 
 
 and recover said penalties and may maintain actions for injury 
 to said library. They may appoint a librarian, whose salary shall 
 be fixed by the board of estimate and apportionment of said city. 
 The said librarian shall, in addition to the duties of taking caTe 
 of the books of the library, also perform such duties in relation to 
 the custody and distribution of the stationery and other supplies 
 furnished for the use of the city court, and such other duties, as 
 the justices direct. The said trustees may procure furniture for 
 said library and shall defray all the expenses incidental to its care 
 and management. They shall yearly ascertain the amount neces- 
 sary for the aforesaid purposes and certify it to the board of esti- 
 mate and apportionment of the city of 'New York, which shall 
 include in the annual budget such sums as said board may deem 
 advisable, which sums shall be paid by the city of l^ew York. 
 [Added by L. 1911, ch. 824.] 
 
 § 1180. Supreme court library in Queens county. 
 There is hereby established a law library in the second judicial dis- 
 trict, to be located in the county of Queens in the borough of 
 Queens in the city of New York, which shall be designated as the 
 supreme court library in the county of Queens. The said library 
 shall be under the care and management of a board of trustees 
 which shall consist of five members who shall be appointed by the 
 resident supreme court justice or justices of the county of Queens 
 from among the members of the Queens county bar who have 
 practiced law for at least ten years. If there shall be no resident 
 Supreme court justice in the county of Queens, then the appoint- 
 ment of the trustees shall be made by a majority of the justices 
 of the appellate division of the supreme court for the second judi- 
 cial department. Upon the passage of this act there shall be 
 appointed in the manner above mentioned, one member of said 
 aboard of trustees who shall serve until the thirty-first day of 
 December, nineteen hundred and eleven; one member who shall 
 serve until the thirty-first day of December, nineteen hundred and 
 twelve; one member who shall serve until the thirty-first day of 
 December, nineteen hundred and thirteen; one member who shall 
 [serve until the thirty-first day of December, nineteen hundred 
 and fourteen; and one member who shall serve until the thirty- 
 first day of December, nineteen hundred and fifteen. At the ex- 
 [piration of such terms there shall be appointed in the manner 
 above mentioned, successors to said trustees, each of whom shall 
 I serve for ^we years and until his successor shall be appointed. 
 
238 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 The said board of trustees shall have power to receive by gift, 
 devise or bequest any property given or conveyed for the purpose 
 of a law library and hold and manage the same and may make 
 rules and regulations for the management and protection of 
 said library and prescribe penalties for the violation thereof. 
 They may sue for and recover such penalties and may maintain 
 actions for any injury to the said library or its property. They 
 may procure proper furniture for said library; hire suitable 
 rooms; provide fuel and lights and defray all incidental expenses 
 of the care and management of said library, including the proper 
 insurance thereof, and employ and appoint such persons as they 
 may think necessary for the proper care, management and main- 
 tenance of said library, said appointees and employees to be selected 
 from the appropriate civil service eligible list as required by 
 law. They shall yearly ascertain the amount necessary for the 
 aforesaid purposes and certify it to the board of estimate and 
 apportionment of the city of JSTew York, which shall include in 
 the annual budget such sums as said board of estimate shall deem 
 advisable, which sums shall be paid by the city of 'New York. 
 All appropriations made by the state for the said library for 
 purposes not otherwise herein provided for shall be paid by the 
 treasurer of the state upon the warrant of the comptroller to the 
 said trustees, to be by them, or a majority of them, disbursed in 
 the purchase of books for said library. \_Added hy L. 1911, ch, 
 557.] 
 
 ARTICLE 45-A. 
 State School of Ag-riculture on Long* Island. 
 
 Section 1185. Establishment and control. 
 
 1186. Immediate supervision and management. 
 118i7. Instruction and other operations. 
 1188. Establishment of an advisory board. 
 
 § 1185. Establisliinent and control. There shall be 
 established on Long Island an institution to be known as the New 
 York State School of Agriculture on Long Island. The com- 
 missioner of education shall have the same general powers and 
 duties in respect thereto as possessed by such commissioner con- 
 cerning the schools and institutions mentioned in subdivisions 
 two, three and four of section ninety-four of this chapter. 
 
 § 1186. Immediate supervision and management. 
 
EDUCATION LAW 239 
 
 Such school and the school property shall be under the immediate 
 supervision, care and management of a board of nine trustees, of 
 whom the governor shall appoint one from each of the five bor- 
 oughs of the city of New York, two from the county of I^Tassau 
 and two from the county of Suffolk. They shall be so appointed 
 that the terms of office of three trustees shall expire each year. 
 All trustees shall serve without pay. The board shall have the 
 power to employ, and at discretion remove, a director, teachers 
 and such other persons as it may deem necessary to the welfare 
 of the school ; to fix the respective compensations, and to do all 
 other things lawful and necessary to carry into effect the objects 
 and purposes of this article; subject, however, to the general 
 supervision of the commissioner of education. Students bona 
 fide residents of the state shall have free tuition. All moneys 
 received for the school, except moneys from the state treasury 
 and donations, shall bo reported and forwarded monthly to the 
 state treasurer. 
 
 § 1187. Instruction and other operations. Such 
 school shall furnish instruction and training in agricultural sci- 
 ence, manual arts and domestic science; courses for public school 
 teachers and others; winter courses for farmers and others, and 
 such other operations as may be approved by the trustees and the 
 commissioner of education. The provisions of section six hun- 
 dred and seven of this chapter apply to such school. 
 
 § 1188. Establislinient of an advisory board. The 
 director of the state college of agriculture at Cornell University, 
 the commissioner of agriculture and the director of the state agri- 
 cultural experiment station, together with the commissioner of 
 education and the president of the board of trustees of such school, 
 shall constitute for the school an advisory board whose function 
 shall be to render advice concerning matters of instruction and 
 other operations of the school, particularly when so requested by 
 the commissioner of education or by the board of trustees. 
 
 L. 1912, ch. 319. § 2. The governor shall appoint the members of the board 
 of trustees of such school within thirty days after this act takes effect. 
 
 § 3. The board of trustees may acquire, in the name and for the benefit of 
 the state, by gift, devise, grant or purchase, any lands situated in the 
 counties of Nassau and Suffolk, or in either of them, suitable for the purposes 
 of such school. The sum of fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), or so much 
 thereof as may be necessary, is hereby appropriated out of any moneys in the 
 state treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the purpose of carrying out the 
 provisions of this act. The sum of ten thousand dollars, or so much thereof 
 as may be necessary, may be used for the acquision of such school lands, 
 and the remainder of such fifty thousand dollars for constructing and equip- 
 ping a suitable school building and minor structures. The school land shall 
 
240 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 be selected and acquired, and the structures thereon erected and equipped, by 
 the board of trustees of such school, with the advise and assistance of the 
 state architect, the commissioner of agriculture and the commissioner of edu- 
 cation together acting as a board. Of the amount thus appropriated, ten 
 thousand dollars shall be available on October first, nineteen hundred and 
 twelve, and the remaining forty thousand dollars on October first, nineteen 
 hundred and thirteen. Such moneys shall be paid by the treasurer on the 
 warrant of the comptroller, upon vouchers audited and approved by the board 
 of trustees and by at least two members of such board of three state officials; 
 but no payment shall be made on account of any land acquired unless the 
 voucher therefor shall be accompanied with a certificate of the attorney- 
 general approving the title and form of conveyance. 
 
 ARTICLE 46 
 
 Iiaipvs Repealed; Savins' Clause; When to 
 
 Take Effect 
 
 Section 1190. Laws repealed. 
 
 1191. Saving clause. 
 
 1192. When to take effect. 
 
 § 1190. Laws repealed. Of tlie laws enumerated in the 
 schedule hereto annexed, that portion specified in the last column 
 is hereby repealed. 
 
 § 1191. Saving clause. Nothing herein contained shall 
 be construed to impair or in any manner affect or change any 
 special law touching the schools or school system of any city or in- 
 corporated village unless the same is so stated. 
 
 § 1192. When to take effect. This chapter shall take 
 effect immediately. 
 
 Schedule of Laws Repealed. 
 
 Revised Statutes Part 1, chapter 9, title 8 All 
 
 Revised Statutes Part 1, chapter 15, title 1 All 
 
 Revised Statutes Part 1, chapter 15, title 2 All 
 
 Revised Statutes Part 1, chapter 15, title 3 All 
 
 Revised Statutes Part 1, chapter 15, title 4 All 
 
 Revised Statutes. . . Part 1, chapter 15, title 5 All 
 
 Laws of Chapter Section 
 
 1784 51 All (7th Sess.) 
 
 1784 15 All (8th Sess.) 
 
 1787 82 All 
 
 1791 45 All 
 
 1795 75 All 
 
 1796 49 All 
 
EDUCATION LAW 241 
 
 I 
 
 Laws of Chapter Section 
 
 1797 34 All 
 
 1798 48 All 
 
 1801 189 3 
 
 1801 195 28 
 
 1802 30 All 
 
 1807 135 All 
 
 1808 218 All 
 
 1809 156 4 
 
 1810 85 10 
 
 1811 246 53, 64 
 
 1812 131 All 
 
 1812 242 All 
 
 1813 52 All 
 
 1813 100 All 
 
 E. L. 1813.. . 59 All 
 
 K. L. 1813... 82 17 
 
 1814 27 All 
 
 1814 .192 All 
 
 1815 207 All 
 
 1815 252 All 
 
 1816 202 All 
 
 1817 89 All 
 
 1818 276 All 
 
 1819 161 All 
 
 1819 164 All 
 
 1819 239 All 
 
 1820 224 All 
 
 1821 48 All 
 
 1821 61 All 
 
 1821 73 All 
 
 1821 240 2 
 
 1822 234 All 
 
 1822 256 All 
 
 1823 189 All 
 
 1823 193 All 
 
 1823 269 27 
 
 1824 131 All 
 
 1824 239 22 
 
 1824 276 9 
 
 1825 166 1-3,5 
 

 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 242 
 
 NEW YORK STATE 
 
 EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 1 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 i 
 
 1825.... 
 
 203 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1826.... 
 
 30 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1827.... 
 
 97 
 
 . 2-4 
 
 
 1827.... 
 
 ^... 293 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1828 
 
 .... 21 
 
 . 1, Tfl 227, 267, 282, 411, 418, 
 442, 500, 524 (2d meet.) 
 
 
 1829 
 
 .... 287 
 
 . 2-9 
 
 
 1829 
 
 .... 376 
 
 . 5 
 
 
 1830.... 
 
 .... 170 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1830.... 
 
 219 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1830.... 
 
 240 
 
 . 16, pt. affecting R. S., Pt. 1, 
 Ch. 15, Tit. 2, Art. 1, § 3 
 
 
 1830.... 
 
 .... 284 
 
 . 2 
 
 
 1830.... 
 
 .... 320 
 
 . 5-7 
 
 
 1831.... 
 
 44 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1831.... 
 
 .... 142 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1831.... 
 
 .... 206 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1832.... 
 
 .... 223 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1832.... 
 
 .... 299 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1832.... 
 
 .... 317 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1833 
 
 19 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1833 
 
 109 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1834.... 
 
 140 
 
 .AH 
 
 
 1834.... 
 
 241 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1835 
 
 34 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1835.... 
 
 80 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1835.... 
 
 .... 123 
 
 . AU 
 
 
 1835... 
 
 .... 138 
 
 . 1 
 
 
 1835 
 
 .... 308 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1836... 
 
 142 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1836.... 
 
 .... 226 
 
 . 1-3 
 
 
 1836 
 
 .... 228 
 
 . 2-4 
 
 
 1836. .. 
 
 399 
 
 . 4 
 
 
 1836... 
 
 511 
 
 . 3 
 
 
 1837... 
 
 200 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1837. .. 
 
 .... 241 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1837. .. 
 
 .... 298 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1838... 
 
 244 
 
 . All 
 
 
 J839. .. 
 
 .... 177 
 
 . All 
 
 
 1839... 
 
 200 
 
 . All 
 
 
EDUCATION LAW 243 
 
 Laws of Chapter Section 
 
 1839 226 All 
 
 1839 315 1, 2 
 
 1839 330 All 
 
 1840 174 2 
 
 1840 366 All 
 
 1840 381 All 
 
 1841 163 All 
 
 1841 260 All 
 
 1842 142 All 
 
 1842 150 4 
 
 1842 273 All 
 
 1843 85 All 
 
 1843 133 All 
 
 1844 234 All 
 
 1844 254 All 
 
 1844 255 All 
 
 1844 261 All 
 
 1844 311 All 
 
 1844 320 50, pt. repealing L. 1842, Ch. 
 
 150 
 
 1845 14 2 
 
 1845 85 All 
 
 1845 179 All 
 
 1846 45 AH 
 
 1846 QQ All 
 
 1846 132 AH 
 
 1846 186 All 
 
 1846 323 All 
 
 1847 50 All 
 
 1847 172 All 
 
 1847 190 All 
 
 1847 208 3 
 
 1847 211 AH 
 
 1847 212 All 
 
 1847 273 AH 
 
 1847 358 AH 
 
 1847 361 AH 
 
 1847 388 AH 
 
 1847 443 All 
 
 1847 480 AH 
 
244 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 1847 
 
 . . 485 
 
 . . All 
 
 1848 
 
 . . 262 
 
 . . 2-4 
 
 1848 
 
 . . 318 
 
 .. All 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 140 
 
 . . All 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 175 
 
 . . All 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 266 
 
 . . All 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 300 
 
 . . All 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 382 
 
 . . 1-12, 14-16 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 388 
 
 . . All 
 
 1849 
 
 . . 404 
 
 . . All 
 
 1850 
 
 7 
 
 . . All 
 
 1850 
 
 . . 51 
 
 .. 1 
 
 1850 
 
 89 
 
 . . All 
 
 1850 
 
 .. 184 
 
 . . All 
 
 1850 
 
 .. 261 
 
 . . All 
 
 1850 
 
 .. 360 
 
 .. All 
 
 1850 
 
 .. 378 
 
 .. All 
 
 1851 
 
 .. 151 
 
 .. All 
 
 1851 
 
 .. 425 
 
 . . All 
 
 1851 
 
 .. 449 
 
 . . All 
 
 1851 
 
 .. 500 
 
 . . All 
 
 1851 
 
 .. 544 
 
 . . All 
 
 1852 
 
 .. 97 
 
 .. All 
 
 1852 
 
 .. 333 
 
 . . 2-4 
 
 1852 
 
 .. 366 
 
 . . All 
 
 1853 
 
 78 
 
 .. All 
 
 1853 
 
 .. 115 
 
 . . All 
 
 1853 
 
 .. 184 
 
 . . All 
 
 1853 
 
 .. 185 
 
 . . All 
 
 1853 
 
 .. 402 
 
 .. All 
 
 1853. ..:.. 
 
 .. 433 
 
 . . All 
 
 1853 
 
 .. 491 
 
 .. All 
 
 1854 
 
 80 
 
 .. All 
 
 1854 
 
 .. 97 
 
 .. All 
 
 1854 
 
 .. 167 
 
 .. All 
 
 1854 
 
 .. 228 
 
 .. All 
 
 1854 
 
 .. 272 
 
 .. 1-3 
 
 1855 
 
 18 
 
 .. All 
 
 1855 
 
 50 
 
 . . All 
 
 1855 
 
 .. 91 
 
 .. All 
 
EDUCATION LAW 
 
 245 
 
 I 
 
 Laws of Chapter Section 
 
 1855 178 All 
 
 1855 410 All 
 
 1855 471 1-3 
 
 1855 539 1 pt. relating to indigent blind 
 
 1856 51 All 
 
 1856 71 All 
 
 1856 168 All 
 
 1856 179 All 
 
 1856 180 All 
 
 1856 186 All 
 
 1857 51 3,4 
 
 1857 527 All 
 
 1858 151 All 
 
 1858 290 All 
 
 1859 230 All 
 
 1859 278 All 
 
 1859 395 All 
 
 1859 426 All 
 
 I860 314 All 
 
 I860 402 All 
 
 1860 456 All 
 
 1862 351 All 
 
 1862 384 All 
 
 1862 450 All 
 
 1863 325 All 
 
 1863 378 All 
 
 1863 401 All 
 
 1863 418 All 
 
 1863 463 All 
 
 1864 386 All 
 
 1864 555 All 
 
 1864 556 7M1 
 
 1864 583 All 
 
 1865... 445 All 
 
 1865 585 All 
 
 1865 587 All 
 
 1865 647 All 
 
 1865 722 All 
 
 1866 78 All 
 
 1866 466 All " , 
 
246 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPART^tENT 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 1866 
 
 . . 520 
 
 . . All 
 
 1866 
 
 . . 708 
 
 . . All 
 
 1866 
 
 . . 800 
 
 . . All 
 
 1866 
 
 . . 882 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 84 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 . . 406 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 .. 583 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 .. 725 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 .. 744 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 .. 763 
 
 . . All 
 
 1867 
 
 .. 819 
 
 . . All 
 
 1869 
 
 .. 18 
 
 . . All 
 
 1870 
 
 60 
 
 . . All 
 
 1870 
 
 .. 166 
 
 . . All 
 
 1870 
 
 .. 180 
 
 . . All 
 
 1870 
 
 . . 492 
 
 . . 2, commencing " The local 
 boards " and ending ^' tho 
 respective schools " 
 
 1870...... 
 
 .. 557 
 
 . . All 
 
 1870 
 
 .. 565 
 
 . . All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 166 
 
 . . All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 329 
 
 . . All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 359 
 
 . . All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 548 
 
 . . All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 711 
 
 . . All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 746 
 
 ..All 
 
 1871 
 
 .. 747 
 
 ..All 
 
 1872 
 
 .. 392 
 
 . . All 
 
 1872 
 
 .. 616 
 
 . . All 
 
 1872 
 
 .. 654 
 
 . . All 
 
 1872 
 
 .. 670 
 
 . . All 
 
 1873 
 
 .. 463 
 
 .. All 
 
 1873 
 
 .. 642 
 
 . . 4-11 
 
 1874 
 
 .. 45 
 
 . . All 
 
 1874 
 
 .. 253 
 
 . . All 
 
 1874 
 
 . . 421 
 
 .. All 
 
 1874 
 
 .. 514 
 
 . . All 
 
 1875 
 
 . . 176 
 
 . . All 
 
 1875 
 
 .. 213 
 
 . . All 
 
 1875 
 
 .. 322 
 
 , . All 
 

 
 EDUCATION LAW 254 i 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter Section 
 
 1875 
 
 . . 372.. 
 
 All 
 
 1875 
 
 . . 567.. 
 
 All 
 
 1876 
 
 50.. 
 
 All 
 
 1876 
 
 .. 132.. 
 
 All 
 
 1876 
 
 .. 318.. 
 
 ...... All 
 
 1876 
 
 .. 372.. 
 
 All 
 
 1876 
 
 .. 374.. 
 
 All 
 
 1877 
 
 33.. 
 
 All 
 
 1877 
 
 94.. 
 
 ...... All 
 
 1877...... 
 
 .. 161.. 
 
 All 
 
 1877 
 
 .. 163.. 
 
 All 
 
 1877 
 
 .. 219.. 
 
 All 
 
 1877 
 
 .. 413.. 
 
 All 
 
 1877 
 
 .. 425.. 
 
 1-6 
 
 1878 
 
 .. 173.. 
 
 All 
 
 1878 
 
 .. 174.. 
 
 All 
 
 1878 
 
 .. 248.. 
 
 All 
 
 1879...... 
 
 . . 134.. 
 
 All 
 
 1879 
 
 .. 264.. 
 
 All 
 
 1879 
 
 , .. 289.. 
 
 All 
 
 1879 
 
 , .. 396.. 
 
 All 
 
 1879 
 
 , .. 405.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 9.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 27.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 210.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 348.. 
 
 All . 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 355.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 400.. 
 
 3 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 455.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 514.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 527.. 
 
 All 
 
 1880 
 
 . .. 549., 
 
 ....... 1, so far as amendatory of L 
 
 1879, Ch. 272 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 120.. 
 
 All 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 223.. 
 
 All 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 281., 
 
 All 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 377., 
 
 ....:.. All 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 492. 
 
 All 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 528., 
 
 All 
 
 1881 
 
 . .. 632. 
 
 All 
 
2i8 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 1881 
 
 . . 675 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 51 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 115 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 116 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 147 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 318 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 319 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 333 
 
 . . All 
 
 1882 
 
 . . 381 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 75 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 172 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 250 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 270 
 
 .. All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 275 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 294 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 328 
 
 . . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 355 
 
 ..2-4 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 413 
 
 .. All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 414 
 
 , . All 
 
 1883 
 
 . . 423 
 
 , . All 
 
 1884 
 
 30 
 
 . . All 
 
 1884 
 
 . . 49 
 
 , . All 
 
 1884 
 
 89 
 
 . . All 
 
 1884 
 
 . . 179 
 
 . . All 
 
 1884 , 
 
 . . 248 
 
 . All 
 
 1884 
 
 . . 413 
 
 , . All 
 
 1884 
 
 . . 427 
 
 . . All 
 
 1885 
 
 58 
 
 , . All 
 
 1885 
 
 . . 146 
 
 . 1 
 
 1885 
 
 . . 340 
 
 . 1-11 
 
 1885 , 
 
 . . 533 
 
 ,, All 
 
 1886 
 
 . . 121 
 
 . All 
 
 1886 , 
 
 . . 199 
 
 ,. All 
 
 1886 
 
 . . 292 
 
 . All 
 
 1886 , 
 
 . . 413 
 
 , . 1, beginning " and it sLall be 
 the duty of " and ending " of 
 the state " 
 
 1886 
 
 . . 428 
 
 . All 
 
 1886 
 
 . . 493 
 
 . All 
 

 
 EDUCATION LAW 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chaptei 
 
 Section 
 
 1886 
 
 .. 591... 
 
 All 
 
 1886 
 
 .. 595... 
 
 All 
 
 1886 
 
 . . 614... 
 
 All 
 
 1886 
 
 . . 615... 
 
 All 
 
 1886 
 
 .. 655... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 14... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 291... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 318... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 333... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 334... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 335... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 538... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 540... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 592... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 602... 
 
 All 
 
 1887...... 
 
 . . 652... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 672... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 675... 
 
 All 
 
 1887 
 
 . . 709... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 27... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 196... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 209... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 331... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 334... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 337... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 444... 
 
 All 
 
 1888 
 
 . . 533... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 25... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 77... 
 
 1 
 
 1889 
 
 90... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 137. . 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 139... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 142... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 245... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 328... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 333... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 517... 
 
 All 
 
 1889 
 
 . . 529... 
 
 All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 73... 
 
 All 
 
 219 
 
250 BfEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 74 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 170 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 175 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 197 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 352 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 431 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 469 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 524 
 
 .. All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 526 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 534 
 
 . . All 
 
 1890 
 
 . . 548 
 
 . . All 
 
 1891 
 
 . . 303 
 
 .. All 
 
 1891 
 
 . . 329 
 
 . . All 
 
 1891 
 
 . . 377 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 36 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 . . 152 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 . . 214 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 . . 280 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 . . 352 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 . . 378 
 
 . . All 
 
 1892 
 
 . . 573 
 
 .. All 
 
 1893 
 
 6 
 
 . . All 
 
 1893 
 
 58 
 
 . . All 
 
 1893 
 
 63 
 
 .. All 
 
 1893 
 
 . . 484 
 
 .. All 
 
 1893 
 
 . . 485 
 
 . . All 
 
 1893 
 
 . . 488 
 
 . . All 
 
 1893 
 
 . . 500 
 
 . . All 
 
 1893 
 
 . . 636 
 
 . . All 
 
 1893 
 
 . . 706 
 
 .. All 
 
 1894 
 
 .. 327 
 
 .. All 
 
 1894 
 
 . . 229 
 
 . . All 
 
 1894 
 
 . . 443 
 
 . . All 
 
 1894 
 
 . . 488 
 
 .. All 
 
 1894 
 
 . . 556 
 
 .. All 
 
 1894 
 
 . . 671 
 
 . . All 
 
 1895 
 
 . . 87 
 
 , . All 
 
 1895 
 
 . . 222 
 
 . . All 
 
 1895 
 
 . . 223 
 
 .. All 
 
EDUCATIOI^^ LAW 251 
 
 Chapter Section 
 
 231 All 
 
 232 All 
 
 273 All - -- 
 
 274 All 
 
 337 All 
 
 341 2 
 
 362 1, 2 
 
 546 All 
 
 550 All 
 
 553 10 
 
 563 All 
 
 577 All 
 
 630 All 
 
 767 All 
 
 768 All 
 
 769 • All 
 
 853 All 
 
 859 All, except pt. amending L. 
 
 1892, Oh. 378, § 19, last two 
 sentences 
 
 988 All 
 
 1031 All 
 
 1041 All 
 
 71 All 
 
 156 All 
 
 165 All 
 
 177 All 
 
 196 All 
 
 238 All 
 
 264 All 
 
 434 All 
 
 467 All 
 
 493 All 
 
 575 All 
 
 586 All 
 
 606 All 
 
 646 All 
 
 901 All 
 
252 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Laws of Chapter Section 
 
 1897 97 All 
 
 1897 185 All 
 
 1897 195 All 
 
 1897 224 All 
 
 1897 293 All 
 
 1897 294 All 
 
 1897 466 All 
 
 1897 482 All 
 
 1897 495 All 
 
 1897 512 All 
 
 1897 689 All 
 
 1898 122 All 
 
 1898 223 All 
 
 1898 481 All 
 
 1898 649 All 
 
 1899 440 All 
 
 1899 489 All 
 
 1899 540. All 
 
 1900 22 All 
 
 1900 258 All 
 
 1900 301 All 
 
 1900 481 All 
 
 1900 490 3 
 
 1900 492 All 
 
 1901 85 1 
 
 1901 201 All 
 
 1901 343 All 
 
 1901 480 All 
 
 1901 492 All 
 
 1901 498 All 
 
 1901 592 All 
 
 1901 644 1, part begliming "All persons " 
 
 and ending " proper regula- 
 tions " 
 
 1902 16 All 
 
 1902 32 All 
 
 1902 185 All 
 
 .1902 316 All 
 

 
 EDUCATION LAW 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 1902 
 
 . . 325... 
 
 All 
 
 1902 
 
 . . 393... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 62... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 112... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 125... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 175... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 223... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 233... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 265... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 289... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 459... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 463... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 489... 
 
 All 
 
 1903 
 
 . . 576... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 37... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 40... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 166... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 254... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 281... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 305... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 322... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 .. 390... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 .. 424... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 427... 
 
 All 
 
 1904 
 
 . . 677... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 97... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 . . 119... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 154... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 161... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 252... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 258... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 280... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 311... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 562... 
 
 All 
 
 1905 
 
 .. 563... 
 
 All 
 
 1906 
 
 1... 
 
 All 
 
 1906 
 
 58... 
 
 All 
 
 1V)06 
 
 64... 
 
 All 
 
 253 
 
254- 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Laws of 
 
 Chapter 
 
 Section 
 
 1906 
 
 . . 150 
 
 . . All 
 
 1906 
 
 . . 200 
 
 . . All 
 
 1906 
 
 . . 218 
 
 . . All 
 
 1906 
 
 . . 682 
 
 .. 3, 4 
 
 1906 
 
 . . 698 
 
 . . Ail 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 103 
 
 .. All 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 184 
 
 .. All 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 186 
 
 .. All 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 496 
 
 .. 4 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 585 
 
 . . All 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 606 
 
 . . All 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 608 
 
 . . All 
 
 1907 
 
 . . 609 
 
 . . All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 79 
 
 .. All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 200 
 
 .. 3 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 201 
 
 . . 2-4, 7 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 202 
 
 . . All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 249 
 
 .. All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 263 
 
 1-5 ; 6, first sentence; 7 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 304 
 
 . . All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 365 
 
 . . All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 476 
 
 . . Ail 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 482 
 
 .. All 
 
 1908 
 
 . . 499 
 
 . . All 
 
 1909 
 
 1 
 
 . . All 
 
 1909 
 
 . . 141 
 
 . . All 
 
 1909 
 
 . . 252 
 
 . . Ail 
 
 1909 
 
 . . 263 
 
 .. All 
 
 1909 
 
 .. 404 
 
 . . All 
 
 1909 
 
 . . 406 
 
 . . All 
 
 1909 
 
 . . 409 
 
 . . All 
 
 1909 
 
 . . 415 
 
 .. AU 
 
EDUCATION LAW 
 
 255 
 
 TABLE SHO^VING DISPOSITION 
 OF EDUCATION LAW^ (L. 1909, 
 AMENDATORY ACT OF 1910 
 
 Section 
 
 Vf act of 
 
 1&09 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 20 
 21, 
 22. 
 23, 
 24. 
 25, 
 26. 
 27. 
 28. 
 29. 
 30. 
 31. 
 32. 
 33. 
 34. 
 35. 
 36. 
 37. 
 38. 
 39. 
 40. 
 41. 
 42. 
 43. 
 44. 
 45. 
 46. 
 47. 
 48. 
 49. 
 
 [•...[ 
 
 Section 
 
 of act of 
 
 1910 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 120 
 121 
 127 
 123 
 124 
 125 
 128, 
 129 
 130 
 131 
 132 
 134 
 135 
 136 
 137 
 138 
 139 
 140 
 141 
 142 
 144 
 143 
 145 
 146 
 147 
 148 
 149 
 150 
 151 
 152 
 
 133 
 
 Section 
 
 of act of 
 
 1909 
 
 60. 
 61. 
 
 62. 
 
 80. 
 
 81. 
 
 82. 
 
 83. 
 
 84. 
 
 85. 
 
 86. 
 
 87. 
 
 88, 
 
 89. 
 
 90. 
 
 91. 
 
 92. 
 
 93. 
 
 94. 
 
 95, 
 
 96. 
 
 97, 
 110, 
 111, 
 112, 
 113, 
 114, 
 115, 
 116, 
 117, 
 118, 
 119, 
 120 
 
 OF SECTIONS 
 Ch. 21) IN 
 (Ch. 140) 
 
 Section — 
 
 of act of 
 1910 
 
 170 
 
 171 
 
 172 
 
 190 
 
 191 
 
 192 
 
 193 
 
 194 
 
 19'6 
 
 197 
 
 195 
 
 198 
 
 199 
 
 20O 
 
 201 
 
 202 
 
 203 
 
 204 
 
 205 
 
 206 
 
 207 
 
 450 
 
 451, 452 
 
 453 
 
 454 
 
 455 
 
 456 
 
 457 
 
 458 
 
 459 
 
 460 
 
 461 
 
256 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section Section Section Section 
 
 of act of of act of of act of of act of 
 
 1909 1910 1909 1910 
 
 121 462 198 276 
 
 122 463 199 277 
 
 123 464 200 278 
 
 124 465 201 279' 
 
 125 466 202 280 
 
 126 467 203 281 
 
 140 222 204 282 
 
 141 221 205 283 
 
 142 224 220 30O 
 
 143 225 221 301 
 
 144 226 222 302 
 
 145 227 223 303 
 
 146 228 224 305 
 
 147 22^ 225 306 
 
 148 230 226 307 
 
 149 232 227 308 
 
 150 233 228 309 
 
 151 234 229 310 
 
 152 235 230 312 
 
 170 250- 231 313 
 
 171 251 232 314 
 
 172 252 2.33 315 
 
 173 253 . 234 316 
 
 174 254 235 317 
 
 175 255 236 318 
 
 176 256 237 319 
 
 177 257 238 320 
 
 190 270 239 Eepealed (See 
 
 191 271 97.) 
 
 192 272 240 310, subd. 20 
 
 193..... 273 241 321 
 
 194 274 242 323 
 
 195 275, subds. 1-3, 243 324 
 
 5-11, 13; §284 244 325 
 
 1% 275, subds. 14-19 245 326 
 
 197c 275, subd. 17 246 Eepealed 
 
EDUCATION LAW 
 
 257 
 
 Section Section 
 
 of act of of act of 
 
 1909 1910 
 
 247 327 
 
 248 328 
 
 26'0 340 
 
 261 341 
 
 280 360 
 
 281 361 
 
 282 362 
 
 283 363 
 
 284 364 
 
 285 365 
 
 30O. . .-. . 380 
 
 301 381 
 
 302 382 
 
 303 383 
 
 304 384 
 
 305 385 
 
 306 386 
 
 307 387 
 
 308 388 
 
 309 389 
 
 310 390 
 
 311 391 
 
 312 392 
 
 313 393 
 
 314 394 
 
 315 395 
 
 330 90-93 
 
 331 94 
 
 332 25 
 
 333 Repealed 
 
 334 Repealed 
 
 335 26 
 
 336 94, subd. 7 
 
 337 94, subd. 8 
 
 338 95 
 
 339 94, subd. 9 
 
 Section Section 
 
 of act of of act of 
 
 1909 1910 
 
 340 94, subd. 10 
 
 341 97-98 
 
 360 880 
 
 361 881 
 
 362 882 
 
 380 410 
 
 381 411 
 
 382 412 
 
 383 413 
 
 384 414 
 
 385 415 
 
 386 . 440 
 
 387 440 
 
 387-a.... 440 
 
 388 416 
 
 389 417 
 
 390 418 
 
 391 419 
 
 392 420 
 
 393 421 
 
 394 422 
 
 395 423 
 
 396 424 
 
 397 425 
 
 398 426 
 
 399 427 
 
 400 428 
 
 401 429 
 
 402 430 
 
 403 431 
 
 404 432 
 
 405 433 
 
 40'6 434 
 
 407 435 
 
 408 436 
 
 409 437 
 
'.>n; 
 
 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section Section Section Section 
 
 of act of of act of of act of of act of 
 
 1909 1910 1909 1910 
 
 410 438 611 861 
 
 411 439 512 8&2 
 
 430 480 530 621,622,623 
 
 450 490 531 624, 625 
 
 451 491 532 626, 627 
 
 452 492 533 628 
 
 453 493 534 629,630,631 
 
 454 494 535 632 
 
 455 495 536 633, 634 
 
 456> 496 537 635 
 
 457 497 538 636 
 
 458 498 550 550 
 
 459 499 551 551 
 
 460 500 552 553, 554 
 
 461 501 553 555 
 
 462 502 554 556 
 
 180 520 555 557 
 
 481 521 656 558 
 
 482 522 657 559 
 
 483 523 658 560 
 
 484 524 559 Repealed 
 
 485 525 560 Repealed 
 
 486 52.6 561 Repealed 
 
 487 527 562 561 
 
 488 528 563 562 
 
 500 850 664 563 
 
 501 851 665 564 
 
 502 852 666 565 
 
 503 853 567 566 
 
 504 854 668 567 
 
 505 865 680 670 
 
 506 856 581 671 
 
 507 857 582 672 
 
 508 858 683 673 
 
 609 859 600 580-585 
 
 610 860 601 586 
 
EDUCATION LAW 
 
 S59 
 
 Section 
 
 of act of 
 
 1909 
 
 Section 
 
 of act of 
 
 1910 
 
 Section 
 
 of act of 
 
 1909 
 
 602 Repealed 
 
 620 770 
 
 621 771 
 
 622 454 
 
 623 772, 774 
 
 624 Repealed 
 
 Section 
 
 of act of 
 
 1910 
 
 625. 
 
 626. 
 640. 
 641. 
 642. 
 
 773 
 775 
 790 
 791 
 792 
 
 64:3 Repealed 
 
 644. 
 645. 
 
 660. 
 661, 
 662. 
 663. 
 
 793 
 
 794 
 
 810 
 
 811 
 
 812, 813, 814 
 
 815 
 
 664 816, 817 
 
 665, 
 666. 
 ^67. 
 ^68. 
 (69, 
 170. 
 171. 
 \72. 
 173. 
 !74. 
 175. 
 i6. 
 177. 
 178. 
 
 818 
 819 
 820 
 821 
 
 822 
 823 
 824 
 825 
 826 
 827 
 828 
 829 
 830 
 831 
 
 n9 832, 833 
 
 roo 710 
 
 •1 711 
 
 ^02 712 
 
 9 
 
 703 713 
 
 720 730 
 
 721 731 
 
 722 732 
 
 723 733 
 
 740 750 
 
 741 751 
 
 742 752 
 
 T43 Repealed 
 
 760 690 
 
 761 691 
 
 T80 94, subd. 11 
 
 T81 94, subd. 11 
 
 800 Repealed 
 
 801 Repealed 
 
 802 Repealed 
 
 820 600, 601 
 
 821 602 
 
 822 60'3 
 
 823 604, 605 
 
 824 606 
 
 840 Repealed 
 
 860 900 
 
 861 901 
 
 862 902 
 
 880 940 
 
 881 941 
 
 882 942 
 
 883 943 
 
 900 Repealed 
 
 901 945 
 
 902 946, 947 
 
 903 948 
 
 904 949 
 
 905 9-50 
 
 906 951 
 
 907 952 
 
260 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Section Section Section fection 
 
 of act of of act of ^'^^k'h^o"^ *'^Q^1^*'^ 
 
 1909 1910 1909 1910 
 
 908 953 982 922 
 
 909 954: lOOO 650 
 
 920 970' 1001 651 
 
 921 . 971 1002 652 
 
 922 972 1003 653 
 
 923 973 1004 654 
 
 924 974 1020 1110 
 
 9-25 975 1021 1111 
 
 926 976 1022 1112 
 
 927 977 1023 1113 
 
 928 978 1024 1114 
 
 929 979 1025 1115 
 
 930 980 1026 1116 
 
 940 990 1027 1117 
 
 941 991 1028 1118 
 
 942 992 1029 1119 
 
 943 993 1030 1120 
 
 944 994 1031 1121 
 
 945 995 1032 1122 
 
 946 996 1033 1123 
 
 947 997 1034 1124 
 
 948 998 1035 1125 
 
 949 999 1036 1126 
 
 950 1000 1037 1127 
 
 951 1001 1038 1128 
 
 952 1002 10.39 1129 
 
 953 1003 1040 1130 
 
 954 1004 1041 1131 
 
 955 100-5 1042 1132 
 
 956 1006 1043 1133 
 
 957 1007 1044 1134 
 
 . 958 1008 1045 1135 
 
 959 1009 1046 1136 
 
 • 960 1010 1047 1137 
 
 961 1011 1048 1138 
 
 ' 980 920 1049 1139 
 
 981 921 1050 1140 
 
EDUGATION^ LAW 
 
 261 
 
 Section Section 
 
 of act of of act of 
 
 1909 1910 
 
 1051 1141 
 
 105'2 1160 
 
 1053 1161 
 
 1054 11G2 
 
 1055 1163 
 
 1056 1164 
 
 1057 1165 
 
 1058 1166 
 
 1059 1167 
 
 1060 1168 
 
 1061 1169 
 
 1062 1170 
 
 1063 1171 
 
 1064 1172 
 
 1065 1173 
 
 1066 1174 
 
 1067 1175 
 
 10'68 1176 
 
 1069 1177 
 
 1070 1178 
 
 1071 1179 
 
 1080 40 
 
 1081 41 
 
 1082 42 
 
 1083 43 
 
 1084 44 
 
 1085 45 
 
 1086 46 
 
 1087 47 
 
 1088 48 
 
 1089 49 
 
 1090 52 
 
 1091..... 53 
 
 1092 54 
 
 1093 55 
 
 1094..... 66 
 
 Section Section 
 
 of act of of act of 
 
 1909 1910 
 
 1095 57 
 
 1096 58 
 
 1097 59 
 
 1098 60 
 
 1099 61 
 
 1100 62 
 
 1101 63 
 
 1102 64 
 
 1103 65 
 
 1104 66^ 67 
 
 1105 68 
 
 1106 69 
 
 1120 1030 
 
 1121 1031 
 
 1122 1032 
 
 1123 1033 
 
 1124 1034 
 
 1125 1035 
 
 1126 1036 
 
 1127 1037 
 
 1128 1038 
 
 1129 1039 
 
 1140 1050 
 
 1141 1051 
 
 1142 1052 
 
 1160 1070 
 
 1161 1071 
 
 1162 1072 
 
 1180 1090 
 
 1181 1091 
 
 1182 1092 
 
 1183 1093 
 
 2000 1190 
 
 2001 1191 
 
 2002 1192 
 
262 2S^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAETMEJ^T 
 
 AF»F»KNDIX A 
 
 OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 
 
 I. Constitutional provisions relating to education 
 II. Taxation 
 
 1. Exemptions 
 
 2. Taxes on state lands 
 
 3. Taxation of banks, banking associations and indi- 
 
 vidual bankers 
 
 4. Collection of taxes 
 
 5. Apportioning valuation of railroads, telegrapb, tele- 
 
 phone and pipe line companies between school 
 districts 
 
 6. Taxation in St. Lawrence county 
 
 III. Vaccination of school children 
 
 IV. Public holidays 
 
 V. Actions by school trustees 
 VI. Penal provisions relating to schools and school officers 
 VII. Employment of children of school age 
 
 1. Employment in factories 
 
 2. Employment in mercantile establishments 
 
 3. Employment in street trades 
 VIII. Einancial provisions 
 
 IX. Eees of supervisor 
 
 X. School commissioner districts 
 XI. Liquors sold near school-houses 
 XII. Savings banks in schools 
 
 XIII. Legalizing school bonds ; rate of interest 
 
 XIV. Agricultural education and country life advancement 
 
 I. CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS RELAT- 
 ING TO EDUCATION 
 
 Constitution, art, 9 
 
 § 1. Common schools. The legislature shall provide for 
 the maintenance and support of a system of free common schools, 
 wherein all the children of this state may be educated. 
 
 § 2. Higher education. The corporation created in the 
 year 1784, under the name of the regents of the university of the 
 state of New York, is hereby continued under the name of the 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 263 
 
 university of the state of New York. It shall be governed and its 
 corporate powers, which may be increased, modified or diminished 
 by the legislature, shall be exercised, by not less than nine regents. 
 
 § 3. Educational funds. The capital of the common school 
 fund, the capital of the literature fund, and the capital of the 
 United States deposit fund, shall be respectively preserved invio- 
 late. The revenue of the said common school fund shall be applied 
 to the support of common schools ; the revenue of the said literature 
 fund shall be applied to the support of academies; and the sum 
 of $25,000 of the revenues of the United States deposit fund shall 
 each year be appropriated to and made part of the capital of the 
 said common school fund. 
 
 § 4. Restrictions of subsidies. Neither the state nor 
 any subdivision thereof, shall use its property or credit or any 
 public money, or authorize or permit either to be used, directly 
 or indirectly, in aid or maintenance, other than for examination 
 or inspection, of any school or institution of learning wholly or 
 in part under the control or direction of any religious denomina- 
 tion, or in which any denominational tenet or doctrine is taught. 
 
 II. TAXATION 
 
 Provisions of Tax Law {L. 1909, ch, 62) relative to school taxes 
 
 1. Exemptions 
 
 § 4. Exemption from taxation. The following property 
 shall be exempt from taxation: 
 
 1. Property of the United States. 
 
 2. Property of this state other than its wild or forest lands in 
 
 the forest preserve. 
 
 ** ****** ** 
 
 3. Property of a municipal corporation of the state held for a 
 public use, including real property held or used for cemetery pur- 
 poses, and all lots and plats therein conveyed by the municipal 
 corporation as places for the burial of the dead, except the portion 
 of municipal property not within the corporation. 
 
 5. All property exempt by law from execution, other than an 
 exempt homestead. But real property purchased with the pro- 
 ceeds of a pension granted by the United States for military or 
 naval services, and owned and occupied by the pensioner, or by 
 
264 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 his wife or widow, is subject to taxation as herein provided. Such 
 property shall be assessed in the same manner as other real 
 property in the tax districts. At the meeting of the assessors to 
 hear the complaints concerning assessments, a verified application 
 for the exemption of such real property from taxation may be pre- 
 sented to them by or on behalf of the owner thereof, which appli- 
 cation must show the facts on which the exemption is claimed, 
 including the amount of pension money used in or toward the 
 purchase of such property. If the assessors are satisfied that the 
 applicant is entitled to the exemption, and that the amount of 
 pension money used in the purchase of such property equals or 
 exceeds the assessed valuation thereof, they shall enter the word 
 " exempt " upon the assessment-roll opposite the description of 
 such property. If the amount of such pension money used in the 
 purchase of the property is less than the assessed valuation, they 
 shall enter upon the assessment-roll the words " exempt to the 
 extent of . . . dollars" (naming the amount) and thereupon such 
 real property, to the extent of the exemption entered by the 
 assessors, shall be exempt from state, county and general munic- 
 ipal taxation, but shall be taxable for local school purposes, and 
 for the construction and maintenance of streets and highways. If 
 no application for exemption be granted, the property shall be 
 subject to taxation for all purposes. The entries above required 
 shall be made and continued in each assessment of the property so 
 long as it is exempt from taxation for any purpose. The provi- 
 sions herein, relating to the assessment and exemption of property 
 purchased with a pension, apply and shall be enforced in each 
 municipal corporation authorized to levy taxes. 
 
 Exemption from execution of real property purchased with pension. Sec- 
 tion 1393 of the Code of Civil Procedure provides as follows: The pay and 
 bounty of a non-commissioned officer, musician or private in the military or 
 naval service of 'the United States or the State of New York ; a land warrant, 
 pension or other reward, heretofore or hereafter granted by the United States, 
 or by a state, for military or naval services; a sword, horse, medal, emblem 
 or device of any kind presented as a testimonial for services rendered in the 
 military or naval service of the United States or a state; and the uniform, 
 arms and equipments which were used by a person in that service, are also 
 exempt from levy and sale, by virtue of an execution, and from seizure for 
 nonpayment of taxes, or in any other legal proceeding; except that real 
 property purchased with the proceeds of a pension granted by the United 
 States for military or naval services, and owned by the pensioner, or by his 
 wife or widow, is subject to seizure and sale for the collection of taxes or 
 assessments lawfully levied thereon. [As amended 'by L. 1897, ch. 318.] 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 265 
 
 7. The real property of a corporation or association organized 
 exclusively for the moral or mental improvement of men or women, 
 or for religious, bible, tract, charitable, benevolent, missionary, 
 hospital, infirmary, educational, scientific, literary, library, pa- 
 triotic, historical or cemetery purposes, or for the enforcement of 
 laws relating to children or animals, or for two or more such 
 purposes, and used exclusively for carrying out thereupon one or 
 more of such purposes, and the personal property of any such oor^ 
 poration shall be exempt from taxation. But no such corporation 
 or association shall be entitled to any such exemption if any officer, 
 member or employee thereof shall receive or may be lawfully en- 
 titled to receive any pecuniary profit from the operations thereof, 
 except reasonable compensation for services in effecting one or 
 more of such purposes, or as proper beneficiaries of its strictly 
 charitable purposes; or if the organization thereof for any such 
 avowed purposes be a guise or pretense for directly or indirectly 
 making any other pecuniary profit for such corporation or associa- 
 tion, or for any of its members or employees, or if it be not in 
 good faith organized or conducted exclusively for one or more of 
 such purposes. The real property of any such corporation or 
 association entitled to such exemption held by it exclusively for 
 one or more of such purposes and from which no rents, profits or 
 income are derived, shall be so exempt, though not in actual use 
 therefor by reason of the absence of suitable buildings or improve- 
 ments thereon, if the construction of such buildings or improve- 
 ments is in progress, or is in good faith contemplated by such 
 corporation or association ; or if such real property is held by such 
 corporation or association upon condition that the title thereto 
 shall revert in case any building not intended and suitable for one 
 or more of such purposes shall be erected upon said premises or 
 some part thereof. The real property of any such corporation 
 not so used exclusively for carrying out thereupon one or more of 
 such purposes but leased or otherwise used for other purposes, 
 shall not be exempt, but if a portion only of any lot or building 
 of any such corporation or association is used exclusively for 
 carrying out thereupon one or more such purposes of any such 
 corporation or association, then such lot or building shall be so 
 exempt only to the extent of the value of the portion so used, 
 and the remaining or other portion, to the extent of the value 
 of such remaining or other portion, shall be subject to taxation; 
 provided, however, that a lot or building owned and actually used 
 
26Q KEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 for hospital purposes, by a free public hospital, depending for 
 maintenance and support upon voluntary charity, shall not be 
 taxed as to a portion thereof leased or otherwise used for the pur- 
 poses of income, when such income is necessary for, and is actually 
 applied to the maintenance and support of such hospital, and 
 further provided that the real property of any fraternal corpo- 
 ration, association or body created to build and maintain a build- 
 ing or buildings for its meeting or meetings of the general assembly 
 of its members, or subordinate bodies of such fraternity and for 
 the accommodation of other fraternal bodies or associations, the 
 entire net income of which real property is exclusively applied or 
 to be used to build, furnish and maintain an asylum or asylums, a 
 home or homes, a school or schools, for the free education or relief 
 of the members of such fraternity, or for the relief, support and 
 care of worthy and indigent members of the fraternity, their 
 wives, widows or orphans, shall be exempt from taxation, and pro- 
 vided also that the real estate owned by a free public library, 
 situate in any village of the third or fourth class, shall not be 
 taxed as to that portion thereof leased or otherwdse used for pur- 
 poses of income, when such income is necessary for and actually 
 applied to the maintenance and support of such library. Property 
 held by any officer of a religious denomination shall be entitled to 
 the same exemptions, subject to the same conditions and excep- 
 tions, as property held by a religious corporation. 
 
 8. Real property of an incorporated association of present or 
 former volunteer firemen actually and oxclusively used and oc- 
 cupied by such corporation and not exceeding m value fifteen 
 thousand dollars. 
 
 9. All dwelling-houses and lots of religious corporations while 
 actually used by the officiating clergymen thereof, but the total 
 amount of such exemption to any one religious corporation shall 
 not exceed two thousand dollars. Such exemption shall be in 
 addition to that provided by subdivision seven of this section. 
 
 10. The real property of an agricultural society permanently 
 used by it for exhibition grounds. 
 
 11. The real property of a minister of the gospel or priest who 
 is regularly engaged in performing his duties as such, or perma- 
 nently disabled by impaired health from the performance of such 
 duties, or over seventy-five years of age and the personal prop- 
 erty of such minister or priest, but the total amount of such ex- 
 emption on account of both real and personal property shall not 
 exceed fifteen hundred dollars. 
 
OTHKR LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 267 
 
 2. Taxes on State Lands 
 
 Tax Law, art. 2 
 
 § 22. Assessment of state lands. All wild or forest land 
 within the forest preserve and also all such lands owned by the 
 state in the towns of Altona and Dannemora, county of Clinton, 
 except the lands in the town of Dannemora upon which build- 
 ings and inclosures are erected and maintained by the state for 
 the use of state institutions, together with said buildings thereon, 
 shall be assessed and taxed at a like valuation and rate as similar 
 lands of individuals within the counties where situated. On or 
 before August first in every year the assessors of tho town within 
 which the lands so belonging to the state arc situated shall file in 
 the office of the comptroller and of the forest, fish and game com- 
 mission, a copy of the assessment-roll of the town, which, in addi- 
 tion to the other matter now required by law, shall state and 
 specify which and how much, if any, of the lands assessed are for- 
 est lands, and which and how much, if any, are lands belonging to 
 the state; such statements and specifications to be verified by 
 the oaths of a majority of the assessors. The comptroller shall 
 thereupon and before the first day of September following, and 
 after hearing the assessors and the forest, fish and game com- 
 mission, if they or any of them so desire, correct or reduce any 
 assessment of state lands which may be in his judgment an unfair 
 proportion to the remaining assessment of land within the town, 
 and shall in other respects approve the assessment and communi- 
 cate such approval to the assessors, l^o such assessment of state 
 lands shall be valid for any purpose until the amount of assessment 
 is approved by the comptroller, and such approval attached to and 
 deposited with the assessment-roll of the town, and therewith de- 
 livered by the assessors of the town to the supervisor thereof or 
 other officer authorized to receive the same from the assessors. No 
 tax for the erection of a school-house or opening of a road shall be 
 imposed on the state lands unless such erection or opening shall 
 have first been approved in writing by the forest, fish and game 
 commission. 
 
 Tax Law, art, 4 
 § 80. Payment of taxes on state lands in forest 
 preserve.. The treasurer of the state, upon the certificate of 
 
268 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 the comptroller as to the correct amount of such tax, shall pay the 
 tax levied upon state lands in the forest preserve, by crediting to 
 the treasurer of the comnty in which such lands may be situated, 
 such taxes, upon the amount payable by such county treasurer to 
 the state for state tax. No fees shall be allov^ed by the comptrol- 
 ler to the county treasurer for such portion of the state tax as is so 
 paid. 
 
 Lands in forest preserve. Section 34 of the forest, fish and game law pro- 
 vides as follows: The forest preserve shall include the lands owned or here- 
 after acquired by the state within the county of Clinton, except the towns of 
 Altona and Dannemora, and the counties of Delaware, Essex, Franklin, Fulton, 
 Hamilton, Herkimer, Lewis, Oneida, Saratoga, Saint Lawrence, Warren, 
 Washington, Greene, Ulster and Sullivan, except 
 
 1. Lands within the limits of any village or city, and 
 
 2. Lands not wild lands acquired by the state on foreclosure of mortgages 
 made to loan commissioners. 
 
 3. Taxation of Banks, Banking* Associations 
 and Individual Bankers 
 
 Tax Law, art. 1 
 § 13. Stockholders of bank taxable on skares. The 
 
 stockholders of every bank or hanking association organized 
 under the authority of this state, or of the United States, shall 
 be assessed and taxed on the value of their shares of stock therein ; 
 said shares shall be included in the valuation of the personal 
 property of such stockholders in the assessment of taxes in the 
 tax district where such bank or banking association is located, 
 and not elsewhere, whether the said stockholders reside in said 
 tax district or not. 
 
 § 14. Place of taxation of individual bank capital. 
 Every individual banker shall be taxable upon the amount of 
 capital invested in his banking business in the tax district where 
 the place of such business is located and shall, for that purpose, 
 be deemed a resident of such tax district. 
 
 Tax Law, art. 2 
 § 23. Banks to make report. The chief fiscal officer of 
 every bank or banking association organized under the authority 
 of this state, or of the United States, shall, on or before the first 
 day of July, in each year, furnish the assessors of the tax disftrict 
 iu which its principal office is located a statement under oath of the 
 
I 
 
 OTHEE LAWS KELATING TO SCHOOLS 269 
 
 condition of such bank or "banking association on the first day of 
 J line next preceding, stating the amount of its authorized capital 
 stock, the number of shares and the par value of the shares thereof, 
 ihe amount of stock paid in, the amount of its surplus and of- its 
 undivided profits, if any, a complete list of the names and resi- 
 dences of its stockholders and the number of shares held by each. 
 In case of neglect or refusal on the part of any bank or banking 
 association to report as herein prescribed, or to make other or 
 further reports as may be required, such bank or banking associa- 
 tion shall forfeit the sum of one hundred dollars for each failure, 
 and the additional sum of ten dollars for each day such failure 
 continues, and an action therefor shall be prosecuted by the county 
 treasurer of the county in which such bank or banking association 
 so neglecting or refusing to report is located, and in the city of 
 ]^ ew York by the receiver of taxes thereof. There shalj, in addi- 
 tion to such report, be kept in the office of every such bank or 
 banking association a full and correct list of the names and resi- 
 dences of all stockholders therein, and of the number of shares 
 held by each, and such lists shall be subject to the inspection of the 
 assessors at all times. The list of stockholders furnished by such 
 bank or banking association shall be deemed to contain the names 
 of the owners of such shares as are set opposite them, respectively, 
 for the purpose of assessment and taxation. 
 
 § 24. Bank shares, how assessed. In assessing the 
 shares of stock of banks or banking associations organized under 
 the authority of this state or the United States, the assessment and 
 taxation shall not be at a greater rate than is made or assessed 
 upon other moneyed capital in the hands of individual citizens of 
 this state. The value of each share of stock of each bank and 
 banking association, except such as are in liquidation, shall be 
 ascertained and fixed by adding together the amount of the capital 
 stock, surplus and undivided profits of such bank or banking asso- 
 ciation and by dividing the result by the number of outstanding 
 shares of such bank or banking association. The value of each 
 share of stock in each bank or banking association in liquidation 
 shall be ascertained and fixed by dividing the actual assets of 
 such bank or banking association by the number of outstanding 
 shares of such bank or banking association. The rate of tax 
 upon the shares of stock of banks and banking associations shall 
 be one per centum upon the value thereof, as ascertained and 
 fixed in the manner hereinbefore provided, and the owners of 
 
270 KEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPAETMENT 
 
 the stock of banks and banking associations shall be entitled to 
 no deduction from the taxable value of their shares because of the 
 personal indebtedness of such owners, or for any other reason 
 whatsoever. Complaints in relation to the assessments of the 
 shares of stock of banks and banking associations made under 
 the provisions of this article shall be heard and determined as 
 provided in section thirty-seven of this chapter. The said tax 
 shall be in lieu of all other taxes whatsoever for state, county 
 or loeal purposes upon the said shares of stock, and mortgages, 
 judgments and other choses in action and personal property held 
 or owned by banks or banking associations the value of which 
 enters into the value of said shares of stock shall also be exempt 
 from all other state, county or local taxation. The tax herein 
 imposed shall be levied in the following manner: The board of 
 supervisors of the several counties shall, on or before the fifteenth 
 day of December in each year, ascertain from an inspection of 
 the assessment-rolls in their respective counties, the number of 
 shares of stock of banks and banking associations in each town, 
 city, village, school and other tax district, in their several counties, 
 respectively, in which such shares of stock are taxable, the names 
 of the banks issuing the same, respectively, and the assessed value 
 of such shares, as ascertained in the manner provided in this 
 article and entered upon the said assessment-rolls, and shall forth- 
 with mail to the president or cashier of each of said banks or 
 banking associations a statement setting forth the amount of its 
 capital stock, surplus and undivided profits, the number of out- 
 standing shares thereof, the value of each share of stock taxable 
 in said county, as ascertained in the manner herein provided, and 
 the aggregate amount of tax to be collected and paid by such 
 bank and banking association, under the provisions of this article. 
 A certified copy of each of said statements shall be sent to the 
 county treasurer. It shall be the duty of every bank or banking 
 association to collect the tax due upon its shares of stock from the 
 several owners of such shares, and to pay the same to the treas- 
 urer of the county wherein said bank or banking association is 
 located, and in the city of "New York to the receiver of taxes 
 thereof on or before the thirty-first day of December in said year; 
 and any bank or banking association failing to pay the said tax 
 as herein provided shall be liable by way of penalty for the gross 
 amount of the taxes due from all the owners of the shares of 
 stock, and for an additional amount of one hundred dollars for 
 every day of delay in the payment of said tax. Every bank or 
 
( 
 
 I 
 
 OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 271 
 
 banking association so paying the taxes due upon the shares of its 
 stock shall have a lien on the shares of stock, and on all property 
 of the several share owners in its hands, or which may at any 
 timo come into its hands, for reimbursement of the taxes so paid 
 on account of the several share holders, with legal interest; and 
 such lien may be enforced in any appropriate manner. The tax 
 hereby imposed shall be distributed in the following manner : The 
 board of supervisors of the several counties shall ascertain the tax 
 rate of each of the several town, city, village, school and other tax 
 districts in their counties, respectively, in which the shares of 
 stock of banks and banking associations shall be taxable, which tax 
 rates shall include the proportion of state and county taxes levied 
 in such districts, respectively, for the year for which the tax is 
 imposed, and the proportion of the tax on bank stock to which each 
 of said districts shall be respectively entitled shall be ascertained 
 by taking such proportion of the tax upon the shares of stoek 
 of banks and banking associations, taxable in such districts, re- 
 spectively, under the provisions of this chapter as the tax rate 
 of such tax district shall bear to the aggregate tax rates of all the 
 tax districts in which said shares of stock shall be taxable. The 
 clerks of the several cities, villages and school districts to which 
 any portion of the tax on shares of stock of banks and banking 
 associations is to be distributed under this section shall, in writ- 
 ing and under oath, annually report to the board of supervisors 
 of their respective counties, during the first week of the annual 
 session of such board, the tax rate of such city, village and school 
 district for the year prior to the meeting of each such board. 
 The said board of supervisors shall issue their warrant or order 
 to the county treasurer on or before the fifteenth day of Decem- 
 ber in each year, setting forth the number of shares of bank stock 
 taxable in each town, city, village, school and other tax district 
 in said county, in which said shares of stock shall be taxable, the 
 tax rate of each of said tax districts for said year, the proportion 
 of the tax imposed by this chapter to which each of said tax dis- 
 tricts is entitled, under the provisions hereof, and commanding 
 him to collect same, and to pay to the proper officer in each of 
 such districts the proportion of such tax to which it is entitled 
 under the provisions of this chapter. The said county treasurer 
 shall have the same powers to enforce the collection and payment 
 of said tax as are possessed by the officers now charged by law 
 with the collection of taxes, and the said county treasurer shall 
 be entitled to a commission of one per centum for collecting and 
 
272 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 paying out said moneys, which commission shall be deducted from 
 the gross amount of said tax before the same is distributed. In 
 issuing their warrants to the collectors of taxes, the board of 
 supervisors shall omit therefrom assessments of and taxes upon 
 the shares of stock of banks and banking associations. Provided, 
 that, in the city of !N'ew York the statement of the bank assess- 
 ment and tax herein provided for shall be made by the board of 
 tax commissioners of said city, on or before the fifteenth day of 
 December in each year, and by them forthwith mailed to the 
 respective banks and banking associations located in said city, 
 and a certified copy thereof sent to the receiver of taxes of said 
 city. The tax shall be paid by the respective banks in said city 
 to the said receiver of taxes on or before the thirty-first day of 
 December in said year, and said tax shall be collected by the said 
 receiver of taxes and shall be by him paid into the treasury of 
 said city to the credit of the general fund thereof. This section 
 is not to be construed as an exemption of the real estate of banks 
 or banking associations from taxation. 'No shares of stock of such 
 banks and banking associations, by whomsoever held, shall be 
 exempt from the tax hereby imposed. 
 
 § 25. Individual banker, liow assessed. Every indi- 
 vidual banker doing business under the laws of this state must 
 report before the fifteenth day of June under oath to the assessors 
 of the tax district in which any of the capital invested in such 
 banking business is taxable, the amount of capital invested in 
 such banking business in such tax district on the first day of 
 June preceding. 'Such capital shall be assessed as personal prop- 
 erty to the banker in whose name such business is carried on. 
 
 § 26. Notice of assessment to bank or banking as- 
 sociation. The assessors of every tax district shall, within ten 
 days after they have completed the assessment of the stock of a 
 bank or banking association, give written notice to such bank or 
 banking association of such assessment of the shares of its re- 
 spective shareholders and no personal or other notice to such share- 
 holders of such assessment is required. 
 
 4. Collection of Taxes 
 
 Tax Law, art. 4. 
 § 72. Collection of taxes assessed against stocks in 
 banks and banking associations. Every bank or banking 
 
\ 
 
 OTHEK LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 273 
 
 association shall retain any dividend until the delivery to the 
 collector of the tax-roll and warrant of the current year, and 
 within ten days after such delivery shall pay to such collector so 
 much of such dividend as may be necessary to pay any unpaid 
 taxes assessed on the stock upon which such dividend is declared. 
 In case the owner of such stock resides in a place other than where 
 the bank or banking association is located, the same power may 
 be exercised in collecting the tax so assessed as is given in case a 
 person has removed from a tax district in which the assessment 
 was made. The tax so assessed shall be and remain a lien on the 
 shares of stock against which it is assessed till the payment of 
 such tax, and if the stock is transferred it shall be subject to such 
 lien. The collector or county treasurer may foreclose such lien in 
 any court of record, and collect from the avails of the sale of the 
 stock the tax assessed against the same. In addition thereto, the 
 same remedy may be had for the collection of the tax on such 
 shares as is now provided by law for enforcing payment of per- 
 sonal tax against residents. 
 
 § 94. Receipt for taxes. Every collector of taxes shall 
 deliver a receipt wholly written with ink or partly printed and 
 filled out with ink to each person paying a tax, specifying the date 
 of such payment, the name of such person, the description of the 
 property as shown on the assessment-roll, the name of the person 
 to whom the same is assessed, the amount of such tax, and the 
 date of the delivery to him of the assessment-roll on account of 
 which such tax was paid. For the purpose of giving such receipt, 
 each collector shall have a book of blank receipts, so arranged that 
 when a receipt is torn therefrom a corresponding stub will remain. 
 The State Board of Tax Commissioners shall prescribe the form 
 of such receipts, stubs and books and they shall be furnished to 
 the town collector by the board of supervisors, at the expense of 
 the county; to the city collector by the common covmcil, at the 
 expense of the city ; to the village collector by the village trustees 
 at the expense of the village ; to the school collector by the trustee 
 or trustees at the expense of the school district. At the time of giv- 
 ing such a receipt the collector shall make the same entries on the 
 corresponding stub as are required to be made on the receipt. 
 Such book shall be subject to public inspection and shall be filed 
 by the collector with his return, together with the assessment-roll 
 in the office of the county treasurer, or such officer or board to 
 which such collector makes bis return. [Amended hy L, 1911, 
 ch, 579.] 
 
274 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 5. Apportioning: Valuation of Railroads, 
 Teleg^rapli, Telephone and Pipe Line 
 Companies between School Districts 
 
 Tax Law, art, 2 
 § 40. Assessors to apportion valuation of railroad, telegraph, 
 telephone or pipe line companies and of special franchises among 
 school and special districts. The assessors of each town in which 
 a railroad, telegraph, telephone or pipe line company is assessed 
 by them, upon property lying in more than one school district 
 therein or in one or more special districts therein in which a tax 
 is levied for district purposes, shall, prior to the final completion 
 of the roll pursuant to section thirty-nine of this chapter, appor- 
 tion the assessed valuation of the property of each of such cor- 
 porations among such school and special districts. Such appoint- 
 ments shall be entered by the assessors in the appropriate column 
 of the assessment-roll and a certificate thereof signed by the as- 
 sessors or a majority of them filed with the town clerk within five 
 days thereafter, and thereupon the valuations so apportioned shall 
 become the valuations of such property in such districts for the 
 purpose of taxation. In case of failure of the assessors to act, the 
 supervisor of the town shall make such apportionment on request 
 of either the trustee of any school district or the ofiicers of any 
 special district or of the corporation assessed. In case of any al- 
 teration in any school district aifecting the valuation of such 
 property, the officer making the same shall fix and determine the 
 valuations in the districts affected for the current year. The as- 
 sessors of each town in which an assessment has been made by 
 the state board of tax commissioners in gross, upon a special 
 franchise, lying in more than one school or other special district 
 therein, shall within fifteen days after the receipt by the town 
 clerk of the certified statement of the equalized valuation of such 
 special franchise, as provided in section forty-five-a of this 
 chapter, apportion the assessed valuation of each special franchise 
 among such school and special districts. The apportionment shall 
 be signed by the assessors or a majority of them and be filed, 
 within five days thereafter, with the clerk of the board of super- 
 visors and a duplicate thereof shall be filed with the town clerk. 
 Such apportionments shall be entered by the board of supervisors 
 at their annual meeting in the appropriate column of the assess- 
 ment-roll for each town before the warrant is annexed thereto. 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 275 
 
 The valuations so apportioned shall be the valuations of the special 
 franchise in such school and special districts for the purpose of 
 taxation. The town clerk shall furnish the trustees of school dis- 
 tricts a certified statement of the valuations apportioned to their- 
 respective districts. Provided however that the valuations of 
 special franchises as determined by the state board of tax com- 
 missioners and included in the town assessment-rolls completed 
 and filed in the town clerk's offices for the year nineteen hundred 
 and eleven shall be taken by the boards of assessors as the basis 
 of the apportionment for school district purposes for the levy 
 of any school taxes which may be made prior to the receipt by 
 the town clerk of the statement of the assessments of special fran- 
 chises as finally fixed and equalized for the year nineteen hun- 
 dred and twelve. [^Amended by L. 1912, ch. 271.] 
 
 6. Taxation in St. La-wrence County 
 L, 1902, ch. 502 
 
 An act to provide for a uniform tax in the several towns of the county of 
 St. Lawrence for the maintenance of common schools, and for the levy, 
 collection, custody and disbursement thereof. 
 
 The people of the Stale of New York, represented in Senate 
 and Assembly, do enact as follows: 
 
 § 1. At any biennial town meeting held after the passage of this 
 act, in the several towns of the county of St. Lawrence, there may 
 be submitted to the electors thereof, upon the written request of 
 not less than twenty-five taxpayers entitled to vote thereon, such 
 request having been filed with the town clerk at least thirty days 
 before such biennial town meeting, the question, '^ shall a uniform 
 system of taxation for the maintenance of the common schools be 
 adopted in the town of . . . '' If a majority of the ballots cast 
 shall be in the affirmative, further proceedings under this act 
 shall be taken as hereinafter provided. 
 
 § 2. On or before the day of the meeting of the town board for 
 the audit of town accounts in each year, following the adoption 
 of this act, by any town in the county of St. Lawrence, the trustee 
 or trustees of the several common school districts in such town 
 
 ^^ shall file with the town clerk, a statement of the sum of money 
 
 ^■necessary to maintain the common school in said common school 
 
 ^■district in the following form: 
 
 ^^H I (or we), the undersigned trustee (or trustees) of school dis- 
 
 I"""' ""• """" 
 
276 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMEKT 
 
 York, do hereby certify that the following sums are required for 
 
 the maintenance of district school number , of the town 
 
 of , state of New York, for the fiscal year begin- 
 ning September first, and ending June thirtieth, 
 
 For salary for teachers $ 
 
 For library funds 
 
 For repairs to school buildings 
 
 For miscellaneous expenses 
 
 Total 
 
 § 3. It shall be the duty of the town clerk to deliver said certifi- 
 cates of the trustee or trustees of the several common school dis- 
 tricts, to the town board of each town adopting this system on the 
 day of the meeting of the town board for the audit of town ac- 
 counts in each year, and the said town board shall include the 
 gross sum called for by the several said certificates or so much 
 thereof as may be necessary, in their annual town schedule of 
 expenses, to be certified to the board of supervisors in the county 
 in which the said town is situated in the same manner as other 
 town expenses, and the said board of supervisors shall levy such 
 amount in the next succeeding tax levy of the town, in the same 
 manner as other town taxes are collected. The amounts thus 
 collected in each town shall be paid by the town collector to the 
 supervisor of the town and by him paid out on the order of the 
 trustee or trustees of the several common school districts to the 
 amount to which each district is entitled, in the same manner as 
 the public school funds are now disbursed. The collector shall be 
 paid the same rate per centum for collection as is now allowed 
 by law for the collection of moneys, and for the same powers and 
 to be subject to the same liabilities. The collector or supervisor 
 shall give bonds to the amount now required by law in the col- 
 lection, custody and disbursement of town funds. 
 
 § 4. It shall be the duty of the town clerk to furnish the trustee 
 or trustees of each common school district the forms in blank pro- 
 vided for in section two of this act. The cost thereof shall be a 
 town charge. 
 
 § 5. Any school district lying partly in the town which had 
 adopted the system of taxation provided by this act, and partly 
 in a town not having adopted said system, shall, for the purpose 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 
 
 277 
 
 of this act, be considered as lying wholly in the town not having 
 adopted said system, and shall so continue until such time as 
 both towns have adopted said system of taxation. In case both 
 towns have adopted the system of taxation provided by this act, 
 then the trustee or trustees in such school district shall certify to 
 the town clerk in each town the sum required for the maintenance 
 of such district school, and the said sum shall be divided between 
 the towns in proportion to the assessed valuation of property, real 
 and personal, in the different parts of said district in each town, 
 and the amount so divided, shall be included in the schedule of 
 town expenses in each town in the same manner as heretofore 
 provided in this act. 
 
 § 6. Under the provisions of this act town boards shall have 
 the power by resolution with the consent in writing of the school 
 commissioner of the district in which such town is situated, to 
 annul or consolidate common school districts, and to provide for 
 the transportation and maintenance of pupils in any common 
 school district in such town. 
 
 § 7. It shall be the duty of the supervisor to keep a separate 
 account with each common school district, in any town adopting 
 this act, in said town. He shall not pay for the account of any 
 common school district, upon the order of the trustee or trustees, 
 as provided in this act, a larger sum of money than the sum of 
 money approved by the town board of said district, and levied and 
 collected under the provisions of this act. 
 
 § 8. Whenever any town shall have adopted the system of taxa- 
 tion for the maintenance of common schools provided for in this 
 act, the board of education of any union free school therein, main- 
 taining a department for secondary educfation, shall receive into 
 such academic department, pupils sufficiently advanced to enter 
 therein, without the payment of any tuition therefor. And such 
 boards of education in such union free school districts are hereby 
 empowered to establish the grades and prescribe such examina- 
 tions as may be necessary to carry into effect the provisions of this 
 act, and such grading and examination shall be uniform and 
 regulate the admissions thereto of all pupils residing within such 
 township. 
 
 § 9. All acts or parts of acts which are inconsistent or, in con- 
 flict with the provisions of this act are hereby repealed. 
 
 § 10. This act shall take effect immediately. 
 
278 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 III. VACCIXATIOX OF SCHOOL CHILDREN 
 
 Provisions of Public Health Law (L. 1909, ch, 49) relative to 
 
 vaccination 
 
 § 310. Vaccination of school children. Xo child or 
 person not vaccinated shall be admitted or received into any of 
 the public schools of the state, and the trustees or other officers 
 having the charge, management or control of such schools shall 
 cause this provision of law to be enforced. They may adopt a 
 resolution excluding such children and persons not vaccinated 
 from such school until vaccinated, and when any such resolution 
 has been adopted, they shall give at least ten days' notice thereof, 
 by posting copies of the same in at least two public and con- 
 spicuous places within the limits of the school government, and 
 shall announce thereiii that due provision has been made, specify- 
 ing it, for the vaccination of any child or person of suitable age 
 desiring to attend the school, and whose parents or guardians are 
 unable to procure vaccination for them, or who are, by reason of 
 poverty, exempted from taxation in such district. 
 
 § 311. Such trustees or board may appoint a competent 
 physician and fix his compensation, who shall ascertain the num- 
 ber of children or persons in a school district, or in a subdivision 
 of a city school government, of suitable age to attend the common 
 schools, who have not been vaccinated and furnish such trustees 
 or board a list of their names. Every such physician shall provide 
 himself with good and reliable vaccine virus with which to vac- 
 cinate such children or persons as such trustees or board shall 
 direct, and give certificates of vaccination when required, which 
 shall be evidence that the child or person to whom given has been 
 vaccinated. The expenses incurred in carrying into effect the 
 provisions of this and the preceding section, shall b© deemed a 
 part of the expense of maintaining such school, and shall be levied 
 and collected in the same manner as other school expenses. The 
 trustees of the several school districts of the state shall include 
 in their annual report the number of vaccinated and unvaccinated 
 children of school age in their respective districts. 
 
 IV. PUBLIC HOLIDAYS 
 
 Provisions of General Construction Law (L. 1909, cJi. 27) 
 § 24. Holidays ; half-holiday. The term holiday includes 
 the following days in each year: the first day of January known 
 as New Year's day; the twelfth day of February, known as 
 
OTHliR LAWS RELATING TO SCilOOLS 279 
 
 Lincoln's birthday; the twenty-second day of February, known 
 as Washington's birthday; the thirtieth day of May, known as 
 Memorial day; the fourth day of July, known as Independence 
 day; the first Monday of September, known as Labor day; the 
 twelfth day of October, known as Columbus day, and the twenty- 
 fifth day of December, known as Christmas day, and if either 
 of such days is Sunday, the next day thereafter; each general 
 election day and each day appointed by the president of the 
 United States or by the governor of this state as a day of general 
 thanksgiving, general fasting and prayer, or other general re- 
 ligious observances. The term half-holiday includes the period 
 from noon to midnight of each Saturday which is not a holiday. 
 [As amended hij L. 1909, ch. 112.] 
 
 See Education Law, § 492, subd. 4, which provides that no school shall be 
 in session on a legal holiday, except election day, Columbus day, Lincoln's 
 and Washington's birthdays. 
 
 Greater New York Charter (L. 1901, ch, 466) 
 § 1162. Anniversary day as a holiday in the pub- 
 lic schools of the borough of Brooklyn. The eighth 
 day of June in the year nineteen hundred and five and thereafter 
 the first Thursday in June in each year, except in those years 
 when the first Thursday in June occurs in the same week with 
 Memorial day, and in such years the second Thursday in June, 
 known as Anniversary day, and celebrated in commemoration of 
 the organization of Sunday schools, is hereby made and declared 
 be a holiday in all the public schools in the borough of 
 Brooklyn, city of JSTew York, and the board of education of such 
 [city is hereby authorized and directed to cause all the public 
 'chools in such borough to be closed on such day. 
 
 V. ACTIONS BY SCHOOL TRUSTEES 
 
 Provisions of Code of Vivil Procedure 
 § 1926. Actions by certain specified officers. An 
 
 iction or special proceeding may be maintained, by the trustee 
 >r trustees of a school district; the overseer or overseers of the 
 [poor of a village, or city; the county superintendent or superin- 
 [tendents of the poor ; or the supervisors of a county, upon a con- 
 tract, lawfully made with those officers or their predecessors, in 
 leir official capacity; to enforce a liability created, or a duty 
 jnjoined, by law, upon those officers, or the body represented by 
 ^hem; to recover a penalty or a forfeiture, given to those officers, 
 
S80 NEW YORK STATE EDtTCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 or tlie body represented by them ; or to recover damages for an 
 injury to the property or rights of those officers, or the body 
 represented by them; although the cause of action accrued before 
 the commencement of their term of office. [As amended hy L. 
 1897, ch, 302.] 
 
 § 1927. An action or special proceeding may be maintained 
 against any of the officers specified in the last section, upon any 
 cause of action, which accrues against them, or has accrued 
 against their predecessors, or upon a contract made by their 
 predecessors in their official capacity, and within the scope of 
 their authority. 
 
 [See also §§ 1928, 1929 and 1930.] 
 
 Section nineteen hundred and thirty-one provides that an 
 execution can be issued upon a judgment for a sum of money 
 against the trustee or trustees of a school district, and such execu- 
 tion may be issued against and be collected out of the property of 
 such officers, and the sum collected must be allowed to him on the 
 settlement of his official accounts, except as otherwise specially 
 prescribed by law. 
 
 Note. By section 404 of the education law, it Is provided. " Whenever any sum 
 of money payable by any person named in such tax-list, shall not be paid by such 
 person, or collected by such warrant within the time therein limited, or the time 
 limited by any renewal of such warrant ; or in case the property assessed be real 
 estate belonging to an incorporated company, and no goods or chattels can be 
 found whereon to levy the tax, the trustees may sue for and recover the same in 
 their name of office." 
 
 A. See subdivision 17, section 96 of the education law, relative to payment of 
 Judgments obtained in actions against trustees of districts for unpaid teachers' 
 wages ; also sections 508 and 509 of the education law, as to payment of costs 
 and damages in actions or proceedings brought by or against trustees of districts. 
 
 VI. PENAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO 
 SCHOOLS AND SCHOOL OFFICERS 
 
 Penal Law (L. 1909, cli, 88) 
 § 246. Use of force not unlaivful in certain cases. 
 
 To use or attempt, or offer to use, force or violence upon or 
 toward the person of another is not unlawful in the following 
 cases : 
 
 4. When committed by a parent or the authorized agent of any 
 parent, or by any guardian, master, or teacher, in the exercise of 
 a lawful authority to restrain or correct his child, ward, appren- 
 tice or scholar, and the force or violence used is reasonable in 
 manner and moderate in degree. 
 
 § 405. Unlaivfully entering building. A person who, 
 
I 
 
 OTHER LAWS RELATIN^G TO SCHOOLS 281 
 
 under circumstances or in a manner not amounting to a burglary, 
 enters a building, or any part thereof, with intent to commit a 
 felony or a larceny, or any malicious mischief, is guilty of a 
 misdemeanor. — 
 
 § 889. Forgery in third degree. A person who, with 
 intent to defraud or to conceal any larceny or misappropriation 
 by any person of any money or property: 
 
 1. Alters, erases, obliterates, or destroys an account, book of 
 accounts, record, or writing, belonging to, or appertaining to the 
 business of, a corporation, association, public office or officer, 
 partnership, or individual; or, 
 
 2. Makes a false entry in any such account or book of 
 accounts ; or, 
 
 3. Wilfully omits to make true entry of any material particu- 
 lar in any such account or book of accounts, made, written, or 
 kept by him or under his direction. 
 
 Is guilty of forgery in the third degree. 
 
 § 1470. Disturbing lawful meetings. A person, who, 
 without authority of law, wilfully disturbs any assembly or meet- 
 ing, not unlawful in its character, is guilty of a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 1824. Attempting to prevent officers from per- 
 forming duty. A person who attempts, by means of any 
 threat or violence, to deter or prevent an executive officer from 
 performing any duty imposed upon such officer by law, is guilty 
 of a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 1825. Resisting officer. A person who knowingly re- 
 sists by the use of force or violence, any executive officer, in the 
 performance of his duty, is guilty of a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 1836. Officer refusing to surrender to successor. 
 A person who, having been an executive or administrative officer, 
 wrongfully refuses to surrender the official seal, or any books or 
 papers appertaining to his office, upon the demand of his lawful 
 successor, is guilty of a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 1837. Administrative officers. The various provisions 
 of the preceding sections of this article which relate to executive 
 officers apply to administrative officers, in the same manner as if 
 administrative and executive officers were both mentioned. 
 
 § 1838. Injury to records and misappropriation by 
 ministerial officers. A sheriff, coroner, clerk of a court, con- 
 stable or other ministerial officer, and every deputy or subordinate 
 of any ministerial officer, who : 
 
SS^ Js^EW YOEIt STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 1. Mutilates, destroys, conceals, erases, obliterates or falsifies 
 any record or paper appertaining to his office ; or, 
 
 2. Fraudulently appropriates to liis own use or to the use of 
 another person, or secretes with intent to appropriate to such use, 
 any money, evidence of debt or other property intrusted to him in 
 virtue of his ofllce, 
 
 Is guilty of felony. 
 
 § 1841. Provision as to neglect of duty. A public 
 officer, or person holding a public trust or employment, upon whom 
 any duty is enjoined by law, who wilfully neglects to perform the 
 duty, is guilty of a misdemeanor. This and section eighteen hun- 
 dred and forty do not apply to cases of official acts or omissions 
 the prevention or punishment of which is otherwise specially pro- 
 vided by statute. 
 
 § 1865. Misappropriation and falsification of ac- 
 counts by public officers. A public officer, or deputy, or 
 clerk of any such officer, and any other person receiving money 
 on behalf of, or for account of the people of this state, or of any 
 department of the government of this state, or of any bureau or 
 fund created by law, and in which the people of this state are 
 directly or indirectly interested, or for or on account of any city, 
 county, village or town, who : 
 
 1. Appropriates to his own use, or to the use of any person not 
 entitled thereto, without authority of law, any money so received 
 by him as such officer, clerk or deputy, or otherwise ; or, 
 
 2. Knowingly keeps any false account, or makes any false 
 entry or erasure in any account of, or relating to, any money so 
 received by him, or, 
 
 3. Fraudulently alters, falsifies, conceals, destroys or obliter- 
 ates any such account ; or, 
 
 4. Wilfully omits or refuses to pay over to the people of this 
 state or their officer or agent authorized by law to receive the 
 same, or to such city, village, county or town, or the proper officer 
 or authority empowered to demand and receive the same, any 
 money received by him as such officer, when it is his duty im- 
 posed by law to pay over, or account for, the same. 
 
 Is guilty of a felony. 
 
 § 1866. Violations of law by public officers. An 
 officer or other person mentioned in the last section who wilfully 
 disobeys any provision of law regulating his official conduct, in 
 cases other than those specified in that section is guilty of a mis- 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 283 
 
 demeanor, punishable bj a fine not exceeding one thousand dol- 
 lars, or imprisonment not exceeding two jears, or both. 
 
 § 1868. Oiiicials not to be interested in sales, leases 
 or contracts. A public officer or school officer who is author- 
 ized to sell or lease any property, or to- make any contract in his 
 official capacity, or to take part in making any such sale, lease or 
 contract, who voluntarily becomes interested individually in such 
 sale, lease or contract, directly or indirectly, except in cases where 
 such sale, lease or contract, or payment under the same, is subject 
 to audit or approval by the commissioner of education, is guilty of 
 a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 1871. School district trustee not to draiv draft 
 on supervisor in certain cases. A school district trustee 
 who issues an order or draws a draft on a supervisor or collector 
 for any money, unles& there is at the time sufficient money in the 
 hands of such supervisor or collector belonging to the district to 
 meet such order or draft, is guilty of a misdemeanor. 
 
 § 2050. Injury to public record. A person who, wil- 
 fully and unlawfully removes, mutilates, destroys, conceals, or 
 obliterates a record, map, book, paper, document, or other thing, 
 filed or deposited in a public office or with any public officer by 
 authority of law, is punishable by imprisonment for not more 
 than five years, or by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars, 
 or by both. 
 
 § 2321. Making false statement in reference to 
 taxes. A person, who, in making any statement, oral or writ- 
 ten, which is required or authorized by law to be made as the 
 basis of imposing any tax or assessment, or of an application to 
 reduce any tax or assessment, wilfully makes, as to -any material 
 matter, any statement which he knows to be false, is guilty of a 
 misdemeanor. 
 
 VII. EMPLOYMENT OF CHILDREN OF 
 SCHOOL AGE 
 
 Provisions of Labor Law (L. 1909, cJi. 36) 
 
 1. Employment in Factories 
 
 § 70. Employment of minors. 'No child under the age of 
 fourteen years shall be employed, permitted or suffered to work 
 in or in connection with any factory in this state. No child be- 
 tween the ages of fourteen and sixteen years shall be so employed. 
 
284 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 permitted or suffered to work unless an employment certificate 
 issued as provided in this article shall have been theretofore filed 
 in the office of the employer at the place of employment of such 
 child. 
 
 § 71. Employment certificate how issued. Such cer- 
 tificate shall be issued by the commissioner of health or the execu- 
 tive officer of the board or department of health of the city, town 
 or village where such child resides, or is to be employed, or by 
 such other officer thereof as may be designated by such board, de- 
 partment or commissioner for that purpose, upon the application 
 of the parent or guardian or custodian of the child desiring such 
 employment. Such officer shall not issue such certificate until he 
 has received, examined, approved and filed the following papers 
 duly executed, viz. : The school record of such child properly filled 
 out and signed as provided in this article; also, evidence of age 
 showing that the child is fourteen years old or upwards, which 
 shall consist of the evidence thereof provided in one of the follow- 
 ing subdivisions of this section and which shall be required in the 
 order herein designated as follows: 
 
 (a) Birth certificate: A duly attested transcript of the birth 
 certificate filed according to law with a registrar of vital statistics 
 or other oflficer charged with the duty of recording births, which 
 certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the age of such child. 
 
 (b) Certificate of graduation: A certificate of graduation duly 
 issued to such child showing that such child is a graduate of a 
 public school of the state of E'ew York or elsewhere, having a 
 course of not less than eight years, or of a school in the state of 
 New York other than a public school, having a substantially 
 equivalent course of study of not less than eight years' duration, 
 in which a record of the attendance of such child has been kept 
 as required by article twenty of the education law, provided that 
 the record of such school shows such child to be at least fourteen 
 years of age. 
 
 (c) Passport or baptismal certificate: A passport or a duly 
 attested transcript of a certificate of baptism showing the date of 
 birth and place of baptism of such child. 
 
 (d) Other documentary evidence: In case it shall appear to 
 the satisfaction of the officer to whom application is made, as 
 herein provided, for an employment certificate, that a child for 
 whom such certificate is requested, and who has presented the 
 
OTHEE LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 285 
 
 school record, is in fact over fourteen years of age, and that satis- 
 factory documentary evidence of age can be produced, which 
 does not fall within any of the provisions of the preceding sub- 
 divisions of this section, and that none of the papers mentioned — 
 in said subdivisions can be produced, then and not otherwise he 
 shall present to the board of health of which he is an officer or 
 agent, for its action thereon, a statement signed by him showing 
 such facts, together with such affidavits* or papers as may have 
 been produced before him constituting such evidence of the age 
 of such child, and the board of health, at a regular meeting 
 thereof, may then, by resolution, provide that such evidence of 
 age shall be fully entered on the minutes of such board, and shall 
 be received as sufficient evidence of the age of such child for the 
 purpose of this section. 
 
 (e) Physicians certificates: In cities of the first class only, 
 in case application for the issuance of an employment certificate 
 shall be made to such officer by a child's parent, guardian or cus- 
 todian who alleges his inability to produce any of the evidence of 
 age specified in the preceding subdivisions of this section, and if 
 the child is apparently at least fburteen years of age, such officer 
 may receive and file -an application signed by the parent, guardian 
 or custodian of such child for physicians' certificates. Such ap- 
 plication shall contain the alleged age, place and date of birth, and 
 present residence of such child, together with such further facts as 
 may be of assistance in determining the age of such child. Such 
 application shall be filed for not less than ninety days after date 
 of such application for such physicians' certificates, for an ex- 
 amination to be made of the statements contained therein, and in 
 case no facts appear within such period or by such examination 
 Htending to discredit or contradict any material statement of such 
 ^application, then and not otherwise the officer may direct such 
 ^child to appear thereafter for physical examination before two 
 ^fchysicians officially designated by the board of health, and in case 
 ^^uch physicians shall certify in writing that they have soparately 
 l^xamined such child and that in their opinion such child is at least 
 ^Bourteen years of age such officer shall accept such certificates as 
 ■ sufficient proof of the age of such child for the purposes of this 
 ^^ection. In case the opinions of such physicians do not concur, 
 Hte child shall be examined by a third physician and the concur- 
 ^H'ing opinions shall be conclusive for the purpose of this section as 
 the age of such child. 
 
 I 
 
286 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Sucli officer shall require the evidence of age specified in subdi- 
 vision (a) in preference to that specified in any subsequent sub- 
 division and shall not accept the evidence of age permitted bj any 
 subsequent subdivision unless he shall receive and file in addition 
 thereto an affidavit of the parent showing that no evidence of age 
 specified in any preceding subdivision or subdivisions of this sec- 
 tion can be produced. Such affidavit shall contain the age, place 
 and date of birth, and present residence of such child, which affi- 
 davit must be taken before the officer issuing the employment cer- 
 tificate, who is hereby authorized and required to administer such 
 oath and who shall not demand or receive a fee therefor. Such 
 employment certificate shall not be issued until such child fur- 
 ther has personally appeared before and been examined by the 
 officer issuing the certificate, and until such officer shall, after 
 making such examination, sign and file in his office a statement 
 that the child can read and legibly write simple sentences in the 
 English language and that in his opinion the child is fourteen 
 years of age or upwards and has reached the normal development 
 of a child of its age, and is in sound health and is physically able 
 to perform the work which it intends to do. Every such employ- 
 ment certificate shall be signed, in the presence of the officer is- 
 suing the same, by the child in whose name it is issued. In every 
 case, before an employment certificate is issued, such physical 
 fitness shall be determined by a medical officer of the department 
 or board of health, who shall make a thorough physical examina- 
 tion of the child and record the result thereof on a blank to be 
 furnished for the purpose by the state commissioner of labor and 
 shall set forth thereon such facts concerning the physical condition 
 and history of the child as the commissioner of labor may require. 
 [Amended hy L. 1912, cJi. 333.] 
 
 § 72. Contents of certificate. Such certificate shall state 
 the date and place of birth of the child, and describe the color of 
 the hair and eyes, the height and weight and any distinguishing 
 facial marks of such child, and that the papers required by the 
 preceding section have been duly examined, approved and filed 
 and that the child named in such certificate has appeared before 
 the officer signing the certificate and been examined. 
 
 § 73. School record, ivhat to contain. The school 
 record required by this article shall be signed by the prin- 
 cipal or chief executive officer of the school which such child has 
 attended and shall be furnished, on demand, to a child entitled 
 thereto or to the board, department or commissioner of health. 
 
 1 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 287 
 
 It shall contain a statement certifying that the child has regularly 
 attended the public schools or schools equivalent thereto or 
 parochial schools for not less than one hundred and thirty days 
 during the twelve months next preceding his fourteenth birthday, 
 or during the twelve months next preceding his application for 
 such school record and is able to read and write simple sentences 
 in the English language, and has received during such period 
 instruction in reading, spelling, writing, English grammar and 
 geography and is familiar with the fundamental operations of 
 arithmetic up to and including fractions. Such school record 
 shall also give the date of birth and residence of the child as 
 shown on the records of the school and the name of its parent 
 or guardian or custodian. 
 
 § 75. Report of certificates issued. The board or depart- 
 ment of health or health commissioner of a city, village or town, 
 shall transmit, between the first and tenth day of each month, 
 to the office of the commissioner of labor a list of the names of 
 the children to whom certificates have been issued, together with 
 a duplicate of the record of the physical examination of all such 
 children made as hereinbefore provided. ^Amended hy L. 11912, 
 ch, 333.] 
 
 § 76. Registry of children employed. Each person 
 owning or operating a factory and employing children therein 
 shall keep or cause to be kept in the office of such factory, a 
 register, in which shall be recorded the name, birthplace, age and 
 place of residence of all children so employed under the age of 
 sixteen years. Such register and the certificate filed in such office 
 shall be produced for inspection upon the demand of the commis- 
 sioner of labor. On termination of the employment of a child 
 so registered, and whose certificate is so filed, such certificate shall 
 be forthwith surrendered by the employer to the child or its parent 
 or guardian or custodian. The commissioner of labor may make 
 demand on an employer in whose factory a child apparently under 
 the age of sixteen years is employed or permitted or suffered to 
 work, and whose employment certificate is not then filed as re- 
 quired by this article, that such employer shall either furnish him, 
 Ij within ten days, evidence satisfactory to him that such child is in 
 I fact over sixteen years of age, or shall cease to employ or permit 
 [' or suffer such child to work in such factory. The commissioner 
 I of labor may require from such employer the same evidence of age 
 ; of such child as is required on the issuance of an employment 
 certificate ; and the employer furnishing such evidence shall not 
 
288 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 be required to furnish any further evidence of the age of the child. 
 A notice embodying such demand may be served on such employer 
 personally or may be sent by mail addressed to him at said factory, 
 and if served by post shall be deemed to have been served at the 
 time when the letter containing the same would be delivered in 
 the ordinary course of the post. When the employer is a corpora- 
 tion such notice may be served either personally upon an officer 
 of such corporation, or by sending it by post addressed to the 
 office or the principal place of business of such corporation. The 
 papers constituting such evidence of age furnished by the em- 
 ployer in response to such demand shall be filed with the commis- 
 sioner of labor and a material false statement made in any such 
 paper or affidavit by any person shall be a misdemeanor. In 
 case such employer shall fail to produce and deliver to the com- 
 missioner of labor within ten days after sU.ch demand such evi- 
 dence of age herein required by him, and shall thereafter con- 
 tinue to employ such child or permit or suffer such child to work 
 in such factory, proof of the giving of such notice and of such 
 failure to produce and file such evidence shall be prima facie 
 evidence in any prosecution brought for a violation of this article 
 that such child is under sixteen years of age and is unlawfully 
 employed. 
 
 2. Employment in Mercantile Establish- 
 ments 
 
 § 160. Application of article. The provisions of this 
 article shall apply to all villages and cities which at the last 
 preceding state enumeration had a population of three thousand 
 or more. 
 
 § 161. Hours of labor of minors. No child under the 
 age of sixteen years shall be employed, permitted or suffered to 
 work in or in connection with any mercatitile establishment, busi- 
 ness office, or telegraph office, restaurant, hotel, apartment-house, 
 theatre or other place of amusement, bowling alley, barber shop, 
 shoe-polishing establishment, or in the distribution or transmission 
 of merchandise or messages, more than six days or fifty-four hours 
 in any one week, or more than nine hours in any one day, or before 
 seven o'clock in the niorning or after ten o'clock in the evening of 
 any day. The foregoing provision shall not apply to any employ- 
 ment prohibited or regulated by section four hundred and eighty 
 
 I 
 
 
OTHER LAWS EELATINQ TO SCHOOLS 289 
 
 five of the Penal Law. But in cities of the first class no child 
 under the age of sixteen years shall be employed, permitted or 
 suffered to work in or in connection with any such establishment 
 after seven o'clock in the evening of any day. No female employee^ 
 between sixteen and twenty-one years of age shall be required, per- 
 mitted or suffered to work in or in connection with any mercantile 
 establishment more than sixty hours in any one week; or more 
 than ten hours in any one day, unless for the purpose of making a 
 shorter work day of some one day of the week; or before seven 
 o'clock in the morning or after ten o'clock in the evening of any 
 day. This section does not apply to the employment of persons 
 sixteen years of age or upward on Saturday, provided the total 
 number of hours of labor in a week of any such person does not 
 exceed sixty hours, nor to the employment of such persons between 
 the fifteenth day of December and the following first day of Janu- 
 ary. Not less than forty-five minutes shall be allowed for the 
 noonday meal of the employees of any such establishment. 
 [Amended hy L. 1911, ch. 86G, in effect October 1, 1911.] 
 
 § 161-a. Hours of labor of messengers. In cities of 
 the first or second class no person under the age of twenty-one 
 years shall be employed or permitted to work as a messenger for 
 a telegraph or messenger company in the distribution, transmis- 
 sion or delivery of goods or messages before five o'clock in the 
 morning or after ten o'clock in the evening of any day. [Added 
 hy L. 1910, ch, 342.] 
 
 § 162. Employrnent of children. No child under the 
 age of fourteen years shall be employed or permitted to work in 
 or in connection with any mercantile or other business or estab- 
 lishment specified in the preceding section. No child under the 
 age of sixteen years shall be so employed or permitted to work 
 unless an employment certificate, issued as provided in this 
 article, shall have been theretofore filed in the office of the em- 
 ployer at the place of employment of such child. [As amended 
 hy L. 1909, ch. 293, and R 1911, ch, 866, in effect Octoher 1, 
 1911.] 
 
 § 163. Employment certificate; hoxr issued. Such 
 certificate shall be issued by the commissioner of health or the 
 executive officer of the board or department of health of the city, 
 town or village where such child resides or is to be employed, or 
 by such officer .thereof as may be designated by such board, depart- 
 
290 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION BEPABTMENT 
 
 ment or commissioner for that purpose, upon the application of 
 the pa-rent, guardian or custodian of the child desiring such em- 
 ployment. Such officer shall not issue such certificate until he 
 has received, examined, approved and filed the following papers 
 duly executed, viz. : The school record of such child properly 
 filled out and signed as provided in this article; also, evidence of 
 age showing that the child is fourteen j^ears old or upwards, which 
 shall consist of the evidence thereof provided in one of the follow- 
 ing subdivisions of this section and which shall be required in the 
 order herein designated as follows : 
 
 (a) Bvrth certificate. — A duly attested transcript of the birth 
 certificate filed according to law with a registrar of vital statistics 
 or other officers charged with the duty of recording births which 
 certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the age of such child. 
 
 (b) Certificate of graduation. — A certificate of graduation duly 
 issued to such child showing that such child is a graduate of a 
 public school of the state of E'ew York or elsewhere, having a 
 course of not less than eight years, or of a school in the state of 
 New York other than a public school, having a substantially equiv- 
 alent course of study of not less than eight years' duration, in 
 which a record of the attendance of such child has been kept as 
 required by article twenty of the education law, provided that the 
 record of such school shows such child to be at least fourteen years 
 of age. 
 
 (c) Passport or baptismal certificate. — A passport or a duly 
 attested transcript of a certificate of baptism showing the date of 
 birth and place of baptism of such child. 
 
 (d) Other documentary evidence. — In case it shall appear to 
 the satisfaction of the officer to whom application is made, as 
 herein provided, for an employment certificate, that a child for 
 whom such certificate is requested and who has presented the 
 school record, is in fact over fourteen years of age, and that satis- 
 factory documentary evidence of age can be produced, which does 
 not fall within any of the provisions of the preceding subdivisions 
 of this section, and that none of the papers mentioned in said sub- 
 divisions can be produced, then and not otherwise he shall present 
 to the board of health of which he is an officer or agent, for its 
 action thereon, a statement signed by him showing such facts 
 together with such affidavits or papers as may have been produced 
 before him constituting such evidence of the age of such child, 
 and the board of health, at a regular meeting thereof, may then, 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 291 
 
 by resolution, provide that such, evidence of age shall be fully 
 entered on the minutes of such board, and shall be received as 
 sufficient evidence of the age of such child for the purpose of this 
 section. _ 
 
 (e) Physicians' certificates. — In cities of the first class only, 
 in case application for the issuance of an employment certificate 
 shall be made to such officer by a child's parent, guardian or 
 custodian v^^ho alleges his inability to produce any of the evidence 
 of age specified in the preceding subdivisions of this section, and 
 if the child is apparently at least fourteen years of age, such 
 officer may receive and file an application signed by the parent, 
 guardian or custodian of such child for physicians' certificates. 
 Such application shall contain the alleged age, place and date of 
 birth, and present residence of such child, together with such 
 further facts as may be of assistance in determining the age of 
 such child. 'Such application shall be filed for not less than 
 ninety days after date of such application for such physicians' 
 certificates, for an examination to be made of the statements con- 
 tained therein, and in case no facts appear within such period or 
 by such examination tending to discredit or contradict any ma- 
 terial statement of such application, then and not otherwise the 
 officer may direct such child to appear thereafter for physical ex- 
 amination before two physicians officially designated by the board 
 of health, and in case such physicians shall certify in writing that 
 they have separately examined such child and that in their opinion 
 such child is at least fourteen years of age such officer shall accept 
 
 I such certificates as sufficient proof of the age of such child for the 
 purposes of this section. In case the opinions of such physi- 
 cians do not concur, the child shall be examined by a third physi- 
 cian and the concurring opinions shall be conclusive for the pur- 
 pose of this section as to the age of such child. 
 
 Such officer shall require the evidence of age specified in subdi- 
 vision (a) in preference to that specified in any subsequent subdi- 
 vision and shall not accept the evidence of age permitted by any 
 subsequent subdivision unless he shall receive and file in addition 
 ^■thereto an affidavit of the parent showing that no evidence of age 
 ^■specified in any preceding subdivision or subdivisions of this sec- 
 ^B tion can be produced. Such affidavit shall contain the age, place 
 ^pand date of birth, and present residence of such child, which affi- 
 davit must be taken before the officer issuing the employment 
 certificate, who is hereby authorized and required to administer 
 
29S NEW YOtlU: S*rAl?E EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 sucli oath and wlio shall not demand or receive a fee therefor. Such 
 employment certificate shall not be issued until such child shall 
 further have personally appeared before and been examined by the 
 officer issuing the certificate, and until such officer shall, after 
 making such examination, sign and file in his office a statement 
 that the child can read and legibly write simple sentences in the 
 English language and that in his opinion the child is fourteen 
 years of age or upwards and has reached the normal development 
 of a child of its age, and is in sound health and is physically able 
 to perform the work which it intends to do. In doubtful cases 
 such physical fitness shall be determined by a medical officer of the 
 board or department of health. Every such employment certifi- 
 cate shall be signed in the presence of the officer issuing the same, 
 by the child in whose name it is issued. 
 
 § 164. Contents of certificate. Such certificate shall 
 state the date and place of birth of the child, and describe the 
 color of hair and eyes and the height and weight and any dis- 
 tinguishing facial marks of such child, and that the papers re- 
 quired by the preceding section have been duly examined, ap- 
 proved and filed and that the child named in such certificate 
 has appeared before the officer signing the certificate and been 
 examined. 
 
 § 165. School record, ivhat to contain. The school 
 record required by this article shall be signed by the principal 
 or chief executive officer of the school which such child has 
 attended and shall be furnished on demand to a child entitled 
 thereto or to the board, department or commissioner of health. 
 It shall contain a statement certifying that the child has regu- 
 larly attended the public schools or schools equivalent thereto or 
 parochial schools for not less than one hundred and thirty days 
 during the twelve months next preceding his fourteenth birthday, 
 or during the twelve months next preceding his application for 
 such school record, and is able to read and write simple sentences 
 in the English language, has received during such period in- 
 struction in reading, spelling, writing, English grammar and 
 geography and is familiar with the fundamental operations of 
 arithmetic up to and including fractions. Such school record 
 shall also give the date of birth and residence of the child as 
 shown on the records of the school and the name of its parents or 
 guardian or custodian. 
 
 § 166. Summer vacation certificate. [Repealed by L. 
 IQll, ch, 866, in effect October 1, 1911.] 
 
OTHER LAWS HELATING TO SCHOOLS 293 
 
 § 167. Registry of children employed. The owner, 
 manager or agent of a mercantile or other establishment specified 
 in section one hundred and sixty-one, employing children, shall 
 keep or cause to be kept, in the office of such establishment, ft 
 register, in which shall be recorded the name, birthplace, age and 
 place of residence of all children so employed under the age of 
 sixteen years. Such register and the certificate filed in such office 
 shall be produced for inspection, upon the demand of an officer 
 of the board, department or commissioner of health of the town, 
 village or city where such establishment is situated, or if such 
 establishment is situated in a city of the first class upon the 
 demand of the commissioner of labor. On termination of the 
 employment of the child so registered and whose certificate is so 
 filed, such certificate shall 'be forthwith surrendered by the em- 
 ployer to the child or its parent or guardian or custodian. An 
 officer of the board, department or commissioner of health of the 
 town, village or city where a mercantile or other establishment 
 mentioned in this article is situated, or if such establishment is 
 situated in a city of the first class the commissioner of labor, may 
 make demand on an employer in whose establishment a child 
 apparently under the age of sixteen years is employed or per- 
 mitted or suffered to work, and whose employment certificate is 
 ^^not then filed as required by this chapter, that such employer 
 ^Khall either furnish him, within ten days, evidence satisfactory to 
 ^Kiim that such child is in fact over sixteen years of age, or shall 
 ^Bpease to employ or permit or suffer such child to work in such 
 ^■establishment. The officer may require from such employer the 
 ■Tsame evidence of age of such child as is required on the issuance 
 « of an employment certificate ; and the employer furnishing such 
 evidence shall not be required to furnish any further evidence of 
 the age of the child. A notice embodying such demand may be 
 served on such employer personally or may be sent by mail 
 addressed to him at said establishment, and if served by post 
 shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the letter 
 containing the same would be delivered in the ordinary course 
 of the post. When the employer i5 a corporation such notice 
 may be served either personally upon an officer of such corpora- 
 tion, or by sending it by post addressed to the office or the prin- 
 cipal place of business of such corporation. The papers consti- 
 tuting such evidence of age furnished by the employer in response 
 to such demand shall, except in cities of the first class, be filed 
 
294: NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 with tlie board, department or commissioner of health, and in 
 cities of the first class with the commissioner of labor, and a 
 material false statement made in any such paper or affidavit by 
 any person shall be a misdemeanor. In case such employer shall 
 fail to produce and deliver to the officer of the board, department 
 or commissioner of health, or in cities of the first class to the 
 commissioner of labor, within ten days after such demand such 
 evidence of age herein required by him, and shall thereafter con- 
 tinue to employ such child or permit or suffer such child to work 
 in such mercantile or other establishment, proof of the giving 
 of such notice and of such failure to produce and file such evi- 
 dence shall be prima facie evidence in any prosecution brought 
 for a violation of this article that such child is imder sixteen 
 years of age and is unlawfully employed. 
 
 3. Employment in Street Trades 
 § 220. Prohibited employment of children in street 
 trades, ^o male child under ten, and no girl under sixteen 
 years of age, shall in any city of the first or second class sell or 
 expose or offer for sale newspapers, magazines or periodicals in 
 any street or public place. 
 
 § 221. Permit and badge for newsboys, boiv issued. 
 No male child under fourteen years of age shall sell or expose or 
 offer for sale said articles unless a permit and badge as hereinafter 
 provided shall have been issued to him by the district superin- 
 tendent of the board of education of the city and school district 
 where said child resides, or by such other officer thereof as may be 
 officially designated by such board for that purpose, on the appli- 
 cation of the parent, guardian or other person having the custody 
 of the child desiring such permit and badge, or in case said child 
 has no parent, guardian or custodian then on the application of 
 his next friend, being an adult. Such permit and badge shall not 
 be issued until the officer issuing the same shall have received, ex- 
 amined, approved and placed on file in his office satisfactory proof 
 that such male child is of the age of ten years or upwards, and 
 shall also have received, examined and placed on file the written 
 statement of the principal or chief executive officer of the school 
 which the child is attending, stating that such child is an attendant 
 at such school, that he is of the normal development of a child of 
 his age and physically fit for such employment, and that said prin- 
 cipal or chief executive officer approves the granting of a permit 
 
 i 
 
I 
 
 OTHER LAWS RELATIETG TO SCHOOLS 295 
 
 and badge to siioh child. 'No such permit or badge shall be valid 
 for any purpose except during the period in which such proof and 
 written statement shall remain on file, nor shall such permit or 
 badge be authority beyond the period fixed therein for its dur^=^ 
 tion. After having received, examined and placed on file such 
 papers the officer shall issue to the child a permit and badge. 
 Principals or chief executive officers of schools in which children 
 under fourteen years are pupils shall keep complete lists of all 
 children in their schools to whom a permit and badge as herein 
 provided have been granted. 
 
 § 222. Contents of permit and badge. Such permit 
 shall state the date and place of birth of the child, the name and 
 address of its parent, guardian, custodian or next friend, as the 
 case may be, and describe the color of hair and eyes, the height 
 and weight and any distinguishing facial mark of such child, and 
 shall further state that the papers required by the preceding 
 section have been duly examined and filed; and that the child 
 named in such permit has appeared before the officer issuing the 
 permit. The badge furnished by the officer issuing the permit 
 shall bear on its face a number corresponding to the number of the 
 permit, and the name of the child. Every such permit, and every 
 such badge on its reverse side, shall be signed in the presence of 
 the officer issuing the same by the child in whose name it is issued. 
 
 § 223. Regulations concerning badge and permit. 
 The badge provided for herein shall be worn conspicuously at all 
 times by such child while so working; and all such permits and 
 badges shall expire annually on the first day of January. The 
 color of the badge shall be changed each year. No child to whom 
 such permit and badge are issued shall transfer the same to any 
 other person nor be engaged in any city of the first or second 
 class as a newsboy, or shall sell or expose or offer for sale news- 
 papers, magazines or periodicals in any street or public place 
 without having conspicuously upon his person such badge, and he 
 shall exhibit the same upon demand at any time to any police, 
 or attendance officer. 
 
 § 224. liimit of hours. No child to whom a permit and 
 badge are issued as provided for in the preceding sections shall 
 sell or expose or offer for sa:le any newspapers, magazines or 
 periodicals after ten o'clock in the evening, or before six o'clock 
 in the morning. 
 
 § 225. Enforcement of article. In cities of the first or 
 second class, police officers, and the re^lar attendance officers 
 
296 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 appointed by the board of education who are hereby vested with 
 the powers of peace officers for the purpose, shall enforce the pro- 
 visions of this article. 
 
 § 2^6. Violation of this article, hoiv punislied. Any 
 
 child who shall work in any city of the first or second class in 
 any street or public place as a newsboy or who shall sell or 
 expose OT offer for sale newspapers, magazines or periodicals in 
 violation of the provisions of this article, shall be arrested and 
 brought before a court or magistrate having jurisdiction to com- 
 mit a child to an incorporated charitable reformatory or other 
 institution and be dealt with according to law; and if any such 
 child is committed to an institution, it shall when practicable, be 
 committed to an institution governed by persons of the same 
 religious faith as the parents of such child. The permit and 
 badge of any child who violates the provisions of this article may 
 bo revoked by the officer issuing the same, upon the recommenda- 
 tion of the principal or chief executive officer of the school which 
 such child is attending, or upon the complaint of any police 
 officer or attendance officer, and such child shall surrender the 
 permit and badge so revoked upon the demand of any attendance 
 officer or police officer charged with the duty of enforcing the 
 provisions of this article. The refusal of any child to surrender 
 such permit and badge, upon such demand, or the sale or offer- 
 ing for sale of newspapers, magazines or periodicals in any street 
 or public place by any child after notice of the revocation of 
 such permit and badge shall be deemed a violation of this article 
 and shall subject the child to the penalties provided for in this 
 section. 
 
 VIII. FINANCIAL PROVISIONS 
 
 State Finance Law {L. 1909, ch. 58) 
 § 2-a. The salaries of all officers of the state, and the wages 
 of all employees thereof shall be due from and payable by the 
 state twice each month, on the first and sixteenth days thereof, 
 except where such days fall upon Sunday or a legal holiday v/hen 
 such payments shall be made upon the succeeding business day. 
 Said salaries and wages shall be subject to all the provisions of 
 section thirteen hundred and ninety-one of the code of civil pro- 
 cedure applicable to any wages, debts, earnings or salary, as if 
 the state and the said wages and salary due and payable by it 
 
 i 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 297 
 
 had been particularly designated therein. The provisions of this 
 section shall be deemed to supersede any other provision of this 
 chapter or of any general or special law inconsistent herewith. 
 [Added hy L. 1910, clu 317.] - - 
 
 § 40. Gifts to the state of obligations of another 
 state ; hovr held. Whenever any person or persons, copartner- 
 ship, corporation or association shall give, bequeath or assign to 
 the state of N^ew York any bonds, warrants, choses in action or 
 other obligations of any other state, the governor is hereby author- 
 ized in his discretion, to receive and accept the same for the benefit 
 of the state and the right and title thereto and therein shall there- 
 upon pass to and vest in this state and the same and all iJie pro- 
 ceeds thereof when collected shall be held by the comptroller in a 
 special account or fund subject to be appropriated by the legis- 
 lature only for the support of common schools, or for the promo- 
 tion of some educational interest in the state. Whenever it shall 
 be necessary to protect or assert the right or title of the state to any 
 such bonds, warrants, choses in action or other obligations so re- 
 ceived, or to collect or enforce the same or any part thereof, prin- 
 cipal or interest, the attorney general is hereby authorized, and di- 
 rected to take the necessary and proper proceedings or to bring suit 
 thereon in the name of the state in any court of competent juris- 
 diction, state or federaJ, and to prosecute all such suits or pro- 
 ceedings to a termination. 
 
 § 80. The education fund. The common school fund, the 
 literature fund, and the United States deposit fund, shall con- 
 tinue to consist of all moneys, securities or other property in the 
 treasury of the state, or under the control of any state officer, and 
 of all debts due the state, or real property owned by it, belonging 
 to such funds. The proceeds of all lands which belonged to the 
 state on January first, eighteen hundred and twenty-three, except 
 the parts thereof reserved or appropriated to public use, or ceded 
 to the United States, shall belong to the common school fund. 
 
 In case of any diminution of capital belonging to the common 
 school fund. United States deposit fund or literature fund, there 
 shall be transferred to the capital of such fund or funds from the 
 income thereof so much as may be necessary to preserve the capi- 
 tal inviolate. Of the income of the United States deposit fund, 
 twenty-five thousand dollars shall annually be added to the capital 
 of the common school fund. It shall be the duty of the comp- 
 troller, at the close of each fiscal year, to transfer to the general 
 
298 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 fund the remainder of the income of the common school fund, 
 United States deposit fund and literature fund, which together 
 with such amounts as may be raised or received by taxation or 
 otherwise for educational purposes, shall constitute the education 
 fund, and appropriations therefrom may be made annually for 
 the support, of the educational system of the state, to be appor- 
 tioned by the commissioner of education in the manner provided 
 by law, which apportionment shall be certified by the commis- 
 sioner of education to the comptroller for distribution and pay- 
 ment. The amount appropriated by the legislature for the sup- 
 port and maintenance of the common school system of the state, 
 shall be payable from the treasury upon the warrant of the 
 comptroller, and the comptroller shall countersign and enter all 
 checks drawn by the treasurer in payment of his warrants, and 
 all receipts of the treasurer for such payments paid to the treas- 
 urer, and no such receipts shall be evidence of payment unless 
 they be so countersigned. 
 
 IX. FEES OF SUPERVISOR 
 
 Tovm Law (L. 1909, ch. 63) 
 § 85. Compensation of toivn officers. 
 
 3. The supervisor of each town shall be allowed and paid, 
 in the same manner as other town charges are allowed and 
 paid, a fee of one per centum on all moneys paid out by him as 
 such supervisor, including school moneys disbursed by him as pro- 
 vided in the education law, moneys paid out by him for damages 
 arising from dogs killing or injuring sheep as provided in article 
 seven of the county law, moneys in his hands paid out by him for 
 the relief of the poor, and all other town moneys paid out by him 
 for defraying town charges, except moneys expended under article 
 six of the highway law. But no such fee shall be allowed or paid 
 upon moneys paid over by him to his successor in office. Such fees 
 sliall be in full compensation for all services rendered by him in 
 respect to moneys reeeived and paid out by him as such supervisor 
 as provided by law except the compensation provided in section 
 one hundred and ten of the highway law. [As amended hy L, 
 1909, cl. 491.] 
 
 I 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 299 
 
 X. SCHOOL COMMISSIONER DISTRICTS 
 
 County Law (L. 1909, ch. 16) 
 
 § 12. General powers. The board of supervisors shall:. 
 
 9. Divide any school commissioner's district within the county 
 which contains more than two hundred school districts, and erect 
 therefrom an additional school commissioner's district, and when 
 such district shall have been formed, a school commissioner for 
 the district shall be elected in the manner provided by law for the 
 ©lection of school commissioners. 
 
 [Obsolete. Superseded hy Education Law, art. 14, as amended 
 by L. 1910, ch. 607.] 
 
 XI. LIQUORS SOLD NEAR SCHOOL-HOUSES 
 
 Liquor Tax Law (L. 1909, ch. 39) 
 § 23. Places in ivMcli traffic in liquor shall not be 
 permitted. Traffic in liquor shall not be permitted : 
 
 2. Under the provisions of subdivision one of section eight 
 of this chapter, in any building, yard, booth or othor place which 
 shall be on the same street or avenue or within two hundred feet 
 of a building occupied exclusively as a church or school-house; 
 the measurements to be taken in a straight line from the center 
 of the nearest entrance of the building used for such church or 
 school to the center of the nearest entrance of the place in which 
 such liquor traffic is desired to be carried on ; provided, however, 
 that this prohibition shall not apply to a pUace which on the 
 twenty-third day of March, eighteen hundred and ninety-six, was 
 lawfully occupied for a hotel, nor to a place in whicii such traffic 
 in liquors was actually lawfully carried on at that date, nor to a 
 place which at such date was occupied, or was in process of con- 
 struction, by a corporation or association which traffics in liquors 
 solely with the members thereof, nor to a place within such limit 
 to which a corporation or association trafficking in liquors solely 
 with the members thereof, at such date may remove . . . nor 
 to a place in which traffic in liquors was lawfully carried on con- 
 tinuously from a date prior to the date when a building on the 
 same street or avenue and within two hundred feet of said place 
 [has been occupied exclusively as a church or school house; nor to 
 any premises which have been continuously occupied for a hotel 
 from a date prior to the date when a building on the same street 
 
300 Js'EW YORK STATE EDtTCATlON DEPARTMENT 
 
 or avenue and witliin two hundred feet of said premises has been 
 occupied exclusively as a church or schoolhouse; but none of the 
 exemptions under this subdivision shall apply to subdivision one 
 of this section, or . . . [A7nended hy L, 1911, ch. 643.] 
 
 C XII. SAVINGS BANKS IN SCHOOLS 
 
 Banking Law (L. 1909, ch. 10) 
 § 160. Advertisements of unauthorized savings 
 banks prohibited. JN'o bank, banking association, individual 
 banker, firm, association, corporation, person or persons shall 
 make use of the word " savings '^ in their banking business, or 
 advertise or put forth any advertising literature, or sign as a 
 savings bank, or in any v^ay solicit or receive deposits as a savings 
 bank, other than a savings bank or a co-operative savings and loan 
 association organized under the laws of the state of New York. 
 It shall, however, be lawful for the principal or superintendent of 
 any public school or schools in the state of New York or for any 
 person designated for that purpose by the board of education or 
 other school authority under which such school shall be to collect 
 once a week, or from time to time, small amounts of savings from 
 the pupils of said school, the same to be deposited by said prin- 
 cipal or superintendent or designated person on the day of col- 
 lection in some savings bank in the state or, in villages and cities 
 in which there is no regularly established savings bank in any 
 savings and loan association, trust company, state or national 
 bank, located, in the state and having an interest department. 
 These moneys shall be placed to the credit of the respective pupils 
 from whom the money shall be collected, or if the amount collected 
 at any one time shall be deemed insufficient for the opening of 
 individual accounts, in the names of said principal or superin- 
 tendent or designated person, in trust, and to be by him eventually 
 transferred to the credit of the respective pupils to whom the 
 same belongs. In the meantime, said principal or superintendent 
 or designated person shall furnish to the bank a list giving the 
 names, signatures, addresses, ages, places of birth, parents' names 
 and such other data concerning the respective pupils as the sav- 
 ings bank may require, and it shall be lawful to use the words 
 " system of school savings banks '' or " school savings banks " in 
 circulars, reports and other printed or written matter used in 
 
 1 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 301 
 
 conneotion with the purposes of this section. Any bank, banking 
 association, individual banker, firm, association, corporation, per- 
 son or persons violating this provision shall forfeit to the people 
 of the state for every offense the sum of one hundred dollars for 
 every day such offense shall be continued provided, however, that 
 upon the subsequent establishment of a savings bank, the deposit 
 of such moneys, or the continuance of deposits, in any savings 
 and loan association, trust company, state or national bank, pre- 
 viously used as a depository of school savings, shall not be deemed 
 a violation of the provisions of this act. [As amended hy L, 1909, 
 ch, 497.] 
 
 XIII. LEGALIZING SCHOOL BONDS; R'ATE 
 OF INTEREST 
 
 General Municipal Law (L, 1909, ch, 29) 
 
 ARTICLE 2-a 
 
 [Inserted hy L. 1911, ch. 769.] 
 Legalizing Bonds or Proceedings for Issuance 
 
 Section 22. Legalizing proceedings. 
 
 23. Petition. 
 
 24. !N"otice of presentation of petition; filing; answer. 
 
 25. Hearing. 
 
 26. Determination of court. 
 
 27. Appeal. 
 
 Ii. 28. Effect of determination. 
 
 I 29. Definitions. 
 
 § 22. Legalizing proceedings. Proceedings heretofore 
 or hereafter taken by a municipal corporation authorized by law 
 to issue bonds, or by its officers, agents or voters, pursuant to a 
 Statute authorizing or requiring such proceedings, may be legalized 
 and confirmed by the supreme court in the manner and with the 
 effect provided by this article. A proceeding may be instituted 
 ereunder for the purposes of legalizing and confirming such pro- 
 eedings taken prior to the issuance and sale of such bonds, or for 
 he purpose of legalizing and confirming such preliminary pro- 
 eedings and also the issuance, sale and form of such bonds. Such 
 
302 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 a proceeding may be instituted by the officer or officers of such 
 municipal corporation authorized or required by law to sell such 
 bonds, or if the purpose of such proceeding also includes the legal- 
 izing and confirming of the proceedings in respect to the issuance, 
 sale and form of such bonds, by any taxpayer of the municipal 
 corporation or by a purchaser or holder of such bonds. 
 
 § 23. Petition. The officer or person commencing such pro- 
 ceeding shall present a verified petition to a special term of the 
 supreme court held within the judicial district in which such mu- 
 nicipal corporation is wholly or partly situated, stating the statute 
 under which it is proposed to issue such bonds or under which 
 such bonds were issued, the purpose thereof, the aggregate amount 
 of bonds proposed to be issued or issued, the time when such bonds 
 are payable, and all proceedings that have been taken by the 
 municipal corporation, or by its officers, agents or voters, in respect 
 to the issuance and sale of such bonds, and praying that such court 
 shall investigate the law and facts in relation to such proceedings 
 and determine whether such proceedings substantially complied 
 with the statute under which it is proposed to issue and sell such 
 bonds, or under which such bonds were issued and sold. Such 
 petition may also state any particular in which the petitioner 
 deems that such proceedings may not have complied with the 
 statute under which it is proposed to issue and sell such bonds, or 
 under which the same were issued and sold. 
 
 § 24. Notice of presentation of petition; filing; 
 ansiver. A notice stating the time and place of the presentation 
 of such petition and briefly describing the proceedings sought to 
 be legalized and confirmed shall be published at least twice in a 
 newspaper, if any, published in the municipal corporation, or if 
 no newspaper be published therein, in a newspaper published in 
 the city, village or town nearest to such municipal corporation. 
 Such publication shall be made at least twenty and not more than 
 thirty days prior to the date of such hearing. Such notice shall 
 also be posted in at least ten conspicuous public places in the 
 municipal corporation. If such proceeding be instituted by a 
 taxpayer, or a purchaser or holder of bonds which have been issued, 
 such notice shall also be served upon the mayor of a city, the 
 president of a village, the supervisor of a town, or the officer, 
 board or commission authorized or required by law to sell such 
 bonds, and upon any known purchaser or holder of such bonds. 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS 303 
 
 Such notice sliall be so served personally or by mail at least twenty 
 days before the date of such hearing and shall be accompanied by 
 the petition proposed to be presented at such hearing, and at least 
 ten days prior to such hearing such municipal corporation may. 
 serve on the petitioner a verified answer to such petition. If such 
 proceeding be instituted by a municipal officer or officers, a copy 
 of the petition proposed to be presented at the hearing shall be filed 
 in the office of the officer or officers authorized or required by law 
 to sell such bonds. At any time prior 'to such hearing a taxpayer 
 of such municipality, or if such bonds have been issued, a holder 
 or purchaser may file in such office a verified answer to such 
 petition. 
 
 § 25. Hearing:. At the time of such hearing any taxpayer 
 of the municipal corporation, or if such bonds have been issued, 
 any holder or purchaser thereof may intervene and with the consent 
 of the court be made a party thereto. Upon such hearing any party 
 to such proceeding may appear, by counsel, and may produce and 
 examine witnesses as to the proceedings taken in respect to the 
 issue and sale of such bonds. Such witnesses shall be subject to 
 cross-examination by any party appearing at such hearing. 
 
 The court may appoint a referee to take testimony in respect 
 to the proceeding for the issuance and sale of such bonds and may 
 otherwise require the parties thereto to produce proof, by affidavit 
 or otherwise, of any facts which may tend to enable the court to 
 make a full and complete determination in respect to the proceed- 
 ings for the issuance and sale of such bonds. 
 
 § 26. Determination of court. If, after such hearing and 
 investigation, such court is satisfied that the statute under which 
 such proceedings were taken authorized bonds to be issued by 
 the municipal corporation for the aggregate amount for which 
 it is proposed to issue the same, or for the amount of bonds issued 
 and sold thereunder if such bonds have been already issued and 
 sold, and that the proceedings taken by such municipal corporation, 
 its officers, agents or voters, prior to the issuance and sale of such 
 bonds, or including the issuance and sale of such bonds have been 
 already issued, substantially complied with the statute under which 
 it is proposed to issue such bonds, or under which such bonds were 
 issued and sold, the court may, by order, legalize and confirm the 
 proceedings taken prior to the issue and sale of such proposed 
 
 I 
 
304 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 bonds, or if such bonds have been issued, including the proceedings 
 on the issuance and sale thereof and the form of the bonds issued 
 thereunder, with the same force and effect as though all the pro- 
 visions of law in relation to such proceedings and form had been 
 strictly complied with. The court may determine that such statute 
 was substantially complied with if it authorized the aggregate 
 amount of bonds proposed to be issued or issued thereunder, that 
 the proposition to issue such bonds was adopted at the election, 
 if any, to which it was submitted or by the required vote of the 
 meeting of the body or board to which it was submitted, and that 
 such bonds, if issued and sold were sold at not less than par and at 
 a rate of interest no greater than was authorized by the statute 
 under which such bonds were issued, notwithstanding any irregu- 
 larity or technicality in the form of proposition or resolution pro- 
 posing or authorizing such issue, or in the notice of the election or 
 of the meeting of the board or body adopting such resolution or 
 authorization, or in the time or manner of service thereof, or in 
 the conduct of the election or meeting at which such proposition or 
 authorization was adopted, or in that such proposition was sub- 
 mitted more than once within one year or other shorter period 
 than authorized by law, or, if such bonds have already been issued 
 in the manner of issuance or sale thereof, or in the time or times 
 of payment thereof, or notwithstanding any other technical or 
 formal irregularity of like nature in such proceedings. If the 
 court is satisfied that the proceedings for the issuance and sale of 
 such bonds did not substantially comply with the statute under 
 which it was proposed to issue and sell the same or under which 
 the same were issued and sold, he may make an order accordingly 
 specifying the particulars in which he deems that such proceedings 
 failed to comply with such statute. 
 
 § 27. Appeal. An appeal may be taken to the ai)pellate divi- 
 sion from the order of the supreme court legalizing and confirming 
 such proceedings, or refusing to legalize and confirm the same. 
 Such appeal must be taken within ten days after the entry of the 
 order, by the service of the notice of appeal upon all the parties 
 to such proceeding who appeared personally or by counsel at the 
 hearing before the supreme court. The decision of the appellate 
 division thereon shall be final. 
 
 § 28. Effect of determination. If the order of the su- 
 preme court legalizes and confirms such proceedings, upon the 
 
OTllEIt LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOLS dOo 
 
 expiration of the time to appeal therefrom if no appeal be taken, 
 or upon the entry of the final order of the appellate division con- 
 firming such order of the supreme court, such proceedings shall 
 be deemed legalized and confirmed. If such proceeding was insti- 
 tuted to legalize and confirm proceedings prior to the issuance and 
 sale of such bonds, the officer or officers of such municipal corpo- 
 ration authorized to issue such bonds may issue and sell the same 
 accordingly, and the validity of such bonds shall not thereafter be 
 in any manner questioned by reason of any defect or irregularity 
 in such preliminary proceedings, and nothwithstanding any such 
 irregularity or defect shall be binding and legal obligations upon 
 the municipal corporation issuing and selling the same. If such 
 proceeding was instituted to legalize and confirm the proceedings 
 for the issue and sale of bonds that were issued and sold at the time 
 such proceeding was instituted, such bonds shall be valid and 
 binding obligations upon the municipal corporation, in like man- 
 ner, and the validity thereof shall not in any manner be questioned 
 by reason of any irregularity or defect in the proceedings for the 
 issue and sale of such bonds, or in the form thereof. 
 
 § 29. Definitioiis. The term " municipal corporation " as 
 used in this article includes a city, county, village, town, school 
 district, sewer district, water district, lighting district or any other 
 district or territory authorized by law to issue bonds. 
 
 The term '' bonds " as used in this article includes bonds, cor- 
 porate stock, certificates of indebtedness or any other obligations 
 whereby a municipal corporation agrees to pay a stated sum of 
 money. 
 
 § 21. Maximum rate of interest on municipal bonds. 
 If in any general or sj)ecial law heretofore passed authorizing or 
 requiring an issue of bonds by a municipal corporation, or by any 
 department, board, commission, or officer thereof, a maximum rate 
 of interest on the bonds to be issued thereunder be prescribed, the 
 rate of interest on such bonds hereafter issued in pursuance of 
 such general or special law may be fixed by the department, board, 
 commission or officer charged by law with the duty of issuing such 
 bonds at any rate not more than the LBgal rate of interest, notwith- 
 standing the provisions of such general or special law prescribing 
 a different maximum rate. The term " municipal corporation " 
 as used in this section includes a city, county, village, town, school 
 district, sewer district, water district, lighting district or any other 
 district or territory authorized by law to issue bonds, and the term 
 
306 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DErARTMENT 
 
 " bonds " includes bonds, corporate stock, certificates of indebted- 
 ness or any other obligation whereby a municipal corporation 
 agrees to pav a stated sum of money. [Added hy L. 1911, ch. 
 573.] 
 
 XIV. AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND 
 COUNTRY LIFE ADVANCEMENT 
 
 L. 1911, ch. Y85. 
 
 AN ACT to create a state advisory board in relation to agricultural education 
 and country life advancement. 
 
 § 1. An advisory board in relation to the promotion and direc- 
 tion of agricultural education and the advancement of country 
 life is hereby created to consist of twelve persons as follows: 
 
 The commissioner of education, commissioner of agriculture, di- 
 rector of the l!^ew York state college of agriculture, director of 
 the New York agricultural experiment station, director of the 
 I^ew York state veterinary college, director or dean of the state 
 schools of agriculture at Alfred university, Alfred, ^NT. Y., Saint 
 Lawrence university. Canton, N. Y., and Morrisville, IST. Y., a 
 member of the state fair commission, to be designated by the com- 
 mission, and the remaining three members to be appointed by and 
 hold office during the pleasure of the governor. 
 
 It shall be the duty of said board to consider plans for the pro- 
 motion and direction of agricultural education and the advance- 
 ment of the interest in country life. Said board shall on or be- 
 fore the first day of February of each year report to the governor 
 of the state its views and recommendations upon the above ques- 
 tions. 
 
 The representatives of the departments or institutions as above 
 set forth shall be the head or chief executive officer of such depart- 
 ment or institution or a person duly designated by such head or 
 executive officer; said board to serve without compensation for 
 services. 
 
 § 2. This act shall take effect immediately. 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 307 
 
 APF^ENIDIX B 
 
 OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNI- 
 VERSITY 
 
 I. Incorporation of educational etc. corporations 
 
 1. General provisions as to incorporation 
 
 2. Tax to be paid upon incorporation 
 
 3. Other provisions as to powei*s and limitations 
 II. Gifts, devises and bequests for educational uses 
 
 1. Portion of estate to be devised or bequeathed 
 
 2. Gifts and bequests authorized 
 
 3. Grants and devises authorized 
 
 4. Accumulation for use of educational corporations 
 
 5. Transfer ta:x on devises and bequests 
 
 III. Libraries and state museum 
 
 IV. Supervisor of public records and state historian 
 
 I. INCORPORATION OF EDUCATIONAL ETC. 
 CORPORATIONS 
 
 1. General Provisions as to Incorporation 
 
 Stwte Constitution, Art, 8 
 
 § 1. Corporations may be formed under general laws; but shall 
 not bo created by special act, except for municipal purposes, and 
 in cases where, in the judgment of the legislature, the objects of 
 the corporation can not be attained under general laws. All gen- 
 eral laws and specia^l acts passod pursuant to this section may be 
 altered from time to time or repealed. 
 
 Business Corporations Law (L. 1909. ch. 12) 
 
 § 2. Incorporation. Except as provided in section two-a 
 of this chapter, three or more persons may become a stock cor- 
 poration for any lawful business purpose or purposes other than a 
 moneyed corporation, or a corporation provided for by the bank- 
 ing, the insurance, the railroad and the transportation corpora- 
 tions laws, or an educational institution or corporation which 
 may be incorporated as provided in the education law, by mak- 
 ing, signing, acknowledging and filing a certificate which shall 
 contain: [As amended hy L, 1909, ch, 484.] 
 
808 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 MemhersJiip Corporations Law (L. 1909, cJi. 40) 
 § 40. Purposes for -ivliich corporations may be 
 formed under this article. A membership corporation may 
 be created under this article for any lawful purpose, except a pur- 
 pose for which a corporation may be created under any other 
 article of this chapter, or any other general law than this chapter. 
 
 See also Education Law, § 1097, § 1099. The Statutory Revision Commis- 
 sion called special attention before the enactment of this law to the fact that 
 it would not allow incorporation, except by the regents, of any library, 
 museum, or other institution or association for the promotion of science, 
 literature, art, history, or other department of knowledge. All such corpora- 
 tions must hereafter be created only under section 1097 of the education law 
 and by act of the regents; 
 
 2. Tax to be Paid upon Incorporation 
 
 Tax Law (L. 1909, ch. 62) 
 § 180. Organization tax. Every stock corporation in- 
 corporated under any law of this state shall pay to the state 
 treasurer a tax of one-twentieth of one per centum upon the 
 amount of capital stock which the corporation is authorized to 
 have, and a like tax upon any subsequent increase. Provided, 
 that in no case shall such tax be less than five dollars. Such 
 tax shall be due and payable upon the incorporation of such cor- 
 poration or upon the increase of its capital stock. Except in the 
 case of a railroad corporation neither the secretary of state nor 
 county clerk shall file any certificate of incorporation or article 
 of association, or give any certificate to any such corporation or 
 association until he is furnished a receipt for such tax from the 
 state treasurer, and no stock corporation shall have or exercise 
 any corporate franchise or powers, or carry on business in this 
 state until such tax shall have been paid. And in case of a 
 decrease of capital stock, upon which the tax required by law 
 has been paid, and a subsequent increase thereof, a tax shall be 
 paid only upon so much of such increase as exceeds the amount 
 of capital stock upon which a tax has been before paid. In case of 
 the consolidation of existing corporations into a corporation, such 
 new corporation shall be required to pay the tax nereinbefore 
 provided for only upon the amount of its capital stock in excess 
 of the aggregate amount of capital stock of said corporations. 
 This section shall not apply to state and national banks or to 
 building, mutual loan, accumulating fund and co-operative asso- 
 ciations. A railroad corporation need not pay such tax at the 
 
OTHEE LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 309 
 
 time of filing its certificate of incorporation, but shall pay the 
 same before the public service commission shall grant a certificate, 
 as required by the railroad law, authorizing the construction of 
 the road as proposed in its articles of association, and such cerlifi^ 
 cate shall not be granted by the public service commission until 
 it is furnished with a receipt for such tax from the state treasurer. 
 If the board of railroad commissioners or public service commis- 
 sion shall have heretofore granted, or the public service commis- 
 sion shall hereafter grant, such certificate and upon an appeal 
 from the determination of such board of railroad commissioners 
 or public service commission, such certificate has been or may 
 hereafter be denied the comptroller shall refund the amount of 
 tax so paid to the railroad corporation or corporations by which 
 such tax was paid, upon proof of payment being presented and 
 appropriation being made therefor. ^Amended hy L. 1911, ch, 
 91, in effect April 29, 1911.] 
 
 3. Other Provisions as to Poivers and Limita- 
 tions 
 
 General Corporation Law (L. 1909, cli. 28.) 
 
 § 11. Grant of general poivers. Every corporation as 
 such has power, though not specified in the law under which it 
 is incorporated. . . 
 
 3. To acquire by grant, gift, purchase, devise or bequest, to 
 hold and to dispose of such property as the purposes of the cor- 
 poration shall require, subject to such limitations as may be pre- 
 scribed by law. 
 
 § 12. Enlargement of limitations upon the amount 
 of the property of non-stock corporations. If any 
 general or special law heretofore passed, or any certificate of in- 
 corporation, shall limit the amount of property a corporation other 
 than a stock corporation may take or hold such corporation may 
 take and hold property of the value of ten million dollars or less, 
 or the yearly income derived from which shall be one million dol- 
 lars or less, notwithstanding any such limitations. In computing 
 the value of such property, no increase in value arising otherwise 
 than from improvements made thereon shall be taken into account. 
 [As amended hy L. 1909, ch. 276, and L. 1911, ch. 581.] 
 
 § 13. Acquisition of additional real property. When 
 any corporation, except a life insurance corporation, shall have 
 
310 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 sold or conveyed any part of its real property, the supreme court 
 may, notwithstanding any restriction of a general or special law, 
 authorize it to purchase and hold from time to time other real 
 property, upon satisfactory proof that the value of the property 
 so purchased does not exceed the value of the property so sold 
 and conveyed within the three years next preceding the 
 application. 
 
 § 34. Quorum of directors and powers of majority. 
 
 The affairs of every corporation shall be managed by its board 
 of directors, at least one of whom shall be a resident of this state. 
 Unless otherwise provided a majority of the board of directors 
 of a corporation at a meeting duly assembled shall be necessary 
 to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the 
 act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which 
 a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. 
 The members of a corporation may in by-laws fix the number 
 of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at a number less 
 than a majority of the board, but at least equal to one-third of its 
 number. Subject to the by-laws, if any, adopted by members of 
 a corporation, the directors may make necessary by-laws of the 
 corporation. 
 
 § 300. Application of preceding articles to certain 
 corporations. Articles fifth, sixth or seventh of this chapter 
 do not apply to a religious corporation; or to a municipal or 
 other political corporation, created by the constitution, or by or 
 under the laws of this state; or to any corporation which the 
 regents of the university have power to dissolve, except upon the 
 application of the regents, or of the trustees of such a corporation ; 
 and in aid of its liquidation under such dissolution. 
 
 § 306. A receiver of the property of a corporation can be ap- 
 pointed only by the court, and in one of the following cases : 
 
 1. An action, brought as prescribed in article fifth, sixth or 
 seventh of this chapter. 
 
 2. An action brought for the foreclosure of a mortgage upon 
 the property, of which the receiver is appointed, where the mort- 
 gage debt, or the interest thereupon, has remained unpaid at least 
 thirty days after it was payable, and after payment thereof was 
 duly demanded of the proper officer of the corporation and 
 where either the income of the property is specifically mortgaged, 
 or the property itself is probably insufficient to pay the mort- 
 gage debt 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 311 
 
 3. An action brouglit by the attorney-general, or by a stock- 
 holder, to preserve the assets of a corporation, having no officer 
 empowered to hold the same. 
 
 4. A special proceeding for the voluntary dissolution of a cof — 
 poration. 
 
 5. Upon the application of the regents of the university, in 
 aid of the liquidation of a corporation whose dissolution they con- 
 template or have decreed ; or upon the application of the trustees 
 of such a corporation, with notice to the regents. 
 
 Where the receiver is appointed in an action, otherwise than by 
 01 pursuant to a final judgment, notice of the application for his 
 appointment must be given to the proper officer of the corporation. 
 
 II. GIFTS, DEVISES AND BEQUESTS TOR 
 EDUCATIONAL USES 
 
 1. Portion of Estate to be Devised or Be- 
 queathed 
 
 • Decedent's Estate Law (L. 1909, cJi. 18) 
 § 17. Devise or bequest to certain societies, asso- 
 ciations and corporations. 'No person having a husband, 
 wife, child or parent, shall, by his or her last will and testament, 
 devise or bequeath to any benevolent, charitable, literary, scien- 
 tific, religious or missionary society, association or corporation, 
 in trust or otherwise, more than one half part of his or her estate, 
 after the payment of his or her debts, and such devise or bequest 
 shall b© valid to the extent of one half, and no more. 
 
 For the purpose of ascertaining the estate, only half of which can be 
 devised to charitable or educational corporations, under the act of 1860, 
 the widow's dower and the debts are to be first deducted. 
 
 A testator can not give to two or more corporations in the aggregate more 
 than he can give to a single object; viz., one-half of his estate (Chamberlain 
 V. Chamberlain, 43 N. Y. 425). 
 
 To ascertain whether the sums bequeathed to charitable corporations exceed 
 one-half the estate, when the sums so bequeathed are first given for life 
 to other persons, the present value in money of the estate and the present 
 value of the portion given must be estimated by the help of annuity tables 
 (Hollis V. Drew Theological Seminary, 9o N. Y. 166). Heirs at law of a 
 testator, however remote their relationship may be, are entitled to raise the 
 objection that a devise or bequest is invalid under the act of 1860 (Rich v. 
 TiflFany, 2 App. Div. 25). 
 
312 l^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 2. Gifts and Bequests Authorized 
 
 Personal Property Law (L. 1909, ch. 45) 
 § 12. Gifts and bequests of personal property for 
 charitable purposes. 1. j^o gift, grant, or bequest to re- 
 ligious, educational, charitable, or benevolent uses, which shall 
 in other respects be valid under the laws of this state, shall be 
 deemed invalid by reason of the indefiniteness or uncertainty of 
 the persons designated as the beneficiaries thereunder in the 
 instrument creating the same. If in the instrument creating 
 such a gift, grant, or bequest there is a trustee named to execute 
 the same, the legal title to the property ^iven, granted, or be- 
 queathed for such purposes shall vest in such trustee. If no 
 person be named as trustee then the title to such property shall 
 vest in the supreme court. 
 
 2. The supreme court shall have control over gifts, grants 
 and bequests in all cases provided for by subdivision one of this 
 section, and, whenever it shall appear to the court that circum- 
 stances have so changed since the execution of an instrument 
 containing a gift, grant or bequest to religious, educational, 
 charitable or benevolent uses as to render impracticable or im- 
 possible a literal compliance with the terms of such instrument, 
 the court may, upon the application of the trustee or of the person 
 or corporation having the custody of the property, and upon such 
 notice as the court shall direct, make an order directing that such 
 gift, grant or bequest shall be administered or expended in such 
 manner as in the judgment of the court will most effectually ac- 
 complish the general purpose of the instrument, without regard 
 to and free from any specific restriction, limitation or direction 
 contained therein ; provided, however, that no such order shall be 
 made without the consent of the donor or grantor of the property, 
 if he be living. [As amended hy L. 1909, ch. 144, § 1.] 
 
 3. The attorney-general shall represent the beneficiaries in all 
 such cases, and it shall be his duty to enforce such trusts by proper 
 proceedings in the courts. 
 
 4. [Subdivision added by L. 1911, ch. 220, relates to contribu- 
 tions to funds for charitable or benevolent purposes.] 
 
 This section can have no retroactive force and does not apply to a case where 
 the property had, by the death of the testator, vested before the statute went 
 into effect (Butler v. Trustees, 92 Hun, 96; People v. Powers, 147 N. Y. 109; 
 Simmons v. Burrell, 8 Misc. Eep. 395). 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 3 13 
 
 § 13. Certain educational and other charitable 
 uses authorized. 1. Personal property may be granted, be- 
 queathed, and conveyed to any incorporated college or other 
 literary incorporated institution in this state, to be held in trust 
 for any one or more of the following purposes : 
 
 (1). To establish and maintain an observatory; 
 
 (2). To found and maintain professorships and scholarships; 
 
 (3). To provide and keep in repair a place for the burial of 
 the dead ; or 
 
 (4). For any other specific purposes comprehended in the 
 general objects authorized by their respective charters. 
 
 The said trusts may be created, subject to such conditions and 
 visitations as may be prescribed by the grantor or donor, and 
 agreed to by said trustees, and all property which shall hereafter 
 be granted to any incorporated college or other literary incorpo- 
 rated institution in trust for any of the aforesaid purposes, may 
 be held by such college or institution upon such trusts, and sub- 
 ject to such conditions and visitations as may be prescribed and 
 agreed to as aforesaid. 
 
 2. Personal estate may be granted, bequeathed, and conveyed 
 to the corporation of any city or village of this state, to be held 
 in trust for any purpose of education, or the diffusion of knowl- 
 edge, or for the relief of distress, or for parks, gardens, or other 
 ornamental grounds, or grounds for the purposes of military 
 parades and exercise, or health and recreation, within or near 
 such incorporated city or village, upon such conditions as may 
 be prescribed by the grantor or donor, and agreed to by such cor- 
 poration. 
 
 3. Personal estate may be granted, or bequeathed to commis- 
 sioners of common schools of any town, and to trustees of any 
 school district, in trust for the benefit of the common schools of 
 such town, or for the benefit of the schools of such district. 
 
 4. The trusts authorized by this section may continue for such 
 time as may be necessary to accomplish the purposes for which 
 they may be created. 
 
 See also general municipal law, §§ 140-146. 
 
 The acts of 1840 and 1841 authorizing charitable and educational corpora- 
 tions to take property in trust without any expressed limit, are not to be 
 cohstrued as extending the capacity to take (if) by their charters (they are) 
 limited to a fixed sum (Chamberlain v. Chamberlain, 43 N. Y. 425). 
 
314 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 14. Certain gifts for charitable and educational 
 uses regulated. 1. Any person desiring, in his lifetime, to 
 promote the public welfare by founding, endowing and having 
 maintained a public library, museum or other educational insti- 
 tutions, or a chapel and crematory, within this state, may to that 
 end and for such purposes by grant, in writing, convey to a 
 trustee, or any number of trustees, named in such grant, and to 
 their successors, any personal property belonging to such 
 person. . . , 
 
 3. Grants and Devises Authorized 
 
 Real Property Law (L, 1909, ch. 52) 
 § 113. Grants and devises of real property for 
 charitable purposes. 1. 'No gift, grant, or devise to religious, 
 educational, charitable or benevolent uses, which shall in other 
 respects be valid under the laws of this state, shall be deemed 
 invalid by reason of the indefiniteness or uncertainty of the per- 
 sons designated as the beneficiaries thereunder in the instrument 
 creating the same. If in the instrument creating such a gift, 
 grant, or devise there is a trustee named to execute the same, the 
 legal title to the lands or property given, granted, or devised for 
 such purposes shall vest in such trustee. If no person be named as 
 trustee then the title to such lands or property shall vest in the 
 supreme court. 
 
 2. The supreme court shall have control over gifts, grants and 
 devises in all cases provided for by subdivision one of this section, 
 and whenever it shall appear to the court that circumstances have 
 so changed since the execution of an instrument containing a 
 gift, grant or devise to religious, educational, charitable or benevo- 
 lent uses as to render impracticable or impossible a literal com- 
 pliance with the terms of such instrument, the court may, upon 
 the application of the trustee or of the person or corporation 
 having the custody of the property, and upon such notice as the 
 court shall direct, make an order directing that such gift, grant 
 or devise shall be administered or expended in such manner as 
 in the judgment of the court will most effectually accomplish the 
 general purpose of the instrument, without regard to and free 
 from any specific restriction, limitation or direction contained 
 therein ; provided, however, that no such order shall be made with- 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 315 
 
 out the consent of the donor or grantor of the property, if Jie be 
 living. [As amended hy L. 1909, ch. 144, § 2.] 
 
 3. The attorney-general shall represent the beneficiaries in all 
 such cases, and it shall be his duty to enforce such trusts by proper 
 proceedings in the courts. 
 
 This section can have no retroactive force and does not apply to a case 
 where the property had, by the death of the testator, vested before the statute 
 went into effect (Butler v. Trustees, 92 Hun, 96; People v. Powers, 147 
 N. Y. 109; Simmons v. Burrell, & Misc. Rep. 395). 
 
 Real Property Law 
 § 114. Certain educational and other charitable 
 uses authorized. 1. Keal property may be granted, devised, 
 and conveyed to any incorporated college or other literary incor- 
 porated institution in this state, to be held in trust for any one or 
 more of the following purposes : 
 
 (1) To establish and maintain an observatory; 
 
 (2) To found and maintain professorships and scholarships; 
 
 (3) To provide and keep in repair a place for the burial of the 
 dead; or 
 
 (4) For any other specific purposes comprehended in the gen- 
 eral objects authorized by their respective charters. 
 
 The said trusts may be created, siibject to such conditions and 
 visitations as may be prescribed by the grantor or donor, and 
 agreed to by said trustee, and all property which shall hereafter 
 be granted to any incorporated college or other literary incor- 
 porated institution in trust for any of the aforesaid purposes, may 
 be held by such college or institution upon such trusts, and sub- 
 ject to such conditions and visitations as may be prescribed and 
 agreed to as aforesaid. 
 
 2. Real estate may be granted, devised, and conveyed to the 
 corporation of any city or village of this state, to be held in 
 trust for any purpose of education, or the diffusion of knowledge, 
 or for the relief of distress, or for parks, gardens, or other orna- 
 mental grounds, or grounds for the purposes of military parades 
 and exercise, or health and recreation, within or near such incor- 
 porated city or village, upon such conditions as may be prescribed 
 by the grantor or donor, and agreed to by such corporation; and 
 all real estate so granted or conveyed to such corporation may be 
 held by the same, subject to such conditions as may be prescribed 
 and agreed to as aforesaid. 
 
 3. Real estate may be granted or devised, io commissioners of 
 
316 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DErARTMENT 
 
 common schools of any town, and to trustees of any school district, 
 in trust for the benefit of the common schools of such town, or 
 for the benefit of the schools of such district. 
 
 4. The trusts authorized by this section may continue for such 
 time as may be necessary to accomplish the purposes for which 
 they may be created. 
 
 See also general municipal law, §§ 140-146. 
 
 The acts of 1840 and 1841 authorizing charitable and educational corpora- 
 tions to take property in trust without any expressed limit, are not to be 
 construed as extending the capacity to take [if] by their charters [they 
 are] limited to a fixed sum (Chamberlain v. Chamberlain, 43 N. Y. 425). 
 
 § 115. Certain grants for charitable uses regulated. 
 
 Any person desiring, in his lifetime, to promote the public welfare 
 by founding, endowing and having maintained a public library, 
 museum or other educational institutions, or a chapel and crema- 
 tory within this state, may to that end and for such purposes by 
 grant, in writing, convey to a trustee, or any number of trustees, 
 named in such grant and to their successors, any real property, be- 
 longing to such person, and situated or being within this state. . . 
 
 4. Accumulation for Use of Educational 
 Corporations 
 
 Personal Property Law {L. 1909, cli. 45) 
 § 16. Validity of directions for accumulation of 
 income. An accumulation of the income of personal property, 
 directed by any instrument sufficient in law to pass such property 
 is valid : 
 
 1. If directed to commence from the date of the instrument, or 
 the death of the person executing the same, and to be made for 
 the benefit of one or more minors, then in being, or it being at 
 such death, and to terminate at or before the expiration of their 
 minority. 
 
 2. If directed to commence at any period subsequent to the 
 date of the instrument or subsequent to the death of the person 
 executing it, and directed to commence within the time allowed 
 for the suspension of the absolute ownership of personal property, 
 and at some time during the minority of the persons for whose 
 benefit it is intended, and to terminate at or before the expiration 
 of their minority. 
 
 3. All other directions for the accumulation of the income of 
 personal property, not authorized by statute, are void. In either 
 
 i 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 317 
 
 case mentioned in subdivisions one and two of this section a 
 direction for any such accumulation for a longer term than the 
 minority of the persons intended to be benefited thereby, has the 
 same effect as if limited to the minority of such persons, and~is~ 
 void as respects the time beyond such minority. 
 
 Provided that, the income arising from any personal property 
 granted or conveyed, or bequeathed, in trust to any incorporated 
 college or other incorporated literary institution, for any of the 
 purposes specified in section thirteen of this chapter, or for the 
 purpose of providing for the maintenance of any teacher in a 
 grammar school or institute, may be permitted to accumulate 
 until the same shall amount to a sum sufficient, in the opinion 
 of the regents of the university, to carry into effect any of the 
 charitable uses and trusts mentioned in either section thirteen 
 of this chapter or in this paragraph of this section. 
 
 Provided, if any of the principal of any trust fund actually 
 received by any incorporated college, or other incorporated literary 
 institution, or by the corporation of any city or village, or by the 
 commissioners of common schools of any town, or by the trustees 
 of any school district, under any grant, conveyance, or bequest, 
 for any of the purposes for which trusts are authorized under 
 section thirteen of this chapter, shall subsequently become dimin- 
 ished from any cause, such diminution may be made up by the 
 accumulation of the interest or income of the principal of such 
 trust fund, in accordance with the directions, if any, contained 
 in the grant, conveyance, or bequest of such trust fund; and if 
 no directions for that purpose are contained in such grant, con- 
 veyance, or bequest, then such diminution may be made up in 
 whole or in part by such accumulation, in the discretion of the 
 trustees of such trust fund ; but in no case shall such accumulation 
 be allowed to increase the trust fund beyond the true amount or 
 value thereof, actually received by the trustees, to be estimated 
 
 I after the deduction of all liens and incumbrances on such trust 
 fund, and of all expenses incurred or paid by the trustees in the 
 collection or obtaining the possession of the same. 
 
 Real Property Law (L. 1909, ch, 52) 
 § 61. Accumulations. All directions for the accumula- 
 tion of the rents and profits of real property, except such as are 
 allowed by statute, shall be void. An accumulation of rents and 
 
318 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 profits of real property, for the benefit of one or more persons, 
 may be directed by any will or deed sufficient to pass real prop- 
 erty, as follows: 
 
 1. If such accumulation be directed to commence on the creation 
 of the estate out of which the rents and profits are to arise, it 
 must be made for the benefit of one or more minors then in being, 
 and terminate at or before the expiration of their minority. 
 
 2. If such accumulation be directed to commence at any time 
 subsequent to the creation of the estate out of which the rents and 
 profits are to arise, it must commence within the time permitted, 
 by the provisions of this article, for the vesting of future estates, 
 and during the minority of the beneficiaries, and shall terminate 
 at or before the expiration of such minority. 
 
 3. If in either case, hereinbefore provided for, such direction 
 be for a longer term than during the minority of the beneficiaries, 
 it shall be void only as to the time beyond such minority. 
 
 Provided, that the income arising from any real property 
 granted, conveyed, or devised in trust to any incorporated college 
 or other incorporated literary institution for any of the purposes 
 specified in section one hundred and fourteen of this chapter, or 
 for the purpose of providing for the support of any teacher in 
 a grammar school or institute, may be permitted to accumulate 
 until the same shall amoimt to a sum sufficient, in the opinion of 
 the regents of the university, to carry into effect any of the chari- 
 table uses and trusts mentioned either in section one hundred and 
 fourteen of this chapter or in this paragraph of this section. 
 
 Provided, if any of the principal of any trust fund actually 
 received by any incorporated college, or other incorporated literary 
 institution, or by the corporation of any city or village, or by the 
 commissioners of common schools of any town, or by the trustees 
 of any school district, under any grant, conveyance, or devise, 
 for any of the purposes for which trusts are authorized under 
 section one hundred and fourteen of this chapter, shall subse- 
 quently become diminished from any cause, such diminution may 
 be made up by the accumulation of the interest or income of 
 the principal of such trust fund, in accordance with the directions, 
 if any, contained in the grant, conveyance or devise of any such 
 trust fund; and if no directions for that purpose are contained 
 in such grant, conveyance or devise, then such diminution may be 
 made up in whole or in part by such accumulation, in the discre- 
 tion of the trustees of such trust fund j but in no case shall such 
 
OTHEB LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 319 
 
 accumulation be allowed to increase the trust fund, beyond the 
 true amount or value thereof, actually received by the trustees, 
 to be estimated after the deduction of all liens and incumbrances 
 on such trust fund, and of all expenses incurred or paid by the_ 
 trustees in the collection or obtaining the possession of the same. 
 
 5. Transfer Tax on Devises and Bequests 
 
 Tax Law (L. 1909, ch, 62) 
 § 221. Exceptions and limitations. Any property de- 
 vised or bequeathed to any person who is a bishop or to any 
 religious, educational, charitable, missionary, benevolent, hospital 
 or infirmary corporation, including corporations organized ex- 
 clusively for bible or tract purposes, shall be exempted from and 
 not subject to the provisions of this article. There shall also 'be 
 exempted from and not subject to the provisions of this article 
 personal property other than money or securities bequeathed to a 
 corporation or association wherever incorporated or located, or- 
 ganized exclusively for the moral or mental improvement of men 
 or women or for scientific, literary, library, patriotic, cemetery or 
 historical purposes or for the enforcement of laws relating to 
 children or animals or for two or more of such purposes and used 
 exclusively for carrying out one or more of such purposes. But 
 no such corporation or association shall be entitled to such ex- 
 emption if any officer, member or employee thereof shall receive 
 or may be lawfully entitled to receive any pecuniary profit from 
 the operations thereof except reasonable compensation for services 
 in effecting one or more of such purposes or as proper beneficiaries 
 of its strictly charitable purposes; or if the organization thereof 
 for any such avowed purpose be a guise or pretense for directly or 
 indirectly making any other pecuniary profit for such corporation 
 or association or for any of its members or employees or if it be 
 not in good faith organized or conducted exclusively for one or 
 ^K more of such purposes. [Amended by L. 1911, ch. 732.] 
 
 III. LIBRARIES AND STATE MUSEUM 
 
 Insanity Law {L. 1909, ch. 32) 
 §51. • . Libraries may be furnished to any state hospital by 
 the regents of the university of the state of ITew York, subject 
 
320 NEW YORK STATE EDTJCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 to regulations adopted bj them and the commission [in lunacy], 
 the expense of which shall be included in the monthly estimates 
 of the hospital. . . 
 
 General Municipal Law (L. 1909, ch. 29) 
 § 79. Free public libraries. Any municipal corporation 
 may establish and maintain a free public library or museum in 
 accordance with the library provisions of sections ten hundred 
 and twenty-seven to ten hundred and forty-four, both inclusive, 
 of education law. 
 
 See also education law, §§ 453, 1045-51. 
 
 Indian Law (L. 1909, cJi. 31) 
 § 27. The university of the state of E^ew York, which was duly 
 elected to the office of wampum-keeper by the Onondaga nation 
 on February twenty-sixth, eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, and 
 which by unanimous action of its regents on March twenty-second, 
 eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, accepted such election as 
 authorized to do by law, and which accepted the custody of the 
 wampums as formally transferred to the chancellor as part of 
 the exercises and with the unanimous approval, both of the election 
 and transfer, by the council of the Five ^Nations held in the 
 senate chamber of the capitol at Albany on June twenty-second, 
 eighteen hundred and ninety-eight, by duly chosen representatives 
 of all the original nations of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee, shall hereafter 
 be recognized in all courts and places, as having every power 
 which has ever, at any time, been exercised by any wampum- 
 keeper of the Onondaga nation, or of any of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee, 
 otherwise known as the Five ligations, or the Six ^N'ations, or the 
 Iroquois, and shall keep such wampums in a fireproof building, 
 as public records, forever, and is hereby authorized to secure 
 by purchase, suit, or otherwise, any wampums which have ever 
 been in the possession of any of the Ho-de-no-sau-nee, or any 
 preceding wampum-keeper, and which are now owned by any 
 of them or to which any of them is entitled, or to which it is 
 entitled, in law or in equity; and to maintain and carry on suit 
 to recover any of such wampums in its own name or in the name 
 of the Onondaga nation at any time notwithstanding that the 
 cause of action may have accrued more than six years, or any 
 time, before the commencement of any such suit. 
 
OTHER LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 321 
 
 The provisions of this section shall not apply to the subject 
 matter of any litigation pending on March twenty-seventh, 
 eighteen hundred and ninety-nine, in any court of this state. 
 
 Forest, Fish and Game Law (L. 1909, ch. 24) 
 § 101. Certificate to collect for scientific purposes. 
 
 A certificate may be issued by the commission, to any person 
 upwards of eighteen years of age, permitting the holder thereof to 
 collect birds, birds' nests or eggs for scientific purposes. Before 
 such certificate is issued, the applicant must file written testi- 
 monials from two well known scientific ornithologists certifying 
 to his good character and fitness to be intrusted with the privilege. 
 Every applicant except an officer of the ^ew York State Museum, 
 must pay one dollar for the expense of issuing the certificate, and 
 must file a bond in the penal sum of two hundred dollars with 
 two responsible sureties to be approved by the commission, con- 
 ditioned that he w411 not violate the provisions of this chapter or 
 avail himself of the privileges of said certificate for other than 
 scientific purposes. Persons receiving such certificate must re- 
 port the result of collections made thereunder annually to the 
 commissioner, at the expiration of the license. Such a certificate 
 shall be in force for one year only from the date of issue and 
 shall not be transferable. 
 
 IV. SUPERVISOR OF PUBLIC RECORDS 
 AXD STATE HISTORIAN 
 
 L. 1911, ch. 380 
 
 AN ACT relating to public records and historical documents, creating the 
 office of supervisor of public records and transferring said office and the 
 office of state historian to the education department. 
 
 § 1. Office of supervisor of public records created. 
 
 The office of supervisor of public records is hereby created. Within 
 ten days after this act takes effect, the governor shall appoint a 
 person to fill such office. 
 
 ■ § 2. Duties. The supervisor of public records shall examine 
 into the condition of the records, books, pamphlets, documents, 
 manuscripts, archives, maps and papers kept, filed or recorded, or 
 
 iereaf ter to be kept, filed or recorded in the several public offices 
 
322 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAKTMENT 
 
 the state, and all other public records, books, pamphlets, documents, 
 manuscripts, archives, maps and papers heretofore or hereafter 
 required by law to be kept by any public body, board, institution 
 or society, created under any law of the state in said counties, 
 cities, towns, villages or other political divisions of the state, ex- 
 cept where the same conflicts with the present duties and office 
 of the commissioner of records in the county of Kings and the 
 commissioner of records in the county of ISTew York. 
 
 § 3. Division of public records and division of his- 
 tory in the education department. 1. On the first day of 
 October, nineteen hundred and eleven, the regents shall organize 
 in the education department a division of public records and also 
 a division of history. The supervisor of public records shall 
 become the chief of the division of public records and the state 
 historian shall become the chief of the division of history. The 
 clerks and employees in such offices shall become clerks and em- 
 ployees in their respective divisions in the education department. 
 Such divisions and the employees thereof shall be subject to the 
 same provisions of law and rules as the other divisions and em- 
 ployees of the education department. 2. All books, pamphlets, 
 papers, records, correspondence, letters, files, archives, maps, manu- 
 scripts and other documents and property belonging to or per- 
 taining to the office of the state historian or the office of the 
 supervisor of public records shall on the first day of October, 
 nineteen hundred and eleven, be transferred to the education de- 
 partment. 
 
 § 4. Functions of the division of history. It shall be 
 the function of the division of history, subject to the regulations 
 of the regents, to collect, collate, compile, edit and prepare for 
 publication all official records, memoranda and data relative to 
 the colonial wars, war of the revolution, war of eighteen hundred 
 and twelve, Mexican war and war of the rebellion, together with 
 all official records, memoranda and statistics affecting the relations 
 between this commonwealth and foreign powers, between this 
 state and other states and between this state and the United States. 
 
 § 5. Powers of regents. 1. The education department, 
 pursuant to the education law, shall, on and after October first, 
 nineteen hundred and eleven, have general and exclusive super- 
 vision, care, custody, and control of all public records, books, pam- 
 phlets, documents, manuscripts, archives, maps and papers of any 
 public office, body, board, institution or society now extinct, or 
 
 J 
 
OTIIEK. LAWS RELATING TO THE UNIVERSITY 323 
 
 hereafter becoming extinct^ the supervision, care, custody and con- 
 trol of which are not already or shall not hereafter be otherwise 
 provided for by law. 2. Such department shall take such action 
 as may be necessary to put the records hereinabove specified, except 
 as aforesaid, in the custody and condition contemplated by the 
 various laws relating thereto and shall provide for their restora- 
 tion and preservation, and cause copies thereof to be made 
 whenever by reason of age, use, exposure or any casualty, such 
 copies shall in their judgment be necessary. Whenever such a 
 copy is made, and after it has been compared with the original, 
 it shall be certified by the official, person, board or officer having 
 the legal custody and control of said original, and shall thereafter 
 be considered and accepted as evidence and, for all other purposes, 
 the same as the original could be ; provided that the original shall 
 be thereafter cared for and preserved, the same as if.no such copy 
 had been made, for such examination as may be directed by an 
 order of court in any action or proceeding in which the accuracy of 
 the copy is questioned. 3. The officers of any county, city, town 
 or village or other political division of the state or of any institu- 
 tion or society created under any law of the state may transfer 
 to the regents records, books, pamphlets, manuscripts, archives, 
 maps, papers and other documents which are not in general use, 
 and it shall be the duty of the regents to receive the same and to 
 provide for their custody and preservation. It shall also be unlaw- 
 ful for an officer of such political division, institution or society 
 to destroy any such records, books, pamphlets, manuscripts, 
 archives, maps, papers or other documents. 
 
 § 6. Expenditure of unappropriated moneys. All 
 money heretofore appropriated and unexpended on the first day 
 of October, nineteen hundred and eleven, for the salaries and ex- 
 penses of the state historian and the supervisor of public records, 
 for the salaries of the clerks and employees in such offices and for 
 the expenses incurred or to be incurred in the performance of their 
 official duties and the maintenance of their offices shall be expended 
 under the direction of the board of regents and the commissioner 
 
 I of education in the same manner as other like expenditures for the 
 education department. 
 § 7. Repeal. All acts or parts of acts inconsistent with or re- 
 I'lignant to the provisions of this act are hereby repealed, 
 § 8. This act shall take effect immediately. 
 
ii24 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTAEENT 
 
 PRACTICE or PROFESSIONS 
 
 I. Practice of law 
 
 II. Practice of medicine 
 III. Dental societies and the practice of dentistry 
 IV. Yeterinary medicine and surgery 
 
 V. Pharmacy 
 VI. Registration of nurses 
 VII. Chiropody 
 VIII. Optometry. 
 
 IX. Certified public accountants 
 
 X. Certified shorthand reporters 
 
 I. PRACTICE OF LAW 
 
 Judiciary Law (L. 1909, cJi. 35) art. 15 
 
 Section 460. Examination and admission of attorneys. 
 
 461. State board of law examiners continued. 
 
 462. Times and places of examinations. 
 
 463. Certification by state board of successful candidates. 
 
 464. Annual account by state board of law examiners. 
 
 465. Fee for examinations. 
 
 466. Attorney's oath of office. 
 
 467. Race or sex no bar to admission to practice. 
 
 468. Registration of attorneys before beginning to prac- 
 
 tice. 
 
 469. Ofiicial register of attorneys to be kept by clerk of 
 
 court of appeals. 
 
 470. Attorneys having offices in this state may reside in 
 
 adjoining state. 
 
 471. Attorney who is judge's partner or clerk prohibited 
 
 from practicing before him or in his court. 
 
 472. Attorney who is surrogate's father or son prohibited 
 
 from practicing before him. 
 
 473. Sheriff's, constables, coroners, criers and attendants 
 
 prohibited from practicing during term of office. 
 
 474. Compensation of attorney or counsellor. 
 
 475. Attorney's lien in action or special proceeding. 
 
 476. Suspension of attorney from practice must be on 
 
 notice. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 325 
 
 Section 477. Attorney convicted of felony shall cease to l>e at- 
 torney. • 
 
 478. Suspension or removal of attorney effective in all 
 courts. 
 
 479. Action against attorney for lending his name in 
 suits and against person using name. 
 
 § 460, Eiiamination and admission of attorneys. A 
 
 citizen of the state, of full age, applying to be admitted to practice 
 as an attorney or counsellor in the courts of record of the state, 
 must he examined and licensed to practice as prescribed in this 
 chapter. 
 
 § 461. State board of la-w examiners continued. 
 The state board of law examiners is continued. Said board shall 
 consist of three members of the bar, of at least ten years' stand- 
 ing, who shall be appointed, from time to time, by the court of 
 appeals, and shall hold office, as a member of such board for a 
 term of three years, and until the appointment of his successor. 
 
 § 462. Times and places of examinations. There shall 
 be examinations of all persons applying for admission to practice 
 as attorneys and counsellor s-at-1 aw at least twice in each year in 
 each judicial department, and at such other times and places as 
 the court of appeals may direct. 
 
 § 463. Certification by state board of successful 
 candidates. The state board of law examiners shall certify 
 to the appellate division of the supreme court of the department 
 in which each candidate has resided for the past six months every 
 person who shall pass the examination, provided such person shall 
 have in other respects complied with the rules regulating admis- 
 sion to practice as attorneys and counsellors, which fact shall be 
 determined by said board before examination. 
 
 § 464. Annual account by state board of law exam- 
 iners. The state board of law examiners shall render during 
 I the month of January, an annual account of all their receipts and 
 disbursements to the court of appeals. 
 § 465. Fee for examinations. Every person applying for 
 examination for admission to practice as an attorney and coun- 
 sellor-at-law shall pay such fee, not to exceed fifteen dollars, as 
 may be fixed by the court of appeals as necessary to cover the 
 
326 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 the applicant shajl be entitled to the privilege of not exceeding 
 three examinations. 
 
 § 466. Attorney's oath of office. Each person, admitted 
 as prescribed in this chapter must, upon his admission, take the 
 constitutional oath of office in open court, and subscribe the same 
 in a roll or book,- to be kept in the office of the clerk of the ap- 
 pellate division of the supreme court for that purpose. 
 
 § 467. Race or sex no bar to admission to practice. 
 Race or sex shall constitute no cause for refusing any person ex- 
 amination or admission to practice. 
 
 § 468. Registration of attorneys before beginning 
 to practice. Every person who is hereafter duly licensed and 
 admitted to practice as an attorney and counsellor-at-law in the 
 courts of record of this state by an appellate division of the 
 supreme court, shall subscribe and take and file an oath or affirma- 
 tion which must be substantially in the following form, tlie blanks 
 being properly filled before he begins or is entitled to begin to 
 practice for another as an attorney and counsellor-at-law in the 
 courts of this state or in any court in the county of New York or 
 in the county of Kings: 
 
 State of ^New York) 
 
 Oounty, J " 
 
 I, , being duly sworn (or affirmed) do depose and 
 
 say that I am a natural bom citizen of the United States (if 
 
 naturalized, state when and where) and now reside at 
 
 (or, if a resident of an adjoining state and admitted to practice 
 in the courts of record of this state and whose office for the trans- 
 action of law business is within this state, state the fact), that 
 I was duly and regularly licensed and admitted to practice as an 
 attomey-at-law or as an attomey and counsellor-at-law in the 
 
 courts of record of this state at the term, 18 . . . ., 
 
 of the general term (or appellate division) of the supreme court 
 
 (or other court as the case may be) held at and that 
 
 I took the constitutional oath of office. 
 
 Subscribed and sworn to before me, 
 
 this day of , 189 
 
 which oath or affirmation shall be filed in the office of the clerk 
 of the court of appeals by the person making the same, provided, 
 nevertheless, that such affidavit or affirmation may state that the . 
 
PRACTICE OF PKOFESSIONS 327 
 
 deponent or afBrmant believes that he took the constitTitional oath 
 of office in lieu of stating nnqualifiedly that he did so, where the 
 affidavit or affirmation states, or in substance shows, the deponent's 
 or affirmant's lack of positive or certain recollection of having 
 taken such oath, or shows other substantial reason for thus qual- 
 ifying the affidavit or affirmation on that subject. 
 
 If any attorney or counsellor-at-law or solicitor in chancery or 
 attorney of or in the supreme court on the first Monday of July, 
 eighteen hundred and forty-seven, who was entitled to file the said 
 oath or affirmation under the provisions of laws of eighteen hun- 
 dred and ninety-eight, chapter one hundred sixty-five, as amended, 
 before July first, eighteen hundred and ninety-nine, has failed to 
 do so, the special term of the supreme court of the judicial dis- 
 trict where such attorney-at-law or attorney or counsellor-at-law 
 resides, may, upon proof by affidavit showing reasonable grounds 
 therefor, grant an order permitting the app'licant to make and 
 file the oath or affirmation required herein, with the same effect 
 as if the same had been made and filed witiiin the time above 
 stated, and relieving him from penalties and prosecutions by 
 reason of failure to make and file such oath or affirmation within 
 the time required. 
 
 Every person filing with the clerk of the court of appeals the 
 oath or affirmation hereinbefore provided shall pay to the said 
 clerk at the time of such filing the sum of twenty-five cents to 
 defray the necessary disbursements incurred^ by him in carrying 
 out the provisions of this article. 
 
 A person who practices any fraud or deceit or knowingly makes 
 any false statement in the oath or affirmation in and by this sec- 
 tion required to be made and filed is guilty of felony. 
 
 § 469. Official register of attorneys to be kept by 
 clerk of court of appeals. It shall be the duty of the clerk 
 of the court of appeals to file in his office the said oaths or affirma- 
 tions aforesaid, and to compile the statements contained thereius 
 and to enter therefrom in a bound book or volume to be kept by 
 him for that purpose, which shall be known and designated as and 
 is hereby made the " official register of attorneys and counsellors- 
 at-law in the state of !N'ew York," in the alphabetical order of the 
 first letter of their surnames, the names and residences and the 
 title of the court and the time and place where admitted, and the 
 date the oath or affirmation aforesaid was filed, of all persons who 
 
328 
 
 KEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEI'AKTiMENT 
 
 have filed in his said office the oath or affirmation, as aforesaid, 
 which said '' official register of attorneys and connsellors-at-law 
 in the state of New York/' is hereby declared to be a public 
 record and presumptive evidence that the individuals therein 
 named are duly registered to practice as attorneys and counsellor?- 
 at-law in the courts of record of this state or in any court in the 
 counties of N'ew York and Kings. 
 
 § 470. Attorneys having offices in this state may 
 reside in adjoining state. A person, regularly admitted to 
 practice as an attoi*ney and counse-llorj in the courts of record of 
 the state, whose office for the transaction of law business is within 
 the state, may practice as such attorney or counsellor, although 
 he resides in an adjoining state. 
 
 § 471. Attorney who is judge's partner or clerk 
 prohibited from practicing before him or in his 
 court. The law partner or clerk of a judge shall not practice 
 before him, as attorney or counse'llor in any cause, or be em- 
 ployed in any cause which originated before him. A law partner 
 of, or person connected in law business with a judge, shall not 
 practice or act as an attorney or counsellor, in a court, of which 
 the judge is, or is entitled to act as a member, or in a cause 
 originating in that court; except where the latter is a member of 
 a court, ex-officio, and does not officiate or take part, a.s a member 
 of that court, in any of the proceedings therein. 
 
 § 472. Attorney who is surrogate's father or son 
 prohibited from practicing before him. A surrogate's 
 father or son shall not practice or be employed as attorney or 
 counsel, in any case, in which his partner or clerk is prohibited 
 by law from so practicing, or being employed. 
 
 § 473. Sheriifs, constables, coroners, criers and at- 
 tendants prohibited from practicing during term of 
 office. A sheriff, under sheriff, deputy-sheriff, sheriff's clerk, 
 constable, coroner, crier, or attendant of a court, shall not, during 
 his continuance in office, practice as an attorney or counsellor in 
 any court. 
 
 § 474. Compensation of attorney or counsellor. The 
 compensation of an attorney or counsellor for his services is gov- 
 erned by agreement, express or implied, which is not res' rained 
 by law. 
 
 § 475. Attorney's lien in action or special proceed- 
 ing. From the commencement of an action or special proceed- 
 
 ^ 
 
PRACTICE OF rilOFESSIONS . 320 
 
 ing, or the service of an answer containing a counterclaim, the 
 attorney who appears for a party has a lien upon his client's 
 cause of action, claim or counterclaim, which attaches to a verdict, 
 report, decision, judgment or final order in his client's favor, 
 and the proceeds thereof in whosoever hands they may come; 
 and the lien can not be affected by any settlement between the 
 parties before or after judgment or final order. The court upon 
 the petition of the client or attorney may determine and enforce 
 the lien. 
 
 § 476. Suspension of attorney from practice must 
 be on notice. Before an attorney or counsellor is suspended 
 or removed as prescribed in section eighty-eight of this chapter, 
 a copy of the charges against him musit be delivered to him per- 
 sonally or, in case it is established to the Siatisfaction of the court, 
 that he can not be served within the state, the same may be 
 served upon him without the state by mail or otherwise as the 
 court may direct, and he must be allowed an opportunity of being 
 heard in his defense. It shall be the duty of any district at- 
 torney within a department, when so designated by the appellate 
 division of the supreme court, to prosecute all cases for the re- 
 moval or suspension of attorneys and counsellors. 
 
 § 477. Attorney convicted of felony shall cease to 
 be attorney. Any person being an attorney and counsellor- 
 at-law who shall be convicted of a felony, shall, upon such con- 
 viction, cease to be an attorney and counsellor-at-law, or to be 
 competent to practice law as such. 
 
 § 478. Suspension or removal of attorney effective 
 in all courts. The suspension or removal of an attorney or 
 counsellor, by the sui>reme court, operates as a suspension or re- 
 moval in every court of the state. 
 
 § 479. Action against attorney for lending bis 
 name in suits and against person using name. If an 
 attorney knowingly permits a person not being his general law 
 partner, or a clerk in his office, to sue out a mandate, or to prose- 
 cute or defend an action in his name, he, and the person who so 
 uses his name, each forfeits to the party against whom the man- 
 date has been sued OTit, or the action prosecuted or defended, the 
 sum of fifty dollars, to be recovered in an action. 
 
330 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DETARTMENT 
 
 Court of Appeals Orders, May 14, 1900 
 
 Alton B. Parker, Chief Judge 
 
 1. It is ordered. That applicants for examination for admis- 
 sion to the bar are to be deemed graduates of colleges or nni- 
 versities, within the meaning and intent of the rnles for the 
 admission of attorneys and connsellors-at-law, when they have 
 sucees'sfully completed a course of college instrnction that re- 
 quires as a condition of graduation at least six full years in liberal 
 arts and sciences in advance of a completed eight year elementary 
 course. 
 
 2. It is further ordered. That the university of the state of 
 New York may issue law student certificates upon substantial 
 equivalents and substitutes, to be defined by the rules of the uni- 
 versity, in all eases not provided for by the rules for the admission 
 of attorneys and counsellors-at-law now in force. 
 
 Rules of the Court of Appeals for the admis- 
 sion of attorneys and counsellors-at-la-w 
 
 As amended May 17, 1911, to take effect July 1, 1911 
 
 I. Admission. IN'o person shall be admitted to practice as 
 an attorney or counsellor in any court of record of the state except 
 upon an order of the appellate division of the supreme court ad- 
 mitting him to the bar and licensing him to practice upon com- 
 pliance with these rules. 
 
 II. Admission without examination. The following 
 classes of persons may in the discretion of the appellate division be 
 admitted and licensed without examination : 
 
 1. Any person admitted to practice and who has practiced five 
 years as a member of the bar in the highest law court in any other 
 state or territory of the American Union or in the District of 
 Columbia. 
 
 2. Any person admitted to practice and who has practiced five 
 years in another country whose jurisprudence is based on the 
 })rinciples of the English common law. 
 
 3. Any American citizen domiciled in a foreign country whose 
 jurisprudence is based on the principles of the English common 
 law holding a diploma or degree which would entitle him to prac- 
 tice law in the courts of such foreign country if a citizen thereof. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 331 
 
 Any person admitted under this rule must possess tlie other 
 qualifications required by these rules and must produce a letter of 
 lecommendation from one of the judges of the highest law court 
 of such other state or country, or furnish other satisfactory evi- 
 dence of character and qualifications. 
 
 An attorney and counsellor from another state or foreign 
 jurisdiction may in the discretion of any court of record be ad- 
 mitted pro hac vice to participate in the trial or argument of any 
 cause in which he may be employed. 
 
 III. Admission on examination. Three classes of persons 
 may be admitted to the bar upon examination: 
 
 1. Persons who are not graduates of a college or university ; 
 
 2. Persons who are graduates of a college or university; and 
 
 3. Persons who have been admitted as attorneys and have 
 practiced three years in another state or country. 
 
 In each class the applicant must prove by his own affidavit to 
 the satisfaction of the state board of law examiners that he is a 
 citizen of the United States, twenty-one years of age, stating his 
 age, and an actual and not a constructive resident of the state for 
 not less than six months immediately preceding and that he has not 
 been examined for admission to practice and been refused admis- 
 sion within four months, and that he has studied law in the manner 
 and according to the conditions in these rules prescribed. 
 
 Applicants in the first class (i. e., persons who are not graduates 
 of a college or university) must have studied law for a period of 
 four years. Such an applicant may pursue his course of law study 
 wholly by serving a clerkship in the office of a practicing attorney ; 
 or partly by serving such clerkship and partly by attending a law 
 school; but every such applicant must serve such clerkship for a 
 period of at least one year continuously either before examination 
 by the state board of law examiners or after such examination and 
 prior to admission to the bar. 
 
 Applicants in the second class (i. e., persons who are graduates 
 of a college or university) must have studied law for a period of 
 three years. 'Such an applicant may pursue his course of law study 
 wholly by serving a clerkship in the office of a practicing attorney ; 
 or wholly by attending a law school; or partly by serving such 
 clerkship and partly by attending a law school. 
 
 Applicants in the third class (i. e., persons who have been ad- 
 mitted as attorneys and have practiced three years in another state 
 or country) must have studied law for a period of one year within 
 
832 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAllTMENT 
 
 this state and pursue such course of study either by serving a clerk- 
 ship or by attendance upon a law school as the applicant may elect. 
 
 Candidates for admission to the bar under this rule (i. e., upon 
 examination) may be admitted and licensed upon producing and 
 filing with the court the certificate of the state board of law ex- 
 aminers that the applicant has satisfactorily passed the examina- 
 tion prescribed by these rules and has complied with their pro- 
 visions, and upon producing and filing with the court, in the case 
 of applicants in the first class (i. e., persons who are not graduates 
 of a college or university), evidence that he has served a regular 
 clerkship of one year in this state with an attorney or attorneys 
 in regular practice, either before or after having passed such 
 examination. The applicant must also produce and file evi- 
 dence that he is a person of good moral character which 
 must be shown by the affidavits of two reputable persons of the 
 town or city in which he resides, one of whom must be a practicing 
 attorney of the supreme court. Such affidavits must state that the 
 applicant is, to the knowledge of the affiant, a person of good moral 
 character, and must set forth in detail the facts upon which such 
 knowledge is based ; but such affidavits shall not be conclusive and 
 the court may make further examination and inquiry. 
 
 If the applicant be a graduate of a college, or university, he must 
 have pursued the prescribed course of law study after his gradua- 
 tion, and, if he be a person admitted to the bar of another state or 
 country, he must have pursued his prescribed period of law study 
 after having remained as a practicing attorney in such other state 
 or country for the period of three years. 
 
 IV. Regulations concerning: preliminary studies. 
 All candidates for admission to the bar upon examination, except 
 applicants in the third class mentioned in rule III (i. e., persons 
 who have been admitted and have practiced thrfee years in another 
 state or country), must have pursued a preliminary course of study 
 evidenced by graduation from a college or university, or by passing 
 a regents' examination or the equivalent, as hereinafter prescribed : 
 
 Applicants who are not graduates of a college, or university, 
 subject to the limitations and requirements hereinafter, in this 
 subdivision, expressed, or members of the bar as above described, 
 before entering upon the clerkship or attendance at a law school 
 herein prescribed shall have passed an examination conducted 
 under the authority and in accordance with the ordinances and 
 rules of the University of the State of ISTew York, in English, three 
 years; mathematics, two years; Latin, two years; science, one 
 
PEACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 333 
 
 year; history, two years; or in their substantial equivalents as 
 defined by the rules of the university, and shall have filed a cer- 
 tificate of such fact, signed by the commissioner of education, 
 with the clerk of the court of appeals, whose duty it shall be to 
 return to the person named therein a certified copy of the same, 
 showing the date of such filing. The regents may accept as the 
 equivalent of- and substitute for the examination in this rule 
 prescribed, either, first, a certificate, properly authenticated, of 
 having successfully completed a full year's course of study in 
 any college, or university ; second, a certificate, properly authenti- 
 cated, of having satisfactorily completed a four years' course of 
 study in any institution registered by the regents as maintaining 
 a satisfactory academic standard ; or, third, a regents' diploma. 
 
 All graduates of a college or university existing under the gov- 
 ernment or laws of any foreign country other than those where 
 English is the language of the people, and all applicants who apply 
 for law students' certificates upon equivalents or substitutes, as 
 above provided, all or any part of which are earned or issued in 
 said foreign countries, shall pass the regents' examination in second 
 year English. The regents' certificate above prescribed shall be 
 deemed to take effect as of the date of the completion of the 
 regents' examination, as the same shall appear upon said certifi- 
 cate. 
 
 V. Regulations concerning study at la-w schools. 
 The provisions of these rules for study at a law school must be 
 fulfilled by good and regular attendance and successfully com- 
 pleting the prescribed course of instruction at an incorporated 
 law school, or a law school connected with an incorporated college 
 or university, having a law department organized with competent 
 instructors and professors, in which instruction as hereinafter pro- 
 vided is regularly given. 
 
 Good and regular attendance upon and the successful comple- 
 tion of the prescribed course of instruction at a law school, the 
 school year of which shall consist of not less than thirty-two school 
 weeks, exclusive of vacations, in which not less than ten hours 
 of attendance upon law lectures or recitations of such prescribed 
 course, to be given or conducted by regular members of the fac- 
 ulty, are required in each week, shall be deemed a year's attend- 
 ance under this rule. 
 
 The same period of time shall not be duplicated for different 
 purposes; except that a student attending a law school, as herein 
 provided, and who, during the vacations of such school, not ex- 
 
334 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAKTMENT 
 
 ceeding tlireo months in any one year, shall pursue his studies in 
 the office of a practicing attorney, shall be allowed to count the 
 time so occupied during such vacation or vacations as part of the 
 clerkship in a law office specified in these rules. 
 
 VI, Regulations concerning clerkship. The pro- 
 visions of these rules for studying law by the service of a regu- 
 lar clerkship must be fulfilled by serving such clerkship in the 
 office of a practicing attorney of the supreme court in this state, 
 after 'the candidate has attained the age of eighteen years. 
 
 It shall be the duty of attorneys, with whom a clerkship shall 
 be commenced, to file a certificate of the same in the office of the 
 clerk of the court of appeals, which certificate shall, in each case, 
 state the date of the beginning of the period of clerkship, and such 
 period shall be deemed to commence at the time of such filing and 
 shall be computed by the calendar year. 
 
 In computing the period of clerkship a vacation actually taken, 
 not exceeding twD months in each year, shall be allowed as a part 
 of such year. 
 
 VII. Proof to entitle candidate to examination. The 
 state board of law examiners, before admitting an applicant to an 
 examination, shall require proof that the preliminary conditions 
 prescribed by these rules have been fulfilled; which proof shall 
 be made as follows, viz. : 
 
 First. That the applicant is a college graduate, by the produc- 
 tion of his diploma, or certificate of graduation, under the seal of 
 the college. 
 
 Second. That he has been admitted to the bar of another state 
 or country, by the production of his license, or certificate, executed 
 by the proper authorities. 
 
 Third. In all cases where the services of a clerkship is required, 
 that he has served a regular clerkship in the office of a practicing 
 attorney of the supreme court in this state, after the age of eigh- 
 teen years, by producing and filing with the board a certified copy 
 of the attorney's certificate, as filed in the office of the clerk of the 
 court of appeals, and producing and filing an affidavit of the 
 attorney or attorneys with whom such clerkship was served, show- 
 ing the actual service of such a clerkship, the continuance and end 
 thereof, and that not more than two months' vacation was taken 
 in any one year. Both of said affidavits must be to the effect that 
 during the entire period of such clerkship, except during the stated 
 vacation time, the applicant was actually employed by said attor- 
 
PKACTICE OF TROFESSIONS 335 
 
 ney as a regular law clerk and student in his law office, and under 
 his direction and advice, engaged in the practical work of the 
 office during the usual business hours of the day. 
 
 Fourth. The time of study allowed in a law school muslrbe 
 proved by the certificate of the teacher or president of the faculty, 
 under whose instructions the person has studied, under the seal 
 of the school, if such there be, in addition to the affidavit of the 
 applicant, which must, also, state the age at which the applicant 
 began his attendance at such law school. Said certificate and 
 affidavit must, also, show that the law school prescribes the course 
 of instruction contemplated by these rules, and each shall also 
 contain the statement that said applicant took the prescribed course 
 of instruction required at said school for the degree of bachelor of 
 laws while in attendance thereat, and bona fide took and success- 
 fully passed all examinations in all the subjects required for said 
 degree during such period of attendance, in each case specifying 
 the subjects in which said applicant took and passed his examina- 
 tions as aforesaid, which proof must be satisfactory to the board of 
 examiners. 
 
 Fifth. That the applicant has passed the regents' examination, 
 or its equivalent, must be proved by the production of a certified 
 copy of the regents' certificate filed in the office of the clerk of the 
 court of appeals, as hereinbefore provided. 
 
 Sixth. When it satisfactorily appears that any diploma, affi- 
 davit, or certificate, required to be produced has been lost, or 
 destroyed, without the fault of the applicant, or has been unjustly 
 refused or withheld, or by the death or absence of the person or 
 officer who should have made it, cannot be obtained, the board of 
 law examiners may accept such other proof of the requisite facts 
 as they shall deem sufficient. 
 
 Seventh. A law student whose clerkship, or attendance at a 
 law school, has already begun, as shown by the records of the 
 court of appeals, or of any incorporated law school, or law school 
 established in connection with any college or university, may, at 
 his option, file or produce, instead of the proofs required by these 
 rules, those required by the rules of the court of appeals in force 
 June 1, 1908. 
 
 VIII. Regulations concerning examinations. The 
 examination held by such state board of examiners may be 
 conducted by oral or written questions and answers, or partly oral 
 and partly written, but shall be as nearly uniform in the knowl- 
 
336 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION l)ErAKTME>;T 
 
 edge and capacity which they shall require, as is reasonably pos- 
 sible. Every applicant shall be given and required to pass a satis- 
 factory examination in the canons of ethics adopted by the Ameri- 
 can Bar Association and by the l^ew York State Bar Association. 
 An applicant who has failed to pass one examination cannot again 
 be examined, until at least four months after such failure. 
 
 The state board of law examiners shall be paid as compensation, 
 each, the sum of two thousand dollars per year, and, in addition, 
 such further svim as the court may direct, and an annual sum not 
 exceeding two thousand dollars per year shall be allowed for neces- 
 sary disbursements of the board. Every applicant for examination 
 shall pay to the examiners a fee of fifteen dollars, which shall be 
 applied upon the compensation and allowance above provided, and 
 any surplus thereafter remaining shall be held by the treasurer of 
 the state board of law examiners and deposited in some bank, in 
 good standing, in the city of Albany, to his credit and subject to 
 his draft as such treasurer, when approved by the chief judge. 
 
 IX. Relief from excusable mistakes. When the filing 
 of a certificate, as required by these rules, has been omitted by 
 excusable mistake, or. without fault, the court may order such 
 filing as of the proper date. 
 
 X. Additional rules by the appellate division. The 
 justices of the appellate division in each department may 
 adopt for their several and respective departments such additional 
 special rules for ascertaining the moral and general fitness of ap- 
 plicants as to such justices may seem proper. 
 
 [These rules shall take effect on July 1, 1911.] 
 
 RULES OF THE NE^^T YORK STATE BOARD OF 
 LAW^ EXAMINERS 
 
 As amended to taJce effect on July 1, 1911 
 
 I. 
 
 Each applicant for examination must file with the secretar)^ of 
 the board, at least fifteen days before the day appointed for hold- 
 ing the examination at which he intends to apply, the preliminary 
 proofs required by the " rules of the court of appeals for the ad- 
 mission of attorneys and counsellors-at-law," from which it must 
 appear affirmatively and specifically that all the preliminary con- 
 ditions prescribed by said rules have been fulfilled, and also proof 
 
PKACTICE OF PBOFESSIONS 337 
 
 of the residence of the applicant for six months prior to the date 
 of the said examination, giving place, with street and number, if 
 any, which must he made by his own affidavit. Said affidavit must 
 also state that such residence is actual and not constructive. The 
 board in its discretion may order additional proofs of residence to 
 be filed, and may require an applicant to appear in person before 
 it, or some member thereof, and be examined concerning his quali- 
 fications to be admitted to the examinations. The examination fee 
 of fifteen dollars must be paid to the treasurer at the time the 
 application for examination is filed. 
 
 To entitle an applicant to a re-examination, he must notify the 
 secretary by mail of his desire therefor, at least fifteen days before 
 the examination at which he intends to appear and file with him, 
 at the same time, his own affidavit stating that he is and has been 
 for the six months prior to such examination an actual and not 
 constructive resident of this state, giving the place of such resi- 
 dence, and street and number, if any. 
 
 II. 
 
 Each applicant must be a citizen of the state, of full age; he 
 may be examined in any department, whether a resident thereof 
 or not, but the fact of his having passed the examination will be 
 certified to the appellate division of the judicial department in 
 which he has resided for the six months prior to his examination. 
 He must, however, entitle his papers in the department in which 
 he resides. 
 
 III. 
 
 In applying the provisions of rules three and seven of the rules 
 of the court of appeals, " for the admission of attorneys and 
 counsellors-at-law,'' the board will require proof that the college 
 or university of which an applicant claims to be a graduate, main- 
 tains a satisfactory standard in respect to the course of studies 
 completed by him. In case the college or university is registered 
 with the board of regents of the state of ^ew York as maintaining 
 such standard, the applicant must submit to the board, with his 
 diploma or certificate of graduation, the certificate of the said 
 board of regents to that effect, which will be accepted by this board 
 as prima facie evidence of the fact. Such certificate need not be 
 filed in cases where the board of regents, by a general certificate, 
 has certified to this board that the said college or university main- 
 tains a satisfactory college standard leading to the degree with 
 which the applicant graduated. In all other cases the applicant 
 
338 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DErAETMEXT 
 
 must submit with his diploma or certificate of graduation satis- 
 factory proof of the course of study completed by him and of the 
 character of the college or university of which he claims to be a 
 graduate. 
 
 IV. 
 The papers filed by each applicant must be attached together, 
 and there must be indorsed upon them the name of the applicant. 
 The papers must be entitled, ^^ In the matter of the application of 
 
 for admission to the bar." Each applicant must 
 
 state the beginning and the end of each term spent in a law school, 
 his age when he began his attendance upon the law school, as well 
 as the beginning and the end of each vacation that he has had. 
 
 V. 
 
 An applicant who has been admitted to the bar as an attorney 
 in another state or country, and who has remained therein as a 
 practicing attorney for the period of three years, may prove the 
 latter fact by his own affidavit, and must present also a certificate 
 from a judge of the court in which he was admitted, or from a 
 county judge in said state, certifying that the applicant had re- 
 mained in said state or country as a practicing attorney for said 
 period of three years, after he had been admitted as an attorney 
 therein. The signature of the judge must be certified to by the 
 clerk of the court or by the county clerk under the seal of the 
 court. 
 
 VI. 
 
 The board will divide the subjects of examination into two 
 groups, as follows: Group one, pleading and practice and evi- 
 dence; group two, substantive law, viz.: real property, contracts, 
 partnership, negotiable paper, principal and agent, principal and 
 surety, insurance, bailments, sales, criminal law, torts, wills and 
 administration, equity, corporations, domestic relations, legal 
 ethics and the Constitutions of ^ew York state and of the United 
 States. Each applicant will be required to obtain the requisite 
 standard in both groups and on his entire paper to entitle him to 
 a certificate from the board. If he obtains the required standard 
 in either group and not on his entire paper he will receive a pass 
 card for the group which he passes and will not be required to be 
 re-examined therein. He will be re-examined in the group in 
 which he failed or on the entire paper if he failed in both groups 
 at any subsequent examination for which he is eligible and for 
 which he gives notice as required by these rules. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 339 
 
 II. PRACTICE OF MEDICINE 
 
 Public Health Law (L. 1909, ch. 49), art. 8 
 Section 160. Definitions. 
 
 161. Qualifications. 
 
 162. The state board of medical examiners. 
 
 163. Certificate of appointment; oath; powers. 
 
 164. Expenses. 
 
 165. Officers; meetings; quorum; committees. 
 
 166. Admission to examination. 
 
 167. Questions. 
 
 168. Examinations and reports. 
 
 169. Licenses. 
 
 170. Eegistry; revocation of license; annulment of reg- 
 
 istry. 
 
 171. Eegistry in another county. 
 
 172. Certificate presumptive evidence; unauthorized 
 
 registration and license prohibited. 
 
 173. Construction of this article. 
 
 174. Penalties and their collection. 
 
 § 160. De^nitions. As used in this article: 
 
 1. " The education department '' means the education depart- 
 ment of the state of I^Tew York as provided for by the education 
 law. 
 
 2. " University " means university of the state of New York. 
 
 3. '^Regents'' means board of regents of the university of the 
 state of New York. 
 
 4. " Board " means the board of medical examiners of the state 
 of New York. 
 
 5. " Medical examiner " means a member of the board of 
 medical examiners of the state of New York. 
 
 6. ^' Medical school " means any medical school, college or 
 department of a university, registered by the regents as main- 
 taining a proper medical standard and as legally incorporated. 
 
 7. The practice of medicine is defined as follows: A person 
 practices medicine within the meaning of this article, except as 
 hereinafter stated, who holds himself out as being able to diagnose, 
 treat, operate or prescribe for any human disease, pain, injury, 
 deformity or physical condition, and who shall either offer or 
 undertake, by any means or method, to diagnose, treat, operate or 
 
340 T^W YORK STATE EDUCATION DErAETMENT 
 
 prescribe for any human disease, pain, injury, deformity or 
 physical condition. 
 
 8. " Physician " means a practitioner of medicine. 
 
 § 161. Qualifications, ^o person shall practice medicine, 
 unless registered and legally authorized prior to September first, 
 eighteen hundred and ninety-one, or unless licensed by the regents 
 and registered under article eight of chapter six hundred and 
 sixty-one of the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety-three and 
 acts amendatory thereto, or unless licensed by the regents and 
 registered as required by this article; nor shall any person 
 practice under this article who has ever been convicted of a 
 felony by any court, or whose authority to practice is suspended 
 or revoked by the regents on recommendation of the state board. 
 The conviction of a felony shall include th,e conviction of any 
 offense which if committed within the state of ^ew York would 
 constitute a felony under the laws thereof. 
 
 § 162. Tlie state board of medical examiners. The 
 state board of medical examiners is continued. The members of 
 said board now in office shall continue in office until the expira- 
 tion of their respective terms. Said board shall consist of nine 
 members who shall be appointed by the regents and who shall 
 hold office for three years from August first of the year in which 
 appointed. The regents shall annually appoint three members to 
 fill the vacancies caused by expiration of term of office, and may 
 at any time fill vacancies on the board caused by death, resig- 
 nation, or removal from office. 'No person shall be appointed a 
 member of the board of medical examiners who is not eligible 
 to .receive a license to practice from the regents in accordance 
 with the provisions of this article or of chapter six hundred and 
 sixty-one of the laws of eighteen hundred and ninety-three and 
 acts amendatory thereof and who has not been in practice in this 
 state for at least five years prior to date of appointment. The 
 regents may remove any member of the board of examiners for 
 misconduct, incapacity or neglect of duty. The regents shall ap- 
 point a secretary to the board of examiners, who shall not be a 
 member of the board, and who shall hold office during the pleasure 
 of the regents and who shall receive an annual compensation of 
 four thousand dollars, payable from the fees received under this 
 article. The secretary shall be a duly licensed physician. 
 
 § 163. Certificate of appointment; oath; powers. 
 Every medical examiner shall receive a certificate of appointment 
 
PEACTICE OF TEOFESSIONS 341 
 
 from the regents and before beginning his term of office shall file 
 with the secretary of state the constitutional oath of office. The 
 board, or any committee thereof, may employ counsel, shall have 
 the power to compel the attendance of witnesses, and may talce. 
 testimony and po-oofs concerning all matters within its juris- 
 diction. The board may, subject to the regents' approval, make 
 all by-laws and rules not inconsistent with law needed in per- 
 forming its duties ; but no by-law or rule by which more than a 
 majority vote is required for any specified action by the board 
 shall be amended, suspended or repealed by a smaller vote than 
 that required for action thereunder. 
 
 § 164. Expenses. The fees derived from the operation of 
 this article shall be paid into the state treasury, and the legis- 
 lature shall annually appropriate therefrom for the education de- 
 partment an amount sufficient to pay all proper expenses incurred 
 pursuant to this article. 
 
 § 165. Officers; meetings; quorum; committees. The 
 board shall annually elect from its members a president and a vice- 
 president for the academic year, and shall hold one or more meet- 
 ings each year pursuant to call of the regents. At any meeting 
 a majority shall constitute a quorum ; but questions prepared 
 by the board may be grouped and edited, or answer papers of 
 candidates may be examined and marked by committees duly 
 authorized by the board and approved by the regents. 
 
 § 166. Admission to examination. The regents shall 
 admit to examination any candidate who pays a fee of twenty-five 
 dollars and submits evidence, verified by oath, and satisfactory to 
 the regents, that he 
 
 1. Is more than twenty-one years of age. 
 
 2. Is of good moral character. 
 
 3. Had prior to beginning the second year of medical study 
 the general education required preliminary to receiving the degree 
 of bachelor or doctor of medicine in this state. 
 
 4. Has studied medicine not less than four school years, includ- 
 ing four siatisfactory courses of at least seven months each in four 
 different calendar years in a medical school registered as main- 
 taining at the time a standard satisfactory to the regents. ISTew 
 York medical schools and 'New York medical students shall not be 
 discriminated against by the registration of any medical school 
 out of the state whose minimum graduation standard is less than 
 that fixed by statute for New York medical schools. The regents 
 may, in their discretion, accept as the equivalent for any part of 
 
342 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 the third and fourth requirement, evidence of five or more years' 
 reputable practice, provided that such substitution be specified in 
 the license, and, as the equivalent of the first year of the fourth 
 requirement, evidence of graduation from a registered college 
 course, provided that such college course shall have included 
 not less than the minimum requirements prescribed by the regents 
 for such admission to advanced standing. The regents may also 
 in their discretion admit conditionally to the examination in 
 anatomy, physiology, hygiene, sanitation, and chemistry, appli- 
 cants nineteen years of age certified as having studied medicine 
 not less than two years, including two satisfactory courses of at 
 least seven months each, in two different calendar years, in a 
 medical school registered as maintaining at the time a satisfactory 
 standard, provided that such applicants meet the second and third 
 requirements. 
 
 5. Has either received the degree of bachelor or doctor of medi- 
 cine from some registered medical school, or a diploma or license 
 conferring full right to practice medicine in some foreign country 
 unless admitted conditionally to the examinations as specified 
 above, in which case all qualifications, including the full period 
 of study, the medical degree and the final examinations in surgery, 
 obstetrics, gynecology, pathology, including bacteriology, and 
 diagnosis, must be met. The degree of bachelor or doctor of medi- 
 cine shall not be conferred in this state before the candidate has 
 filed with the institution conferring it the certificate of the regents 
 that before beginning the first annual medical course counted 
 toward the degree, unless matriculated conditionally as herein- 
 after specified, he had either graduated from a registered college 
 or satisfactorily completed a full course in a registered academy 
 or high school ; or had a preliminary education considered and ac- 
 cepted by the regents as fully equivalent ; or held a regents' medi- 
 cal student certificate; or passfed regents' examinations securing 
 sixty academic counts, as provided in the rules of the regents, or 
 their full equivalent, before beginning the first annual medical 
 course counted toward the degree, unless admitted conditionally 
 as hereinafter specified. A medical school may matriculate con- 
 ditionally a student deficient in not more than one year's aca- 
 demic work or fifteen counts of the preliminary education require- 
 ment, provided the name and deficiency of each student so ma- 
 triculated be filed at the regents' office within three months after 
 matriculation, and that the deficiency be made up before the stu- 
 dent begins the second annual medical course counted toward the 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 343 
 
 degree; provided, however, that on and after the taking effect 
 of this act, medical schools shall not matriculate conditionally 
 students who are deficient in any part of the preliminary edu- 
 cational requirements specified in this subdivision. lAmended 
 hy L. 1912, ch, 141, in effect January 1, 1913.] 
 
 6. Where the application be for a license to practice osteopathy, 
 the applicant shall produce evidence that he has studied osteopathy 
 not less than three years including three satisfactory courses of 
 not less than nine months each in three different calendar years 
 in a college of osteopathy maintaining at the time a standard sat- 
 isfactory to the regents. After nineteen hundred and ten the 
 applicant for a license to practice under this article shall produce 
 evidence that he has studied not less than four years including 
 four satisfactory courses of not less than seven months each in 
 four different calendar years in a college maintaining at the time 
 a standard satisfactory to the regents. 
 
 § 167. Questions. The board shall submit to the regents, 
 as required, lists of suitable questions for thorough examination 
 in anatomy, physiology, hygiene, sanitation, chemistry, surgery, 
 obstetrics, gynecology, pathology, including bacteriology, and 
 diagnosis. From these lists the regents shall prepare question 
 papers for all these subjects, which at any examination shall be 
 the same for all candidates, except that the examination may be 
 divided as provided in section one hundred and sixty-six. 
 
 § 168. Examinations and reports. Examinations for 
 licenses shall be given in at least four convenient places in this 
 state and at least four times aimually, in accordance with the 
 regents' rules, and shall be exclusively in writing and in English. 
 Each examination shall be conducted by a regents' examiner who 
 shall not be one of the medical examiners. At the close of each 
 examination the regents' examiner in charge shall deliver the. 
 questions and answer papers to the board or its duly authorized 
 committee, who, without unnecessary delay, shall examine and 
 mark the answers and transmit to the regents an official report, 
 signed by its president and secretary, stating the standing of 
 each candidate in each branch, his general average and whether 
 the board recommends that a license be granted. Such report shall 
 include the questions and answers and shall be filed in the public 
 records of the university. If a candidate fails on first examination, 
 he may, after not less than six months' further study, have a 
 second examination without fee. If the failure is from illness 
 
84:4 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 or other cause satisfactory to the regents they may waive the 
 required six months' study. 
 
 § 169. Licenses. On receiving from the state board an 
 official report that an applicant has successfully passed the exami- 
 nations and is recommended for license, the regents shall issue 
 to him a license to practice according to the qualifications of the 
 applicant. Every license shall he issued by the university under 
 seal and shall be signed by each acting medical exam,iner and by 
 the officer of the university who approved the credential which 
 admitted the candidate to examination, and shall state that the 
 licensee has given satisfactory evidence of fitness as to age, char- 
 acter, preliminary and medical education and all other matters 
 required by law, and that after full examination he has been found 
 properly qualified to practice. Applicants examined and licensed 
 by other state examining boards registered by the regents as main- 
 taining standards not lower than those provided by this article 
 and applicants who matriculated in a 'New York state medical 
 school before June fifth, eighteen hundred and ninety, and who 
 received the degree of doctor of medicine from a registered medi- 
 cal school before August first, eighteen hundred and ninety-five, 
 may without further examination, on payment of twenty-five 
 dollars to the regents and on submitting such evidence as they may 
 require, receive from them an indorsement of their licenses or 
 diplomas conferring all rights and privileges of a regents' license 
 issued after examination. The commissioner of education may in 
 his discretion on the approval of the board of regents indorse a 
 license or diploma of a physician from another state, provided the 
 applicant has met all the preliminary and professional quali- 
 fications required for earning a license on examination in this 
 state, has been in reputable practice for a period of ten years, 
 and has reached a position of conceded eminence and authority 
 in his profession. If any person, whose registration is not legal 
 because of some error, misunderstanding or unintentional omission, 
 shall submit satisfactory proof that he had all requirements pre- 
 scribed by law at the time of his imperfect registration and was 
 entitled to be legally registered, he may on unanimous recoi^- 
 mendation of the state board of medical examiners receive from 
 the regents under seal a certificate of the facts which may be 
 registered by any county clerk and shall make valid the previous 
 imperfect registration. Before any license is issued it shall be 
 numbered and recorded in a book kept in the regents' office, and 
 its number shall be noted in the license; and a photograph of the 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 345 
 
 licensee filed with the records. This record shall be open to 
 public inspection, and in all legal proceedings shall have the same 
 weight as evidence that is given to a record of conveyance of land. 
 § 170. Registry; revocation of license; annulment 
 of registry. Every license to practice medicine shall, before 
 the licensee begins practice thereunder, be registered in a book 
 kept in the clerk's office of the county where such practice is 
 to be carried on, with name, residence, place and date of birth, 
 and source, number and date of his license to practice. Before 
 registering, each licensee shall file, to be kept in a bound volume 
 in a county clerk's office, an affidavit of the above facts, and also 
 that he is the person named in such license, and had, before 
 receiving the same, complied with all requirements as to attend- 
 ance, terms and amount of study and examinations required by 
 law and the rules of the university as preliminary to the confer- 
 ment thereof ; that no money was paid for such license, except the 
 regular fees paid by all applicants therefor; that no fraud, mis- 
 representation or mistake in any material regard was employed by 
 any one or occurred in order that such license should be conferred. 
 Every license, or if lost a copy thereof legally certified so as to be 
 admissible as evidence, or a duly attested transcript of the record 
 of its conferment, shall, before registering, be exhibited to the 
 county clerk, who, only in case it was issued or indorsed as a 
 license under seal by the regents, shall indorse or stamp on it the 
 date and his name preceded by the words, " registered as authority 
 
 to practice medicine in the clerk's office of county." The 
 
 clerk shall thereupon give to every physician so registered a 
 transcript of the entries in the register with a certificate, under 
 seal that he has filed the prescribed affidavit. The licensee shall 
 pay to the county clerk a total fee of one dollar for registration, 
 affidavit and certificate. The regents shall have power at any and 
 all times to inquire into the identity of any person claiming to be 
 a licensed or registered physician and after due service of notice 
 in writing, require him to make reasonable proof, satisfactory to 
 them, that he is the person licensed to practice medicine under the 
 license by virtue of which he claims the privilege of this article. 
 When the regents find that a person claiming to be a physician, 
 licensed under this article, is not in fact the person to whom 
 the license was issued, they shall reduce their findings to writing 
 and file them in the office of the clerk of the county in which said 
 person resides or practices medicine. Said' certificate shall be 
 prima facie evidence that the person mentioned therein is falsely 
 
346 ISTEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 impersonating a practitioner or a former practitioner of a like or 
 different name. The regents may revoke the license of a prac- 
 titioner of medicine, or annnl his registration, or do both, in any 
 of the following cases : 
 
 (a) A practitioner of medicine who is guilty of any fraud or 
 deceit in his practice, or who is gnilty of a crime or misdemeanor, 
 or who is guilty of any fraud or deceit by which he was admitted 
 to practice; or 
 
 (b) Is an habitual drunkard or habitually addicted to the use 
 of morphine, opium, cocaine, or other drugs having a similar 
 effect; or 
 
 (c) Who undertakes or engages in any manner or by any ways 
 or means whatsoever, to procure or perform any criminal abortion 
 as the same is defined by section eighty of the penal law ; or 
 
 (d) Who offers or undertakes by any manner or means to 
 violate any of the provisions of section eleven hundred and forty- 
 two of the penal law. 
 
 Proceedings for revocation of a license or the annulment of 
 registration shall be begun by filing a written charge or charges 
 against the accused. These charges may be preferred by any 
 person or corporation, or the regents may on their own motion 
 direct the executive officer of the board of regents to prefer said 
 charges. Said charges shall be filed with the executive officer of 
 the board of regents, and a copy thereof filed with the secretary 
 of the board of medical examiners. The board of medical exam- 
 iners, when charges are preferred, shall designate three of their 
 number as a committee to hear and determine said charges. A 
 time and place for the hearing of said charges shall be fixed by 
 said committee as soon as convenient, and a copy of the charges, 
 together with a notice of the time and place when they will be 
 heard and determined, shall be served upon the accused or his 
 counsel, at least ten days before the date actually fixed for said 
 hearing. Where personal service or service upon counsel can not 
 be effected, and such fact is certified on oath by any person duly 
 authorized to make legal service, the regents shall cause to be 
 published for at least seven times, for at least twenty days prior 
 to the hearing, in two daily papers in the county in which the 
 physician was last known to practice, a notice to the effect that 
 at a definite time and place a hearing will be had for the purpose 
 of hearing charges against the physician upon an application to 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 347 
 
 revoke his license. At said hearing the accused shall have the 
 right to cross-examine the witnesses against him and to produce 
 witnesses in his defense, and to appear personally or by counsel. 
 The said committee shall make a written report of its findings and" 
 recommendations, to be signed by all its members, and the same 
 shall be forthwith transmitted to the executive officer of the board 
 of regents. If the said committee shall unanimously find that said 
 charges, or any of them, are sustained, and shall unanimously- 
 recommend that the license of the accused be revoked or his regis- 
 tration be annulled, the regents may thereupon in their discretion, 
 revoke said license or annul said registration, or do both. If 
 the regents shall annul such registration, they shall forthwith 
 transmit to the clerk of the county or counties in which said 
 accused is registered as a physician, a certificate under their seal 
 certifying that such registration has been annulled, and said clerk 
 shall, upon receipt of said certificate, file the same and forthwith 
 mark said registration " annulled." Any person who shall practice 
 medicine after his registration has been marked " annulled " 
 shall be deemed to have practiced medicine without registration. 
 Where the license of any person has been revoked, or his regis- 
 tration has been annulled as herein provided, the regents may, 
 after the expiration of one year, entertain an application for a 
 new license, in like manner as original applications for licenses 
 are entertained ; and upon such new application they may in their 
 discretion, exempt the applicant from the necessity of undergoing 
 any examination. 
 
 § 171. Registry in another county. A practicing phy- 
 sician having registered a lawful authority to practice medicine 
 in one county, and removing such practice or part thereof to 
 another county, or regularly engaging in practice or opening an 
 office in another county shall show or send by registered mail to 
 the clerk of such other county, his certificate of registration. If 
 such certificate clearly shows that the original registration was of 
 an authority issued under seal by the regents, or if the certificate 
 itself is indorsed by the regents as entitled to registration, the 
 clerk shall thereupon register the applicant in the latter county, 
 on receipt of a fee of twenty-five cents, and. shall stamp or indorse 
 on such certificate the date and his name preceded by the words, 
 
 ^' registered also in county," and return the certificate to 
 
 the applicant. 
 
348 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DEPAKTMENT 
 
 § 172, Certificate presumptive evidence; unau- 
 thorized registration and license prohibited. Every 
 unrevoked certificate and indorsement of registrj, made as pro- 
 vided in this article, shall be presumptive evidence in all courts 
 and places, that the person named therein is legally registered. 
 Hereafter no person shall register any authority to practice medi- 
 cine unless it has been issued or indorsed as a license by the 
 regents. 'No such registration shall be valid unless the authority 
 registered constituted, at the time of registration, a license under 
 the laws of the state then -in force. No diploma or license con- 
 ferred on a person not actually in attendance at the lectures, 
 instruction and examinations of the school conferring the same, or 
 not possessed at the time of its conferment of the requirements 
 then demanded of medical students in this state as a condition of 
 their being licensed so to practice, and no registration not in 
 accordance with this article shall be lawful authority to practice 
 medicine, nor shall the degree of doctor of medicine be conferred 
 causa honoris or ad eundem nor if previously conferred shall it 
 be a qualification for such practice. 
 
 § 173. Construction of this article. This article shall 
 not be construed to affect commissioned medical officers serving 
 in the United States army, navy or marine hospital service, while 
 so commissioned ; or any one while actually serving without salary 
 or professional fees on the resident medical staff of any legally 
 incorporated hospital ; or any legally registered dentist exclusively 
 engaged in practicing dentistry; or any person or manufacturer 
 who mechanically fits or sells lenses, artificial eyes, limbs or otber 
 apparatus or appliances, or is engaged in the mechanical examina- 
 tion of eyes, for the purpose of constructing or adjusting spectacles, 
 eye glasses and lenses; or any lawfully qualified physician in 
 other states or countries meeting legally registered physicians in 
 this state in consultation ; or any physician residing on a border 
 of a neighboring state and duly licensed under the laws thereof 
 to practice medicine therein, whose practice extends into this state, 
 and who does not open an office or appoint a place to meet patients 
 or receive calls within this state ; or any physician duly registered 
 in one county called to attend isolated cases in another county, 
 but not residing or habitually practicing therein ; or the furnish- 
 ing of medical assistance in case of emergency ; or the domestic 
 administration of family remedies ; or the practice of chiropody ; 
 or the practice of the religious tenets of any church. This article 
 
riiACTlCE OF TKOFESSlOiSS 349 
 
 shall be construed to repeal all acts or parts of acts authorizing 
 conferment of any degree in medicine causa honoris or ad eundem 
 or otherwise than on students duly graduated after satisfactory 
 completion of a preliminary medical course not less than tliat_ 
 required by this article as a condition of license. It is further 
 provided that any person who shall be actively engaged in the 
 practice of osteopathy in the state of l^ew York on the thirteenth 
 day of May, nineteen hundred and seven, and who shall present 
 to the board of regents satisfactory evidence that he is a graduate 
 in good standing of a regularly conducted school or college of 
 osteopathy within the United States which at the time of his or 
 her graduation required a course of study of two years or longer, 
 including the subjects of anatomy, physiology, pathology, hygiene, 
 chemistry, obstetrics, diagnosis and the theory and practice of 
 osteopathy, with actual attendance of not less than twenty months, 
 which facts shall be shown by his or her diploma and affidavit, 
 shall upon application and payment of ten dollars be granted, 
 without examination, a license to practice osteopathy, provided 
 application for such license be made within six months after the 
 thirteenth day of ]\ray, nineteen hundred and seven. A license to 
 practice osteopathy shall not permit the holder thereof to admin- 
 ister drugs or perform surgery w^ith the use of instruments. 
 Licenses to practice osteopathy shall be registered in accordance 
 with the provisions of this article, and the word osteopath be 
 included in such registration; and such license shall entitle the 
 holder thereof to the use of the degree D. O., or doctor of 
 osteopathy. 
 
 § 174. Penalties and their collection. Any person 
 who, not being then lawfully authorized to practice medicine 
 within this state and so registered according to law, shall prac- 
 tice medicine within this state without lawful registration or in 
 violation of any provision of this article; and any person who 
 shall buy, sell or fraudulently obtain any medical diploma, license, 
 record or registration, or who shall aid or abet such buying, selling 
 or fraudulently obtaining, or who shall practice medicine under 
 cover of any medical diploma, license, record or registration il- 
 legally obtained, or signed, or issued unlawfully or under fraudu- 
 lent representations or mistake of fact in a material regard, or 
 who, after conviction of a felony, shall attempt to practice medi- 
 cine, or shall so practice, and any person who shall in connection 
 with his name use any designation tending to imply or designate 
 
350 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 him or her as a practitioner of medicine within the meaning of this 
 article without having registered in accordance therewith, or 
 any person who shall practice medicine or advertise to practice 
 medicine under a name other than his own, or any person not a 
 registered physician who shall advertise to practice medicine, shall 
 be guilty of a misdemeanor. Any person who shall practice 
 medicine under a false or assumed name, or who shall falsely 
 personate another practitioner or former practitioner of a like or 
 different name, shall be guilty of a felony. When any prose- 
 cution under this article, or under sections eleven hundred and 
 forty-two, eighty, eighty-one, eighty-two, seventeen hundred and 
 forty-seven of the penal law, and any amendments thereto, is 
 made on the complaint of any incorporated medical society of the 
 state, or any county medical society entitled to representation in 
 a state society, any fines collected shall be paid to the society 
 making the complaint, and any excess of the amount of fines 
 so paid over the expense incurred by the said society in enforcing 
 the medical laws of this state, shall be paid at the end of the 
 year to the county treasurer. 
 
 III. DENTAL SOCIETIES AND THE PRAC- 
 TICE OF DENTISTRY 
 
 PuUic Health Law (L. 1909, ch. 49) art, 9 
 Section 190. Definitions. 
 
 191. State dental society. 
 
 192. District dental societies. 
 
 193. Powers of district dental societies. 
 
 194. Licentiates. 
 
 195. State board of dental examiners. 
 
 196. Examinations. 
 
 197. Degrees. 
 
 198. Licenses. 
 
 199. Kegistration. 
 
 200. Examination fees. 
 
 201. Revocation of licenses. 
 
 202. Construction of this article. 
 
 203. Penalties. 
 
 § 190. Definitions. As used in this article, the terms 
 " university," " regents " and " physicians " have respectively the 
 
PBACTICE OF PBOFESSIONS 361 
 
 meanings defined in article eight of this chapter. " Board," where 
 not otherwise limited, means the board of dental examiners of 
 the state of 'New York. " Registered medical or dental school " 
 means a medical or dental school, college or department of a 
 university, registered by the regents as maintaining a proper 
 educational standard and legally incorporated. " Examiner," 
 where not otherwise qualified, means a member of the board. 
 " State dental society," means the dental society of the state of 
 New York. 
 
 § 191. State dental society. The dental society of the 
 state of New York is continued, and shall be composed of eight 
 delegates from each district society divided into four classes of 
 two delegates, each to be elected annually, and of two delegates 
 from each incorporated dental school of the state to be elected 
 annually. The state dental society shall annually meet on the 
 second Wednesday of May, or at such other time and at such 
 place as may be determined on in the by-laws of the society or 
 by resolution, at the preceding annual meeting. Twenty members 
 shall be a quorum. The society shall elect annually a president, 
 vice-president, secretary and treasurer, who shall hold their offices 
 for one year, and until others shall be chosen in their places, and 
 may elect permanent members at any annual meeting from among 
 members of district soeieties of the state, who shall have all the 
 privileges of delegate members ; the number of permanent mem- 
 bers so elected shall be fixed by the by-laws of the society. The 
 society may elect honorary members from any state or country not 
 eligible to regular membership, who shall not be entitled to vote 
 or hold any office in the society. lAmeyided by L. 1912^ cJi. I7il.] 
 
 § 192. District dental societies. The existing district 
 dental societies are continued. In any judicial district in which 
 a district dental society is not now incorporated, fifteen or more 
 dentists of such district authorized to practice dentistry in this 
 state may become a district dental society of such district, by 
 publishing a call for a meeting of the dentists of the district to be 
 held at a time and place mentioned therein within the district, 
 in at least one newspaper in each county of the district, at least 
 once a week for at least four weeks immediately preceding the 
 time when such meeting is to be held, and by meeting at the time 
 and place specified in such notice with such dentists authorized to 
 practice dentistry in the district as may respond to such call, and 
 by making and filing with the secretary of the state dental society 
 a certificate, to be executed and acknowledged by the dentists so 
 
852 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 meeting', or by at least fifteen of them, which shall set forth that 
 such meeting has been held pursuant to such notice, the corporate 
 name of the society, which shall be the district dental society of 
 the judicial district where located, the names and places of 
 residence of the officers of the society for the first year, or until 
 the first annual meeting, which officers shall be a president, vice- 
 president, secretary and treasurer, the time and place of the annual 
 meeting of the society, the general objects and purposes of the 
 association and the names of eight delegates to the state society 
 divided into four classes of two delegates each, to hold office until 
 the first, second, third and fourth annual meeting thereafter, 
 respectively. And thereon the persons executing such certificate 
 and all other dentists in good standing and authowzed to practice 
 dentistry in such district, who shall subscribe to its by-laws, shall 
 be a corporation by the name expressed in such certificate. 
 
 § 193. Powers of district dental societies. Every 
 licensed and registered dentist in the judicial district in which 
 such society is formed, shall be eligible to membership in the 
 district society of the district where he resides or practices 
 dentistry. Every district society shall at every annual meeting 
 choose two delegates to the state dental society, each to serve four 
 years, and may fill all vacancies occurring in their respective 
 delegations in the state society. Every district dental societv 
 shall at its annual meeting appoint not less than three nor more 
 than five censors to continue in office for one year and until others 
 are chosen, who shall constitute a district board of censors. The 
 dental societies of the respective districts of the state shall have 
 power to make all needful by-laws not inconsistent with the laws 
 of this state for the management of their affairs and property and 
 the admission and expulsion of members; providing, that no 
 by-law of any district society shall be repugnant to or inconsistent 
 with the by-laws of the state society. Said societies may purchase 
 and hold real and personal estate for the purposes of their incor- 
 poration; provided that the property of a district society shall 
 not exceed in value five thousand dollars, and the property of the 
 state society shall not exceed in value twenty-five thousand dollars. 
 
 § 194. Licentiates. Only the following persons shall be 
 deemed licensed to practice dentistry: 
 
 1. Those duly licensed and registered as dentists in this state 
 prior to the first day of August, eighteen hundred and ninety-five, 
 pursuant to the laws in force at the time of their license and 
 registration. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 3;")IJ 
 
 2. Those duly licensed and registered after the first day of 
 August, eighteen hundred and ninety-five, pursuant to the pro- 
 visions of this chapter. 
 
 § 195. State board of dental examiners. The exist- 
 ing state board of dental examiners shall be divided into four 
 classes and their terms of office shall continue except that said 
 terms shall expire on the thirty-first day of July in each year. 
 After July thirty-first, nineteen hundred and ten, the state board 
 of dental examiners shall be increased by the addition of a mem- 
 ber residing in the ninth judicial district, who shall be appointed 
 in the manner provided by this section, for a term of four years, 
 commencing on the first day of August, nineteen hundred and 
 ten, and who shall be a member of the class whose terms com- 
 mence on such date. Before the day when the official terms of 
 the members of any of said classes shall expire, the regents shall 
 appoint their successors, to serve for the term of four years from 
 said day. Such appointment shall be made from nominations in 
 number twice the number of the outgoing class made by such 
 society to the regents prior to the second Tuesday in June of each 
 year. In default of such nominations, the regents shall appoint 
 such examiners from the legally qualified dentists in the state 
 belonging to the state dental society. The regents, in the same 
 manner, shall also fill vacancies in the board that may occur. 
 All nominations and appointments shall be so made that every 
 vacancy in the board shall be filled by a resident of the same 
 judicial district in which the last incumbent of the office resided. 
 The board shall elect at its annual meeting from its members a 
 president and a secretary and shall hold one or more meetings 
 each year pursuant to call of the regents. 'No person shall be 
 appointed an examiner unless he shall have received a dental 
 degree from a body lawfully entitled to confer the same, and in 
 good standing at the time of its conferment, and shall have been 
 engaged within the state during not less than five years prior to • 
 his appointment in the • actual and lawful practice of dentistry. 
 N^or shall any person connected with a dental school as professor, 
 trustee or instructor be eligible to such appointment. Cause 
 _ being shown before them the regents may remove an examiner 
 B from office on proven charges of inefficiency, incompetency, im- 
 m moralitv or unprofessional conduct. \_Amended by L, 1910. 
 ^ch. 137.] 
 
 I 
 
354 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 § 196. Examinations. The regents shall admit to exam- 
 ination any candidate who shall pay the fee herein prescribed and 
 submit satisfactory evidence, verified by oath if required, that he : 
 
 1. Is more than twenty-one years of age; 
 
 2. Is of good moral character; 
 
 3. Has a preliminary education equivalent to graduation from 
 a four-year high school course registered by the regents, or an 
 education accepted by the regents as fully equivalent. 
 
 4. Subsequently to receiving such preliminary education either 
 has been graduated in course with a dental degree from a regis- 
 tered dental school, or else, having been graduated in course from 
 a registered medical school with a degree of doctor of medicine, 
 has pursued thereafter a course of special study of dentistry for 
 at least two years in a registered dental school and received there- 
 from its degree of doctor of dental surgery, or else holds a diploma 
 or license conferring full right to practice dentistry in some 
 foreign country and granted by some registered authority, or else 
 has lawfully practiced dentistry for more than twenty-five years 
 without this state and within the United States. Provided that 
 any person who then being a bona fide student of dentistry in 
 this state under private preceptorship was entitled to file on or 
 1)efoTe the thirty-first day of July, eighteen hundred and ninety- 
 five, with the secretary of the state dental society a certificate of 
 study under private preceptorship and who did at any time prior 
 to the first day of January, nineteen hundred and four, upon 
 sworn proof of such fact file such a certificate with the regents, 
 may be admitted to examination before the board. Any member 
 of the board may inquire of any applicant for examination con- 
 cerning his qualifications and may take testimony of any one 
 in regard thereto, under oath, which he is hereby empowered to 
 administer. \^Amended hy L. 1911, ch. 786.] 
 
 § 197. Degrees. ]^o degree in dentistry shall be •'•onferred 
 in this state except the degree of doctor of dental surgery. Said 
 degree shall not be conferred upon any one unless he shall have 
 satisfactorily completed a course of at least three years in a 
 registered dental school, or having been graduated in course from 
 a registered medical school with the degree of doctor of medicine 
 shall have pursued satisfactorily thereafter a course of special 
 study of dentistry for at least two years in a registered dental 
 school; nor shall said degree be conferred upon any one, unless 
 prior to matriculation in the institution conferring his profes- 
 sional degree, or before begiiming the second course of lectures 
 
PRACTICE OF PllO:^ESSiONg 355 
 
 counted toward such degree he shall have filed with said institu- 
 tion a regents' certificate that he has received the required pre- 
 liminary education evidenced as aforesaid ; provided further, how- 
 ever, that tlie regents may confer upon all persons who shall hav^ 
 received the degree of master of dental surgery under the laws of 
 this state, prior to March twenty-eighth, nineteen hundred and 
 one, the degree of doctor of dental surgery in lieu of said mas- 
 ter's degree. 
 
 § 198. liicenses. On certification by the board of dental 
 examiners that a candidate has successfully passed its examina- 
 tions and is competent to practice dentistry, the regents shall, 
 issue to him their license so to practice pursuant to the rules 
 established by them. On the recommendation of the board, the 
 regents may also, without the examination hereinbefore provided 
 for, issue their license to any applicant therefor who shall furnish 
 proof satisfactory to them that he has been duly graduated from a 
 registered dental school and has been thereafter lawfully and 
 reputably engaged in such practice for six years next preceding 
 his application ; or who holds a license to practice dentistry in any 
 other state of the United States granted by a state board of dental 
 examiners, indorsed by the dental society of the state of New 
 York, provided, that in either case his preliminary and profes- 
 sional education shall have been not less than that required in this 
 state. Every license so issued shall state on its faco the grounds 
 on which it is granted and the applicant may be required to fur- 
 nish his proofs on affidavit. 
 
 § 199. Registration. Every person practicing dentistry 
 in this state and not lawfully registered before April seventeenth, 
 eighteen hundred and ninety-six, shall register in the office of 
 the clerk of the county where his place of business is located, in a 
 book kept by the clerk for such purpose, his name, age, office alid 
 post-office address, date and number of his license to practice 
 dentistry and the date of such registration, which registration he 
 shall be entitled to make only upon showing to the county clerk 
 his license or a duly authenticated copy thereof, and making an 
 affidavit stating name, age, birthplace, the number of his license 
 and the date of its issue; that he is the identi'jal person named 
 in the license; that before receiving the same he complied with 
 all the preliminary requirements of this article and the rules of 
 the regents and board as to the terms and the amount of study 
 and examination ; that no money, other than the fees prescribed 
 12 
 
356 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIOI^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 by this article and said rules, was paid directly or indirectly 
 for such license, and that no fraud, misrepresentation or mistake 
 in a material regard was employed or occurred in order that 
 such license should be conferred. The county clerk shall preserve 
 such aiSdavit in a bound volume and shall issue to every licentiate 
 duly registering and making such affidavit, a certificate of regis- 
 tration in his county, which shall include a transcript of the 
 registration. 'Such transcript and the license may be offered as 
 presumptive evidence in all courts of the facts stated therein. 
 The county clerk's fee for taking such registration and affidavit 
 and issuing such certificate, shall be one dollar. A practicing 
 dentist having registered a lawful authority to practice dentistry 
 in one county of the state and removing such practice or part 
 thereof to another county, or regularly engaging in practice or 
 opening an office in another county, shall show or send by regis- 
 tered mail to the clerk of such other county his certificate of 
 registration. If sueh certificate clearly shows that the original 
 registration was of an authority issued under seal by the regents, 
 or if the certificate itself is indorsed by the regents as entitled 
 to registration, the clerk shall thereupon register the applicant in 
 the latter county, on receipt of a fee of twenty-five cents, and 
 shall stamp or indorse on such certificate, the date and his name, 
 
 preceded by the words, ^^ registered also in 
 
 county," and return the certificate to the applicant. Any person 
 who having lawfully registered as aforesaid shall thereafter 
 change his name in any lawful manner shall register the new 
 name with marginal note of the former name; and shall note 
 upon the margin of the former registration the fact of such 
 change and a cross reference to the new registration. A county 
 clerk who knowingly shall make or suffer to be made upon the 
 book of registry of dentists kept in his office any other entry than 
 is provided for in this section shall be liable to a penalty of fifty 
 dollars to be recovered by the state dental society in a suit in any 
 court having jurisdiction. 
 
 § 200. Examination fees. Every applicant for license 
 to practice dentistry shall pay a fee of not more than twenty-five 
 dollars. From the fees provided by this article the regents may 
 pay all proper expenses incurred by them under its provisions, 
 and any surplus at the end of any academic year shall be paid 
 to the society nominating the examiners to defray its expenses 
 incurred under the law. 
 
I 
 
 PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 357 
 
 § 201. Revocation of licenses. If any practitioner of 
 dentistry be charged under oath before the board, with unpro- 
 fessional or immoral conduct, or with gross ignorance, or ineffi- 
 ciency in his profession, the board shall notify him to appear 
 before it at an appointed time and place, with counsel, if he so 
 desires, to answer said charges, furnishing to him a copy thereof. 
 Upon the report of the board that the accused has been guilty of 
 unprofessional or immoral conduct, or that he is grossly ignorant 
 or inefficient in his profession, the regents may suspend the person 
 so charged from the practice of dentistry for a limited season, or 
 may revoke his license. Upon the revocation of any license, the 
 fact shall be noted upon the records of the regents and the license 
 shall be marked as canceled, of the date of its revocation. Upon 
 presentation of a certificate of such cancellation to the clerk of any 
 county wherein the licentiate may be registered, said clerk shall 
 note the date of the cancellation on the register of dentists and 
 cancel the registration. A conviction of felony shall forfeit a 
 license to practice dentistry, and upon presentation to the regents 
 or a county clerk by any public officer or officer of a dental society 
 of a certified copy of a court record showing that a practitioner of 
 dentistry has been convicted of felony, that fact shall be noted 
 on the record of license and clerk's register, and the license and 
 registration shall be marked " canceled." Any person who, after 
 conviction of a felony shall practice dentistry in this state, shall 
 be subject to all the penalties prescribed for the unlicensed prac- 
 tice of dentistry, providing that if such conviction be subsequently 
 reversed upon appeal and the accused acquitted or discharged, his 
 license shall become again operative from the date of such ac- 
 quittal or discharge. 
 
 § 202. Construction of this article. This article shall 
 not be construed to prohibit an unlicensed person from perform- 
 ing merely mechanical work upon inert matter in a dental office 
 or laboratory, or the student of a licentiate from assisting the 
 latter in his performance of dental operations while in the pres- 
 ence and under the personal supervision of his instructor; or a 
 student in an incorporated dental school or college from perform- 
 ing operations for purposes of clinical study under the supervision 
 and instruction of preceptors; or a duly licensed physician from 
 treating diseases of the mouth or performing operations in oral 
 surgery. But nothing in this article shall be construed to permit 
 the performance of independent dental operations by an unli- 
 censed person under cover of the name of a registered practitioner 
 
358 ]s:ew york state education department 
 
 or in his office. !N'or shall anything in this article be construed 
 to require of students matriculated in registered dental or medical 
 schools before the first day of January, nineteen hundred and 
 five, any other or higher qualification for the dental license or 
 degree than was demanded by existing laws as interpreted by the 
 regulations of the regents at the date of their matriculation. 
 
 § 203. Penalties. A. A person who, in any county of this 
 state, practices or holds himself out to the public as practicing 
 dentistry, not being at the times of said practice or holding out, 
 a dentist licensed to practice as such in this state and registered 
 in the office of the clerk of such county, pursuant to the general 
 laws regulating the practice of dentistry, is guilty of a mis- 
 demeanor and punishable upon conviction of a first offense by a 
 fine of not less than fifty dollars, and upon conviction of a subse- 
 quent offense by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars, or by 
 imprisonment for not less than two months or by both such fine 
 and imprisonment. Any violation of this section by a person 
 theretofore convicted under the then existing laws of this state of 
 practicing dentistry without license or registration, shall be in- 
 cluded in the term " a subsequent offense." Every conviction of 
 unlawful practice or holding out subsequent to a first conviction 
 thereof shall be a conviction of a second offense. Every practi- 
 tioner of dentistry must display in a conspicuous place upon the 
 house or in the office wherein he practices his full name. If there 
 are more dental chairs than one in any office or dental parlor the 
 name of the practitioner must be displayed on or by said chair in 
 plain sight of the patient. Any person who shall practice dentistry 
 without displaying his name as herein prescribed; and any pro- 
 prietor, owner or manager of a dental office, establishment or 
 parlor who shall fail so to display or cause to be displayed the 
 name of each person employed as a practicing dentist or practic- 
 ing as a dentist in said office, establishment or parlor, shall be 
 guilty of a misdemeanor and punishable upon a first conviction 
 by a fine of fifty dollars, and upon every subsequent conviction 
 by a fine of not less than one hundred dollars, or by imprisonment 
 for not less than sixty days, or by both fine and imprisonment. 
 
 B. A person shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
 upon every conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not 
 less than two hundred and fifty dollars, or by imprisonment for 
 not less than six months, or by both fine and imprisonment, who 
 
 1. Shall sell or barter or offer to sell or barter any diploma or 
 
I 
 
 PKACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 359 
 
 docnment conferring or purporting to confer any dental degree or 
 any certificate or transcript made or purporting to be made pur- 
 suant to the laws regulating the license and registration of den- 
 tists; or 
 
 2. Shall purchase or procure by barter any such diploma, cer- 
 tificate or transcript with intent that the same shall bo used as 
 evidence of the cfualifications to practice dentistry of any person 
 other than the one upon whom it was lawfully conferred or in 
 fraud of the laws regulating such practice; or, 
 
 3. Shall, with fraudulent intent, alter in a material regard any 
 such diploma, certificate or transcript ; or, 
 
 4. Shall use or attempt to use any such diploma, certificate or 
 transcript which has been purchased, fraudulently issued, counter- 
 feited or materially altered either as a license or color of license to 
 practice dentistry or in order to procure registration as a dentist ; 
 or, 
 
 5. Shall practice dentistry under a false or assumed name ; or, 
 
 6. Shall assume the degree of bachelor of dental surgery, doctor 
 of dental surgery, or master of dental surgery, or shall append the 
 letters B. D. S., D. D. S., M. D. S., to his name, not having had 
 duly conferred upon him by diploma from some college, school or 
 board of examiners legally empowered to confer the same, the 
 right to assume said titles ; or shall assume any title or append or 
 prefix any letters to his name with the intent to represent falsely 
 that he has received a medical or dental degree or license; or, 
 
 7. Shall falsely personate another at any examination, held by 
 the regents or by the board, of the preliminary or professional 
 education of candidates for dental students' certificates, dental 
 degrees or licenses, or who shall induce another to make or aid and 
 abet in the making of such false personation or who shall know- 
 ingly avail himself of the benefit of such false personation, or 
 who shall knowingly or negligently make falsely any certificate 
 required by the regents or board in connection with their examina- 
 tions. 
 
 C. Any person who in any affidavit or examination required 
 of an applicant for examination, license or registration under the 
 laws regulating the practice of dentistry, or under the laws, ordi- 
 nances or regulations governing the regents' examination of the 
 I)reliniinary education required for a dental student's certificate 
 shall make wilfully a false statement in a material regard shall be 
 guilty of perjury and punishable upon conviction thereof by im- 
 prisonment not exceeding ten years. 
 
360 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPAETMENT 
 
 D. All courts of special sessions and police justices sitting as 
 courts of special sessions shall bave jurisdiction in the first in- 
 stance to hear and determine all charges of misdemeanors men- 
 tioned in this article committed within their local jurisdiction, 
 and to impose all the penalties provided for misdemeanors in this 
 article; provided, however, that the power of said courts and jus- 
 tices to hear and determine such charges shall be divested, if be- 
 fore the commencement of a trial before such court or justice, 
 a grand jury shall present an indictment against the accused per- 
 son for the same offense, or if a justice of the supreme court or 
 a county judge of the county shall grant a certificate in the man- 
 ner provided by law in cases of misdemeanor, that it is reason- 
 able that such charge be prosecuted by indictment. 
 
 E. All fines, penalties and forfeitures of bail imposed or col- 
 lected on account of violations of the laws regulating the practice 
 of dentistry must be paid to the state dental society. Said society 
 may prefer complaints for violations of the law regulating the 
 practice of dentistry before any court, tribunal or magistrate hav- 
 ing jurisdiction thereof and may by its officers, counsel and agents 
 aid in presenting the law and the facts before such court, tribunal 
 or magistrate in any proceeding instituted by it. 
 
 IV. VETERINARY MEDICINE AND SUR- 
 GERY 
 
 Public Health Law (L. 1909, ch. 49), art. 10 
 
 Section 210. Definitions. 
 
 211. Qualifications for practice. 
 
 212. State board of veterinary medical examiners. 
 
 213. Certificate of appointment; oath; powers. 
 
 214. Expenses. 
 
 215. Officers; meetings; quorum; committees. 
 
 216. Admission to examination. 
 
 217. Questions. 
 
 218. Examinations and reports. 
 
 219. Licenses. 
 
 220. Registry. 
 
 221. Registration in another county. 
 
 222. Certificate presumptive evidence; unauthorized 
 
 registration and license prohibited. 
 
 223. Construction of this article. 
 2'24. Penalties and their collection. 
 
 I 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 361 
 
 § 210. Definitions. As used in this article : 
 
 1. " University " means university of the state of New York. 
 
 2. " Regents '' means boiard of regents of the university of the 
 state of New York. 
 
 3. " Board " means a board of veterinary medical examiners of 
 the state of New York. 
 
 4. '^ Veterinary medical examiner " means a member of a board 
 of veterinary medical examiners of the state of New York. 
 
 5. " Veterinary school " means any veterinary school, college or 
 department of a university, registered by the regents as maintain- 
 ing a proper veterinary medical standard and as legally incor- 
 porated. 
 
 6. " Veterinary medicine " means veterinary medicine and sur- 
 gery, or any branch thereof. 
 
 7. " Veterinarian " means veterinary physician and surgeon. 
 
 § 211. Qualifications for practice. No person shall 
 practice veterinary medicine after July first, eighteen hundred 
 and ninety-five, unless previously registered and legally author- 
 ized, unless licensed by the regents and registered as required 
 by this article ; nor shall any person practice veterinary medicine 
 who has ever been convicted of a felony by any court, or whose 
 authority to practice is suspended or revoked by the regents on 
 recommendation of the state board. Any person, a citizen of the 
 United States and of the state of New York, who matriculated in 
 a reputable veterinary medical school prior to January first, eigh- 
 teen hundred and ninety-five, and who received his degree there- 
 from prior to January first, eighteen hundred and ninety-seven, or 
 any person who was engaged in the practice of veterinary medicine 
 prior to the year eighteen hundred and eighty-six, shall be ad- 
 mitted to the veterinary examination for license to practice, as 
 conducted by the regents of the university of the state of New 
 York. 
 
 § 212. State board of veterinary medical exam- 
 iners. There shall be a board of veterinary medical examiners 
 of five members, each of whom shall hold office for five years from 
 August first of the year in which appointed. The New York state 
 veterinary medical society shall at each annual meeting nomi- 
 nate twice the number of examiners to be appointed that year on 
 the board. The names of such nominees shall be annually trans- 
 mitted under seal by the president and secretary prior to May 
 first, to the regents who shall, prior to August first,. appoint from 
 
362 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 such lists the examiners required to fill any vacancies that will 
 occur from expiration of term on July thirty-first. Any other 
 vacancy, however occurring, shall likewise be filled by the regents 
 for the unexpired term. Each nominee before appointmeait, shall 
 furnish to the regents proof that he has received a degree in 
 veterinary medicine from a registered, veterinary medical school 
 and that he has legally practiced veterinary medicine in this state 
 for at least five years. If no nominees are legally before them 
 from the society, the regents may appoint from members in good 
 standing in the veterinary profession without restriction. The re- 
 gents may remove any examiner for misconduct, incapacity or 
 neglect of duty. 
 
 § 213. Certificate of appointment; oath; powers. 
 Every veterinary medical examiner shall receive a certificate of 
 appointment from the regents, and before beginning his term of 
 office shall file with the secretary of state the constitutional oath 
 of office. The board, or any committee thereof, may take testi- 
 mony and proofs concerning all matters within its jurisdiction. 
 The board may, subject to the regents' approval, make all by-laws 
 and rules not inconsistent with law needed in performing its 
 duties, but no by-laws or rules by which more than a majority 
 vote is required for any specified action by the board shall be 
 amended, suspended or repealed by a smaller vote than that re- 
 quired for the action thereunder. 
 
 § 214. Expenses. From the fees provided by this article 
 the regents may pay all proper expenses incurred by its provisions, 
 except compensation to veterinary medical examiners, and any 
 surplus at the end of the academic year shall be apportioned 
 among the members of the board pro rata according to the num- 
 ber of candidates whose answer papers have been marked by each. 
 
 § 215. Officers; meetings; quorum; committees. The 
 board shall annually elect from its members a president and secre- 
 tary for the academic year, and shall hold one or more meetings 
 each year pursuant to the call of the regents. At any meeting a 
 majority shall constitute a quorum; but questions prepared by the 
 board may be grouped and edited, or answer papers of candidates 
 may be examined and marked by committees duly authorized by 
 the board and by the regents. 
 
 § 216. Admission to examination. The regents shall 
 admit to examination any candidate who pays a fee of ten dollars 
 and submits satisfactory evidence, verified by oath if required, 
 that he (first) is more than twenty-one years of age; (second) 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 363 
 
 is of good, moral cliaracter; (third) has the general education 
 required in all cases after July first, eighteen hundred and 
 ninety-seven, preliminary to receiving a degree in veterinary medi- 
 cine; (fourth) has studied veterinary medicine not less than three 
 full years, including three satisfactory^ courses, in three different 
 academic years, in the veterinary medical school registered as 
 maintaining at the time a satisfactory standard; (fifth) has re- 
 ceived a degree as veterinarian from some registered veterinary 
 medical school. The degree in veterinary medicine shall not be 
 conferred in this state before the candidate has filed with the 
 institution conferring it, the certificate of the regents that three 
 years before the date of the degree, or before or during his first 
 year of veterinarj^ medical study in this state, he has either gradu- 
 ated from a registered college or satisfactorily completed an 
 academic course in a registered academy or high school; or has a 
 preliminary education considered and accepted by the regents as 
 fully equivalent; or has passed regents' examinations equivalent 
 to the minimum requirement in such preliminary education for 
 candidates for medical or dental degrees in this state. The regents 
 may, in their discretion, accept as the equivalent for any part of 
 the third and fourth requirement, evidence of ^ve or more 
 years' reputable practice in veterinary medicine, provided that 
 such substitution be specified in the license. 
 
 § 217. Questions. Each member of the board shall submit 
 to the regents, as required, lists of suitable questions for thorough 
 examination in comparative anatomy, physiology and hygiene, 
 in chemistry, and in veterinary surgery, obstetrics, pathology and 
 diagnosis and therapeutics, including practice and materia medica. 
 From these lists the regents shall prepare question papers for all 
 these subjects, which at any examination shall be the same for all 
 candidates. 
 
 § 218. Examinations and reports. Examination for 
 license shall be given in at least four convenient places in this 
 state and at least four times annually, in accordance with the re- 
 gents' rules, and shall be exclusively in writing and in English. 
 [Each examination shall be conducted by a regents' examiner, 
 :who shall not be one of the veterinary medical examiners. At 
 the close of each examination, the regents' examiner in charge 
 shall deliver the questions and answer papers to the board, or to 
 [its duly authorized committee, and such board, without unneces- 
 [eary delay, shall examine and mark the answers and transmit to 
 [the regents an official report, signed by its president and secre- 
 
364 K^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 tary, stating the standing of each candidate in each branch, his 
 general average and whether the board recommends that a license 
 be granted. Such i-eport shall include the questions and answers 
 and shall be filed in the public records of the university. If a 
 candidate fails on his first examination, he may, after not less 
 than six months' further study, have a second examination with- 
 out fee. If (he failure is from illness or other cause satisfactory 
 to the regents, they may waive the required six months' study. 
 
 § 219. liicenses. On receiving from the state board an 
 official report that an applicant has successfully passed the exam- 
 ination and is recommended for license, the regents shall issue 
 to him, if in their judgment he is duly qualified therefor, a 
 license to practice veterinary medicine. Every license shall be 
 issued by the university under seal and shall be signed by each 
 acting veterinary medical examiner of the board and by the officer 
 of the university who approved the credential which admitted the 
 candidate to examination, and shall state that licensee hai 
 given satisfactory evidence of fitness as to age, character, pre- 
 liminary and veterinary medical education and all other matters 
 required by law, and that after full examination he has been 
 found duly qualified to practice. Applicants examined and 
 licensed before July first, eighteen hundred and ninety-seven, by 
 other state examining boards registered by the regents, as main- 
 taining standards not lower than those provided by this article, 
 and applicants who matriculated in a New York state veterinary 
 medical school before July first, eighteen hundred and ninety- 
 six, and who received the veterinary degree from a registered 
 veterinary medical school before July first, eighteen hundred and 
 ninety-seven, may without further examination, on payment of 
 ten dollars to the regents, and on submitting such evidence as 
 they may require, receive from them an indorsement of their 
 license or diplomas conferring all rights and privileges of a 
 regents' license issued after examination. If any person, whose 
 registration is not legal or who is not registered because of some 
 error, misunderstanding or unintentional omission, shall submit 
 to the state board of veterinary medical examiners or the regents 
 of the university of the state of New York, satisfactory proof 
 that he had all requirements prescribed by law at the time required 
 for registration and was entitled to be legally registered, he may, 
 on unanimous recommendation of the state board of veterinary 
 medical examiners, or by action of the board of regents, receive 
 from the regents under seal a certificate of the facts which may be 
 
PBACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 365 
 
 registered by any county clerk and shall make valid the previous 
 imperfect registration, and such certificate shall include the date 
 on which such person could or should have registered, and his 
 registration shall be deemed to have been valid and correctedr 
 from that date. Before any license is issued it shall be numbered 
 and recorded in a book kept in the regents' office and its number 
 shall be noted in the license. This record shall be open to public 
 inspection, and in all legal proceedings shall have the same weight 
 as evidence that is given to a record of conveyance of land. 
 [Amended by L. 1912, ch, 178.] 
 
 § 220. Registry. Every license to practice veterinary medi- 
 cine shall, before the licensee begins practice thereunder, be 
 registered in a book to be known as the ^' veterinary medical 
 register,'' which shall be provided by and kept in the clerk's 
 office of the county where such practice is to be carried on, with 
 name, residence, place and date of birth, and source, number and 
 date of its license to practice. Before registering, each licensee 
 shall file, to be kept in a bound volume in the county clerk's 
 office, an affidavit of the above facts, and also that he is the person 
 named in such license, and had, before receiving the same, com- 
 plied with all requisites as to attendance, terms and amount of 
 study and examination required by law and the rules of the 
 university as preliminary to the conferment thereof, and. no 
 money was paid for such license, except the regular fees, paid by 
 all applicants therefor; that no fraud, misrepresentation or mis- 
 take in any material regard was employed by anyone or incurred 
 in order that such license should be conferred. Every license, 
 or if lost, a copy thereof, legally certified so as to be admissible as 
 evidence, or a duly attested transcript of the record of its con- 
 ferment, shall, before registering, be exhibited to the county clerk, 
 ivho, only in case it was issued or indorsed as a license under seal 
 by the regents, shall indorse or stamp on it the date and his name 
 preceded by the words, " registered as authority to practice vet- 
 erinary medicine, in the clerk's office of county.'* 
 
 The clerk shall thereupon give to every veterinarian so registered 
 a transcript of the entries in the register, with a certificate under 
 seal that he has filed the prescribed affidavit. The licensee shall 
 pay to the county clerk a total fee of one dollar for registration, 
 affidavit and certificate. 
 
 § 221. Registration in another county. A practicing 
 veterinarian having registered a lawful authority to practice 
 veterinary medicine in one county, and removing such practice 
 
366 NEW YOnK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 or part thereof to another county, or regularly engaging in prac- 
 tice or opening an office in anoither county, shall show or send by 
 registered mail to the clerk of such other county, his certificate 
 of registration. If such certificate clearly shows that the original 
 registration was of an authority issued under seal by the regents, 
 or if the certificate itself is indorsed by the regents as entitled to 
 registration, the clerk shall thereupon register the applicant in 
 the latter county, on receipt of a fee of twenty-five cents, and 
 shall stamp or indorse on such certificate the date and his name, 
 
 preceded by the words, " registered also in county " 
 
 and return the certificate to the applicant. 
 
 § 222. Certificate presumptive evidence; unauthor- 
 ized registration and license prohibited. Every un- 
 revoked certificate and indorsement of registry, made as provided 
 in this article, shall be presumptive evidence in all courts and 
 places that the person named therein is legally registered. Here- 
 after no person shall register any authority to practice veterinary 
 medicine unless it has been issued or indorsed as a license by 
 the regents. 'No diploma or license conferred on a person not 
 actually in attendance at the lectures, instructions and examina- 
 tions of the school conferring the same, or not possessed at the 
 time of its conferment of the requirements then demanded of 
 veterinary medical students in this state as a condition of their 
 being licensed so to practice, and no registration not in accordance 
 with this article shall be lawful authority to practice veterinary 
 medicine, nor shall the degree of doctor of veterinary medicine 
 be conferred causa honoris or ad eundem, nor if previously con- 
 ferred shall it be a qualification for such practice. 
 
 § 223. Construction of this article. This article shall 
 not be construed to affect commissioned veterinary medical 
 officers serving in the United States army, or in the United 
 States bureau of animal industry while so commissioned ; or any 
 person for giving gratuitous services in case of emergency; or 
 any lawfully qualified veterinarian in other states or countries 
 meeting legally registered veterinarians in this state in consulta- 
 tion; or any veterinarian residing on a border of a neighboring 
 state and duly authorized under ithe laws thereof to practice 
 veterinary medicine therein, whose practice extends into this 
 state, and who does not open an office or appoint a place to meet 
 patients or receive calls within this state; or any veterinarian 
 duly registered in one county called to attend isolated cases in 
 another county, but not residing or habitually practicing therein. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 367 
 
 This article shall be ccnstrued to repeal all acts or parts of acts 
 authorizing conferment of any degree in veterinary medicine, 
 causa honoris or ad eundem, or otherwise, than on students duly 
 graduated after satisfactory completion of a preliminary "and 
 veterinary medical course, not less than that required by this 
 article, as a condition of license. 
 
 § 224. Penalties and their collection. Every person 
 who shall practice veterinary medicine within this state without 
 lawful registration or in violation of any provision of this article 
 shall forfeit to the county wherein such person shall so practice, 
 or in which any violation shall be committed, fifty dollars for 
 every such violation, and for every day of such unlawful practice, 
 and any incorporated veterinary medical society of the state or 
 any county veterinary medical society of such county entitled to 
 representation in a state society, may bring an action in the name 
 of such- county for the colleotion of such penalties, and the ex- 
 pense incurred by such society- in such prosecution, including 
 necessary counsel fees, may be retained by such society out of 
 the penalties so collected, and the residue, if any, shall be paid 
 into the county treasury. Any person who shall practice veteri- 
 nary medicine under a false or assumed name or who shall falsely 
 personate another practitioner of a like or different name, shall 
 be guilty of a felony ; and any person guilty of violating any of 
 the other provisions of this article, not otherwise specifically 
 punished herein, or who shall buy, sell or fraudulently obtain any 
 veterinary medical diploma, license, record or registration, or 
 who shall aid or abet such buying, selling or fraudulently obtain- 
 ing, or who shall practice veterinary medicine under the cover of 
 a diploma, or license illegally obtained, or signed or issued un- 
 lawfully or under fraudulent representation, or mistake of fact 
 in material regard, or who, after conviction of a felony, shall 
 attempt to practice veterinary medicine, and any person who 
 shall, without having been authorized so to do legally, append 
 any veterinary title to his or her name, or shall assume or adver- 
 tise any veterinary title in such a manner as to convey the im- 
 pression that he is a lawful practitioner of veterinary medicine 
 or any of its branches, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and on 
 conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine of not less than 
 two hundred and fifty dollars or imprisonment for six months 
 for the first offense, and on conviction of a subsequent offense by 
 a fine of not less than five hundred dollars or imprisonment for 
 not less than one year, or by both fine and imprisonment. 
 
368 NEW YOBK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 V. PHARMACY 
 
 Public Health Law (L. 1909, ch. 49), art. 11, as amended by 
 
 L, 1910, ch, 422 
 Section 230. Definitions. 
 
 231. Stat© board of pharmacy; appointments; nomina- 
 
 tions; examiners; secretary; expenses. 
 
 232. Powers and duties of the board ; records ; employees. 
 
 233. Licenses; certificates; examinations; rules. 
 
 234. Pharmacies; drug stores; stores. 
 
 235. Apprentices and employees. 
 
 236. Working hours and sleeping apartments. 
 
 237. Adulterating; misbranding and substituting, 
 
 238. Poison schedules; register; opium and other pre- 
 
 scriptions. 
 
 239. Construction of article; temporary permits. 
 
 240. Kevocation of license; misdemeanors; violations 
 
 and penalties. 
 
 241. Schedules A, B and C. 
 
 § 230. Definitions. As used in this article: 1. "Asso- 
 ciation'' means the ^ew York state pharmaceutical association. 
 
 2. " Board " when not otherwise limited, means the ISTew York 
 state board of pharmacy. 
 
 3. " Chemicals " when not otherwise limited, means the chem- 
 ical materials of medicine. 
 
 4. " Council " means the New York state pharmaceutical coun- 
 cil with a secretary and at least one representative from each 
 school of the state appointed by the regents for a period of five 
 years. 
 
 5. " Commissioner " means the commissioner of education of 
 the state of N"ew York ; " Department," the education department 
 of the state of E'ew York; "University," the university of the 
 state of New York; " Regents," the board of regents of the uni- 
 versity of the state of New York as provided by the education law. 
 
 6. " Drugs," where not otherwise limited, means all substances 
 used as medicines or in the preparation of medicines. " Crude 
 Drugs " means drugs that have not been changed by manufac- 
 ture except by desiccation or comminution. 
 
 7. " Examiner " means a member of the state board of phar- 
 macy. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 369 
 
 8. " Formulary " means the latest edition of the national for- 
 mulary. 
 
 9. " Medicines," where not otherwise limited, means a drug 
 or preparation of drugs in suitable form for use as a curative~of 
 remedial substance. 
 
 10. " Pharmacy/' where not otherwise limited, means the place 
 registered by the board in which drugs, chemicals, medicines, 
 prescriptions or poisons are compounded, dispensed or retailed. 
 
 11. '^ Pharmacology " is the science that treats of drugs and 
 medicines; their nature, preparation, administration and effect. 
 
 12. ^^ Pharmacopoeia," when not otherwise limited, means the 
 latest edition of the pharmacopoeia of the United States of 
 America. 
 
 13. " Physician " means a practitioner of medicine as defined 
 by article eight of this chapter ; " Dentist " means a practitioner 
 of dentistry as defined by article nine, and " Veterinarian," means 
 a practitioner of veterinary medicine as defined by article ten. 
 
 14. " Poisons," where not otherwise limited, means any drug, 
 chemical, medicine or preparation liable to be destructive to adult 
 human life in quantities of sixty grains or less. 
 
 15. " Rules," where not otherwise limited, means the rules of 
 the board approved by the regents. 
 
 16. " School " means any college or school of pharmacy, or 
 the department of pharmacy of a university, whatever the cor- 
 porate title, registered by the regents as maintaining a proper 
 educational standard and legally incorporated. 
 
 17. " Secretary " means the secretary of the state board of 
 pharmacy. 
 
 18. " Syllabus " means the latest edition of the syllabus adopted 
 by the board. 
 
 § 231. State board of pharmacy; appointments; 
 nominations; examiners; secretary; expenses. The 
 state board of pharmacy in office when this section takes effect 
 shall remain in office until August first, nineteen hundred and ten. 
 On and after that date such board shall consist of nine examiners, 
 four of whom shall be residents of the city of ISTew York. At 
 the annual meeting of the association held in nineteen hundred and 
 ten there shall be twenty-five licensed pharmacists nominated 
 by ballot whose names shall be submitted to the regents, imme- 
 diately thereafter. 
 
 Appointments. From the number thus submitted or from the 
 other licensed pharmacists of the state the regents may appoint 
 
370 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 nine persons, who shall constitute the board of pharmacy, whose 
 term of office shall begin on August first, nineteen hundred and 
 ten, three of whom shall hold office for a term of one year, three 
 for a term of two years and three for a term of three years. The 
 successors of the members, whose terms of office have expired, 
 shall be appointed, as hereinafter provided, for a term of three 
 years. A vacancy in the office of any member, caused otherwise 
 than by expiration of term, shall be filled by the regents for the 
 unexpired term of such member. 
 
 ISTominations. Thereafter, at each annual meeting of the asso- 
 ciation, nine licensed pharmacists shall be nominated by ballot, 
 whose names shall be submitted to the regents in writing under 
 the seal of the association by the president and secretary thereof, 
 promptly after the adjournment of such meeting. From the num- 
 ber thus submitted or from the other licensed pharmacists of the 
 state the regents may appoint three persons to succeed the mem- 
 bers whose terms of office expire on the following July thirty-first. 
 
 Examiners. 'No person shall be appointed as an examiner 
 unless he is a licensed pharmacist, and has legally practiced as 
 such for at least ten years in this state. Each of the candidates 
 shall present proof of such qualifications to the regents. The 
 regents may remove any examiner for misconduct, incapacity or 
 neglect of duty. Each examiner shall receive a certificate of 
 appointment from the regents, and before beginning his term of 
 office shall take and file with the secretary of state the constitu- 
 tional oath of office. The board or any committee thereof may 
 employ counsel, may compel the attendance of witnesses, and may 
 take testimony and proofs concerning all matters within its juris- 
 diction. The board shall make such rules approved by the regents 
 not inconsistent with the law, as may be necessary for the proper 
 performance of its duty, but no rule by which more than a 
 majority vote is required for any specific action by the board 
 shall be amended, suspended, or repealed by a smaller vote than 
 that required for action thereunder. 
 
 'Secretary. The secretary shall be a licensed pharmacist who 
 has legally practiced as a pharmacist for at least ten years in this 
 state. He shall be appointed by the regents, shall hold office dur- 
 ing their pleasure and shall receive an annual salary of three 
 thousand dollars, payable from the moneys received under this 
 article. He shall be the executive officer of the board and shall 
 have such powers and shall perform such duties as are prescribed 
 
1»EACT1CE OF PROFESSIONS 371 
 
 bj the rules. The secretary in office when this article takes effect 
 shall continue in office until his successor has been appointed as 
 above provided. 
 
 Expenses. All fees, fines, penalties and other moneys derived; 
 from the operation of this article shall be paid into the state 
 treasury and the legislature shall annually appropriate for the 
 department an amount sufficient to pay all proper expenses in- 
 curred pursuant to this article. All funds in the custody of 
 the state board of pharmacy when this act takes effect shall be 
 immediately turned over to the department and shall be available 
 for the payment of all proper expenses of the board, until an 
 appropriation is made by the legislature as above provided. When 
 such appropriation is so made the unexpended balance of the 
 funds so turned over to the department shall be paid into the 
 state treasury, to be expended as in the case of other moneys 
 derived from the operation of this article. 
 
 § 232. Powers and duties of the board; records; 
 employees. Prior to October first the board shall annually 
 elect from its members a president and a vice-president for the 
 academic year, and shall hold one or more meetings each year. 
 At any meeting a majority shall constitute a quorum; but ques- 
 tions prepared by the board may be grouped and edited, or answer 
 papers of candidates may be examined and marked by committees 
 duly authorized by the board and approved by the regents. 
 
 The board shall have power: 
 
 (a) To regulate the practice of pharmacology. 
 
 (b) To regulate the sale of drugs, chemioals, medicines and 
 poisons. 
 
 (c) To regulate the employment of apprentices and employees 
 in pharmacies. 
 
 (d) To regulate the working hours and sleeping apartments 
 of employees in pharmacies. 
 
 (e) To regulate and control the character and standard of 
 drugs and medicines compounded and dispensed in the state, to 
 employ inspectors and chemists, to secure samples and to prevent 
 the sale of such drugs, chemicals, medicines and poisons as do 
 not conform to the formulae, standards and tests of the pharma- 
 copoeia and formulary. 
 
 (f ) To regulate the retailing of poisons and to adopt schedules. 
 
 (g) To issue temporary permits limited to definite areas. 
 
 (h) To investigate alleged violations of the provisions of this 
 
372 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 article, to conduct hearings in respect thereto when, in its dis- 
 cretion, it appears to be necessary, and to bring the same to the 
 notice of the attorney-general. 
 
 Records. It shall be the duty of the board in its rooms pro- 
 vided by the regents to preserve a record of all licenses and cer- 
 tificates which shall be open to public inspection and shall have 
 in all legal proceedings the same weight as evidence that is given 
 to a record of conveyance of lands. It shall render annually to 
 the regents and the association a report of all its proceedings dur- 
 ing the preceding year. 
 
 Books, records, papers and properties of the state board of 
 pharmacy and of each branch thereof abolished by this act shall 
 on or before August tenth, nineteen hundred and ten, be trans- 
 ferred to the state board of pharmacy, organized under and in 
 pursuance of the provisions of this act. and shall be preserved 
 by the board. 
 
 Employees. The clerks, stenographers, inspectors and em- 
 ployees of the state board of pharmacy in office when this act 
 takes effect shall be transferred to the department. The rules of 
 the board, made as hereinbefore provided, shall specify the num- 
 ber of clerks, stenographers, inspectors and employees, necessary 
 to carry out the provisions of this article. The clerks, stenog- 
 raphers, inspectors and employees transferred to the department 
 as above provided, or hereafter employed, shall be subject to the 
 same rules as to appointment and service as the other employees 
 of the department. 
 
 § 233. liicenses; certificates; examinations; rules. 
 Satisfactory evidence verified by oath shall be required by the 
 regents of all candidates for admission to the examinations. 
 
 Pharmacist. They shall admit to the examination for phar- 
 macist any candidate that pays a fee of ten dollars and 
 
 1. Is more than twenty-one years of age. 
 
 2. Is of good moral character. 
 
 3. Had prior to beginning the first year of study in the school 
 fifteen counts or the equivalent. 
 
 4. Has studied pharmacology as outlined in the syllabus not 
 less than two years in a school. 
 
 5. Has either received the diploma of graduate in pharmacy or 
 equivalent degree from a school, or a license conferring the full 
 right to practice pharmacology in some foreign country registered 
 as meeting the, minimum requirements of this article. The 
 
PBACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 373 
 
 diploma of graduate in pharmacy or equivalent degree shall not 
 be conferred on any one that did not file with the school at 
 matriculation the pharmacy student certificate required ,above^ 
 
 6. Has had four years' experience in a registered pharmacy, 
 one year of which experience within five years of the date of 
 application must have been in a pharmacy of the United States 
 under the personal supervision of a pharmacist. 
 
 Druggist. They shall admit to the examination for druggist 
 any candidate that pays a fee of ^ve dollars and 
 
 1. Is more than eighteen years of age. 
 
 2. Is of good moral character. 
 
 3. Has the preliminary and professional education required 
 by the rules. 
 
 4. Has had three years' experience in a registered pharmacy, 
 one year of which experience within five years of the date of 
 application must have been in a pharmacy of the United States 
 under the personal supervision of a pharmacist or druggist. 
 
 Apprentice. They shall admit to the examination for appren- 
 tice any candidate that pays a fee of one dollar and 
 
 1. Is more than fifteen years of age. 
 
 2. Is of a good moral character. 
 
 3. Has begun an apprenticeship for the term of practical ex- 
 perience required by this article. 
 
 Storekeeper. They shall admit to the examination for store- 
 keeper any candidate that pays a fee of three dollars annually and 
 
 1. Is more than twentyTone years of age. 
 
 2. Is of good moral character. 
 
 3. Has had experience in dealing in drugs, chemicals, medi- 
 cines and poisons. 
 
 Examinations. The board shall submit to the regents as re- 
 quired suitable questions for thorough examination in pharma- 
 cology, both written and practical, as outlined in the syllabus. 
 
 From these questions the secretary shall prepare question papers 
 in accordance with the rules which at any examination shall be 
 the same for all candidates. Examinations for license shall be 
 given in at least three convenient places in the state and at least 
 four times annually in accordance with the rules. The practical 
 examinations shall be conducted by the examiners, the written by 
 the regents. On receiving from the board an official report that 
 an applicant has successfully passed the examinations and is rec- 
 ommended for license, the regents shall issue to him a license to 
 practice according to the qualifications of the applicant. Every 
 
374 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 license shall be issued by the regents under seal and shall be 
 signed by the commissioner, each examiner and by the secretary. 
 Every certificate shall be issued by the board subject to rule and 
 shall be signed by the secretary. Applicants examined and li- 
 censed by other state examining boards registered by the regents 
 as maintaining standards not lower than those provided by this 
 article may without further examination, on payment of twenty- 
 five dollars to the regents and on submitting such evidence as they 
 may require receive from them an endorsement of their licenses or 
 diplomas conferring all rights and privileges of a regents' license 
 after examination. 
 
 Before any license or certificate is issued it shall be numbered 
 and properly recorded, and its number shall be noted in the li- 
 cense or certificate. The regents on the recommendation of the 
 board may revoke a license or annul a certificate, for cause. 
 
 Eules. The rules of the board and of the regents affecting 
 examination, registration and administration continue in force 
 until revised by the board and approved by the regents. 
 
 The board shall make rules subject to the approval of the re- 
 gents: 
 
 1. For the examination, certification and registration of ap- 
 prentices and storekeepers. 
 
 2. For the surrendering of licenses, issued prior to January 
 first, nineteen hundred and one. 
 
 3. For the acceptance of licenses from other licensing boards 
 issued prior to January, nineteen hundred and five, in lieu of a 
 diploma. 
 
 4. For the accomplishment of the trusts reposed in them by 
 this article and by any other law of the state. 
 
 All licenses and certificates of examination, issued to licensees 
 by former boards of pharmacy, shall be in full force and effect in 
 perpetuity for the section of the state for which they were issued, 
 and all certificates of registration issued during nineteen hundred 
 and ten shall be valid until January first, nineteen hundred and 
 eleven. 
 
 § 234. Pharmacies; drug stores; stores. Except as 
 prescribed in this article, it shall not be lawful for any person 
 to practice as a pharmacist, druggist, apprentice or storekeeper, 
 or to engage in, conduct, carry on, or be employed in the dis- 
 pensing, compounding or retailing of drugs, chemicals, medicines, 
 prescriptions or poisons within this state. Every place in which 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 375 
 
 drugs, chemicals, medicines, prescriptions or poisons are retailed, 
 or dispensed, or compounded, shall be a pharmacy, a drug store, 
 or a store; shall be under the personal supervision of a pharmacist, 
 a druggist, or a storekeeper and shall be annually registered_in 
 the month of January by the board as conducted in full compli- 
 ance with law and the rules. 
 
 Pharmacies. It shall Tdo lawful for a pharmacist in conform- 
 ity with the rules, to take, use and exhibit the titles pharmacist 
 and registered pharmacy and to have charge of, engage in, con- 
 duct or carry on for himself or for another the dispensing, com- 
 pounding, or sale of drugs, chemicals, medicines, prescriptions or 
 poisons anywhere within the state, but he shall have personal 
 supervision of not more than one pharmacy or drug store at the 
 same time. 
 
 Drug stores. It shall be lawful for a druggist in conformity 
 with the rules to take, use, and exhibit the titles druggist and 
 registered drug store, and to have charge of, engage in, conduct 
 or carry on for himself or for another the dispensing, compound- 
 ing or retailing of drvigs, chemicals, medicines, prescriptions or 
 poisons anywhere within the state, in a place of not more than 
 one thousand inhabitants, but he shall have charge of not more 
 than one drug store at the same time. He may be employed for 
 the purpose' of dispensing or retailing drugs, chemicals, medi- 
 cines, prescriptions and poisons in a registered pharmacy under 
 the management and personal supervision of a licensed phar- 
 macist; he may" also perform such duties during the temporary 
 absence of the pharmacist, except in cities of more than one 
 million inhabitants. 
 
 Temporary permits. In places and villages of a thousand in- 
 habitants or less that do not have within three miles a pharmacy 
 or drug store; 
 
 1. Physicians may compound medicines, fill prescriptions and 
 sell poisons labeled as required by this article. 
 ■ 2. Storekeepers may in accord with the rules sell medicines and 
 poisons for a period not exceeding one year upon the payment of 
 a fee of three dollars. The storekeeper's certificate is limited to 
 the village or place where the storekeeper resides and may be 
 limited to the sale of certain classes of poisons sold only in orig- 
 inal packages and put up by a licensed pharmacist whose name 
 and business address is displayed on the package. 
 
376 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Stores. It shall be lawful for the storekeeper in conformity 
 with the rules to take, use and exhibit the titles certified store- 
 keeper and registered store and to sell medicines and poisons for 
 a period not exceeding one year in a village or place of the state 
 with less than one thousand inhabitants that has no pharmacy or 
 drug store within three miles of it. 
 
 Every person practicing as a pharmacist or druggist must at 
 all times display his license conspicuously in his place of busi- 
 ness. The proprietor of every pharmacy, drug store or store shall 
 annually in the month of January report under oath to the board 
 any facts required by the board, shall pay the registration fee of 
 two dollars and shall receive a certificate of registration that 
 must be conspicuously displayed at all times in the pharmacy, 
 drug store or store with all licenses. Every person, partnership, 
 association or corporation doing business as the proprietor or pro- 
 prietors of a pharmacy, drug store or store shall cause the name 
 of such proprietor or proprietors to be displayed upon a sign con- 
 spicuously placed upon the exterior of the building and this sign 
 shall be presumptive evidence of ownership of such pharmacy, 
 drug store or store. The proprietor that opens a pharmacy, drug 
 store or store subsequent to the month of January shall, within 
 thirty days of opening, make this report, pay the fee and display 
 the certificate and the sign. Every proprietor of a wholesale or 
 retail pharmacy, drug store or store is responsible for the strength, 
 quality and purity of all drugs sold or dispensed by him, subject 
 to the guaranty provisions of this article. 
 
 § 235. Apprentices and employees. Apprentices may 
 be employed, in accordance with the requirements of this article 
 and the rules, in registered pharmacies and drug stores aud may 
 receive instruction in the practice of pharmacology. Apprentices 
 may prepare or dispense receipts or prescriptions, may sell or 
 furnish medicines or poisons in the presence of and un ler the 
 immediate personal supervision of a pharmacist or druggist who 
 must be either the proprietor or in the actual employ of the 
 proprietor. The proprietor as principal shall be equally liable 
 for violations of this article by his apprentices or his unlicensed 
 employees. Other unlicensed assistants may be employed in regis- 
 tered pharmacies and drug stores for other purposes than the 
 practice of pharmacology and the dispensing, compounding or 
 retailing of drugs, chemicals, medicines, prescriptions or poisons. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 377 
 
 § 236. 'Working hours and sleeping apartments. 
 
 No apprentice or employee in any pharmacy or drug store shall 
 be required or permitted to work more than seventy hours per 
 week. Nothing in this section prohibits working six hours over- 
 time any week for the purpose of making a shorter succeeding 
 week, provided, however, that the aggregate number of hours in 
 any such two weeks shall not exceed one hundred and thirty-two 
 hours. The hours shall be so arranged that an employee shall 
 be entitled to and shall receive at least one full day off in two 
 consecutive weeks. No proprietor of any pharmacy or drug store 
 shall require any clerk to sleep in any room or apartment in or 
 connected with such store that does not comply with the sanitary 
 regulations of the local board of health. ^Amended hy L. 1911, 
 ch. 630.] 
 
 § 237. Adulterating, misbranding and substitut- 
 ing. A drug is adulterated in any of the following cases: 
 
 1. When sold under or by a name recognized in the pharma- 
 copoeia it differs from the standard determined by the test or 
 formula given. 
 
 2. When sold under or by a name recognized in the formulary 
 the strength, quality or purity or percentage of the alkaloid or 
 alkaloids or other potent ingredient or ingredients differs from 
 the standard determined by the test or formula given. 
 
 3. When sold under or by a name not recognized in or accord- 
 ing to a formula not given in the pharmacopoeia or formulary that 
 is found in some other standard work on pharmacology recog- 
 nized by the board, it differs in strength, quality or purity from 
 the strength, quality or purity required, or the formula prescribed 
 in the standard work. Provided, however, that all drugs sold 
 by wholesalers when not sold to a consumer shall be in accordance 
 with the provisions of the national food and drug act of June 
 thirtieth, nineteen hundred and six. 
 
 4. When sold as a homeopathic drug it differs from the 
 strength, quality or purity established by the test or formula 
 given in the latest edition of the homeopathic pharmacopoeia of 
 the United States or the American homeopathic pharmacopoeia. 
 
 5. Its strength, quality or purity differs from the professed 
 standard of strength, quality or purity under which it is sold. 
 
 6. It contains methyl or wood alcohol when intended for use as 
 a medicine except when sold as a veterinary liniment for external 
 use only and so labeled. 
 
378 IS'EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Misbranding and substituting. A drug is misbranded if 
 
 1. The package bears any statement, design or device that is 
 false or misleading in any particular regarding its contents, re- 
 garding the state, territory or county in which it is manufactured 
 or produced. 
 
 2. It is an imitation or is offered for sale under the name of 
 another substance. 
 
 3. The original contents of the package have been removed in 
 whole or in part and other contents added. 
 
 4. The package fails to bear a statement of the percentage con- 
 tained therein by volume of alcohol and by quantity or proportion 
 of morphine, opium, heroin, chloroform, cannabis indica, chloral 
 hydrate, acetanilide or any derivative or preparation of any of 
 these substances. 
 
 5. The package containing a homeopathic drug fails to state 
 that fact. 
 
 These statements shall be made in type easily read, conspicu- 
 ously displayed and described by their common or English names. 
 Alcohol used as a solvent, preservative or for any other purpose 
 is contained in the drug within the meaning of this article. Noth- 
 ing in this paragraph applies to the compounding and dispensing 
 of drugs and medicines on the written prescription of a physician, 
 dentist or veterinarian, whieh prescription shall be kept on file by 
 the pharmacist or druggist. 'Nor does it apply to unadulterated 
 drugs recognized in the pharmacopoeia and the formulary .and 
 the homeopathic pharmacopoeia sold under the names by which 
 they are recognized therein, and not sold under a proprietary 
 name, trade name or trade mark. All adulterated, misbranded or 
 substituted drugs are forfeited to the board for destruction. 
 
 § 238. Poison schedules; register; opium and other 
 prescriptions. It is unlawful for any person to sell at retail 
 or to furnish any of the poisons of schedules A and B without 
 af&xing or causing to be affixed to the bottle, box, vessel or pack- 
 age, a laibel with the name of the article and the word poison 
 distinctly shown and with the name and place of business of the 
 seller all printed in red ink together with the name of such poisons 
 printed or written thereupon in plain, legible characters. 
 
 Wholesale dealers in drugs, medicines, pharmaceutical prepara- 
 tions, chemicals or poisons shall affix or cause to be affixed to 
 every bottle, box, parcel and outer inclosure of an^^ original pack- 
 
PKACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 6 i\} 
 
 age containing any of the articles of schedule A a suitable label 
 or brand in red ink with the word poison upon it. 
 
 Register. Every person who disposes of or sells at retail_or 
 furnishes any poisons included in schedule A shall before deliv^- 
 ering the same enter in a book kept for that purpose the date of 
 sale, the name and address of the purchaser, the name and the 
 quantity, of the poison, the purpose for which it is purchased and 
 the name of the 'dispenser. The poison register must be always 
 open for inspection by the proper authorities and must be pre- 
 served for at least five years after the last entry. He shall not 
 deliver any of the poisons of schedule A or B until he has satis- 
 fied himself that the purchaser is aware of its poisonous character 
 and that the poison is to be used for a legitimate purpose. The 
 provisions of this paragraph do not apply to the dispensing of 
 medicines or poisons on physician's prescriptions. 
 
 The board shall add to any of the schedules from time to time 
 as such action becomes necessary for the protection of the public. 
 Schedules A, B and C shall remain in force till amended by tbe 
 rules. 
 
 Prescriptions of opium, morphine and chloral. 'No pharmacist, 
 druggist, or other person shall refill more than once, prescriptions 
 containing opium or morphine or preparations of either of them or 
 chloral, in which the dose of opium shall exceed one-quarter of a 
 grain, or of morphine one-twentieth of a grain, or of chloral ten 
 grains, except upon the written order of a physician. 
 
 § 239. Construction of article; temporary permits. 
 This article shall not apply to the practice of a physician that is 
 not the proprietor of a pharmacy, drug store or store, or that is 
 not in the employ of such a proprietor. Except as to the quality 
 of drugs dispensed it shall not prevent physicians from supplying 
 their patients with such articles as the physician deems proper. 
 This article shall not be construed as precluding the ownership of 
 a pharmacy or drug store by an unlicensed person, firm or cor- 
 poration provided such pharmacy or drug store be conducted in 
 accordance with the provisions of said article. Except as to the 
 labeling of poison and to adulterating, misbranding and substi- 
 tuting, it shall not apply. 
 
 1. To the sale of drugs, medicines, chemicals, prescriptions or 
 poisons at wholesale when not for the use or consumption of the 
 purchaser. 
 
 ■ 
 
380 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 2. To the sale of paris green, white hellebore and other poisons 
 for destroying insects. 
 
 3. To the sale of any substance for use in the arts. 
 
 4. To the manufacture and sale of proprietary medicines. 
 
 5. To the sale by merchants of the articles in schedule C. 
 
 § 240. Revocation of license; misdemeanors; vio- 
 lation and penalties. 'No license or certificate shall be 
 granted to any applicant guilty of felony or gross immorality, 
 or that is addicted to the use of alcoholic liquors or narcotic drugs 
 to such an extent as to render him unfit to practice pharmacology. 
 Any license or certificate obtained by misrepresentation or fraud 
 or that is held by any one unfit or incompetent from negligence, 
 habits or other cause may be revoked after reasonable notice and 
 an opportunity to be heard. The wilful and repeated violation 
 of any of the provisions of this article or the rules is sufficient 
 cause for the revocation of a license or certificate. The license 
 or certificate revoked shall on formal notice be delivered imme- 
 diately to the board. 
 
 Misdemeanors. It is a misdemeanor for 
 
 1. Any person to procure or to attempt to procure a license 
 or certificate for himself or for any other person by making, or 
 causing to be made, any false representations. 
 
 ~2. Any pharmacist to permit the compounding and dispensing 
 of prescriptions of medical practitioners in his pharmacy by any 
 unlicensed person or persons, except in the presence of and under 
 the immediate personal supervision of a pharmacist or druggist. 
 
 3. Any unlicensed person to prepare or to dispense a medical 
 prescription or physician's prescription, or to dispense or to sell 
 at retail poisons or medicines except under the immediate per- 
 sonal supervision of a pharmacist or druggist whose license is 
 displayed in the pharmacy or drug store. 
 
 4. Any unlicensed person to open or to conduct or to have 
 charge of, or to supervise any pharmacy, drug store or store for 
 retailing, dispensing or compounding drugs, chemicals, medicines, 
 prescriptions or poisons. 
 
 5. Any person to fraudulently represent himself to be licensed. 
 
 6. Any person to intentionally prevent or knowingly refuse to 
 permit any examiner or inspector to enter a pharmacy, drug store 
 or store for the purpose of lawful inspection. 
 
 7. Any person whose license or certificate has been revoked, to 
 refuse to deliver the certificate or license. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 381 
 
 8. Any person to omit his name from the sign and any holder 
 of a license or certificate to fail to display the same. 
 
 9. Any proprietor of a pharmacy or drug store to require more 
 than seventy working hours a week in other arrangement than 
 that permitted by section two hundred and thirty-six ; and for any 
 proprietor of a pharmacy or drug store to violate the provisions 
 of the same section in regard to sleeping apartments. [Amended 
 by L, 1911, ch. 630.] 
 
 10. Any person to adulterate, misbrand or substitute any drug 
 knowing or intending that it shall be used, or sells, offers for 
 sale or causes to be sold any adulterated, misbranded or substituted 
 drug. 
 
 11. Any person to violate any of the provisions of this article 
 in relation to the wholesaleing, retailing or dispensing of drugs, 
 chemicals, medicines, prescriptions and poisons for which viola- 
 tion no other punishment is imposed. 
 
 Violations and penalties. Any person that violates any of the 
 provisions of this article who is not criminally prosecuted, as for 
 a misdemeanor, shall forfeit to the people of the state of E'ew 
 York the sum of fifty dollars for every such violation, which 
 may be paid to the board or sued for and recovered in the name 
 of the people of the state of New York in an action brought 
 therefor by the attorney-general. 
 
 A person accused of violation of any of the provisions of this 
 •article relating to adulterating, misbranding or substitution shall 
 not be prosecuted or convicted or suffer any of the penalties, fines 
 or forfeitures for such violation, if he establishes upon the hear- 
 ing or trial that the drug or drugs alleged to be *adultered, mis- 
 branded or substituted were purchased by him under a guaranty 
 of the manufacturer or seller to the effect that said drug or drugs 
 were not adulterated or misbranded within the meaning of this 
 article and proves that he has not adulterated, misbranded or sub- 
 stituted the same. A guaranty in order to be a defense to a prose- 
 cution or to prevent conviction or to afford protection, must state 
 that the drug or drugs to which it refers are not *adultered, mis- 
 branded or substituted within the meaning of the provisions of 
 the statute of ISTew York state and must state also the full name, 
 and place of business of the manufacturer, wholesaler, jobber or 
 other person from whom the drug or drugs were purchased. In 
 construing and enforcing the provisions of this article the word 
 
 * So in original. 
 
382 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 " person " shall import both the plural and singular and shall 
 include corporations, companies, partnerships, societies and asso- 
 ciations, and the act, omission or failure of any officer, agent or 
 other person acting for or employed by any corporation or asso- 
 ciation within the scope of his authority or employment shall 
 in every case be deemed to be the act, omission or failure of the 
 corporation or association as well as that of the officer, agent or 
 other person; and that in case of violation of the provisions of 
 this article by a partnership, association or corporation, every 
 member of the partnership or association and the directors and 
 general officers of the corporation and the general manager of 
 the partnership, association or corporation, shall be individually 
 liable and any action, prosecution or proceeding authorized by 
 this article may be brought against any or all of such persons. 
 When any prosecution under this article or under section eleven 
 hundred and forty-two, section eighty, section eighty- one, section 
 eighty-two, section seventeen hundred and fort\^-twO; section 
 seventeen hundred and forty-three, section seventeen hundred and 
 forty-five, section seventeen hundred and forty-six, section seven- 
 teen hundred and forty-seven, section seventeen hundred and 
 forty-eight, section seventeen hundred and forty-nine and section 
 seventeen hundred and sixty of the penal law and any amend- 
 ment thereto is made on the complaint of the board, any fines 
 collected shall be paid into the state treasury as provided by this 
 article. 
 
 § 2. Such article of such chapter is hereby amended by adding 
 thereto a new section to be section two hundred and forty-one 
 thereof, to read as follows: 
 
 § 241. Schedules A, B and C. These schedules remain 
 in force until revised by the board and approved by the regents. 
 
 Schedule A. Arsenic, atropine, corrosive sublimate, potassium 
 cyanide, chloral hydrate, hydrocyanic acid, morphine, strychnine 
 and all other poisonous vegetable alkaloids and their salts, oil of 
 bitter almond containing hydrocyanic acid, opium and its prepa- 
 rations, except paregoric and such others as contain less than two 
 grains o:f opium to the ounce. 
 
 Schedule B. Aconite, belladonna, cantharides, colchicum, 
 conium, cotton root, digitalis, ergot, hellebore, henbane, Phyto- 
 lacca, strophanthus, oil of savin, oil of tansy, veratrum viride and 
 their pharmaceutical preparations, arsenical solutions, carbolic 
 acid, chloroform, creosote, croton oil, white precipitate, strophan- 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 383 
 
 thus, metlijl or wood alcohol, mineral acids, oxalic acid, paris 
 green, salts of lead, salts of zinc, white hellebore, or any drug, 
 chemical or preparation which, according to the pharmacopoeia 
 and formulary and homeopathic pharmacopoeias, is destructive to 
 adult human life in quantities of sixty grains or less. 
 
 Schedule C. Ammonia water, bicarbonate of soda, borax, cam- 
 phor, castor oil, cream of tartar, dye stuffs, essence of peppermint, 
 essence of wintergreen, non-poisonous flavoring essences or ex- 
 tracts, glycerine, licorice, olive oil, sal ammoniac, saltpetre, sal 
 soda, epsom salt, rochelle salt, sulphur, cod liver oil, vaseline, 
 petroleum jellies, oil of origanum, oil of spike, flaxseed, rock 
 candy, butter color, malt extract, extract of beef, beef iron and 
 wine, extract of witch hazel, quinine pills, cathartic pills, seidlitz 
 powders, bay rum, perfumes, toilet water, turmeric, talcum pow- 
 der, composition powder, porous plasters, court plasters, copperas, 
 alum, gum arable, lithia water. 
 
 § 3. This act shall not affect pending actions or proceedings, 
 civil or criminal brought by or against the state board of phar- 
 macy, as the same was constituted prior to the taking effect of 
 such act, but such actions or proceedings shall be prosecuted or 
 defended to a final conclusion, in the same manner, by the state 
 board of pharmacy constituted as herein provided, or by the officer 
 having jurisdiction in respect thereto. The provisions of this 
 act shall not be construed so as to affect or impair any act done, 
 or right accruing, accrued or acquired, or any penalty, forfeiture, 
 or punishment incurred prior to the time when this act or any 
 part thereof takes effect, under or by *virtiue of the law amended 
 by such act, but the same may be asserted, enforced, prosecuted 
 or inflicted, as fully and to the same extent as if this amendatory 
 act had not been passed. 
 
 § 4. Section three hundred and eighteen of such chapter is 
 hereby repealed. 
 
 § 6. This act shall take effect August first, nineteen hundred 
 and ten, except that the provisions contained in section two hun- 
 dred and thirty-one, which relate to the nomination and appoint- 
 ment of members of the state board of pharmacy and the organiza- 
 tion of said board, shall take effect immediately. 
 
 * So in original. 
 
384 I^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 VI. REGISTRATION OF NURSES 
 
 Public Health Law {L. 1909, cli, 49) art. 12 
 Section 250. Who may practice as registered nurses. 
 251. Board of examiners; examination; fees. 
 2'52. Waiver of examination. 
 253. Violations of this article. 
 
 § 250. Who may practice as registered nurses. Any 
 
 resident of the state of New York, being over the age of twenty- 
 one years and of good moral character, holding a diploma from a 
 training school for nurses connected with a hospital or sanitarium 
 giving a course of at least two years, and registered by the re- 
 gents of the university of the state of New York as maintaining 
 in this and other respects proper standards, all of which shall be 
 determined by the said regents, and who shall have received from 
 the said regents a certificate of his or her qualifications to practice 
 as a registered nurse, shall be styled and known as a registered 
 nurse, and no other person shall assume such title, or use the ab- 
 breviation R. N. or any other words, letters or figures to indicate 
 that the person using the same is such a registered nurse. Before 
 beginning to practice nursing every such registered nurse shall 
 cause such certificate to be recorded in the county clerk's office of 
 the county of his or her residence with an affidavit of his or her 
 identity as the person to whom the same was so issued and of his 
 or her place of residence within such county. In every thirty- 
 sixth month from the month of January, nineteen hundred and 
 six, every registered nurse shall again cause his or her certificate 
 to be recorded in the said county clerk's office, with an affidavit of 
 his or her identity as the person to whom the same was issued, and 
 of his or her place of residence at the time of such re-registration. 
 Nothing contained in this article shall be considered as conferring 
 any authority to practice medicine or to undertake the treatment 
 or cure of disease in violation of article eight of this chapter. 
 
 § 251. Board of examiners; examination; fees. The 
 board of examiners of nurses appointed pursuant to laws of 
 nineteen hundred and three, chapter two hundred and ninety- 
 three, is continued. The New York state nurses' association at 
 each annual meeting shall nominate for examiners two of their 
 members who have had not less than five years' experience in 
 their profession. Upon the expiration of the term of office of any 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 385 
 
 *^xaminer now in office the regents of the university of the state 
 of ^ew York shall from the candidates so nominated fill the 
 vacancy for a term of five years and until Ms or her successor is 
 chosen. An unexpired term of an examiner caused by death, 
 resignation or otherwise, shall be filled by the regents in the same- 
 manner as an original appointment is made. The said regents, 
 with the advice of the board of examiners above provided for, 
 shall make rules for the examination of nurses applying for cer- 
 tification imder this article, and shall charge for examination and 
 for certification a fee of five dollars to meet the actual expenses, 
 and shall report annually their receipts and expenditures under 
 the provisions of this article, to the state comptroller, and pay the 
 balance of receipts over expenditures to the state treasurer. The 
 said regents may revoke any such certificate for sufficient cause 
 after written notice to the holder thereof and hearing thereon. No 
 person shall thereafter practice as a registered nurse under any 
 such revoked certificate. 
 
 § 252. Waiver of examination. The regents of the 
 university of the state of lN"ew York may upon the recommenda- 
 tion of said board of examiners, waive the examination of any 
 person possessing the qualifications mentioned in section two hun- 
 dred and fifty, who shall have been graduated before, or who were 
 in training on the twenty-fourth day of April, nineteen hundred 
 and three, and shall thereafter be graduated. 
 
 § 253. Violations of this artiole. Any violation of this 
 article shall be a misdemeanor. When any prosecution under this 
 article is made on the complaint of the 'New York state nurses' 
 association, the certificate of incorporation of which was filed and 
 recorded in the office of the secretary of state on the second 
 day of April, nineteen hundred and two, the fines collected shall 
 be paid to said association and any excess in the amount of fines 
 so paid over the expenses incurred by said association in enforc- 
 ing the provisions of this article shall be paid at the end of each 
 year to the treasurer of th)e state of New York. 
 
 I 
 
386 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 VII. CHIROPODY 
 
 ARTICLE 13. 
 
 Chiropody. 
 
 Section 270. Pedic society of the state of ITew York. 
 
 271. Eligibility to certificate without examination. 
 
 272. Examinations. 
 
 273. Expenses. 
 
 274. Real and personal property. 
 
 275. Rules and regulations. 
 
 276. Privileges and immunities. 
 
 277. Falsely and knowingly claiming to be a member 
 
 of such society a misdemeanor. 
 
 278. Practicing without registering prohibited. 
 
 279. Persons not entitled to register unless holding a li- 
 
 cense. 
 
 280. Duty of county clerk. 
 
 281. Penalty for violations or neglect to comply with this 
 
 article. 
 
 282. Construction of this article. 
 
 § 270. Fedic society of tHe state of New York. 
 
 The pedic society of the state of New York is continued and the 
 officers thereof shall hold office until the expiration of their re- 
 spective terms. 
 
 § 271. Eligibility to certificate without examina- 
 tion. AH chiropodists practicing as such within the state of 
 New York, on the third day of June, eighteen hundred and ninety- 
 five, shall receive from the board of examiners now in office upon 
 application, a certificate or diploma under the hands of said ex- 
 aminers and the seal of said society, which certificate shall entitle 
 the person to whom it is issued to practice chiropody within this 
 state, upon first filing the same with the county clerk of the county 
 in which such person resides, or if such person be not a resident 
 of this state, with the county clerk of the county in which such 
 person has his office within this state, provided, however, that 
 same be applied for on or before July first, nineteen hundred and 
 twelve. lAmended hy L. 1912, ch. 199, in effect September 1, 
 1912.] 
 
 § 272. Examinations. On and after September first, nine- 
 teen hundred and twelve, no person not heretofore legally 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 387 
 
 authorized to practice chiropody in the state of Kew York shall 
 be permitted to engage in such practice unless he shall have 
 been duly licensed so to do by the regents of the university of the 
 state of New York, on the recommendation of the state board of 
 medical examiners. 
 
 The regents shall admit to examinations any candidate who 
 pays a fee of twenty-five dollars and submits evidence verified by 
 oath and satisfactory to the regents that he is 
 
 (a) More than twenty-one years of age; 
 
 (b) Is of good moral character; 
 
 (c) Has a preliminary education satisfactory to the require- 
 ments of the board of regents ; 
 
 (d) Has graduated from a school of chiropody maintaining a 
 standard satisfactory to the regents. 
 
 Applicants from other states and countries, presenting creden- 
 tials accepted as satisfactory by the regents and showing that they 
 have been legally practicing chiropody for five years, may be ad- 
 mitted to a licensing examination in chiropody. 
 
 A school of chiropody shall not matriculate a student whose 
 academic education is not equivalent to the standard required by 
 the board of regents. 
 
 The state board of medical examiners, or a committee thereof, 
 shall submit to the regents as required, lists of suitable questions 
 for examination in anatomy and physiology of the feet, therapeu- 
 tics, chemistry, minor surgery and bandaging. From these lists, 
 the regents shall prepare question papers for all these subjects, 
 which at any examination shall be the same for all candidates. 
 
 Examiniltions for licenses in chiropody shall be given at the 
 medical examinations whenever and wherever held in this state, 
 in accordance with the regents' rules, and shall be exclusively in 
 writing and in English. Such examinations shall be conducted by 
 a regents' official, who shall not be one of the state medical exam- 
 iners. At the close of each examination, the regents' official in 
 charge shall deliver the question and answer papers to the state 
 board of medical examiners or to its duly authorized committee, 
 who, without unnecessary delay, shall examine and mark the an- 
 swers and transmit to the regents an official report signed by the 
 secretary of the state board of medical examiners, stating the 
 standing of each candidate in each branch and his general aver- 
 age, such report shall include the questions and answers and shall 
 be filed in the public records of the university. If a candidate 
 fails on first examination, he may, after not less than six months' 
 13 
 
388 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 further study, liave a second examination without fee. If the 
 failure be from illness or other cause satisfactory to the regents, 
 they may waive the required six months' study. 
 
 On receiving from the state board of medical examiners an offi- 
 cial report that an applicant has successfully passed the examina- 
 tion and is recommended for license, the regents shall issue a li- 
 cense to practice chiropody in keeping with the definition of chi- 
 ropody, as given in this article. Every license shall be issued by 
 the university under seal and shall be signed by each acting ex- 
 aminer in chiropody, by the secretary of the state board of medical 
 examiners and by the officer of the university who approved the 
 credentials which admitted the candidate to examination and shall 
 state that the licensee has given satisfactory evidence of fitness as 
 to age, character, preliminary and professional education and of 
 any other matters required by law, and that after full examination 
 he has been found properly qualified to practice chiropody. If 
 any person whose registration is not legal, because of some error, 
 misunderstanding or unintentional omission, shall submit satis- 
 factory proof that he had all requirements prescribed by law, at 
 the time of his imperfect registration or irregular practice and 
 was entitled to be legally registered, he may, on unanimous 
 recommendation of the state board of medical examiners, receive 
 from the regents, under seal, a certificate of the facts which may 
 be regirtered by any county clerk and shall make valid the 
 previous imperfect registration or irregular practice. Before any 
 license is issued, it shall be numbered and recorded in a book kept 
 in the regents' office and its number shall be noted in the license 
 and a photograph of the licensee filed with the records. This 
 record shall be open to public inspection and in all legal proceed- 
 ings shall have the same weight as evidence as is given to a record 
 of conveyance of land. 
 
 § 273. Expenses. The fees derived from the operation 
 of this article shall be paid into the state treasury, and the legis- 
 lature shall annually appropriate therefrom for the education 
 department an amount sufficient to pay all proper expenses in- 
 curred pursuant to this article. [^Amended hy L. 1912, ch. 199, 
 in effect September 1, 1912.] 
 
 § 274. Real and personal property. The said " The 
 pedic society of the state of I^ew York " may purchase and hold 
 such real and personal estate as the purposes of its corporation 
 may require, but such property shall not exceed in value the sum 
 of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars. 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 389 
 
 § 275. Rules and regulations. The said " The pedic 
 society of the state of New York " may make all needful by-laws, 
 rules and regulations not inconsistent with any existing law, for 
 the management of its affairs and property. The said ^' The pedlc 
 society of the state of New York '' shall adopt and from time to 
 time revise, add to, alter, amend or annul rules and formulas for 
 the proper use of antiseptics in the practice of chiropody for the 
 purpose of preventing diseases of the feet. And any chiropodist 
 who performs any act of chiropody after receiving a copy of such 
 rules and formulas without complying therewith and thereby 
 causes septicemia or pyemia or other diseases shall on proof 
 thereof be liable to the person so injured in damages to be sued 
 for and ascertained, in an action at law before any court of record 
 of this state and proof of non-compliance with such rules and 
 formulas or any of them after notice shall in any such action, 
 be presumptive evidence of malpractice. 
 
 § 276. Privileges and immunities. The said "The 
 pedic society of the state of New York " shall be entitled to all 
 the privileges and immunities granted to medical, dental and 
 veterinary societies of this state. 
 
 § 277. Falsely and know^ingly claiming to be a 
 member of such, society, a misdemeanor. Any person 
 who shall knowingly and falsely and with intent to deceive the 
 public, claim or pretend to be a member of said pedic society, not 
 being such member, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and 
 punished accordingly. [Amended by L. 1912, ch. 199, in effect 
 Septemler 1, 1912.] 
 
 § 278. Practicing ivitbout registering prohibited. 
 Every license to practice chiropody before the licensee begins 
 practicing thereunder shall be registered in a book kept in the 
 clerk's office of the county where such practice is to be carried on, 
 with the name, the residence, the place and date of birth, and the 
 source, the number and date of his license to practice. Before 
 registering, each licensee shall file, to be kept in a bound volume 
 in a county clerk's office, an affidavit of the above facts, and also 
 that he is the person named in such license and had before receiv- 
 ing the same complied with all requirements as to attendance and 
 amount of study and examinations required by law and the rules 
 of the university as preliminary to the conferment thereof; that 
 no money was paid for such license except the regular fees paid 
 by all applicants therefor; that no fraud, misrepresentation or 
 
390 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 mistake in any material regard was employed by any one or oc- 
 curred in order that such should be conferred. Every license, or 
 if lost, a copy thereof, legally certified so as to be admissible as 
 evidence, or a duly attested transcript of the record of its con- 
 ferment shall, before registering, be exhibited to the county clerk, 
 who, only in case it was issued or indorsed as a license under seal 
 by the regents, shall indorse or stamp on it the date and his name, 
 preceded by the words " Registered as authority to practice chirop- 
 ody in the clerk's ofiice of county." The 
 
 clerk shall thereupon give to every chiropodist so registered, a 
 transcript of the entries in the register with a certificate, under 
 seal, that he has filed the prescribed affidavit. ^Amended by L. 
 1912, ch. 199, in effect September 1, 1912.] 
 
 § 279. Person not entitled to register unless holding 
 a license. ]^o person shall be entitled to register as a chiropo- 
 dist unless he or she shall hold the license provided for in section 
 two hundred and seventy-two of this article. Every unrevoked 
 certificate and indorsement of registry made as provided in this 
 article, shall be presumptive evidence in all courts and places that 
 the person named therein is legally registered. After September 
 first, nineteen hundred and twelve, no person shall register any 
 authority to practice chiropody unless it has been issued or in- 
 dorsed as a license by the regents. 'No such registration shall be 
 valid unless the authority registered constituted at the time of 
 the registration a license under the laws of the state then in force. 
 lAmended by L. 1912, ch. 199, in effect September 1, 1912.] 
 
 § 280. Duty of county clerk. The county clerk of each 
 county shall provide a book to be known as the register of chiropo- 
 dists, in which shall be recorded the matters in section two hun- 
 dred and seventy-eight of this article set forth, and shall there- 
 upon give to every registrant a transcript of the entries in the 
 register with a certificate under seal that he has filed the. pre- 
 scribed affidavit. Every applicant who shall have complied with 
 the foregoing provisions and shall be admitted to registration shall 
 pay to the clerk of said county the sum of one dollar, which shall 
 be received as full compensation for such registration, affidavit 
 and certificate. A practicing chiropodist having registered a law- 
 ful authority to practice chiropody in one county and removing 
 such practice or a part thereof to another county or regularly en- 
 gaged in practicing or opening an office in another county, shall 
 show or send by registered mail to the clerk of such other county 
 his certificate of registration. If such certificate clearly shows that 
 
PEACTICE OF TROFESSIONS 391 
 
 the original registration was under the provisions of any law now 
 or, heretofore in effect, the clerk shall thereupon register the ap- 
 plicant in the latter county on receipt of a fee of twenty-five cents, 
 and shall stamp or indorse on such certificate the date and Mis- 
 name preceded by the words ^' Eegistered also in 
 
 county," and return the certificate to the applicant. [Amended 
 hy L. 1912, Ch. 199, in effect September 1, 1912.] 
 
 § 281. Penalty for violations or neglect to comply 
 with this article. Any person who shall present to any 
 county clerk for the purpose of registration, any license which 
 has been fraudulently obtained, or shall obtain any license under 
 this article by any false or fraudulent statement or representa- 
 tion, or shall practice chiropody or any branch thereof within 
 this state without conforming to the requirements of this article, 
 or shall otherwise violate or neglect to comply with any of the 
 provisions of this article, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
 shall on conviction, for each and every offense be punished by a 
 fine of not less than fifty dollars nor more than one hundred dol- 
 lars, or by imprisonment for a term not less than thirty days and 
 not more than one year, or by both fine and imprisonment. Any 
 person who shall practice chiropody under a false or assumed 
 name or shall falsely personate another practitioner or former 
 practitioner of a like or different name, shall likewise be guilty 
 of a misdemeanor and punished accordingly. The regents may 
 revoke the license of a chiropodist or annul his registration or do 
 both in any of the following cases: 
 
 (a) Conviction of a felony; (b) Fraud or deceit in practice; 
 (c) If the practitioner be a habitual drunkard or be habitually 
 addicted to the use of morphine, opium, cocaine, or other drugs 
 having a similar effect; (d) If the practitioner undertakes or 
 engages in any practice beyond the privileges and rights accorded 
 to him in his license ; (e) If his license has been obtained through 
 any false or fraudulent representations or actions upon his part. 
 
 Proceedings for the revocation of a license or the annulment 
 of a registration shall be begun by filing the written charge or 
 charges against the accused. These charges may be preferred by 
 any person or corporation, or the regents may on their own motion 
 direct the executive officer of the board of regents to prefer said 
 charges. Said charges shall be filed with the executive officer of 
 the board of regents and a copy thereof shall be filed with the 
 secretary of the board of medical examiners, which latter body 
 shall designate a committee, of their number, to hear and deter- 
 
392 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 mine said charges. The time and place for the hearing of said 
 charges shall be fixed by said committee as soon as convenient, 
 and a copy of the charges, together with a notice of the time and 
 place when they will be heard and determined, shall be served 
 upon the accused or his counsel at least ten days before the date 
 actually fixed for such hearing. Service shall be in person or by 
 publication and shall indicate a definite time and place for a 
 hearing. At said hearing the accused shall have the right to cross- 
 examine the witnesses against him and to produce witnesses in his 
 defense and to appear personally or by counsel. The said com- 
 mittee shall make a written report of its findings and recommenda- 
 tions to be signed by all its members and the same shall be forth- 
 with transmitted to the executive officer of the board of regents. 
 If the said committee shall unanimously find that said charges 
 or any of them are sustained and shall unanimously recommend 
 that the license of the accused be revoked or his registration be 
 annulled, the regents may thereupon, in their discretion, revoke 
 said license or annul said registration, or do both. If the regents 
 annul such registration, they shall forthwith transmit to the clerk 
 of the county or counties in which said accused is registered as a 
 chiropodist, a certificate under their seal certifying that such reg- 
 istration has been annulled, and said clerk shall, upon receipt of 
 such certificate, file the same and forthwith mark said registra- 
 tion "Annulled." Any person who shall practice chiropody, after 
 his registration has been marked "Annulled," shall be deemed 
 to have practiced chiropody without registration, and in violation 
 of this article. But nothing in this article shall be construed to 
 prohibit any duly and legally licensed or authorized physician 
 or surgeon from practicing chiropody or any branch thereof. 
 When any prosecution under this article is made on the com- 
 plaint of " The pedic society of the state of 'New York," the fines 
 when collected shall be paid to the said " The pedic society of the 
 state of I^ew York," and any excess of the amount of such fines 
 over the expenses incurred by the said society in enforcing the 
 law of this state relating to the practice of chiropody, shall be 
 paid at the end of the year by the said society to the treasurer 
 of the state of 'New York for the common school fund. [Amended 
 hy L. 1912, ch. 199,' m effect September 1, 1912.] 
 
 § 282. Construction of this article. For the purpose 
 of this article " chiropody " is understood to be the surgical treat- 
 ment of abnormal nails, all superficial excrescenses occurring on 
 the hands and feet, such as corns, warts or callosities, and the 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 393 
 
 treatment of bunions; but it shall not confer the right to operate 
 upon the hands or feet for congenital or acquired deformities, or 
 for conditions requiring the use of anaesthetics other than local, or 
 incisions involving strvictures below the level of the true skiir. 
 
 VIII. OPTOMETRY 
 
 Public Health Law (L, 1909, ch. 49) art. 15 
 Section 300. Definition; application of article. 
 
 301. State board of examiners. 
 
 302. Powers of board. 
 
 303. Examinations; certificates of practitioners, 
 
 304. Certificate to be recorded and displayed. 
 
 305. Fees. 
 
 306. Revocation of certificate. 
 
 307. Violations of article. 
 
 308. Construction of article. 
 
 § 300. Definition; application of article. The prac- 
 tice of optometry is defined to be the employment of any means, 
 other than the use of drugs, for the measurement of the powers of 
 vision and the adaptation of lenses for the aid thereof. 
 
 § 301. State board of examiners. The board of ex- 
 aminers in optometry is continued. The members of said board 
 now in office shall continue in office until the expiration of their 
 respective terms. Such board of examiners shall consist of five 
 persons, appointed by the state board of regents, and shall possess 
 'sufficient knowledge of theoretical and practical optics to practice 
 optometry and shall have been residents of this state actually en- 
 gaged in the practice of optometry for at least five years. The 
 term of each member of said board shall be three years, or until 
 his successor is appointed, and vacancies shall be filled for the un- 
 expired term only. 
 
 § 302. Poivers of board. Said board of examiners shall, 
 subject to the approval of the regents, make such rules and regu- 
 lations, not inconsistent with the law, as may be necessary for the 
 proper performance of its duties; any member of the board may 
 upon being duly designated by the board, or a majority thereof, 
 administer oaths or take testimony concerning any matter within 
 the jurisdiction of the board. 
 
 § 303. Examinations; certificates of practitioners. 
 Every person desiring to commence or to continue the practice of 
 optometry after January first, nineteen hundred and nine, except 
 
394 XEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 as hereinafter provided, upon presentation of satisfactory evi- 
 dence, verified by oath, that he is more than twenty-one years of 
 age, of good moral character, has a preliminary education equiva- 
 lent to at least two years in a registered high school, and has also 
 studied at least three years in a registei-ed optometrist's office, 
 or has graduated from a school of optometry, maintaining a 
 standard satisfactory to said board of regents, shall take an exam- 
 ination before said board of examiners to determine his qualifica- 
 tions therefor. Every candidate successfully passing such exam- 
 ination shall be registered by said board of regents as possessing 
 the qualifications required by this article, and shall receive from 
 said board of regents a certificate thereof, but any person who 
 shall submit to said board of examiners satisfactory proof as to 
 his character, competency, and qualifications, and that he has been 
 continuously engaged in the practice of optometry in this state 
 for more than two years next prior to the time that chapter four 
 hundred and sixty of the laws of nineteen hundred and eight 
 took effect, may upon the recommendation of said board of exam- 
 iners receive from thb board of regents a certificate of exemption 
 from such examination, which certificate shall be registered and 
 entitle him to practice optometry under this article. Every person 
 who was, on the twenty-first day of May, nineteen hundred and 
 eight, when section two hundred and nine-d of the public health 
 law, as then known, took effect, entitled to a certificate of exemp- 
 tion as therein provided, but who failed or neglected to make ap- 
 plication therefor and present evidence to entitle him thereto, on 
 or before January first, nineteen hundred and nine, as provided 
 by said section, must make such application and present such evi- 
 dence on or before July first, nineteen hundred and nine, or he 
 shall be deemed to have waived his right to such certificate. Be- 
 fore any certificate is issued it shall be numbered and recorded in 
 a book kept in the regents' office and its number shall be noted 
 upon the certificate. A photograph of the person registered shall 
 l>e filed with the record and a duplicate thereof affixed to the cer- 
 tificate. In all legal proceedings the record and photograph so 
 kept in the regents' office or certified copies thereof shall be prima 
 facie evidence of the facts therein stated. [As amended hy L. 
 1909, c/i. 134.] 
 
 § 304. Certificate to be recorded and displayed. 
 Every person to whom a certificate of either registration or ex- 
 fMnption shall be issued shall immediately cause the same to be re- 
 
PRACTICE OP PROFtlSSlOXS 395 
 
 corded in thte clerk's office in the county of his residence, and also 
 in the clerk's office of each other county wherein he shall then 
 practice or thereafter commence the practice of optometry; every 
 person practicing optometry must also display his certificate of 
 registration or exemption in a conspicuous place in the principal 
 office wherein he practices optometry and, whenever required, ex- 
 hibit such certificate to said board of examiners or its authorized 
 representatives. And whenever practicing said profession of 
 optometry outside of, or away from, said ofiice or place of business, 
 he sh/all deliver to each customer or person so fitted with glasses, 
 a bill of purchase, which shall contain his signature, home post- 
 office address, and the number of his certificate of registration or 
 exemption, together with a specification of the lenses furnished 
 and the price charged therefor. 
 
 § 305. Fees. The fee for such examination shall be fifteen 
 dollars; for a certificate of registration, ten dollars, and for a 
 certificate of exemption, five dollars, to be paid to the board of 
 regents and constitute a fund for expenses made necessary by this 
 article. Such fees shall be paid into the state treasury and the 
 legislature shall annually appropriate therefrom for the education 
 department an amount sufficient to pay all proper expenses in- 
 curred pursuant to this article. The fee to be paid to the county 
 clerk for recording a certificate shall be fifty cents. 
 
 § 306. Revocation of certificate. The board of regents 
 shall have power to revoke any certificate of registration or 
 exemption granted by it under this article, the holder of which 
 is guilty of any fraud or deceit .in his practice, has been con- 
 victed of crime, or is an habitual drunkard, or grossly incom- 
 petent to practice optometry. Proceedings for revocation of a 
 certificate or the annulment of registration shall be begun by 
 filing a written charge or charges against the accused. These 
 charges may be preferred by any person or corporation, or the 
 regents may on their own motion direct the executive officer of 
 the board of regents to prefer said charges. Said charges shall be 
 filed with the executive officer of the board of regents, and a copy 
 thereof filed with the secretary of the board of optometry ex- 
 aminers. The board of optometry examiners, when charges are 
 preferred, shall designate three of their number as a committee to 
 hear and determine said charges. A time and place for the 
 hearing of said charges shall be fixed by said committee as soon as 
 convenient, and a copy of the charges, together with a notice of the 
 time and place when they will be heard and determined, shall be 
 
396 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIOX DEPARTMENT 
 
 served upon the accused or his counsel, at least ten days before 
 the date actually fixed for said hearing. Where personal ser- 
 vice or service upon counsel cannot be affected, and such fact is 
 certified on oath by any person duly authorized to make legal 
 service, the regents shall cause to be published for at least seven 
 times for at least twenty days prior to the hearing, in two daily 
 papers in the county in which the optometrist was last known to 
 practice, a notice to the effect that at a definite time and place a 
 hearing will be had for the purpose of hearing charges against 
 the optometrist upon an application to revoke his certificate. At 
 said hearing the accused shall have the right to cross-examine the 
 witnesses against him and to produce witnesses in his defense, and 
 to appear personally or by counsel. The said committee shall 
 make a written report of its findings and recommendations, to be 
 signed by all its members, and the same shall be forthwith trans- 
 mitted to the executive officer of the board of regents. If the said 
 committee shall unanimously find that said charges, or any of 
 them, are sustained, and shall unanimously recommend that the 
 certificate of the accused be revoked or his registration be annulled, 
 the regents may thereupon, in their discretion, revoke said certifi- 
 cate or annul said registration, or do both. If the regents shall 
 annul such registration, they shall forthwith transmit to the clerk 
 of the county or counties in which said accused is registerf^d as an 
 optometrist, a certificate under their seal certifying that such reg- 
 istration has been annulled, and said clerk shall, upon receipt of 
 said certificate, file the same and forthwith mark said registration 
 " annulled.'' Any person who shall practice optometry after his 
 registration has been marked ^^ annulled " shall be deemed to have 
 practiced optometry without registration. Where the certificate of 
 any person has been revoked, or his registration has been annulled 
 as herein provided, the regents may, after the expiration of one 
 year, entertain an application for a new certificate, in like manner 
 as original applications for certificates are entertained ; and upon 
 such new application they may in their discretion exempt the ap- 
 plicant from the necessity of undergoing any examination. 
 
 § 307. Violations of article. JSTo person not a holder of 
 a certificate of registration or exemption duly issued to him and 
 recorded as above provided shall after January first, nineteen 
 hundred and nine, practice optometry within this state. No per- 
 son shall falsely personate a registered optometrist of a like or 
 different name, nor buy, sell,' or fraudulently obtain a certifi- 
 cate of registration or exemption issued to another. Practicing 
 
PRACTICE OF PROFESSIONS 397 
 
 or offering to practice optometry, or the public representation 
 of being qualified to practice the same by any person not author- 
 ized to practice optometry, shall be sufficient evidence of a viola- 
 tion of this article. Any violations of the provisions of this article 
 shall be a misdemeanor and courts of special sessions shall have 
 jurisdiction of all such violations. 
 
 § 308. Construction of article, l^othing in this article 
 shall be construed to apply to duly licensed physicians authorized 
 to practice medicine under the lavrs of the state of New York 
 nor t.0 persons v^ho neither practice nor profess to practice optom- 
 etry, who sell spectacles, eyeglasses or lenses either on prescrip- 
 tion from such physicians or from such duly qualified optome- 
 trists, or as merchandise from permanently located and established 
 places of business. 
 
 IX. PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS 
 
 General Business Law (L. 1909, ch. 25) 
 § 80. Certified public accountants. Any citizen of the 
 CJnited States, or person who has duly declared his intention of 
 becoming such citizen, residing or having a place for the regular 
 transaction of business in the state, being over the age of twenty- 
 one years and of good moral character, and who shall have re- 
 ceived from the regents of the university a certificato of his quali- 
 fications to practice as a public expert accountant as hereinafter 
 provided, shall be styled and known as a certified public account- 
 ant; and no other person shall assume such title, or use the ab- 
 breviation C. P. A. or any other words, letters or figures, to in- 
 dicate that the person using the same is such certified public 
 accountant. 
 
 § 81. Regents to make rules. The regents of the uni- 
 versity shall make rules for the examination of persons applying 
 for certificates under this article, and may appoint a board of 
 three examiners for the purpose, which board shall be composed 
 of certified public accountants. The regents shall charge for ex- 
 amination and certificate such fee as may be necessary to meet 
 the actual expenses of such examinations, and they shall report, 
 annually, their receipts and expenses under the provisions of this 
 article to the state comptroller, and pay the balance of receipts 
 over expenditures to the state treasurer. The regents may revoke 
 any such certificate for sufiicient cause after written notice to the 
 holder thereof and a hearing thereon. 
 
 § 82. Misdemeanor. Any violation of this article shall be 
 ;i misdemeanor. 
 
398 KEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 X. CERTIFIED SHORTHAND REPORTERS 
 
 General Business Law (L. 1909, ch. 25) 
 
 ARTICLE 8-A 
 Certified shorthand reporters 
 
 (Article added hy L. 1911, ch, 587.) 
 Section 85. Certified shorthand reporters; qualifications. 
 
 86. Idem; examination and certific-tion. 
 
 87. Exceptions. 
 
 88. Violations. 
 
 § 85. Certified shorthand reporters; qualifica- 
 tions. Any citizen of the United States, or person who has duly 
 declared his intention of becoming such citizen, residing or having 
 a place for the regular transaction of business in this state, being 
 over the age of tvi^enty-one years, and of good moral character, and 
 who shall have received from the regents of the university a certifi- 
 cate of his qualifications to practice as a public shorthand reporter 
 as hereinafter provided, shall be styled and known as a certified 
 shorthand reporter, and no other person shall assume such title 
 or use the abbreviation C. S. R., or any other words, letters or 
 figures to indicate that the person using the same is such certified 
 shorthand reporter. 
 
 § 86. Idem; examination and certification. The 
 regents of the university shall make rules for the examination of 
 persons applying for certificates under this article and shall ap- 
 point a board of three examiners for the purpose, which board 
 shall after the year nineteen hundred and fourteen be composed of 
 certified shorthand reporters. The term of office of the members 
 of such board of examiners shall' be three years, except that of 
 the first board appointed under this article, one member shall 
 hold office for one year, one member for two years, and one mem- 
 ber for three years, such respective terms to be determined by 
 the regents of the university, who shall also fill any vacancies 
 which may occur in such board. The regents shall charge for 
 examination and certificate such fee as may be necessary to meet 
 the actual expenses of such examinations, and they shall report 
 annually their receipts and expenses under the provisions of this 
 article to the state comptroller, and pay the balance of the re- 
 
PRACTICE OF TROFESSIOITS 390 
 
 ceipts over expenditures to tlie state treasurer. The regents may 
 revoke any such certificate for sufficient cause after written notice 
 to the holder thereof, and a hearing thereon. 
 
 § 87. Exceptions. The regents may, in their discretion, 
 waive the examination of any person possessing the qualifications 
 mentioned in section eighty-five, who shall have been for more than 
 three years before the enactment of this article practicing in this 
 state, solely on his own account, as a public shorthand reporter, 
 or who is at the time this article takes effect a shorthand reporter 
 duly appointed as an official in any court of this state, and who 
 shall apply in writing for such certificate within one year after 
 this article takes effect. 
 
 § 88. Violations. Any violation of the provisions of this 
 article shall be a misdemeanor. 
 
INDEX 
 
 Abolition of libraries, 220-21 
 Academic departments, 5 
 academies changed to, 73 
 apportionment, 113 
 
 for non-resident pupils, 114 
 boards of education, powers, 73 
 establishment, 69-70 
 Academic examinations, 11 
 Academic quota, 113 
 Academies 
 
 apportionment to, 113 
 
 changed to academic departments, 
 
 73 
 charters, 13 
 defined, 5 
 dissolution, 15-18 
 retransfer to former trustees, 73- 
 
 74 
 trustees, 73 
 Accountants, 11, 397 
 Actions 
 
 agains-t school officers, 160 
 county judge to compel district to 
 
 levy tax for costs, 160, 161 
 expenses of district officers in de- 
 fending, tax for, 45 
 for recovery of taxes, 99 
 supervisors sue for money due 
 
 from school officers, 32-33 
 teachers' wages, unpaid, 45 
 trustees, against predecessor, 60 
 provisions of code of civil pro- 
 cedure, 279-80 
 Affidavits, commissioner of educa- 
 tion may take, 25 
 district superintendents may take, 
 90 
 Age of pupilS; 124, 131 
 Agricultural education, advisory 
 
 board in relation to, 306 
 Agriculture, schools of, 126-30, 
 189-200, 238-40 
 authority of the board of educa- 
 tion over, 128 
 courses for training of teachers, 
 130 
 
 Agriculture, schools of (continued) 
 estimates and appropriations, 129- 
 
 30 
 state aid for, 128-29 
 supervision by commissioner of 
 education, 24 
 Alcoholic drinks, see Physiology and 
 
 hygiene 
 Alfred University, state school of 
 
 agriculture, 193-94 
 Annual meetings, see School meet- 
 ings 
 Apparatus 
 
 apportionment for, 113, 114 
 boards of education to purchase, 
 
 69, 70 
 district to vote tax for, 45 
 exempt from taxation, 37 
 expenditures for, 58 
 loans, 11 
 purchase of, from proceeds of sale 
 
 of school-house or site, 106-7 
 repairs, 58 
 Appeals 
 
 from action of joint meeting alter- 
 ing school districts, 30 
 to commissioner of education, 162- 
 
 64 
 from district superintendents' acts 
 
 and decisions, 91 
 district superintendents to report 
 testimony to commissioner of 
 education, 90 
 expenses of district officers, tax 
 
 for, 45 
 See also Decisions 
 Appellate division libraries, 224 
 Appointments of officers and em- 
 ployees of education department, 
 7 
 Apportionment, see Public library 
 money; School libraries; School 
 moneys 
 Arbor day, 147-48 
 Archives in state library, 214 
 Art associations, incorporation, 13 
 
 401 
 
402 
 
 NEW YOEK STATE EDUCATION DEPAETMENT 
 
 Assessment, see Taxes 
 Associations, incorporation, 13 
 Attendance 
 
 compulsory, 131 
 of Indians, 167 
 
 record of, 122, 134 
 Attendance officers, 136 
 
 Indian schools, 169 
 
 interference with, 136-37 
 Attorneys, admission of, 324-38 
 
 Ballot boxes 
 
 boards of education to provide, 64- 
 
 65 
 trustees shall provide, 48 
 Ballots in common school districts, 
 
 form of, 48 
 Banking law, extract from, 300-1 
 Banks 
 
 savings, in schools, 300-1 
 taxation of, 268-72 
 Bequests 
 
 authorized, 312-14 
 to corporations, 311-19 
 of personal property other than 
 money or securities exempt, 319 
 transfer tax, exemptions from, 319 
 See also Gifts; Trusts 
 Birds, birds' nests and eggs, permit 
 
 to make collection, 321 
 Blackboards, district to vote tax for, 
 
 44-45 
 Blind, instruction of, 170-76 
 required attendance, 131 
 state school for, 176-82 
 Boards of education, 61-76 
 
 academy, may adopt as academic 
 
 department, 73 
 appointment of officers in union free 
 
 school district, 53 
 bonds, issue of, 109-10 
 condemnation of land for school- 
 house site, 107 
 contracts with trustees in other 
 
 districts, 125 
 corporate bodies, 62 
 defined, 6 
 
 election, 34-35, 63-65 
 disputes concerning, 65 
 in new district, 65-66 
 inspectors, 64 
 
 Boards of education {continued) 
 
 election {continued) 
 notice of, 64 
 record of votes, 64 
 special, 65 
 
 expenditures, limitation upon, 72 
 
 fire drills, duties relating to, 146 
 
 fire escapes, construction, 104 
 
 industrial and trade schools, duties 
 relating to, 127 
 
 ineligibility, 47 
 
 kindergartens, to maintain, 71 
 
 library property, transfer of, 221- 
 22 
 
 meetings, 71-72 
 annual, 66 
 
 members, school officers, 6 
 
 niglit schools, to maintain, 71 
 
 number of members in certain dis- 
 tricts, 66-67 
 
 powers and duties, 68-71 
 
 president, 62 
 
 records, 74 
 
 removals from office, 26, 68, 70 
 
 reports, 74 
 
 filed with commissioner of edu- 
 cation on request, 27 
 
 report of pupils from other dis- 
 tricts, 126 
 
 scliool libraries, appointment .of 
 librarian, 221 
 
 school meetings, duties relating to, 
 35, 36-37 
 special, may oall, 42 
 
 school moneys, custody and pay- 
 ment of, 72 
 estimate of expenditures, 74-75 
 
 school-houses, outbuildings, pro- 
 vision for, 105 
 
 sites, designation without vote, 106 
 
 superintendent of schools, super- 
 vision, 71 
 
 supervision by commissioner of 
 education, 26 
 
 taxes for payment of bonded in- 
 debtedness of school district, 
 to raise, 31 
 certified to corporate autliorities, 
 
 75-76 
 may levy without vote, 75 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATIOX LAW, 1910 
 
 403 
 
 Boards of education (continued) 
 teachers, contract with, 123 
 relationship to, 124 
 training schools or classes, may 
 establish, 151-52 
 term of office, 63, 65-66, 67, 68 
 text-books, to designate, 141 
 
 to furnish, 142 
 title to lands vested in, 107-8 
 trustees, powers of, 73 
 of union school district, election, 
 
 34-35 
 vacancies in office, 49 
 
 how filled, 70 
 visitation of schools, 71-72 
 waterclosets, to provide, 70 
 See also Trustees; Union free 
 school districts 
 Boards of supervisors, see Supervis- 
 ors 
 Bond 
 
 collector's, 44, 52-53, 54, 06, 120 
 
 recovery of money on, 55 
 supervisor's, for school moneys, 
 
 80-81 
 treasurer's, 44, 52, 54, 120 
 Bonded indebtedness, charge upon 
 enlarged district; 31 
 of school districts, apportionment 
 by district superintendent, 29 
 Bonds, 108-9, 109-10 
 legalizing, 301-6 
 rate of interest, 305-6 
 sale, notice of, 110 
 
 payment of proceeds, 51-52 
 s-alc of site to be taken as security 
 for, 106 
 Books 
 bought with public money, ap- 
 proval of, 220 
 forfeiture of grants, 219 
 subject to return to state, 220 
 of delinquent libraries, 220 
 loans, 11, 219 
 
 penalties for detention, 218-19 
 regents may buy for libraries, 220 
 standard for local subsidies, 217 
 Books and apparatus, apportionment 
 
 ,for, 113, 114 
 Botanist, state, member of museum 
 staff, 12 
 
 Branch institutions, establishment 
 
 restricted, 14 
 Branch libraries, 216 
 Branch schools, establishment, 58 
 Brooklyn schools, anniversary -day, 
 
 279 
 Building for education department, 
 
 8 
 Buildings, see School-houses 
 Bulletins, publication authorized, 
 
 7-8 
 Business corporations law, extract 
 
 from, 307 
 Business schools, use of name college, 
 
 18 
 
 Census 
 
 Indian inhabitants, 170 
 
 school, 139-41 
 
 expenses, how paid, 112 
 Certificates 
 
 issued by institutions of other 
 states or countries, regents may 
 fix value of, 11 
 
 protection against fraud, 18 
 
 See also Credentials; Normal 
 schools; Teachers' certificates 
 Certified public accountants, 11, 397 
 Certified shorthand reporters, 398-99 
 Chancellor of university, 9 
 
 duties, 10 
 
 meetings, to call, 10 
 
 signature to reports, 7 
 Charters, corporations 
 
 business corporations law, 307 
 
 constitutional provisions, 307 
 
 membership corporations law, 308 
 Charters of university iiastitutions, 
 13 
 
 alteration or repeal, 14 
 
 conditions of granting, 13-14 
 
 library, 218 
 
 property requirements, 13-14 
 
 provisional, 13 
 
 restrictions, degree-conferring pow- 
 er, 18 
 
 surrender, 18 
 
 suspension, 13 
 Children, unlawful employment, 133- 
 34, 283-96 
 
 See also Pupils; School age 
 
404 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMEN'T 
 
 Chiropody, practice of, 386-93 
 Circulation, subsidies granted on, 217 
 Cities 
 
 apportionment to, 111, 112, 113 
 deposit, custody and payment of 
 
 moneys in, 72 
 libraries, 216 
 property in trust for common 
 
 schools, 118 
 school district for purposes of ap- 
 
 jwrtionment, 117 
 supervisory districts shall not form 
 
 part of, 82-83 
 taxes, corporate authorities to levy, 
 
 75 
 teachers' training schools or 
 
 classes, 151-52 
 treasurer or chamberlain, certifi- 
 cate of apportionment of school 
 moneys to, 115-16 
 Civil procedure, code of, extract 
 
 from, 279-80 
 Clerk, see District clerk 
 Cobleskill, state school of agriculture 
 
 at, 194-97 
 Code of civil procedure, extract from, 
 
 279-80 
 Collection of taxes, see Taxes 
 Collector 
 
 bond, 44, 52-53, 54, 96, 120 
 recovery of money on, 55 
 county treasurer, payment of tax 
 
 to collector, 98 
 custody of moneys, 54 
 disbursement of moneys, 78 
 district treasurer, payment of 
 
 moneys to, 52, 54 
 election in common school dis- 
 tricts, 44 
 fees, 97 
 
 in each school district, 47 
 jurisdiction, 96 
 
 liability of, for moneys lost, 54 
 payment of moneys, 120 
 railroad companies, assessment 
 
 and tax, 97 
 receipt for taxes, 273 
 removal of, 26 
 
 reports of receipts and disburse- 
 ments, 54 
 
 Collector (continued) 
 
 school officer, 6 
 
 taxes, notice of receiving, 96-97 
 unpaid, return oi^ 99 
 w^arrants for collection of, 95-96 
 
 teachers' fund, to disburse, 53 
 
 trustee^ may not hold office of, 47 
 not to draw on for teachers' 
 wages unless record is verified, 
 123 
 
 in union free school district, 53^4 
 
 vacancy in office, 49 
 how filled, 50 
 Colleges 
 
 defined, 5 
 
 degree-conferring power, 13 
 
 incorporation, conditions of, 13 
 
 name, use of, 18 
 
 trusts, may hold, 313, 315 
 
 water-works -and sewer systems, 
 may construct, 22-23 
 Colonial history, extra copies, 214-15 
 Colored children, schools for, 165 
 Columbus day, 113, 279 
 Commissioner of education, 6, 23-27 
 
 academy, approval of adoption as 
 academic department, 73 
 
 ■affidavits, m'ay take, 25 
 
 agriculture, schools of, supervision, 
 24 
 
 appeals or petitions to, 162-64 
 
 appointment of officers and em- 
 ployees, 7 
 
 Arbor day, to prescribe exercises 
 for, 147-48 
 
 assistant commissioners, appoint- 
 ments, 7 
 may take testimony, 10 
 removals and suspensions, 7 
 
 boards of education, election dis- 
 putes, to decide, 65 
 may order new election, 65 
 removal from office, 26, 68 
 supervision, 26 
 
 buildings, new, plans and specifi- 
 cations must be approved by, 
 102-3 
 
 chief executive officer of state sys- 
 tem of education and of regents, 
 6, 24 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 405 
 
 Commissioner of education {confd) 
 
 city schools, supervision, 26 
 
 collector, removal of, 26 
 
 compulsory education law, with- 
 diolding state moneys for failure 
 to comply with, 138-39 
 
 contingent expenises, decisions on, 
 conclusive, 75 
 
 contracts between school districts 
 for education of pupils, approval 
 of, 125-26 
 
 deaf and blind, institutions for, 
 duties relating to, 170-71, 172, 
 173 
 
 district clerk, removal of, 26 
 
 district election disputes, determi- 
 nation of, 65 
 
 district superintendents, appeals 
 from acts of, to be taken to, 91 
 election disputes, to decide, 91 
 examinations in agriculture, to 
 
 prescribe, 83 
 expenses, may audit and allow, 
 
 87 
 to perform duties of another 
 superintendent when requested 
 by, 90 
 m'ay remove from office, 86, 88 
 reports, 90 
 to report testimony in appeal 
 
 cases to, 90 
 salary, payment of, 87 
 salary, may withhold, 87 
 subject to rules prescribed by, 
 
 91 
 vacancy in office, duties relating 
 to, 87 
 
 district treasurer, removal of, 26 
 
 education department, administra- 
 tion of, 25 
 
 election by regents, 24 
 
 elected without regard to place of 
 residence, 24 
 
 extension of educational facilities, 
 11 
 
 fines, apportionment of, 158 
 
 forms, preparation of, 25 
 
 home making, schools of, super- 
 vision, 24 
 
 Indian children, duties regarding, 
 166, 169 
 
 Commissioner of education (cont'd) 
 
 industrial and trade schools, ap- 
 portionment for, 128-29 
 supervision, 24 
 
 inspection, duties relating to, 13, 
 24-25, 26 
 
 laws, enforcement of, 24 
 
 mechanic arts, schools of, super- 
 rlsion, 24 
 
 normal college, control of, 157 
 
 normal school diploma, annulment, 
 25 
 
 normal schools, powers and duties, 
 25, 153, 154 
 
 oaths, power to administer, 25 
 
 office continued, 24 
 
 patriotic exercises, provision for, 
 146 
 
 penalty for falsely claimiing to rep- 
 resent, 159 
 
 physiology law, duties relating to, 
 144 
 
 powers and duties, 24-26 
 
 property to be held in trusVfor 
 common schools, 118 
 
 question papers for Cornell Uni- 
 versity scholarships, to direct 
 preparation, 187 
 
 registers, blanks, forms, prepara- 
 tion of, 25 
 
 removals and suspension, 7 
 
 reports, to the legislature, 7-8 
 from boards of education, to re- 
 quire, 74 
 filed with county clerk and 
 county treasurer, may require, 
 27 
 of school officers, to require, 26 
 of school trustees, to prescribe 
 form of, 59, 60 
 
 responsible for books, records and 
 other property, 25 
 
 responsible for seal, 25 
 
 rules of regents, to enforce, 26 
 
 salary, 24 
 
 school commissioner, removal of, 
 26 
 
 school districts, appeal to from ac- 
 tion of meeting altering, 30 
 
406 
 
 NEW YOKK STATE EDUCATION DErAllTMENT 
 
 Commissioner of education {cont'd) 
 school districts (continued) 
 
 minutes of meeting to organize 
 
 union school to be filed with, 
 
 35 
 
 proceedings of meeting, to be 
 
 notified of, 36-37 
 
 scliiool libraries, rules regarding, 
 
 221 
 school library moneys, may with- 
 hold, 222 
 school meetings, special, may call, 4] 
 of two or more districts, may 
 order, 34 
 school moneys, apportionment, 
 111-15 
 certificate of apportionment, Ho- 
 le 
 apportionment of money for non- 
 resident pupil Sj 114 
 •apportionment withheld for fail- 
 ure to comply with physiiology 
 law, 145 
 withholding of, 26 
 school neighborhoods, 37-38 
 scliool officers, removal of, 26 
 school-houses, may grant use of for 
 examinations and institutes, 104 
 seal, 7 
 
 signature to reports, 7 
 special meeting of regents, may 
 
 call, 10 
 suits or proceedings to enforce de- 
 cisions of, 160, 161 
 superintendent of schools, removal 
 
 of, 26 
 supervision over schools and insti- 
 tutions, 24 
 supervisory districts, disputes re- 
 garding formation to be deter- 
 mined by, 91 
 tax list, approval of amendment of, 
 
 96 
 teachers, dismissal, 124 
 regulations governing, 121 
 to keep register of, 25 
 salary, may authorize payment 
 in certain cases, 112 
 teachers' certificates, to issue, 121 
 annulment, 25 
 endorsement, 121-22 
 
 Commissioner of education {cont'd) 
 teachers' certificates (continued) 
 may revoke for refusal to teach 
 physiology and hygiene, 144 
 teaxjhers' institutes, duties relating 
 
 to, 148-49, 150 
 teachers' retirement fund, duties 
 relating to, 203, 205,206,209,211 
 teachers' training schools and 
 classes, apportionment for, 117 
 duties relating to, 151 
 term of office, 24 
 testimony, may take, 10 
 trade schools, supervision, 24 
 traveling and other expenses, al- 
 lowance for, 24 
 trustee of Cornell University, 25 
 trustees, removal of, 26 
 trusts, supervision, 118 
 
 report of to, 110 
 union school district, may author- 
 ize meeting to organize, 33 
 supervision, 26 
 
 vacancy in office of trustee, to 
 call meeting to fill, 50 
 villages and union free school dis- 
 tricts, to determine population 
 of, 71, 112-13 
 visual linstruction, provision for, 
 
 25-26 
 See also Education Department 
 Commissioners, school, see School 
 
 commissioners 
 Common school districts, see Districts 
 Common schools 
 constituitional provisions, 262 
 free to resident pupdls, 124 
 non-resident pupils, 124 
 See also Districts; School meetings 
 Comptroller 
 
 school moneys, may withhold pay- 
 ment of, 117 
 warrants for payment, 115 
 Compulsory education, 130-39 
 
 of Indians, 167 
 Compulsory school age, defined. 6 
 Condemnation of land for school - 
 
 house sites, 107 
 Constitutional provisions relating to 
 
 education, 262-63 
 Contingent expenses, 75 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 407 
 
 Contingent fund established, 111 
 Contracts 
 
 between school districts for educa- 
 tion of pupils, 125 
 for building school-houses, 105 
 district superintendent not to be 
 
 interested in, 88 
 for library privileges, 216 
 officials not to be interested in, 283 
 school trustees not to be interested 
 
 in, 61 
 teachers, 123 
 Conveyance of pupils, 45-46 
 Cornell University, 182-91 
 
 commissioner oi education, trustee 
 of, 25 
 Corporal punishment, 280 
 Corporate authorities to levy taxes, 
 
 75-76 
 Corporations 
 
 bequests to, 311-19 
 d i ssolution, 310-11 
 incorporation by special act for- 
 bidden, 307 
 management, 310 
 property-holding, 309 
 receiver, 310-11 
 stock, 307, 308-9 
 See also Charters 
 Costs in actions by or against school 
 
 officers, 160 
 Counterfeiting credentials, 18 
 Counties, grants of property to, for 
 
 common ischools, 118 
 Country life advancement, 306 
 County clerk 
 
 district superintendent, duties re- 
 lating to election of, 85 
 to file trustees' reports and sup- 
 erintendents' abstracts with, 
 90 
 to forward certain reports to com- 
 missioner of education, 27 
 school moneys, certificate of ap- 
 portionment to, 115-16 
 supervisory districts, duties relat- 
 ing to, 83 
 County judge, appeal to, 161-^2 
 hearing before, 162 
 
 County judge (continued) 
 
 tax for costs in actions, to com- 
 pel districts to levy, 160, 101 
 County law, extract from, 299 
 County libraries, 216 
 County treasurer 
 
 certificates relating to apportion- 
 ment to send to commissioner of 
 education, 27 
 fines, disposition of, 159 
 penalty for disobedience to sub- 
 
 pa3na, to impose, 90 
 railroad companies, notice to, of 
 assessment and tax, 98 
 payment of tax to, 98 
 school moneys, annual report of, 
 115 
 apportionment to be certified to, 
 
 115-16 
 payments of, 115 
 payments to, statements of, 116 
 supervisor's bond, duties relating 
 
 to, 80-81 
 tax list, transmission to, 99 
 taxes, payment to collector, 98 
 unpaid, collection of, 99-100 
 trustee of unclaimed academy 
 stock, 18 
 Course of study 
 
 boards of education to prescribe, 
 
 68 
 district superintendents, duties 
 
 concerning, 89 
 trustees to prescribe in common 
 schools, 57 
 Court libraries, 223-38 
 Court of appeals 
 
 orders, regarding admission of at- 
 torney, 330 
 rules for the admission of attor- 
 neys and counsellors-at-law, 330- 
 36 
 Court of appeals judges' law lib- 
 raries, 224 
 Court of appeals libraries, 223-24 
 Credentials 
 
 conferment by regents, 11 
 for extension work, 11 
 fraudulent, 18 
 
408 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMElNT 
 
 Dannemora, assessment for school 
 purposes of certain state lands in, 
 101 
 
 Deaf mutes, instruction of, 170-76 
 
 Decedent's estate law, extract from, 3 11 
 
 Decisions, appeals from, 1(53-0-1 
 
 Definitions, 5-6 
 
 Degree-conferring institutions, re- 
 striction of number, 18 
 
 Degree-conferring power, restrictions, 
 13-14, 18 
 
 Degrees 
 
 charter restriction, 13-14 
 conferment by regents, 11 
 issued b.y institutions of other 
 states or countries, regents may 
 fix value, 11 
 protection against fraud, 18-19 
 provisional charter gives no power 
 to confer, 13, 
 
 Degrees, honorary, conferment by re- 
 gents, 11 
 
 Delinquent and dormant institutions, 
 ■ exclusive from university mem- 
 bership, 12 
 suspension osf charter, 13 
 
 Delinquent libraries, 219, 220 
 books, 220 
 
 Dental societies, 351--52 
 
 Dentistry, practice of, 11, 350-60 
 
 Departments of university, 12 
 
 Detention of library or museum prop- 
 perty, 218-19 
 
 Devises, see Bequests 
 
 Diplom>as 
 
 conferment by regents, 11 
 conferment restricted, 18 
 endorsement, 121-22 
 issued by institutions of other 
 states or countries, regents may 
 fix value, 11 
 protection against fraud, 18 
 
 Directors, see School directors 
 
 Disisolution 
 
 of academies, 15-18 
 of corporations, 310 
 of educational corporations, 14-15 
 school districts, 30 
 union free school district, re- 
 fitrioted, 35-36 
 
 District attorney, fines, report and 
 
 payment, 158-59 
 District clerk 
 duties, 51 
 election in common school districts, 
 
 44 
 forfeiture of amount of moneys lost 
 
 by negilect, 160 
 notice to persons elected, 48 
 oath, teachers, taken by, 123 
 records of dissolved district, deposit 
 
 of, 32 
 removal of, 26 
 in each school district, 47 
 scliool meetings, annual, may desig- 
 nate place of, 40 
 notice of, 40 
 school meeting, special, may call, 
 
 41 
 school officer, 6 
 treasurer's bond filed with, 52 
 trustee, may not hold office of, 47 
 in union free school disitrict, 53-54 
 vacancies in office, how filled, 50 
 District collector, see Collector 
 District libraries, see School libra- 
 ries 
 District meetings, see School meetings 
 District officers, see School officers 
 District quota. 111, 116 
 
 district entitled to, 112-13, 126 
 District superintendent of schools, 
 82-91 
 affidavits, may take, 90 
 appeal cases, to report testimony 
 in, to commissioner of education, 
 90 
 appeals from acts of, 91 
 commissioner of education, subject 
 
 to rules prescribed by, ^ 
 election, 84-85 
 expenses, allowance for, 87 
 may act for another district super- 
 intendent, 90 
 not to be engaged in other busi- 
 ness, 88 
 not to be interested in certain busi- 
 ness or to accept rewards, 88 
 oath of office, 86 
 oaths, may administer, 90 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 409 
 
 District superintendent of schools 
 (continued) 
 
 oflfice created, 82 
 
 powers and duties, 88-90, 91 
 
 powers of school commissioners, to 
 hold, 91 
 
 qual'ificaticns, 85-86 
 
 removal from office, 88 
 
 disqualifies for reelection for live 
 years, 86 
 
 reports, 90 
 
 salary, 87 
 
 (forfeiture of, 87 
 
 school districts, formation, 29 
 
 school moneys, certificate of appor- 
 tionment to, 116 
 
 subpoenas, power to issue, 90 
 
 supervisory districts, 82-84 
 
 teachers, examination and licensing 
 of, 90 
 
 term of office, 86 
 
 training classes^ inspection of, 89 
 
 vacancy in office, 86-87 
 how filled, 87 
 
 See also School commissioners 
 District treasurer 
 
 bond, 44, 52, 54, 120 
 
 compensation, 54 
 
 duties, 51-52 
 
 election in common school districts, 
 
 44 
 payment of money from gospel 
 
 funds, 120 
 removal from office, 26 
 in each school district, 47 
 school moneys, disbursements, 78 
 
 payment to, 115 
 school officer, 6 
 term of office, 44 
 trustee, may not hold office of, 47 
 
 not to draw on for teachers' 
 wages unless record is verified, 
 123 
 union free school district, 53-54 
 vacancy in office, 49 
 
 how filled, 50 
 Districts, 27-37 
 alteration, 29 
 apportionment, 112-13 
 
 Districts (continued) 
 
 boundaries, correcting records of, a 
 district charge, 88-89 
 
 consolidated, property, 32 
 
 consolidation, 31 
 
 contracts with boards of education, 
 in other districts, 125 
 
 dis^nlution, 30 
 
 dissolved district, deposit of 
 records, 32 
 sale of property, 32 
 to exist for finishing business, 
 31-32 
 
 existing districts continued, 28 
 
 formation of new district, 29 
 
 formation, re-formation, 31 
 
 joint district, dissolution or altera- 
 tion, 30 
 formation, 29 
 number, 29 
 
 meetings, 39-46 
 
 number and description of dis- 
 tricts, 29 
 
 records, books, district property, 
 50 
 
 supervision by commissioner of 
 education, 26 
 
 trust funds, 118 
 
 union school district, reorganiz-a- 
 tion as common school district, 
 35 
 
 See also District clerk; District 
 quota; District treasurer; Schooil 
 meetings: School officers; Super- 
 visory districts; Trustees; Union 
 free school districts 
 Domestic science, see Home making, 
 
 schools of 
 Dover, assessment for school purposes 
 
 of certain state lands in, 101 
 Duplicate department of state li- 
 brary, 214-15 
 
 exchanges, 215 
 
 loans of books from, 219 
 
 Education, boards of, see Boards of 
 
 education 
 Education department, 6-8 
 
 building, 8 
 
 under direction of regents and com- 
 missioner of education, 6 
 
410 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Education department (continued) 
 
 division's of department, 7 
 
 public records and history, 321- 
 23 
 
 management and supervision of 
 public sichooils and educational 
 work of state, 6 
 
 reports to the legislature, 7-8 
 
 seal, 7 
 Education fund, 263, 297-93 
 Educational institutions 
 
 incorporation, 13, 307 
 
 liquidation, 14-15 
 
 penalties for detention of property, 
 218-19 
 
 penalties for injuries to property, 
 218 
 
 See also Gifts 
 Election day, 113 
 Employees of education department 
 
 appointment, 7 
 
 removals and suspension, 7 
 Employees, state, salaries payable 
 
 twice each month, 296-97 
 Employment certificates, 284, 289-92 
 Employment of children, unlawful, 
 133-34, 283-96 
 
 in factories, 283-88 
 
 in mercantile establishments, 288- 
 94 
 
 in street trades, 294-96 
 Employment of teachers, see Teachers 
 Endorsement of teachers' certificates 
 
 and diplomas, 121-22 
 Entomologi&t, state, member ol muse- 
 um staff, 12 
 Enumeration, see Census 
 Evening schools, 71 
 
 certificate, 135-36 
 
 required attendance, 132 
 Examinations 
 
 academic, 11 
 
 chiropody, practice of, 386-88 
 
 Cornell University scholarships, 186 
 
 dental, 354 
 
 for extension work, 11 
 
 fraud in, 19 
 
 law, practice of, 325, 331-32 
 
 medical, 341-44 
 
 nurses, 384-85 
 
 Examinations {continued) 
 optometry 393-94 
 pharmacy, 372-74 
 physiology and hygiene, 144 
 public accountants, 397 
 regents, law authorizing, 11 
 shorthand reporters, 398-99 
 state certificate, 121 
 teachers, regulations governing, 121 
 unlawful acts in respect to, 19-20 
 use of school buildings for, 104 
 veterinary medical, 362-64 
 ^ee also Teachers' certificates 
 
 Exemptions from taxation, 263-66 
 for building school-house, 95 
 
 Expenditures of school moneys 
 estimates of, 74-75 
 limitation upon, 72 
 vote on, 108 
 
 to be by ballot, 46 
 
 Extension of business by institutions, 
 restrictions, 14 
 
 Extension of educational facilities, 
 5, 11-12 
 
 Factories, employment in, 283-88 
 False personation in examinations, 
 
 19 
 Fees 
 
 for admission to examinations, 11 
 
 collector's, 97 
 
 libraries, assistance to, 220 
 
 supervisor and town clerk in oases 
 oif district alteration, 33 
 
 supervisors, 298 
 
 town clerk, 53 
 Financial provisions, state finance 
 
 law, 296-98 
 Fines, 158-62 
 
 apportionment, 158 
 
 compulsory education law, viola- 
 tion of, 133, 134 
 
 for detention of property, 218-19 
 
 disposition of, 158 
 
 in case of joint district, 159 
 
 examinations, violation of law re- 
 lating to, 19-20 
 
 fire drills, neglect of, 147 
 
 Indian children, persons employing 
 unlawfully, 168 
 
IKDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 411 
 
 Fines (continued) 
 for injuries to library or museum 
 
 property, 218 
 notice of district meetings, failure 
 
 to serve, 42 
 payments on, 116 
 report and payment, 158-59 
 teachers, unqualified, payment of, 
 
 122 
 voters, for false declaration or un- 
 authorized vote, 43 
 votes, failure to record, 64 
 See also Penalties 
 
 Fire drills, 146-47 
 
 Fire escapes, 103-4 
 
 Flag, display on school grounds, 
 145-46 
 
 Forest, fish and game law, extract 
 from, 321 
 
 Forestry, state college of, at Syra- 
 cuse University, 200-2 
 
 Forms, preparation of, 25 
 
 Fraud in obtaining credentials, 18 
 
 Fredonia normal school, practice de- 
 partments in, 155 
 
 Free public libraries, see Public li- 
 braries 
 
 Free tuition, see Tuition 
 
 Fuel, district to furnish, 44, 70 
 
 Funds, educational, 263, 297-98 
 See also Public library money; 
 School libraries; School moneys 
 
 Furniture, school-houses, 44, 69, 70, 
 89 
 
 General business law, extract from, 
 
 397-99 
 General construction law, extract 
 
 from, 278-79 
 General corporation law, extract 
 
 from, 309-11 
 General municipal law, extracts 
 
 from, 301-6, 320 
 Geologist, state, member of museum 
 
 staff, 12 
 Gifts 
 
 authorized. 312-14 
 
 boards of education, powders, 69 
 
 to cor]X) rat ions, 311-19 
 
 libraries, 216 
 
 Gifts {continued) 
 
 libraries (continued) 
 
 conditional acceptance of, 216-17 
 
 to the state of obligations o£ an- 
 other state, 297 
 
 See also Bequests; Trusts 
 Globes 
 
 district to vote tax for, 44 
 
 loans, 11 
 Gospel and school lots, 118-20 
 
 payment of proceeds of sale, 80 
 
 report of supervisior regarding, 119 
 
 supervisors' duties, 79 
 Gospel funds, apportionment, 119 
 Grants, see Bequests ; School moneys 
 
 High schools, 5 
 
 Higher education defined, 5 
 
 Historian, state, 321-23 
 
 Historical associations, incorporation, 
 
 13 
 Holidays, 278-79 
 
 schools not to be in session on, 113 
 Home making, schools of, 126-30 
 
 authority of board of education 
 over, 128 
 
 estimates and appropriations, 129- 
 30 
 
 state aid for, 128-29 
 
 supervision by commissioner of ed- 
 ucation, 24 
 
 training of teachers, 130 
 Hours of labor of minors, 288-89 
 
 Income from trust fund, accumula- 
 tion of, 316-19 
 
 Incorporation, see Charters 
 
 Indebtedness, see Bonded indebted- 
 ness 
 
 Independence day, 279 
 
 Indian collection, 12 
 
 Indian law, extract from, 320-21 
 
 Indian reservation, apportionment 
 for teachers, 1 1 1 
 
 Indian schoolts, 165-70 
 teachers, 167 
 
 Indians 
 
 compulsory education, 167 
 education in normal schools, 156 
 
 Indorsement of teachers' certificates 
 and diplomas, 121-22 
 
412 
 
 l^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DErARTMENT 
 
 Industrial aftd trade schools, 126-30 
 application of moneys, 129 
 estim^ates and 'appropriations for, 
 
 129-30 
 state aid for, 128-29 
 supervision by commissioner of ed- 
 ucation, 24 
 Industrial training in truant schools, 
 
 138 
 Injuries to property, penalties, 218 
 Insanity law, extract from, 319-20 
 Inspection 
 
 of common school, by boards of ed- 
 ucation, 71-72 
 by commissioner of education, 26 
 by district superintendent, 88 
 deaf and blind, institutions for, 
 
 170-71 
 industrial and trade schools, 24-25 
 of institutions, authority for, 24 
 libraries, 217 
 
 training classes, by district super- 
 intendent, 89 
 university institutions, 13 
 Inspectors of election, 64 
 
 common .school districts, 48 
 Institutions in university, 12 
 Insurance 
 
 normal schools, 155-56 
 school library, 57, 69 
 schoolhouses, 45, 57, 69 
 
 Joint districts, see Districts 
 
 Judge, see County judge 
 
 Judgments 
 
 taxes for payments of, 57 
 for teachers' wages, how satisfied, 
 45 
 
 Judiciary law, extract from, 324-38 
 
 Kindergartens, 71 
 
 Labor day, 279 
 
 Labor law, extracts from, 283-96 
 
 Lands, state, tax on, 267-68 
 
 Lantern slides, loans, 11 
 
 Law, practice of, 324-38 
 
 Law examiners, rules, 336-38 
 
 Laws repealed, 240-61 
 
 Lecturers, extension, regents may 
 
 designate, 11 
 Legislature, members may borrow 
 
 from state library, 214 
 Libraries, 213-22, 319-20 
 abolition, 220-21 
 branch, 216 
 charters, 13, 218. 
 county, 216 
 
 establishment, 216, 320 
 gifts to, conditional acceptance of, 
 
 216-17 
 inspection, 217 
 museum collections, 217 
 neglect, 219 
 penalties, for detention oif books, 
 
 218-19 
 penalties, for injuries to property, 
 
 218 
 property, 216 
 
 subject to return to state, 220 
 reports, 215, 218 
 state hospitals, 319-20 
 subsidies, 217 
 taxes, 216, 217 
 transfer, 219 
 transfers of books to state library, 
 
 215 
 traveling, 219 
 trustees, 217-18 
 
 regents may remove, 219 
 See also Public libraries; School 
 libraries; State library 
 Library commission, 220 
 Library fund, 217 
 Library school, authority for, 220 
 Licenses, protection against fraud, 
 18 
 See also Teachers' certificates 
 Lincoln's birthday 113, 279 
 
 observance in public schools, 146 
 Liquidation of educational institu- 
 tions, 14-15 
 Liquors sold near schoolhouses, 299- 
 
 300 
 Loans 
 
 for extension work, 11 
 from state library, 214, 215, 219 
 Long Island, State School of Agri- 
 culture, 238-40 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 413 
 
 Manual training schools not entitled 
 to share in grants for industrial 
 schools, 129 
 
 Manuscripts 
 
 on file, piart of state library, 214 
 removal from state library, 214 
 transfer to state library, 215 
 
 district to vote tax for, 44 
 
 loans, 11 
 
 transfer to state library, 215 
 Mechanic arts, schools of, 126-30 
 
 authority of board of education 
 over, 128 
 
 estimates and appropriations, 129- 
 30 
 
 state aid for, 128-29 
 
 supervision by commissioner of ed- 
 ucation, 24 
 
 training of teachers, 130 
 Medical inspection of school children, 
 
 70-71 
 Medical library, 214 
 Medicine, practice of, 11, 339-50 
 Meetings, see School meetings 
 MembersMp corporation law, extract 
 
 from, 308 
 Memorial day, 146. 279 
 Mercantile establishments, employ- 
 ment in, 288-94 
 Messengers, hours of labor, 289 
 Military drill excluded from public 
 
 schools, 146 
 Moneys, see Library fund; Public li- 
 brary money; School moneys 
 MoTrisville, sitate school of agri- 
 
 culiture at, 197-200 
 Mortgage, stale of site to be taken as 
 
 security for, 106 
 Municipal bonds, maximum rate of 
 
 interest, 305-^ 
 Municipal corporations may establish 
 libraries, 216 
 
 See also Cities 
 Museums, 215-16 
 
 collections, 217 
 
 incorporation, 13 
 
 municipal corporation may estab- 
 lish, 320 
 
 Museums {continued) 
 penalties, for detention of property, 
 218-19 
 for injuries to property, 218 
 reports, 218 
 See also State museum 
 
 Names, use of name college or uni- 
 versity, 18 
 Names of institutions, change of, 14 
 Natural history, extra copies, 214-15 
 Negroes, schools for, 165 
 Neighborhoods, school, see School 
 
 neighborhoods 
 New Year's day, 278 
 New York city, payment of school 
 
 moneys to, 115 
 New York State College of Agricul- 
 ture, 189-91 
 New York State Normal College, con- 
 trol of, 157 
 New York State School for the 
 
 Blind, 176-82 
 New York State Veterinary College, 
 
 188-89 
 Newsboys, permit and badge for, 
 
 294-95 
 Night schools, 71 
 
 required attendance, 132 
 Nonresident pupils, apportionment 
 for tuition, 114 
 
 tuition, 69-70, 114, 124 
 Normal schools, 152-58 
 
 admis'Siion requirements, 154-55 
 
 courses of study, 154 
 
 diploma, 154 
 
 commissioner of education may 
 
 annul, 25 
 endorsement, 122 
 qualifies for teaching, 121 
 
 grants and bequests, 156 
 
 Indian youth in, 156 
 
 insurance, 155-56 
 
 local boards, 153, 154 
 defaulting, 154 
 
 physiology and hygiene, insitruction 
 in, 144 
 
 policemen, special, 155 
 
 principal, duties relating to physi- 
 ology law, 145 
 
 secretary, salary, 153 
 
414: 
 
 ]S^EW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Normal schools {continuecr) 
 
 supervision by commissioner of ed- 
 ucation, 25 
 
 teaxihers, 154 
 
 trea;surer's bond, 153 
 
 sialary, 153 
 Nurses, registration, 11, 384-85 
 
 Oaths 
 
 commissioner of education may 
 adm'inister, 25 
 
 district superintendents may ad- 
 minister, 90 
 Observatories, trusits for, 313, 315 
 Officer of institutions, ineligible as re- 
 gent, 9 
 Officers of Education Department 
 
 appointment, 7 
 
 removals and suspensions, 7 
 Officers of university, 9-10 
 Officers, see also School officers 
 Onondaga nation, wampum keeper, 
 
 320 
 Optometry, practice of, 11, 393-97 
 Organization tax, 308-9 
 Orphan schools, 164-65 
 
 •apportionment to, 111 
 Osteopathy, license to practice, 343 
 
 Paid help from state library, 220 
 
 Paleontologist, state, member of mu- 
 seum staff, 12 
 
 Papers, see Manuscripts 
 
 Parental relation defined, 5 
 
 Patriotic exercises, 146 
 
 Penal provisions relating to schools 
 and school officers, 280-83 
 
 Penalties, 158-62 
 
 children, unlawful emplioyment, 134 
 chiropody, unlawful practice of, 391 
 commissioner of education, regents 
 or other school officer, falsely 
 claiming to represent, 159 
 compulsory education law, viola- 
 tion of, 133, 134 
 dental law, violations of, 358-60 
 fire drills, neglect of, 147 
 forfeiture of, for neglect to sue 
 
 for, 160 
 fraudulent credentials, 18-19 
 
 Penalties (continued) 
 
 Indian children, failure to send t<^» 
 
 school, 168 
 for injuries to property, 218 
 medical law, violations of, 349-50 
 notice of school meetings, failure 
 
 to serve, 42 
 pharmacy law, violations of, 380- 
 
 82 
 school officers, refusal to make re- 
 port, 41 
 refusal to serve or perform duty, 
 49 
 subpoena, disobedience of, 90 
 suits for, 160, 161 
 supervisors' refusal to give bond, 
 
 81 
 teachers, failure to complete con- 
 tract, 123 
 unqualified, payment of, 122 
 teachers' institutes, failure to at- 
 tend or close schools, 150 
 text-books, law concerning, 142 
 trustee, failure to account, 60 
 veterinary medical law, violations 
 
 of, 367 
 voters, false declaration or unau- 
 thorized vote, 43 
 See also Fines 
 Pensions, teachers', 202-12 
 Personal property, bequests other 
 than money or securities ex- 
 empt, 319 
 law, extracts from, 312-14, 316-17 
 Petitions to commissioner of educa- 
 tion, 162-64 
 Pharmacy, practice of, 11, 368-83 
 Photographs, see Pictures 
 Physiology and hygiene, 142-45 
 examinations in, 144 
 instruction of pupils in, 57, 68 
 Pictorial or graphic representations, 
 
 25-26 
 Pictures 
 
 apportionment for, 113 
 loans, 11 
 Pipe line companies, apportioning 
 
 valuation, 274-75 
 Poll-list in common school districts, 
 48 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 415 
 
 President of college, ineligible as re- 
 gent, 9 
 Principals of schools 
 
 fire drills, to maintain, 146 
 ineligible as regent, 9 
 Profesisional schoods, 5 
 Professions, practice of, 11, 324-99 
 Professorships, trusts for, 313, 315 
 Property 
 
 of abandonee district library* 222 
 corporations, 309 
 
 extinct, 14 
 library, control by regents, 219 
 of transferred library, 219, 221- 
 
 22, 222 
 subject to return to state, 220 
 penalties for injuries to, 218 
 school district, cor soli dated; 32 
 to be held in trust for common 
 
 schools, 118 
 See also Gifts; Real propgrty; 
 School property; Taxes; Trus- 
 tees ; Trusts 
 Proviisional charters, 13 
 Public accountants, 11, 397 
 Public documents part of state li- 
 brary, 214 
 Public health law, extracts from, 
 
 278, 339-97 
 Public holidays, 278-79 
 Public libraries, 215-16 
 aIx)lifcion, 220-21 
 advice and instruction from state 
 
 library, 220 
 delinquent libraries, 219, 220 
 forfeiture of state grants, 219 
 formed from scliool libraries, 219, 
 
 221-22, 222 
 free to residents, 218 
 gifts to, conditional acceptance of, 
 
 216-17 
 incorporation, 218 
 municipal corporation may estab- 
 lish, 320 
 penalties for detention of books, 
 218-19 
 for injury to property, 218 
 reports, 215, 218 
 
 scliool library property, transfer to, 
 222 
 
 Public libraries (continued) 
 
 taxation, 216, 217 
 
 transfers of books to state library, 
 215 
 
 trustees, 217-18 
 Public library money, apportionment, 
 220 
 
 forfeiture of grants, 219 
 
 return to state, 220 
 Public money, see School moneys 
 Public records, supervisor of, office 
 
 created, 321-23 
 Public school teachers' retirement 
 
 fund, 204-12 
 Pupils, 120-24 
 
 /See also Children; Non-resident pu- 
 pils 
 
 Railroad companies 
 taxation, 97-98 
 
 •apportioning valuation, 274-75 
 Reading-rooms, 216 
 
 penalties for detention of books, 
 218-19 
 if or injuries to property, 218 
 Real property, acquisition for school 
 
 purposes, 107 
 Real property law, extracts from, 
 
 314-16, 317-19 
 Receivers of corporations, 310-11 
 Record books, teachers responsible 
 
 for, 122 
 Records 
 
 boards of education, 74 
 copies of, authenticated by seal, 7 
 on file, part of state library, 214 
 public, supervisor of, office created, 
 
 321-23 
 removal from state library, 214 
 school officers, district property, 50 
 Recreation grounds, 68 
 Reference books of abandoned district 
 
 libraries, 222 
 Regents 
 
 absences, 10 
 
 application for dissolution of edu- 
 cational corporations, 310 
 charters, may grant, 13 
 may alter or repeal, 14 
 may suspend, 13 
 
416 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATIO?^ DEPARTMENT 
 
 Regents {continued) 
 colleges or universities, power to 
 
 regulate name of, 18 
 eommissioner of education, chief 
 executive officer, 24 
 electioTi of, 24 
 constitutional provisions, 262-63 
 court of appeals libraries, duties 
 
 relating to, 223-24 
 defined, 5 
 
 departments, may establish, 12 
 dissolution of institutions, powers, 
 
 15 
 duplicate department, charge of, 
 
 214-15 
 election, 9 
 
 examinations, may establish, 11 
 extension of educational facilities, 
 
 11 
 ineligibility, 9 
 
 inspection of institutions, 13 
 institutions in university, powers, 
 
 12 
 legislative power, 10 
 libraries, abolition oif, duties re- 
 garding^ 220-21 
 approval of transfer, 219 
 books for, may buy, 220 
 charters, may grant, 218 
 gifts, approval of acceptance, 
 
 216-17 
 property, control of, 219 
 reports, to submit, 218 
 for state hospitals, 319-20 
 trustees, may remove, 219 
 •manuscripts and records, to make 
 
 available, 214 
 meetings, 10 
 
 quorum, 10 
 no " ex-officio " members, 9 
 number, 9, 263 
 oath of office, 10 
 officers, 9-10 
 
 penalty for falsely cliaim'ing to rep- 
 resent, 159 
 powers, 7, 9, 10, 11, 263, 321-23 
 professions, supervision of, 11 
 property to be held in trust for 
 
 common schools, 118 
 rules, commissioner of education to 
 enforce, 26 
 
 Regents {continued) 
 rules {continueij,) 
 may make, 10 
 seal, 7 
 
 senior regent, powers in vice-chan- 
 cellor's absence, 10 
 state library, control of, 214 
 state normal college, control of, 157 
 term of office, 9 
 
 testimony, authority to take, 10 
 vacancies in office, 9 
 
 to be reported to legislature, 10, 
 Registers, see School register 
 Registration of institutions, 11 
 Religious instruction in theological 
 seminaries, exempt from state 
 control, 10 
 See also Sectarian schools 
 Reports 
 
 board of education to make, 74 
 county clerk and county treasurer 
 to forward to oommiss/ioner of 
 education, 27 
 county treasurer to render, 115 ' 
 district superintendents, 90 
 from university institutions, 13 
 failure to report causes suspen- 
 sion, 13 
 required before sharing in appor- 
 tionment, 114-15 
 public libraries, 215, 218 
 of pupils from other districts, 126 
 regulatioois for making, 25 
 school library, 221 
 school officers, commissioner of ed- 
 ucation to require, 26 
 state library, 215 
 state museum, 12 
 trustees, 59-^0, 90 
 Retirement fund 
 
 for teachers in state institutions, 
 
 202-4 
 for public school teachers, 204-12 
 Rocklamd county, assessment for 
 school purposes of state lands in, 
 101 
 Rules of regents 
 
 amended, suspended or repealed, 11 
 commissioner of eduoabion to en- 
 force, 26 
 enactment, 10 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 417 
 
 Rules of regents (continued) 
 
 violation by institutions, causes 
 suspension, 13 
 
 St Lawrence county, taxation, 275- 
 
 77 
 St Lawrence University, state school 
 
 of agriculture, 191-93 
 Savings banks in schools, 300-1 
 Schoharie state school of agriculture, 
 
 194-97 
 Scholarships, trusts for, 313, 315 
 School lage, 124, 131 
 
 Indian chdldrcn, 167 
 School authorities defined, 6 
 School commissioners 
 
 acts may be appealed from, 163 
 Arbor day, duties relating to, 147 
 boards of education, may call spe- 
 cial election, 65 
 certification of teachers by, 122 
 defined, 5 
 districts, 299 
 
 examinations for Cornell Univer- 
 sity scholarships, duties relating 
 to, 186 
 forfeiture of amount of moneys lost 
 
 by neglect, 160 
 physiology law, duties relating to, 
 
 144 
 property held in trust for common 
 
 schools, 118 
 removal of, 26 
 reports, abstracts of, 27 
 school districts, apportionment of 
 moneys collected by supervis- 
 ors, 32-33 
 approval of proceedings of meet- 
 ing to dissolve union school 
 district, 36 
 designation of union free school 
 
 districts, 35 
 dissolution and alteration, 29-31 
 dissolution or alteration of joint 
 
 district, 30 
 division of union free school dis- 
 tricts, 36 
 meetings, conditional approval of 
 proceedings, 36 
 effect of veto of proceedings, 
 
 School commissioners (continued) 
 school districts, meetings (con- 
 tinued ) 
 minutes of meeting to organize 
 union school to be filed with, 
 35 
 noimber and description, 29 
 school meetings, to give notice of, 
 39 
 special, may call, 41, 42 
 eohool moneys, apportionment of, 
 
 116-17 
 school neighborhoods, 37-38 
 school officers, 6 
 
 school officers, may accept resigna- 
 tion of, 49 
 resignation filed with, 49 
 school-houses, condemnation of, 104 
 estimates of erection, 104 
 may request use of for examina- 
 tions and institutes, 104 
 supervisory districts, duties relat- 
 ing to, 83 
 teachers' certificates, may grant 
 
 4ind revoke, 122 
 teachers' institutes, duties relating 
 to, 149 
 may order payment of expenses, 
 150 
 training classes, supervision, 151 
 trustee, may fill vacancies in office 
 of, 50 
 not eligible as, 47 
 See also District superintendent of 
 schools 
 School directors 
 compensation, 84 
 
 district superintendents, election 
 of, 84-85 
 filling vacancy in office, 87 
 election, 84 
 oath, 84 
 term of office, 84 
 vacancies in office, 84 
 how filled, 84 
 Scnool districts, see Districts 
 School libraries 
 abandoned, 222 
 
 apportionment of moneys to, 113- 
 14 
 may be withheld, 222 
 
418 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 School libraries (continued) 
 
 (authority to raise and receive 
 
 money for, 221 
 change to circulating library, 222 
 district superintendent to advise 
 
 trustees regarding purchase of 
 
 books, 89 
 establishment, 216 
 existing law and rules continued 
 
 in force, 221 
 insurance, 57, 69 
 librarian, 70, 221 
 property, transfer to free public 
 
 library, 222 
 public libraries formed from, 219, 
 
 221-22, 222 
 reports, 221 
 
 tax for establishment of, 45, 221 
 trustee may not be librarian, 47 
 use and care, 221 
 School meetings, 39-46 
 
 acts may be appealed from, 163 
 annual, of boards of education, 66 
 
 of districts re-formed after dis- 
 solution, 41 
 
 notice of, 40 
 
 time and place of, 40 
 in dissolved district, 31-32 
 duty to attend, 42 
 first, notice of, 39 
 joint district, special meeting to 
 
 act regarding dissolution, 30 
 neighborhood meetings, 38 
 notice, effect on proceedings if due 
 notice not given, 42 
 
 penalty for railure to serve, 42 
 school-houses, designation of site, 
 106 
 
 to consider erection of, 104-5 
 
 sale of, 106 
 special meeting, call by school com- 
 missioner, 42 
 
 in common school districts, 41 
 
 in union free school district, 42 
 
 to transact business of annual 
 meeting, 41 
 taxes, power to vote, 108-9 
 text-books, to designate, 141 
 union school districts, establish- 
 ment, 33 
 
 School meetings {continued) 
 
 union school districts (continued) 
 dissolution and reorganization, 
 
 35 
 establishment, proceedings of, 
 34-35 
 voters, qualifications, 42-43 
 See also Boards of education 
 School moneys, 110-17 
 
 apportionment, certificate of, 115- 
 16 
 certifying and paying, manner 
 
 of, 115 
 to cities, (academies, academic de- 
 partments and libraries, 113 
 by commissiioner of education, 
 
 111-15 
 conditions for cities and dis- 
 tricts, 112-13 
 county treasurer to forward cer- 
 tificates relating to, to educa- 
 tion department. 27 
 errors corrected by com'missioner 
 
 of education, 112 
 for industrial and trade schools, 
 
 128-29 
 by school commissioners, 32, 
 
 116-17 
 to union school districts and 
 
 cities, 117 
 when payable, 116 
 withheld for failure to comply 
 with physiology law, 145 
 boards of education may borrow, 
 70 
 reports on, 74 
 comptroller may withhold payment 
 
 of, 117 
 custody of, 51-52, 54 
 deposit, custody and payment in 
 
 cities and villages, 72 
 disbursement by supervisors, 78-80 
 
 liow made, 52 
 of dissolved district, 37 
 expenditures, estimates of, 74-75 
 limitation upon, 72 
 vote on, 108 
 
 vote on, to be by ballot, 46 
 forfeiture of amount lost by neg- 
 lect, 160 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 419 
 
 School moneys (continued) 
 
 issuing order in excess of availaWe 
 
 funds, a misdemeanor, 01 
 liability of collector for moneys 
 
 lost, 54 
 lost or embezzled, tax for, 45 
 notice of non-payment, 60 
 payment by trustee to successor, 
 CO 
 to unqualified teachers pro- 
 hibited, 122 
 proceeds from sale of property of 
 dissolved district, disposition, 32 
 supervisor's bond for, 80-81 
 
 report to county treasurer, 81- 
 82 
 teachers' fund, collector to dis- 
 burse, 53 
 trea-surer custodian of, 51-52 
 trustees, report on, 60 
 
 right of action against predeces- 
 sor, 60 
 withheld by commissioner of edu- 
 cation. 26 
 for failure to comiply with com- 
 pulsory education law, 138-39 
 for non-compliance with law re- 
 garding;; teachers' institutes, 
 loO 
 See also Bonds; Taxes 
 School neighborhoods, 37-39 
 apportionment to, 112 
 clerk and trustee, duties, 38-39 
 meetings. 38 
 .setting off, 37-38 
 School oflScers, 46-50 
 actions against. 160 
 costs in, 160 
 
 expenses in defending suits, tax 
 for, 45 
 acts m-ay be appealed irom, 163 
 contracts, not to be interested in, 
 
 283 
 defined, 6 
 election, 44, 48 
 oath of office, not required to 
 
 take, 47 
 penal provisions relating to, 280- 
 83 
 
 School officers (continued) 
 
 penalties, neglect to sue for, 160 
 for falsely claiming to represent, 
 
 159 
 for refusal to serve or perform 
 duty, 49 
 qualifications, 47 
 records, books, district property, 
 
 50 
 removal by commissioner of edu- 
 cation, 26 
 removed from office, ineligible for 
 
 one year, 47 
 reports required of, 26, 41 
 resignation, 49 
 
 district clerk to notify trustees 
 of, 51 
 term of office, 47 
 
 length of, when elected at special 
 meeting, 41 
 terms of, in newly created districts, 
 
 47 
 trustees may not hold office of, 47 
 vacancies dn office, 49 
 
 how filled, 50 
 See also Collector; District clerk; 
 District treasurer; Trustees 
 School property 
 
 application of funds obtained from 
 
 sale of, 37 
 exeinpt from taxation, 37 
 School record certificate, 134-35, 286, 
 
 292 
 School register, verification of, 123 
 School trustees, see Trustees 
 School-houses, 102-9 
 
 boards of education, powers, 69 
 bonds, 108-9, 109-10 
 condemnation, 90, 104-5 
 custody by trustees, 57 
 erection, 102-3, 104-5 
 exempt from taxation, 37 
 exemptions from tax for building, 
 
 95 
 fii-e escape, 103-4 
 fuel, 44, 70 
 
 furniture, 44, 69, 70, 89 
 hire, purchase etc., 44, 57, 69 
 insurance, 44, 57, 69 
 
420 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Schoolhouses {continued) 
 location, 102 
 outbuildings, 70, 105 
 plans and specifications of new 
 buildings must be approved by 
 coon missi oner, 102-3 
 property not subject to taxation, 
 37 
 title vested in board of educa- 
 tion, 69 
 repairs, 44, 69, 89 
 repairs and appliances, 58 
 sale of, 69, 106 
 
 school district meetings held in, 40 
 site, bonds for purchase of, 109-10 
 change of, 106 
 
 condemnation of land for, 107 
 designation, 44, 106 
 designation without vote, 106 
 purchase, 57, 68-69 
 B-ale of, 69, 106 
 taxes and bonds, 108-9 
 title to land^, vesting in boards 
 
 of education, 107-8 
 when owmer's consent necessary, 
 107 
 taxes, 44, 103, 104^, 108-9 
 temporary or branch, establish- 
 
 onent, 58 
 use, for examiniatioms and insti- 
 tutes, 104 
 out of school hours, 104 
 waterclosets, 70, 105 
 See also Taxes 
 Scientific associations, incorporation, 
 
 13 
 Scientific collections made by museum 
 staff, 12 
 of birds, birds' nests and eggs, per- 
 mit to make collection, 321 
 Seal of regents and commissioner, 7 
 
 care of, 25 
 Secondary education, defined, 5 
 Sectarian schools, no state aid to, 
 
 263 
 Sewer systems, colleges may con- 
 struct, 22-23 
 Shorthand reporters, certified, 398-99 
 Specimens, transfer to state library 
 or museum, 215 
 
 State certificates 
 
 exaiminations for, 121 
 
 of other states, endorsement, 122 
 State finance law, extracts from, 
 
 296-98 
 State historian, 321-23 
 State hospitals, libraries for, 319-20 
 State lands, taxes on, 267-68 
 State library 
 
 advice and instruction from 
 officers, 220 
 
 borrowers, 214 
 
 building, 8 
 
 how constituted,, 213-14 
 
 department of university, 12 
 
 duplicate department, 214-15 
 
 hours of opening, 214 
 
 loans, 214, 215, 219 
 
 manuscripts and records on file, to 
 receive, 214 
 
 receipts from sales used for, 215 
 
 reports, 215 
 
 subject to regents, 214 
 
 transfers from state officers, 215 
 State medical library, 214 
 State museum 
 
 building, 8 
 
 certificate to collect for scientific 
 purposes, 321 
 
 collections made by staff, 12 
 
 ihow constituted, 12 
 
 department of university, 12 
 
 Indian section, 12 
 
 report, 12 
 
 transfers to, 215 
 State officers 
 
 may borrow from state library, 214 
 
 salaries, payable twice each month, 
 296-97 
 
 transfers of booKs etc., to state 
 library, 215 
 State publications 
 
 certain, in regents' charge, 214-15 
 
 extra copies, 214-15 
 
 on file, part of state library, 214 
 
 proceeds of sales, 215 
 State schools of agriculture, 126-30, 
 
 189-200, 238-40 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 421 
 
 State treasurer 
 
 •payments of school moneys by, 115 
 teachers' institutes, pajment of ex- 
 penses, 150 
 Statuary, loans, 11 
 Stock corporations, 307, 308-9 
 Street trades, employment in, 294-96 
 Subpoenas, district superintendent to 
 
 issue, 90 
 Subsidies 
 library, 217 
 restrictions of, 263 
 Suits, see Actions 
 Superintendents of schools 
 
 certification of teachers by, 122 
 examinations for Cornell Uni- 
 versity scholarships, duties re- 
 lating to, 186 
 physiology law, duties relating to, 
 
 144 
 removal of, 26 
 school officer, 6 
 school record certifieates, issue of, 
 
 135 
 school-houses, may request use of 
 for examinations and institutes, 
 104 
 teachers schools or classes, super- 
 vision, 151-^2 
 in union free school districts, 71 
 Supervision quota. 111, 112, 116 
 Supervisor of public records, office 
 
 created, 321-23 
 Supervisors, 78-82 
 
 bond, for school moneys, 80-81 
 refusal to give, consequences of, 
 81 
 co«t in actions against, 160 
 deaf and blind, duties relating to, 
 
 173-74 
 decisions may be appealed from, 
 
 163 
 district superintendents, may in- 
 crease salary, 87 
 duties, 78-80 
 fees, 33, 298 
 
 gospel fund, apportionment, 119 
 gospel or school lots, report re- 
 garding, 119 
 libraries^ eontract with, 210 
 
 Supervisors (continued) 
 
 property in trust for common 
 
 schools, 118 
 school districts, alteration proceed- 
 ings, to sit with school com- 
 missioner and town clerk, 30 
 application oi proceeds of sale of 
 
 property, 32 
 sale of property of dissolved dis- 
 trict, 32 
 school moneys, apportionment, 
 duties relating to, 117 
 reports to county treasurer, 81- 
 
 82 
 to sue for money due from 
 school officers, 32 
 supervisory districts, duties relat- 
 ing to, 83 
 ta,xes, unpaid, collection of, 100 
 
 levy of, 100 
 treasurer to demand money of, 52 
 trustee, not eligible as, 47 
 trustees not to draw on for 
 teacher's wages unless record is 
 verified, 123 
 valuation of taxable property, 93- 
 94 
 Supervisory districts, 82-84 
 
 disputes regarding formation to be 
 determihed by commissioner of 
 education, 91 
 Supreme court, control over gifts, 
 
 grants and devises, 312, 314 
 Supreme court libraries, 224-38 
 at Binghamton, 230-31 
 Brooklyn, 226-27 . 
 Buflfalo, 233-34 
 Delhi, 231 
 Elmira, 231-32 
 Joseph F. Barnard memorial 
 
 library at Poughkeepsie, 228 
 Kingston, 229 
 New York, 226, 236-37 
 Newburgh, 227 
 Norwich, 232-33 
 Queens county, 237-38 
 Saratoga, 229 
 Troy, 235-36 
 Utica, 229-30 
 White Plains, 234-35 
 
422 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Syracuse University, state college of 
 forestry at, 200-2 
 
 Tax law, extraets from, 263-75, 
 
 308-9, 319 
 Tax list, 92 
 
 amendments, 96 
 
 filing with town clerk, 100-1 
 
 transmission to county treasurer, 
 
 99 
 trustee to make out, 56 
 Taxes, 91-102, 263-77 
 
 for apparatus and text-books, 44-45 
 appeals on refusal to levy for costs 
 
 in action, 161-62 
 assessment, 92 
 
 of state lands in Dannemora and 
 
 Wawarsing, 101-2 
 of vacant land, 94 
 banks, 268-72 
 
 boa.rds of education may levy with- 
 out vote, 75 
 eertification by trustees of collect- 
 or's return, 99 
 collection, 272-73 
 collector, fees, 97 
 jurisdiction of, 96 
 notice, 96-97 
 corporate authorities to levy, 75-76 
 costs in actions by or against 
 
 school officers, 160 
 equalization within joint districts, 
 
 93-94 
 exemptions from. 263-66 
 
 tax for building schoolhouse, 95 
 levying, vote to be by ballot, 46 
 libraries, 216, 217 
 non-resident pupils, deducted from 
 
 charges for tuition, 124 
 outbuildings, provision for, 105 
 paid upon incorporation, 308-9 
 persons working land on shares and 
 vendees in possession liable to 
 taxation, 95 
 powers of annual and special meet- 
 ings to vote, 108-9 
 property of certain absentee own- 
 ers, liability of, 95 
 to be assessed; 95 
 
 Taxes (continued) 
 
 railroad companies, notice to, 97- 
 98 
 payment by, 98 
 receipt for, 273 
 for record book, 45 
 to replace moneys lost or embez- 
 zled, 45 
 in St Lawrence county, 275-77 
 school library, 45, 221 
 school property exempt from, 37 
 school-houses, 44, 103, 104-5, 108-9 
 
 sites, 44 
 state lands, 267-68 
 suits for recovery of, 99 
 to supply deficiencies, 45 
 for teacher's salary, 70 
 
 payment of deficiency in, 45 
 to pay judgments on, 45 
 tenant's right to charge tax to 
 
 landlord, 95 
 text-books, for purchase of, 142 
 transfer tax on devises and be- 
 quests, exemptions, 319 
 trustees, expenses of, 60-61 
 unpaid, collection of, 99, 100 
 levy by supervisors, 100 
 return by collector, 99 
 valuation, ascertainment of, 93 
 power of trustees to determine, 
 93 
 vote on, 75, 108-9 
 warrant, for collection of, 95-96 
 filing with town clerk, 100-1 
 renewals of, 96 
 Teachers, 120-24 
 
 agencies, district superintendent 
 
 not to be interested in, 88 
 of agriculture, mechanic arts and 
 
 home making, 130 
 'attendance at institutes, 113, 150 
 contract with, 123 
 
 penalty for failure to complete, 
 123 
 dismissal, 124 
 employment, 57, 70, 89 
 examination and licensing of, 90 
 fire drill, to maintain. 146 
 fund, collector to disburse, 53 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 423 
 
 Teachers (continued) 
 
 Indian schools, 167, 168-69 
 for industrial and trade schools, 24 
 meetings, called by district super- 
 intendent, 80 
 physiology and hygiene, exatnitia- 
 
 tions' in, 144 
 primary and grammar schools, 121 
 qualifications, 120-21 
 quota. 111, 116 
 
 district entitled to, 112-13, 126 
 record of attendance, to keep, 134 
 books, 122 
 verification of, 123 
 registers of, 25 
 retirement fund 
 
 for teachers in state ins'titutions, 
 
 202-4 
 for public school teachers, 204-12 
 Salaries 
 
 apportionment of moneys for, 
 
 111. 117 
 commissioner of education ma}^ 
 authorize payment in certain 
 cases, 112 
 expenditures for, 75, 78 
 
 issuing order for in excess of 
 available funds, a misde- 
 meanor, 61 
 payments of, 116 
 by trustees, 57 
 not to be paid until record is 
 
 verified, 123 
 paid for attendance at insti- 
 tutes, 150 
 payable as often as monthly, 
 
 124 
 time of payment in contract, 
 
 123 
 to unqualified teachers pro- 
 hibited, 122 
 tax for, 45. 57, 70, 75 
 school record certificates, issue of, 
 
 135 
 schools for colored children, 165 
 trustees, relationship to, 124 
 See also Training classes 
 Teachers' certificates 
 
 commissioner of education to issue, 
 121 
 
 Teachers' certificates (continued) 
 commissioner of education (cont'd) 
 
 may annul, 25 
 district superintendent may grant, 
 
 90 
 endorsement, 121-22 
 examination for, 90, 121 
 local authorities may issue, 122 
 prerequisite to employment, 1^1 
 registers of, 25 
 regulations governing, 121 
 revocation, 25, 90, 122 
 
 for failure to complete contract, 
 
 123 
 for failure to attend institute, 
 
 150 
 for refusal to teach physiology 
 and hygiene, 144 
 temporary, 121 
 Teachers' institutes, 148-50 
 
 attendance at, penalty for failure 
 
 of, 150 
 comma ssioner of education, duties 
 
 relating to, 148-49, 150 
 expenses, payment of, 150 
 physiology and hygiene, instruction 
 
 in, 144 
 school buildings used for, 104 
 school commissioners, duties relat- 
 ing to, 149 
 schools closed during, 149-50 
 Teachers' licenses, see Teachers' cer- 
 tificates 
 Technical schools, 5 
 Telegrapli companies, apiwrtioning 
 
 valuation, 274-75 
 Telephone companies, apportioning 
 
 valuation, 274-75 
 Testimony, authority of regents to 
 
 take, 10 
 Text-books, 141-42 
 adoption, 89 
 boards of education to designate, 
 
 68, 141 
 changes in, 141-42 
 district to vote tax for, 45 
 free, in union school districts, 142 
 on physiology, 143 
 
424 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Theologioal seminaries, religious in- 
 strucfion in, exempt from state cooi- 
 trol, 10 
 Town clerk, 76-78 
 
 collector's bond, to file, 53 
 duties, 76-77 
 expenses, 77-78 
 fees, 32, 53 
 
 forfeiture of moneys lost by neg- 
 lect, 160 
 school districts, alteration proceed- 
 ings, to sit with school com- 
 missioner and supervisor, 30 
 decision regarding alteration to 
 
 be filed with, 21) 
 description and number filed 
 
 with, 2J) 
 minutes of meeting to organize 
 union school to be filed with, 
 35 
 records of dissolved district to 
 be deposited with, 32 
 tax list and warrant filed with, 
 100-1 
 Town law, extract from, 298 
 Towns 
 
 libraries, 216 
 
 property in trust for common 
 schools, 118 
 Trade schools, 126-30 
 
 application of moneys, 129 
 estimates and appropriations, 129- 
 
 30 
 state aid for, 128-29 
 supervision by commissioner of 
 education, 24 
 Training classes, 150-52 
 apportionment for, 117 
 inspectioTi by district superintend- 
 ent, 89 
 physiology and hygiene, instruction 
 in, 144 
 Transfer of libraries, 219 
 Transfer tax on devises and bequests, 
 
 exemptions, 319 
 Traveling libraries, 219 
 Treasurer, see County treasurer; Dis- 
 trict treasurer; State treasurer 
 Truant officer, school officer. 6 
 '^>un.nfc schools^ 137-^Si 
 
 Truants, arrest of, 136 
 
 in Indian schools, arrest of, 169 
 Trust fund, accumulation of income, 
 
 316-19 
 Trustee, defined, 5 
 Trustees, 55-61 . 
 
 of academy, may dissolve academy, 
 
 15 
 account books, to provide, 58 
 actions by, provisions of code of 
 civil procedure, 279-80 
 
 against predecessor, 60 
 
 costs in, 160, 162 
 
 may be appealed from. 163 
 apparatus, expenditures for, 58 
 application of moneys from gospel 
 
 funds, 120 
 ballot boxes, to provide, 48 
 boards of education have powers of, 
 
 73 
 body cor])orat|e. 55 
 bonds, issue of, 109-10 
 collector, to deliver bond to, 52-53 
 
 in default, remedy against, 55 
 conclusions oif two valid. 56 
 condemnation of land, 107 
 conferences with district superin- 
 tendent, 89 
 contracts, not to be interested in, 
 61 
 
 with trustees in other districts, 
 125 
 conveyance of pupils, may contract 
 
 for. 45-46 
 disbursements, may order, 52 
 
 of teachers' fund, 53 
 election, 47-48, 62-63 
 
 in common school districts, 44 
 fire drill, duties relating to, 147 
 fire escapes, construction, 104 
 forfeiture of arnount of moneys 
 
 lost by neglect, 160 
 ineligibility, 47 
 to insure school property, 45 
 issuing order in excess of available 
 
 funds a misdemeanor, 61 
 meetings, 56 
 
 See a^so School meetings 
 neglect of duty, 49 
 npighborh«>p4 truatee, report, J^s 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 425 
 
 Trustees ( continued ) 
 
 nuisances, abatement, 90 , 
 number, 47 
 
 payment to successor, 60 
 peaialty, for failure to account, 60 
 for payment of unqualified 
 teacher, 122 
 physiology law, duties relating to, 
 
 144 
 powers and duties, 56-59 
 mode of exercise of, 56 
 property held by, bo 
 
 in trust for common schools, 118 
 refusal to serve, 49 
 removal of, 26 
 
 report of pupils from other dis- 
 tricts, 126 
 reports, 59-60, 90 
 
 filed with coniniissioner of educa- 
 tion, 27 
 school districts, alteration without 
 consent of, 29 
 consent to dissolution, 30-31 
 dissolved, to continue in office to 
 settle unfinished business, 31- 
 32 
 notice of meetings in other than 
 village districts, to give, 33-34 
 to give notice of meetings to or- 
 ganize union schools in two or I 
 more districts, 34 
 unioii school district, to call 
 special meeting for organiz- 
 ing, 33 
 school libraries, appointment of 
 
 librarian, 221 
 school meetings, annual, m'ay desig- 
 nate place of, 40 
 special, may call, 41 
 
 to consider question of build- 
 ing school-houses, 104-5 
 school moneys, duties relating to, 
 
 51-52, 60 
 school officer, 6 
 school officers, may fill vacancies in 
 
 office of, 50 
 school-houses, abatement of nui- 
 sances, 58 
 care of, 58 
 eontt'oet lor building, 105 
 
 Trustees {continued) 
 
 school-houses [continued) 
 
 fu^miture, 89 
 
 may grant use of for certain pur- 
 poses, 104 ~ ^ 
 
 not to levy tax for unless plans 
 approved by commissioner, 103 
 
 outbuildings, provision for, 105 
 
 repairs and appliances, duties 
 concerning, 58, 89 
 school-houses or site, execution of 
 deed for sale of, 106 
 
 to sue for money unpaid upon 
 security^, 106 
 
 to take security for sale, 106 
 sole trustee, powers and duties, bo 
 tax list, transmission to county 
 
 treasurer, 99 
 tax list and warrant, delivery to 
 
 town clerk, 100-1 
 taxation for expenses incurred by, 
 
 60-61 
 taxes, for certain expenses, to levy, 
 162 
 
 suits for recovery of, 99 
 teachers, contract with, 123 
 
 relationship to, 124 
 teachers' institutes, penalty for 
 
 failure to close scliool during, 
 
 150 
 temporary or branch schools, to 
 
 provide, 58 
 terms of office, 47, 62-63 
 treasurer to deliver bond to, 52 
 vacancies in office, 49, 56 
 
 action in case of, 56 
 
 how filled, 50 
 See also Boards of education; 
 
 School meetings; Taxes 
 Trustees of corporations 
 
 application for dissolution of edu- 
 cational corporations, 14-15, 310 
 Trustees of pubMc libraries, 217-18 
 
 regents may remove, 219 
 Trustees of university institutions 
 absences frorri meetings, 20 
 degrees and credentials, may grant, 
 
 21-22 
 election, 20 
 
 executive committee, 20 
 iiielig'ible M regent, 9 
 
426 
 
 NEW YORK STATE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
 
 Trustees of university institutions 
 (continued) 
 
 meetings, 20 
 
 no compensation, 21 
 
 number and quorum, 20 
 
 officers and employees, 21 
 
 powers, 20-22 
 
 property, control of, 21 
 
 property holding, 20-21 
 
 removals and suspensions, 21 
 
 rules, may make, 22 
 
 seniority, 20 
 
 term of office, 20 
 
 vacancies, 20 
 
 women eligible, 20 
 Trusts for schools, 118 
 
 authorized, 312-14 
 
 control and supervision, 118 
 
 limitation of bequest. 311 
 
 report of, to commissioner of edu- 
 cation, 119 
 
 See also Bequests; Gifts 
 Tuition of non-resident pupils, 69-70, 
 
 114, 124 
 
 Union free school districts 
 apportionment to, 111 
 board ai education to control, 
 
 69-70 
 clerk, 53-54 
 collector, 53-54 
 consolidation of other districts 
 
 with, restriction, 31 
 deposit, custody and payment of 
 
 moneys, 72 
 dissolution, 30-31 
 
 restricted, 35 
 division, of dissolved district, 36 
 establishment, 33 
 industrial and trade schools, 127 
 l-aws applying to, 76 
 meeting, regarding reorganiza'^.on 
 as common school district, 35 
 
 of two or more districts, 34 
 number of members of board of 
 
 education in, 66-67 
 proceedings of meetings to form, 
 
 34-35 
 school district, for purposes of ap- 
 portionment, 117 
 special meetings, 42 
 
 Union free school districts (confd) 
 supervision by commissioner of 
 
 education, 26 
 treasurer, 53-54 
 trustees, 47 
 
 vacancy in office, how filled, 50 
 See also Boards of education; 
 Districts; School meetings; 
 
 Trustees 
 Union schools, academic departments, 
 
 see Academic departments 
 United States deposit fund, 220, 263, 
 
 297-98 
 Universities, 5 
 incorporation, 13 
 use of name, 18 
 University of the state of New York, 
 
 5, 8-23 
 in constitution, 262-63 
 corporate name and objects, 9 
 departments, 12 
 government, 9, 263 
 institutions in, 12 
 management and supervision by 
 
 education department, 6 
 objects, 9 
 powers, 9, 263 
 
 reports to the legislature, 7-8 
 seal, 7 
 
 use of term, 5 
 wampum keeper of Onondaga 
 
 nation, 320 
 See also Education department; 
 
 Regents 
 
 Vacancies in office 
 
 boards of education, 70 
 
 district superintendent, 86-87 
 
 regents, 9 
 
 school director, 84 
 
 school officers, 49 
 
 scliool trustee. 49, 56 
 
 trustee of university institutions, 
 20 
 Vaccination of school children, 278 
 
 report on, 59 
 Ventilation of school-houses, 103 
 Veterinary medicine and surgery, 11, 
 
 360-67 
 Vice-chancellor of university, 9 
 
 powers, 10 
 
INDEX TO EDUCATION LAW, 1910 
 
 427 
 
 Villages 
 
 deposit, custody and payment of 
 
 moneys in, 72 
 libraries, 216 
 taxes, corporate authorities to levy, 
 
 75-76 
 union school districts in, notice of 
 organization, 33 
 Visitation of schools, see Inspection 
 Visual instruction, provision for, 
 
 25-26 
 Voters 
 
 challenges, 43 
 
 penalty for false declaration or un- 
 authorized vote, 43 
 powers, 43-46 
 
 qualifications at district meetings, 
 42-43 
 
 Wampum keeper of Onondaga nation, 
 
 320 
 Warrants 
 
 for collection of taxes, 95-96 
 
 comptroller's, for payment of 
 school moneys, 115 
 
 filing with town clerk, 100-1 
 Washington's birthday, 113, 279 
 
 observance in public schools, 146 
 U'aterclosets, 70, 105 
 Water-works, colleges may construct, 
 
 22-23 
 Wawarsing, assessment fo • school 
 
 purposes of certain state lands in, 
 
 101-2 
 Witnesses, subpoenas to compel at- 
 tendance of, 90 
 Women, district superintendents, 86 
 
 may vote at school meetings, 43 
 
^ C 4G579 
 
 244022